Skip to main content

Full text of "The Black Muslims In America"

See other formats


(E<ou. 

=     CD 


158164  >m 


OSMANIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 

Call  No.  Accession  No. 

Author 

Title 

This  book  should  be  returned  on  or  before  the  date 
last  marked  below. 


The  Black  Muslims 
in  America 


by  C.  Eric  Lincoln 


Foreword  by  Gordon  Allport 


Beacon  Press  Boston 


Copyright  ©  1961  by  C.  Eric  Lincoln 
All  rights  reserved 

Published  simultaneously  in  Canada  by 

S.  J.  Reginald  Saunders  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  Toronto 

Library  of  Congress  catalog  card  number:  61—5881 
Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America 


This  book  originated  as  a  dissertation  submitted  in  partial  fulfillment 
of  the  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  the 
Graduate  School  of  Boston  University 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  author  wishes  to  acknowledge  with  thanks  use  of  material  from 
the  following  sources:  E.  D.  Beynon,  "The  Voodoo  Cult  Among 
Negro  Migrants  in  Detroit,"  American  Journal  of  Sociology  (July 
1937-May  1938);  A.  E.  Fauset,  "Moorish  Temple  Science  m  America," 
in  J.  M.  Yinger's  Religion,  Society,  and  the  Individual,  Macmillan; 
E.  Hoffer,  The  True  Believer,  New  American  Library;  Mike  Wallace 
and  Louis  Lomax,  "The  Hate  That  Hate  Produced,"  Newsbeat 
(WNTA-TV);  Sepia,  November  1959. 


In  the  autumn  of  1956,  I  was  teaching  courses  in  religion 
and  philosophy  at  Clark  College  in  Atlanta,  Georgia.  This  study 
of  the  Black  Muslims  began  when  I  read  the  following  appraisal 
of  Christianity  in  a  term  paper  submitted  to  me  by  a  senior  stu- 
dent: 

The  Christian  religion  is  incompatible  with  the  Negro's  aspirations  for 
dignity  and  equality  in  America.  It  has  hindered  where  it  might  have 
helped;  it  has  been  evasive  when  it  was  morally  bound  to  be  forthright; 
it  has  separated  believers  on  the  basis  of  color  although  it  has  declared 
its  mission  to  be  a  universal  brotherhood  under  Jesus  Christ.  Christian 
love  is  the  white  man's  love  for  himself  and  for  his  race.  For  the  man 
who  is  not  white,  Islam  is  the  hope  for  justice  and  equality  in  the 
world  we  must  build  tomorrow. 

Inquiry  revealed  that  the  writer,  a  sensitive  and  gifted  young  man, 
had  come  Binder  the  influence  of  the  local  Muslim  minister,  as  had 
a  few  otl^er  students  at  the  college.  Despite  their  Christian  back- 
grounds, and  despite  the  fact  that  they  were  even  then  attending  a 
church-related  college,  these  young  men  had  despaired  of  Chris- 
tianity as  a  way  of  life  capable  of  affording  them  the  respect  and 
dignity  they  sought  and  deserved. 

I  did  not  share  those  sentiments,  and  I  do  not  share  them 
today;  but  the  challenge  to  study  the  alternative  proposed  in  the 
term  paper  was  irresistible. 

This  study  of  the  Black  Muslims  has  been  an  interesting  and 
fascinating  adventure,  full  of  surprises  and  of  social  and  religious 
inconformities.  I  soon  discovered,  for  example,  that  these  were 
no  ordinary  Moslems,  nor  did  they  wish  to  be  taken  as  such.  To 
distinguish  themselves  from  the  small  Moslem  enclaves  that  have 
existed  in  a  few  American  cities  for  generations,  they  chose  the 
spelling  "Muslim"  rather  than  the  more  familiar  "Moslem." 
Further,  these  Muslims  emphasize  that  they  are  "Black  Men," 
black  as  the  antithesis  of  white.  They  do  not  subscribe  to  the 


iv  Preface 

familiar  Moslem  doctrine  that  a  common  submission  to  Allah 
erases  and  transcends  all  racial  awareness.  On  the  contrary,  they 
do  not  conceive  the  white  man  as  capable  of  being  a  Muslim.  "By 
nature  he  is  incapable!" 

The  racial  emphases  peculiar  to  this  rapidly  growing,  Chi- 
cago-centered movement  suggested  the  descriptive  phrase  "Black 
Muslims,"  which  I  coined  in  1956  and  which  has  been  widely 
used  since  to  designate  this  group.  Theretofore  they  had  been 
variously  known  as  the  "Temple  People,"  "the  Muhammadans," 
"the  Muslims,"  "the  Voodoo  Cult"  and  "the  Nation  of  Islam."1 

The  study  of  the  Black  Muslims  has  taken  me  to  many  cities 
across  the  country,  and  it  has  provided  unusual  opportunities  for 
me  to  sense  directly  the  several  pulses  of  America's  Negro  com- 
munity, which  is  now  making  a  determined  struggle  for  a  creative 
and  meaningful  existence.  To  most  Negroes  the  teachings  of  the 
Black  Muslim  leader,  Elijah  Muhammad,  are  intellectually  repug- 
nant, but  one  is  uncomfortably  conscious  of  an  emotional  ambiva- 
lence towards  the  attraction  and  the  power  of  a  doctrine  which 
promises  an  "escape  into  freedom"  after  so  many  years  and  so 
many  forms  of  bondage.  The  rational  self  rebels  against  racism 
in  any  form  and  from  any  quarter,  but  the  emotional  self  resists 
the  contemplation  of  a  reversal  of  fortune  only  with  great  effort. 

This  study  is  in  no  sense  complete.  At  best  it  presents  a 
partial  perspective  of  the  dark  and  serious  problems  of  racial 
tension — problems  which  confront  responsible  men  in  this  country 
and  throughout  the  world.  We  need  more  studies  about  the  voice- 
less people  who  want  to  be  heard  in  the  councils  of  the  world. 
We  need  more  action  in  terms  of  the  truths  that  are  already 
known.  We  shall  have  to  hurry,  I  think,  if  we  hope  to  pass  on  to 
our  children  a  world  in  which  there  is  reasonable  hope  for  creative 
survival. 

Many  individuals  and  institutions  have  lent  encouragement 
or  support  to  the  study  during  the  years  it  was  in  progress.  It 
would  be  impossible  to  name  them  all,  but  I  wish  to  express  my 
thanks  and  appreciation  to  every  person  who  has  in  any  way 
participated  in  bringing  this  piece  of  research  to  its  present  stage. 
First  of  all,  I  would  express  my  thanks  to  Albert  and  Jessie 
Danielsen  of  Wellesley  Hills,  Massachusetts,  whose  comfortable 


Preface  v 

home  and  warm  friendship  have  provided  a  haven  of  refuge  at 
periods  when  the  day  to  day  pressures  have  demanded  respite. 

I  am  particularly  indebted  to  Professor  Gordon  Allport  of 
Harvard  University  and  to  Professor  Harold  Isaacs  of  the  Center 
for  International  Relations  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology for  their  encouragement  and  advice  at  critical  periods  of 
research  and  writing. 

Dr.  Kenneth  Benne,  Director  of  the  Boston  University 
Human  Relations  Center,  and  Mr.  Frank  Hurwitz,  Executive 
Secretary  of  the  Center,  not  only  placed  the  facilities  of  the  Center 
at  my  disposal  but  also  relieved  me  of  the  normal  responsibilities 
incident  to  being  a  Human  Relations  Fellow,  thus  permitting  me 
to  give  full  time  to  research  on  the  Black  Muslims.  Professor 
Robert  Chin  at  the  Center  has  been  of  invaluable  help  and  encour- 
agement in  helping  to  structure  the  research  and  in  criticizing  my 
methods  of  procedure  and  investigation. 

I  wish  also  to  express  my  thanks  to  Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad, 
the  "Spiritual  Head  of  the  Muslims  in  the  West,"  for  his  coopera- 
tion in  certain  phases  of  the  study.  I  am  especially  indebted  to 
Minister  Malcolm  X  of  New  York  City  and  to  Minister  Louis  X 
of  Boston  for  the  unusual  degree  of  cooperation  I  have  received 
from  them  during  the  course  of  the  investigation.  While  we  have 
not  always  agreed  on  certain  premises  incident  to  the  Movement, 
these  gentlemen  have  always  welcomed  me  with  courtesy,  respect 
and  a  spirit  of  cooperation. 

The  Pittsburgh  Courier  made  its  files  available  to  me,  an 
important  courtesy  for  which  I  am  very  grateful  indeed. 

To  President  James  P.  Brawley  and  Dean  A.  A.  McPheeters 
of  Clark  College,  I  would  express  my  appreciation  for  their  con- 
tinued encouragement,  and  for  the  extended  leave  of  absence 
which  made  it  possible  for  me  to  complete  the  research,  the  dis- 
sertation and  this  manuscript  before  returning  to  my  post  as 
Professor  of  Social  Philosophy  at  Clark. 

It  would  be  difficult  indeed  for  me  to  adequately  express  my 
gratitude  to  Dean  Walter  G.  Muelder  and  Associate  Professor 
Paul  Deats,  Jr.,  of  the  Boston  University  School  of  Theology. 
Nominally  the  professors  directing  my  graduate  studies,  they  have 
in  fact  been  friends  and  counselors  through  three  long  and  crucial 


vi  Preface 

years.  I  cannot  hope  to  repay  them  for  their  guidance  and  con- 
fidence— and  for  their  abiding  friendship,  which  has  always  been 
a  dimension  external  to  the  professor-student  relationship. 

I  wish  to  express  my  indebtedness  to  Miss  Sylvia  Lafargue, 
Miss  Hester  W.  Price  and  Mrs.  Bertha  S.  Mintz,  whose  expert 
typing  turned  my  original  notes  into  an  acceptable  manuscript. 

This  has  been  an  expensive  undertaking,  and  it  could  not 
have  been  accomplished  without  generous  support  from  several 
sources.  The  initial  investigation  was  unsupported;  but  three 
years  of  study  and  research  at  Boston  University  were  supported 
by  grants  and  fellowships  from  the  John  Hay  Whitney  Foundation, 
The  Crusade  Scholarships  of  the  Methodist  Church,  the  Lilly 
Foundation,  the  Boston  University  Human  Relations  Center  and 
the  Society  for  the  Psychological  Study  of  Social  Issues,  and  the 
Anti-Defamation  League  of  B'nai  B'rith. 

Professor  Lyman  V.  Cady,  head  of  the  Department  of  Re- 
ligion and  Philosophy  during  my  graduate  studies  at  Fisk  Uni- 
versity, very  graciously  interrupted  his  summer  vacation  to  read 
portions  of  the  manuscript  and  to  make  suggestions  for  its  im- 
provement; so  also  did  Alex  Haley,  who  has  himself  been  an 
observer  and  interpreter  of  the  Movement,  and  Dr.  J.  T.  Wright, 
former  director  of  the  Staten  Island  Mental  Health  Association. 
All  three  are  wise  and  perceptive  friends  and  critics.  Whatever 
inadequacies  may  persist  in  this  study  can  but  reflect  my  own 
inability  to  employ  effectively  the  prudent  judgments  available  to 
me. 

Finally,  it  should  be  acknowledged  that  the  real  sacrifice 
making  this  study  possible  has  been  borne  by  those  most  dear  to 
me,  who  have  had  to  carry  on  in  my  absence  longer  than  it  was 
reasonable  to  ask.  I  only  hope  that  in  some  way  this  effort  has 
been  worth  their  patience  and  deprivation. 

C.  ERIC  LINCOLN 
Boston,  Massachusetts 
December  1960 


Contents 


Preface  iii 

Foreword  by  Gordon  Allport  ix 

1.  The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death  3 

The  End  of  the  Second-Class  Ride  6  The  Stranger  in  Detroit  10 
Economic  and  Political  Power  17  The  Believers  ...  21 
.  .  .  And  Why  They  Become  Believers  27 

2.  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  33 

I.  Bitter  Soil  and  Bitter  Fruits  34 

Group  Consciousness  34  Avoidance  35  Acceptance  38 
Aggression  39 

II.  Black  Nationalism,  U.S.A.  41 

Stereotype  and  Identity  41  Black  Nationalism  43  Black 
Nationalism  and  Social  Class  46 

3.  Black  Nationalism:  The  Minor  Leagues  50 

Religious  Nationalism:  The  Moorish  Science  Temples  51 
Political  Nationalism:  The  Garvey  Movement  56  Preparing 
the  Way  for  Allah  66 

4.  The  Faith  and  the  Future  67 

I.  Doctrines  and  Mythology  68 

The  Plight  of  the  So-Called  Negroes  68  The  Coming  of 
Allah  72  The  Original  Man  75  The  White  Man  and 
Christianity  76 

II.  Muslim  Morality  80 

III.  The  Goals  of  the  Movement  84 

The  United  Front  of  Black  Men  84  Racial  Separation  87 
Economic  Separation  90  Some  Good  Earth  94 

5.  Reaching  for  the  Masses  98 

I.  The  Nature  of  a  Mass  Movement  98 

The  Importance  of  Mass  Membership  98  The  True  Be- 
liever 99  Leadership  in  the  Mass  Movement  101  The 
Instruments  of  Unification  103 

vii 


viii  Contents 

II.  The  Black  Muslims  as  a  Mass  Movement  106 

Reaching  for  the  Masses  106  Lures  for  the  True  Be- 
liever 108  Recruitment  111  Visit  to  a  Temple  115 
Schools  and  the  Center  126  Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks  129 

6.  Tensions:  Outside  the  Movement  135 

I.  The  Negro  Community  135 

Individual  Negro  Leadership  135    The  Negro  Press  141 
Institutional  Negro  Leadership  145     The  Negro  Christian 
Churches  155    The  Negro  Man  in  the  Street  159 
II.  The  Jewish  Community  165 

III.  The  American  Islamic  Community  169 

IV.  The  White  Community  172 

7.  Tensions:  Inside  the  Movement  179 

I.  The  Concentration  of  Power  180 

The  Long  Road  from   Sandersville    180    Malcolm  X: 

First  Plenipotentiary  189    Near  the  Center  192    Trouble 

on  the  Horizon  194 
II.  The  Secret  Army  199 
III.  The  Search  for  Respectability  204 

Violence   and  the  Christian  Tradition  204    The   Race 

Issue  208 

8.  The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam  210 

A  Legitimate  Religion?  212    A  Moslem  Sect?  218    The  Politi- 
cal Implications  223 

9.  The  Meaning  for  America  230 

I.  The  Spectrum  of  Negro  Protest  227 

A  Vestige  of  Faith  227     Group  Identification:  The  Cor- 
porate Response  229 
II.  Separatist  Organizations  234 

III.  Integrative  Organizations  238 

IV.  The  Black  Muslim  Movement  246 

The  Edge  of  the  Spectrum  246  Function  and  Dysfunc- 
tion 248 

V.  The  Deeper  Cause  253 

Notes  257 

Index  270 


Foreword 


One  century  after  the  Emancipation  Proclamation  we  are 
still  trying  in  our  country  to  repair  the  moral  ravages  of  slavery. 
Our  progress  is  slow  and  sluggish.  It  is  this  sluggishness  that  has 
given  rise  to  the  melodramatic  Black  Muslim  Movement. 

Dr.  C.  Eric  Lincoln  gives  us  a  clear,  moving,  balanced 
account  of  the  origins  and  rationale  of  this  movement.  His  book 
makes  fascinating  reading.  It  is  also  one  of  the  best  technical  case 
studies  in  the  whole  literature  of  social  science.  From  it  we  learn 
that  while  the  tenets  of  this  strange  Moslem  sect  are  fantastic  and 
unbelievable,  yet  at  the  same  time  the  movement  as  a  whole  makes 
good  sense  and  has  functional  value  for  its  numerous  adherents. 
Oppression  evolves  a  logic  of  its  own.  An  ideology,  though  wierd, 
often  means  more  than  it  says. 

The  Black  Muslim  believes  that  the  day  of  the  white  man 
has  passed — or  soon  will.  Peaceful  integration  is  not  the  Negro's 
goal,  for  "why  integrate  with  a  dying  man?"  What  the  Negro 
requires  is  a  new  morale,  economic  self-sufficiency,  a  high  code  of 
personal  morals,  and  a  return  to  the  pristine  glory  of  his  race.  He 
needs  to  free  himself  from  all  remnants  of  slave  mentality  and 
from  Christianity  which  has  too  long  kept  him  doped  in  subservi- 
ence to  the  white  man.  These  are  the  underlying  propositions 
upon  which  the  movement  rests.  It  has  a  Nietzschean  flavor.  But 
since  abstractions  require  concrete  symbolization  in  order  to  moti- 
vate, Elijah  Muhammad,  the  leader,  has  evolved  a  heady  array  of 
myths,  rituals,  styles  of  greeting,  to  provide  the  effective  scaffold- 
ing of  imagery  needed  by  his  less  educated  followers.  The  tie  to 
Islam  is,  of  course,  an  historical  monstrosity,  but  this  fact  does 
not  trouble  minds  innocent  of  theological  antiquity. 

The  entire  movement  rests  upon  an  absolute  and  inflexible 
dichotomy  of  white-Negro,  or,  more  accurately,  white-non- 
white.  White  is  evil;  non-white  is  good.  Here  are  a  few  key 
phrases:  "There  is  no  white  man  a  Muslim  can  trust."  If  you  say 


x  Foreword 

the  movement  rests  on  hate,  it  is  "the  hate  that  hate  produced." 
Even  the  impartial  reader  concludes  that  much  Elijah  Muhammad 
says  about  the  white  man  is  "true  enough  to  be  embarrassing." 

Thus  the  reader  himself  easily  slips  into  a  spurious  black- 
white  frame  of  mind.  Like  the  Black  Muslim  he  may  find  himself 
exalting  race,  "man's  most  dangerous  myth,"  to  the  position  of  a 
final  fixed  truth. 

Biologically  speaking,  color  is  a  trivial  fact.  It  leads  none 
the  less  to  coarse  and  dangerous  misclassifications  when  it  is 
applied  to  relationships  within  the  human  family.  Some  white  men 
say  that  non-whites  (all  of  them)  are  inferior.  They  are,  of 
course,  wrong.  The  only  true  statement  would  be,  that  in  some 
respects  some  of  them  are  inferior,  many  are  not.  Similarly,  the 
Black  Muslim  says  "the  white  man"  is  responsible  for  all  the 
disprivilege  suffered  by  the  non-white.  The  truth  is  that  some 
white  men  under  some  conditions  are  responsible  for  some  of  the 
disadvantages  of  colored  people.  Overgeneralization  is  the  very 
essence  of  prejudice.  Hence  such  dogmas  as  these  follow  the  line 
of  bigotry  rather  than  logic. 

Most  of  us  believe  that  improvement  in  group  relations  will 
come  about  when — by  education  and  exhortation,  by  law  and 
law-enforcement — fewer  and  fewer  whites  are  led  to  behave  in 
ways  injurious  to  non-whites.  But  the  Black  Muslim  does  not 
agree.  For  him  the  case  is  closed:  it  is  non-white  versus  white.  All 
people  are  fatally  typed  by  skin  color  forever.  Human  beings  are 
not  mixtures  of  good  and  bad,  wise  and  stupid,  friendly  and  un- 
friendly, just  and  unjust,  trustworthy  and  untrustworthy.  Rather 
they  are  white  and  non-white,  the  one  group,  by  its  essence, 
incarnates  evil  qualities,  the  other  virtues.  This  erroneous  slicing 
marks  the  thought  of  all  racists — of  Hitler,  of  the  White  Citizens 
Council,  of  the  Black  Muslims. 

Why  do  I  feel  it  necessary  here  to  refute  the  haunting  irrele- 
vancy of  race?  I  confess  it  is  because  in  reading  these  pages  I 
found  myself  at  times  carried  away  by  the  persuasiveness  of 
Elijah  Muhammad  and  his  ministers.  I  succumbed  to  Dr.  Lin- 
coln's deeply  understanding  and  sympathetic  account.  Even 
though  he  writes  as  a  social  scientist  his  penetration  of  the  topic 
forces  me  to  wrestle  with  both  the  pros  and  cons  of  the  case. 


Foreword  xi 

The  author  properly  notes  the  ambiguity  with  which  the 
leaders  shroud  the  ultimate  objectives  of  the  movement.  Its  impli- 
cations for  the  future  are  in  a  sense  frightening,  even  though  for 
the  present  one  must  admit  there  are  gains  for  its  devotees  in 
heightened  morality,  economic  improvement,  and  in  hopeful  out- 
look. 

Further  developments  will  bear  close  watching — by  govern- 
ment authorities  and  also  by  social  scientists.  Will  the  sect  con- 
tinue to  spread  or  will  it  wane?  Will  the  fantastic  legends  on 
which  it  is  based  lose  their  appeal  as  the  educational  level  of 
Negroes  rises?  Or,  to  the  contrary,  will  educated  Negroes  find  it 
possible  to  subscribe  to  an  absurd  ideology  as  did  many  German 
intellectuals  under  Hitler?  And  what  other  changes  will  occur 
over  time?  It  is  not  enough  to  dismiss  the  movement  as  a  lurid 
anomaly.  It  has  deep  roots  in  protest  and  is  puzzling  in  portent. 

Many  of  us  live  with  false  but  cozy  illusions  concerning  our 
relationships  with  other  racial,  ethnic,  and  national  groups.  We 
are  not  aware  that  a  present  battle  rages  between  enlightened  and 
fanatic  solutions  of  our  family  problems.  The  situation  in  the 
United  States,  in  South  Africa,  in  Asia  shows  this  to  be  the  case. 
By  deepening  our  insight  Dr.  Lincoln  strengthens  the  hand  of 
enlightenment.  For  only  if  we  face  the  realities  of  race  relations 
with  accurate  knowledge  can  we  hope  to  find  a  sensible  issue  out 
of  our  predicament.  We  do  well,  therefore,  to  ponder  closely  the 
case  of  the  Black  Muslims. 

GORDON  W.  ALLPORT 


The  Black  Muslims  in  America 


To 

Cecil  Eric 

and 
Joyce  Elaine 


1    The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— 
The  Sentence  is  Death 


A  slightly-built,  light-skinned  Negro  paused  casually  before 
twelve  grave-faced  Negro  men  and  women  sitting  in  a  jury  box  at 
Boston's  John  Hancock  Hall.  There  was  an  air  of  gentle  friendli- 
ness about  him,  and  he  hardly  looked  the  part  of  a  prosecuting 
attorney.  Slowly  he  turned  and  looked  at  a  red-faced,  tow-haired 
white  man  slumped  disconsolately  in  the  dock  and  flanked  by  two 
grim  and  alert  Negro  policemen.  The  prosecutor's  eyes  hardened. 
His  jaw  stiffened,  and  the  veins  stood  out  clearly  about  his  temples. 
His  right  arm  shot  out  like  a  rapier  and  froze — the  index  finger 
pointing  at  the  figure  in  the  dock  like  a  javelin  momentarily  sus- 
pended in  flight.  The  white  man  cringed  in  his  chair  and  was 
hauled  erect  by  the  officers.  Some  two  thousand  Negroes  in  the 
audience  sat  petrified  with  the  novelty  and  daring  of  it  as  the  young 
Bostonian  delivered  his  indictment  against  the  white  man  on  behalf 
of  the  Black  Nation  of  Islam: 

I  charge  the  white  man  with  being  the  greatest  liar  on  earth!  I  charge 
the  white  man  with  being  the  greatest  drunkard  on  earth.  ...  I 
charge  the  white  man  with  being  the  greatest  gambler  on  earth.  I 
charge  the  white  man,  ladies  and  gentlemen  of  the  jury,  with  being 
the  greatest  peace-breaker  on  earth.  I  charge  the  white  man  with  being 
the  greatest  adulterer  on  earth.  I  charge  the  white  man  with  being 
the  greatest  robber  on  earth.  I  charge  the  white  man  with  being  the 
greatest  deceiver  on  earth.  I  charge  the  white  man  with  being  the 
greatest  trouble-maker  on  earth.  So,  therefore,  ladies  and  gentlemen 
of  the  jury,  I  ask  you,  bring  back  a  verdict  of  guilty  as  charged!1 

The  foreman  polled  the  jury  in  the  box.  Within  seconds  he 
rose  to  read  the  verdict: 

"We  find  the  defendant  guilty — as  charged." 
The  sentence  pronounced  was  "death,"  and  the  frightened 
defendant  was  dragged  away,  loudly  protesting  his  innocence  and 
enumerating  all  he  had  "done  for  the  Nigra  people." 


4        The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

The  audience  thundered  its  approval  of  the  play.  Its  repeated 
ovations  required  several  curtain  calls  by  the  players. 

What  was  behind  it  all?  Who  were  these  people  clamoring 
for  the  death  of  the  white  man?  They  were,  for  the  most  part, 
Black  Muslims — followers  of  Elijah  Muhammad,  "Spiritual  Head 
of  the  Muslims  in  the  West."  The  drama  they  had  just  witnessed 
was  written  and  produced  by  members  of  the  Movement,2  and  it 
has  been  staged  in  many  of  the  major  cities  across  America.3 

The  Black  Muslims  are  probably  America's  fastest  growing 
racist  sect — 100,000  militant  "Black  Men"  who  look  forward  to 
the  day  when  the  white  man  in  America  will  be  "treated  as  he 
ought  to  be  treated."  The  Movement  is  growing  rapidly,  and  it  is 
nationwide;  in  December  1960,  there  were  sixty-nine  temples  or 
missions  in  twenty-seven  states,  from  California  to  Massachusetts 
and  Florida.  Under  the  leadership  of  Elijah  Muhammad,  who  has 
been  hailed  by  thousands  inside  and  outside  the  Movement  as 
"the  most  fearless  Black  Man  in  America,"  the  Black  Muslims 
are  demanding — and  getting — a  hearing  from  a  significant  element 
of  the  Negro  community.  Their  ultimate  demand — that  Black 
Men  be  allowed  to  set  up  a  separate  state  within  the  United  States, 
occupying  as  much  as  one-fifth  of  the  nation's  territory — com- 
mands little  or  no  attention  among  non-Muslim  Negroes.  But  the 
lashing  indictment  of  the  white  man  that  supports  the  demand, 
strikes  a  responsive,  if  reluctant,  chord  in  many  Negro  hearts. 

The  Black  Muslims  are  neither  pacifists  nor  aggressors.  They 
pay  zealous  attention  to  the  requirements  of  the  letter  of  law 
regarding  peace  and  order.  They  engage  in  no  "sit-ins,"  test  no 
segregation  statutes,  participate  in  no  "marches  on  Washington" 
or  anywhere  else.  But  they  do  believe  in  keeping  the  scores  even, 
and  they  have  warned  all  America  that  "an  eye  for  an  eye  and  a 
tooth  for  a  tooth"  is  the  only  effective  way  to  settle  racial  differ- 
ences. Minister  Malcolm  X  of  the  New  York  temple  explained 
in  a  Boston  address: 

We  are  never  aggressors.  We  will  not  attack  anyone.  We  strive  for 
peaceful  relationships  with  everyone.  BUT — [we  teach  our  people 
that]  if  anyone  attacks  you,  lay  down  your  life!  Every  Muslim  is 
taught  never  to  [initiate  a]  fight.  Respect  another  man's  rights  whether 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— The  Sentence  is  Death        5 

he  is  white,  black,  brown,  yellow  or  what-not!  Respect  him  as  a  man. 
"Do  unto  others  as  you  would  have  them  do  unto  you!"  Never  be 
the  aggressor,  never  look  for  trouble.  But  if  any  man  molests  you* 
may  Allah  bless  you!* 

Although  tense  situations  involving  the  Muslims  and  the  civil 
authorities  have  occasionally  developed,  little  violence  has  been 
associated  with  the  Movement  in  recent  times.  Nevertheless,  the 
Muslim  image  is  such  that  an  eventual  eruption  of  violence  is  not 
unanticipated.  Police  in  many  communities  maintain  constant 
alerts.  In  Los  Angeles,  for  example,  the  news  media  which  co- 
operate with  the  local  police  avoid  publicizing  the  Movement,  yet 
the  Los  Angeles  police  openly  worry  about  "what  it's  going  to 
take  to  light  the  fuse."5  The  leaders  of  the  sect  are  under  constant 
surveillance  by  the  FBI,  and  most  of  their  important  meetings  are 
probably  monitored  by  informers. 

Despite  these  precautions,  the  expectation  of  an  eventual 
racial  clash  is  widespread  among  observers  who  know  the  Move- 
ment firsthand,  whether  as  officers  charged  with  the  maintenance 
of  public  order  or  as  Negro  youth  who  visit  the  Muslim  temples  for 
a  vicarious  swing  at  "white  oppression."  The  belief  that  the  Mus- 
lims plan  some  kind  of  overt  attack  against  the  Black  Man's 
oppressors,  or  that  they  will  retaliate  in  kind  if  attacked  by  the 
white  man,  is  widely  held  by  the  youth  of  the  "Black  Ghetto" — 
that  is,  the  slum  sections  of  the  large  cities,  where  most  Negroes 
are  compelled  to  live.  The  perspective  of  a  New  York  youth  is 
typical,  if  somewhat  picturesque: 

Man,  I  don't  care  what  those  [Muslim]  cats  say  out  loud — that's  just 
a  hype  they're  putting  down  for  The  Man  [i.e.,  the  white  man].  Let 
me  tell  you — they've  got  some  stuff  for  The  Man  even  the  Mau  Mau 
didn't  have!  If  he  tries  to  crowd  them  like  he's  been  used  to  doing  the 
rest  of  us  all  the  time,  they're  going  to  lay  it  on  him  from  here  to 
Little  Rock!  I  grew  up  with  some  of  the  cats  in  that  temple — went 
to  school  with  them;  ran  around  with  them.  Man,  those  cats  have 
changed.  They  ain't  for  no  light  playing.  Those  cats  are  for  real,  and 
you'd  better  believe  it!6 

How  did  it  all  begin?  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  Black  Mus- 
lim Movement?  What  kind  of  people  belong  to  it,  and  just  what 
are  its  aims?  All  observers  agree  that  its  membership  is  increasing, 


6        The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

yet  most  Negro  leaders  insist  that  the  Muslim  membership  "should 
reach  its  peak  shortly."7  Meanwhile,  the  Muslims  continue  to 
found  new  temples,  and  Elijah  Muhammad  continues  to  draw 
thousands  to  his  rallies.  Why  do  they  come?  What  are  they 
after? 

To  answer  these  questions,  we  shall  have  to  look  at  the  socio- 
logical drama  of  contemporary  America,  especially  at  the  Ameri- 
can Negro's  increasing  dissatisfaction  with  the  "bit"  role  he  has 
been  permitted  to  play.  As  one  Muslim  minister  put  it:  "We've 
just  had  a  'walk-on'  part.  We've  been  nothing  but  background 
scenery  for  everybody  else.  Now  we've  got  something  to  say,  and 
we're  going  to  say  it  loud  enough  for  the  whole  world  to  hear." 


The  End  of  the  Second-Class  Ride 

How  different  [was  the  tolerant  spirit  of  the  medieval  Western  Chris- 
tian] from  the  spirit  in  which  the  white-skinned  Western  Protestant 
of  modern  times  regards  his  black-skinned  convert.  The  convert  may 
have  found  spiritual  salvation  in  the  White  Man's  faith;  he  may  have 
acquired  the  White  Man's  culture  and  learnt  to  speak  his  language 
with  the  tongue  of  an  angel;  he  may  have  become  an  adept  in  the 
White  Man's  economic  technique,  and  yet  it  profits  him  nothing  so 
long  as  he  has  not  changed  his  skin.8 

Thus  observes  Professor  Arnold  Toynbee:  in  Western  Protestant 
societies,  at  least,  the  first  credential  for  acceptance  is  a  white 
skin.  A  man  who  happens  to  be  born  with  a  different  skin  color 
cannot  hope  to  be  accepted,  whatever  his  spiritual  or  intellectual 
merit. 

This  observation,  from  the  perspective  of  world  history,  is  on 
solid  sociological  ground.  In  his  famous  "Yankee  City"  studies, 
W.  Lloyd  Warner  writes: 

The  ethnic  group  carries  a  divergent  set  of  cultural  traits  which  are 
evaluated  by  the  host  as  inferior.  .  .  .  The  racial  groups  are  divergent 
biologically  rather  than  culturally.  .  .  .  Such  physical  attributes  as 
dark  skin,  the  epicanthic  fold,  or  kinky  hair  become  symbols  of  status 
and  automatically  consign  their  possessors  to  inferior  status.  .  .  .  The 
cultural  traits  of  the  ethnic  group,  which  have  become  symbols  of 
inferior  status,  can  be  and  are  changed  in  time;  but  the  physical  traits 
which  have  become  symbols  of  inferior  status  are  permanent.9 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death        7 

The  data  of  sociology  derive,  of  course,  from  observable 
human  relationships.  Every  intelligent  Negro  experiences  a  feeling 
of  quarantine  when  he  ponders  his  future  and  the  avenues  of  crea- 
tive existence  open  to  him.  Malcolm  X,  the  "angriest  Muslim," 
protests  loudly  and  at  length:  "When  you  say  'Negro,'  you're 
trapped  right  there.  Makes  no  difference  who  you  are  nor  how 
many  degrees  you  have  from  Harvard;  if  you're  a  Negro,  you're 
trapped.  If  you're  black,  the  doors  close."  And  the  Muslims  are 
not  unique  in  these  sentiments.  No  less  distinguished  a  person  than 
Dr.  Anna  Hedgman,  former  administrative  aide  to  the  Federal 
Security  Administration  and  an  administrative  assistant  to  New 
York's  Mayor  Wagner,  complained  bitterly  to  a  television  audi- 
ence: "I  don't  know  why  white  people  are  so  absolutely  wound 
up  on  this  business,  but  [you]  have  to  be  white.  If  you  could 
manage  it,  you  ought  to  be  white  with  blue  eyes  and  blond  hair." 
America,  she  charged,  "has  so  bottled  up  the  Negro"  as  to  render 
him  completely  frustrated  and  defiant.10 

The  "school  case"  decision  which  the  United  States  Supreme 
Court  handed  down  in  May  1954  was  instrumental  in  focusing 
extraordinary  attention  upon  this  major  racial  dichotomy  in  the 
American  society.  It  is  unlikely  that  any  single  event  since  the 
Emancipation  Proclamation  of  1863  has  produced  so  disturbing 
an  effect,  or  has  been  so  portentous  of  the  possibility  of  extensive 
social  change.11  People  throughout  the  world  acclaimed  the  new 
promise  of  broadened  opportunity  for  the  expression  of  human 
creativity  implicit  in  the  decision  and  were  encouraged  by  it.12 
Yet,  in  practice,  the  shift  from  "segregation"  to  "integration"  has 
not  been  spectacular,  even  in  education. 

There  have  been  other  scattered  but  hopeful  indices  of 
change  in  Negro-white  relations  since  1954.  Much  encouragement 
for  change  has  come  from  the  courts.  Segregated  seating  in  inter- 
state transportation  no  longer  has  legal  sanction,  and  in  a  few  areas 
Negro  citizens  now  enjoy  the  unrestricted  use  of  parks,  beaches 
and  other  public  recreational  facilities.  These  and  similar  legal 
advances  have  given  impetus  and  encouragement  to  improvements 
in  some  private  institutions  which,  by  their  nature,  cannot  be  the 
subject  of  litigation  aimed  at  desegregation.  This  has  been  par- 
ticularly true  of  some  churches  and  church-related  schools,  which 


8        The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— The  Sentence  is  Death 

have  admitted  Negroes  although  under  no  legal  compulsion  to 
do  so. 

In  the  economic  sphere,  the  picture  is  less  bright.  Race  re- 
mains a  determining  criterion  for  employment  throughout  the 
South  and  generally  elsewhere  in  the  country,  and  job  restriction  is 
a  formidable  barrier  to  the  Negro  citizen's  fulfillment  of  his  crea- 
tive potential.  In  spite  of  federal  executive  orders  and  state  and 
municipal  legislation,13  discrimination  in  employment  remains  the 
rule  rather  than  the  exception.14 

In  political  affairs,  Negro-white  relations  have  not  perceptibly 
improved.  On  the  contrary,  in  many  parts  of  the  South  there  has 
been  a  general  strengthening  of  traditional  methods  to  restrict 
Negro  voting  or  to  exclude  it  altogether.  In  Fayette  County  in 
west  Tennessee,  for  example,  Negroes  were  "starved  out"  for 
wanting  to  vote.  For  months  it  was  impossible  for  Negro  citizens 
to  buy  oil  or  gasoline  for  their  tractors  and  other  machinery.  Bank 
credit  for  crop  loans — indispensable  in  this  rural  county — had 
been  stopped.  No  Negro  could  buy  food  or  household  necessities 
in  the  local  white  stores,  and  wholesale  houses  refused  to  supply 
Negro  businesses.15  Why?  Because  450  Negroes  insisted  on 
registering  to  vote,  as  did  3,000  white  citizens.  Negroes  constitute 
a  majority  in  the  county,  but  they  have  never  been  permitted  even 
a  single  voice  in  its  government. 

It  is  against  this  backdrop  that  one  must  come  to  grips  with 
the  Black  Muslim  Movement.  The  lynchings,  the  danger  of  being 
killed  while  under  arrest,16  the  unevenness  and  uncertainty  of 
justice  in  the  courts,  the  continuing  problem  of  simply  finding  a 
decent  place  to  live — all  are  contributory  to  the  making  of  a 
Muslim  and  to  the  propagation  of  a  mass  movement  of  protest. 

Perhaps  the  nearest  parallel  to  the  Black  Muslim  Movement 
was  the  Garvey  movement  of  the  post- World  War  I  era.  The 
social  conditions  which  made  Garveyism  possible  were  similar  to 
those  obtaining  at  the  present  time,  if  not  quite  the  same.  We 
have  had  "Little  Rock"  and  "Clinton,  Tennessee,"  though  there 
has  been  no  wholesale  murder  of  Negroes  such  as  occurred  during 
the  infamous  "Red  Summer"  of  1919.  There  have  been  improve- 
ments in  the  Negro's  total  status  since  Garvey's  day — a  little  here, 
a  l;ttle  there.  There  have  been  some  breaches  in  the  high,  white 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death        9 

wall  of  segregation.  But  for  Negroes  in  general,  and  for  the  Black 
Muslims  in  particular,  these  isolated  improvements  in  the  Negro's 
total  status  are  not  enough.  The  tradition  of  disprivilege  and  the 
continuing  formidable  opposition  to  first-class  citizenship  are  the 
discouraging  elements  that  contribute  most  to  the  "Muslim  mood." 

Yet  we  cannot  dismiss  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  as  sim- 
ply another  reaction  against  the  traditional  expressions  of  Ameri- 
can race-consciousness.  The  history  of  the  Negro  in  America  is 
per  se  a  history  of  race-consciousness  and  its  consequences,17  but 
American  history  has  not  heretofore  produced  an  archetype  of  the 
Black  Muslim  Movement. 

The  new  and  most  challenging  factor,  of  course,  is  the  expan- 
sion of  the  American  Negro's  horizon  from  the  national  to  the 
international  scene.  World  War  II  saw  the  practical  end  of  Euro- 
pean colonialism,  and  the  rapid  demise  of  colonialistic  philosophy 
has  been  a  significant  feature  of  postwar  international  relations. 
The  determination  to  be  free  is  the  characteristic  mood  of  the 
hundreds  of  millions  of  people  whose  destinies  have  not  for  cen- 
turies been  self-determined;  and  for  the  most  part,  the  colonial 
powers  have  seen  and  heeded  the  signs  of  the  times.  In  an  address 
before  the  United  Nations,  as  the  world  community  welcomed  the 
newly  independent  Cameroons  into  membership,  French  delegate 
Armand  Berard  called  pointed  attention  to  the  fact  that  "inde- 
pendence need  not  come  as  the  result  of  conquest  and  violence."18 
Seventeen  African  states  achieved  more  or  less  peaceful  inde- 
pendence in  1960.  "Everywhere  the  Dark  Continent  is  emerging 
into  the  news  spotlight.  It  is  demanding  attention — and  getting  it. 
Some  observers  are  calling  1960  'Africa  Year.'  "19 

The  emergence  of  Africa  is  a  vitally  significant  factor  in  the 
aggressive  impatience  of  the  American  Negro.  Most  of  the  colo- 
nial peoples  of  the  past  three  centuries  have  been  non-white  and 
under  white  domination,  and  American  Negroes  have  understand- 
ably felt  some  identification  with  them.  The  independence  of 
India,  Indonesia,  the  Philippines  and  other  non-white  Asian  na- 
tions stirred  applause,  though  little  hope,  in  the  breasts  of  Ameri- 
ca's largest  minority.  With  Africa,  the  parallel  strikes  painfully 
close.  Many  Negroes  for  whom  Africa  seemed  as  remote  as  the 
planet  Jupiter  now  find  themselves  exhilarated  and  encouraged  by 


10      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

the  emergence  of  black  national  states  in  the  once  "dark"  conti- 
nent. But  they  also  find  themselves  strangely  threatened,  for  the 
African  may  leave  his  American  brother  behind  as  the  only  re- 
maining symbol  of  racial  inferiority,  of  the  socially  and  politically 
dedasst  "Black  Man,"  left  in  the  world. 

There  is  a  feeling  among  American  Negroes  that  the  non- 
white  world  is  waiting — waiting  to  see  if  they  are  fit  to  be  counted 
as  men.  There  is  a  new  determination  in  the  Negro  community  to 
"go  first  class,  whatever  the  cost."  For  most,  "first  class"  means 
an  unqualified  enjoyment  of  all  the  rights  and  duties  of  citizenship. 
For  others,  "first  class"  means  political  and  social  autonomy — a 
national  state  for  the  "Black  Man"  in  America. 

The  Stranger  in  Detroit 

Sometime  in  the  midsummer  of  1930,  an  amiable  but  faintly 
mysterious  peddler  suddenly  appeared  in  the  Negro  community  of 
Detroit.  He  was  thought  to  be  an  Arab,20  although  his  racial  and 
national  identity  still  remains  undocumented.  He  was  welcomed 
into  the  homes  of  the  culture-hungry  Negroes,  who  were  eager  to 
purchase  his  silks  and  artifacts,  which  he  claimed  were  like  those 
the  Negro  people  wore  in  their  homeland  across  the  sea. 

He  came  first  to  our  houses  selling  raincoats,  and  then  afterwards, 
silks.  In  this  way  he  could  get  into  the  people's  houses,  for  every 
woman  was  eager  to  see  the  nice  things  the  peddlers  had  for  sale.  He 
told  us  that  the  silks  he  carried  were  the  same  kind  that  our  people 
used  in  their  home  country,  and  that  he  was  from  there.  So  we  asked 
him  to  tell  us  about  our  own  country.21 

His  customers  were  so  anxious  to  learn  of  their  own  past  and  the 
country  from  which  they  came  that  the  peddler  soon  began  hold- 
ing meetings  from  house  to  house  throughout  the  community. 

At  first,  the  "prophet,"  as  he  came  to  be  known,  confined  his 
teachings  to  a  recitation  of  his  experiences  in  foreign  lands,  admo- 
nitions against  certain  foods  and  suggestions  for  improving  his 
listeners'  physical  health.  He  was  kind,  friendly,  unassuming  and 
patient. 

...  he  would  eat  whatever  we  had  on  the  table,  but  after  the  meal  he 
began  to  talk.  "Now  don't  eat  this  food,  it  is  poison  for  you.  The 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— The  Sentence  is  Death      11 

people  in  your  own  country  do  not  eat  it.  Since  they  eat  the  right 
kind  of  food  they  have  the  best  health  all  the  time.  If  you  would  just 
live  like  the  people  in  your  home  country,  you  would  never  be  sick 
any  more."  So  we  all  wanted  him  to  tell  us  about  ourselves  and  about 
our  home  country  and  about  how  we  could  be  free  from  rheuma- 
tism, aches,  and  pains.22 

He  also  used  the  Bible  as  a  textbook  to  teach  them  about  their 
true  religion — not  Christianity,  but  the  religion  of  the  Black  Men 
of  Asia  and  Africa.  He  used  the  Bible  because  it  was  the  only 
religious  book  his  followers  knew.  It  was  not  the  proper  book  for 
the  Black  Nation;  but,  carefully  interpreted,  it  could  be  made  to 
serve  until  they  were  introduced  to  the  Holy  Qur'an  (or  Quran). 
Eventually  the  stranger's  teachings  took  the  form  of  increas- 
ingly bitter  denouncements  against  the  white  race;  and  as  his 
prestige  grew,  he  "began  to  attack  the  teachings  of  the  Bible  in 
such  a  way  as  to  shock  his  hearers  and  bring  them  to  an  emotional 
crisis."23  People  experienced  sudden  conversions  and  became  his 
followers. 

Up  to  that  day  I  always  went  to  the  Baptist  church.  After  I  heard 
the  sermon  from  the  prophet,  I  was  turned  around  completely.  When 
I  went  home  and  heard  that  dinner  was  ready,  I  said:  "I  don't  want  to 
eat  dinner.  I  just  want  to  go  back  to  the  meeting."  I  wouldn't  eat 
any  meals  but  I  [went]  back  that  night,  and  I  went  to  every  meeting 
after  that.24 

Before  long,  the  house-to-house  meetings  were  inadequate  to 
accommodate  all  those  who  wished  to  hear  the  prophet.  The 
solution  was  obvious:  they  hired  a  hall,  which  they  named  the 
Temple  of  Islam.  Thus  the  movement  which  has  become  known 
as  the  Black  Muslims  was  born. 

No  one  knew  very  much  about  the  founder  of  this  first  tem- 
ple. Usually  he  referred  to  himself  as  Mr.  Farrad  Mohammad  or 
Mr.  F.  Mohammad  AIL  He  was  also  known  as  Professor  Ford, 
Mr.  Wali  Farrad  and  W.  D.  Fard.  One  of  his  earliest  converts 
recalls  that,  on  one  occasion,  the  prophet  said: 

My  name  is  W.  D.  Fard,  and  I  come  from  the  Holy  City  of  Mecca. 
More  about  myself  I  will  not  tell  you  yet,  for  the  time  has  not  yet 
come.  I  am  your  brother.  You  have  not  yet  seen  me  in  my  royal 
robes.25 


12      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

Inevitably,  there  was  a  proliferation  of  legends  about  so  mys- 
terious a  figure.  One  such  legend  is  that  Fard  was  a  Jamaican 
Negro  whose  father  was  a  Syrian  Moslem.  Another  describes  him 
as  a  Palestinian  Arab  who  had  participated  in  various  racial  agita- 
tions in  India,  South  Africa  and  London  before  moving  on  to 
Detroit.  Some  of  his  followers  believed  him  to  be  the  son  of 
wealthy  parents  of  the  tribe  of  Koreish — the  tribe  of  Mohammed, 
founder  of  classical  Islam.26  Others  say  that  he  was  educated  at  a 
London  university  in  preparation  for  a  diplomatic  career  in  the 
service  of  the  kingdom  of  Hejaz,  but  that  he  sacrificed  his  personal 
future  "to  bring  'freedom,  justice,  and  equality'  to  the  'black  men 
in  the  wilderness  of  North  America,  surrounded  and  robbed  com- 
pletely by  the  Cave  Man.'"27  Fard  announced  himself  to  the 
Detroit  police  as  "the  Supreme  Ruler  of  the  Universe,"  and  at 
least  some  of  his  followers  seem  to  have  considered  him  divine. 
At  the  other  extreme,  a  Chicago  newspaper  investigating  the  Black 
Muslim  Movement  refers  to  Fard  as  "a  Turkish-born  Nazi  agent 
[who]  worked  for  Hitler  in  World  War  II."28 

Fard  described  himself  to  his  followers  as  having  been  sent  to 
wake  his  "uncle" — that  is,  the  Black  Nation — to  the  full  range  of 
the  Black  Man's  possibilities  in  a  world  temporarily  dominated  by 
the  "blue-eyed  devils."  The  illiterate  Negroes  who  heard  his  heady 
talk  were  awed  by  his  apparent  fearlessness  (as  were  to  be  the 
hundred  thousand  others  and  more  who  pledged  themselves  to 
follow  his  successor  a  generation  later).  They  became  increasingly 
alert  to  the  subtle  discriminations  they  faced  in  the  North.  For 
the  North  was  no  Promised  Land:  it  was  the  South  all  over  again, 
with  the  worst  features  of  racial  prejudice  thinly  camouflaged  by 
"sweet  talk  about  equality." 

The  fact  that  the  country  was  in  the  throes  of  the  great  De- 
pression did  not  help  the  situation.  The  starving,  overcrowded 
Negroes  living  in  the  slums  of  Detroit  (as  in  other  Northern 
cities)  became  increasingly  bitter  toward  the  whites  who  seemed 
to  control  their  lives.  Policemen,  who  are  the  ever-present  re- 
minder of  the  white  man's  power;  white  workers,  who  displaced 
the  Negroes  as  jobs  became  more  scarce  or  who  retained  their 
jobs  as  thousands  of  Negroes  were  being  laid  off;  even  the  welfare 
workers,  who  insulted  the  Negroes  and  made  them  wait  long 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      13 

hours  before  passing  out  the  pitiful  supplies  of  flour  and  lard — 
all  these  became  the  symbolic  targets  of  a  virulent  hatred  of  the 
white  man  growing  in  the  breasts  of  Fard's  Black  Nation.  One 
extreme  example: 

An  Asiatic  trend  among  Negro  dole  recipients  of  the  Elmwood  dis- 
trict, noted  at  the  time  as  a  passing  whim  .  .  .  came  back  with  horror 
to  two  women  welfare  workers  on  learning  that  the  fanatical  [Black 
Muslim]  Robert  Harris  had  intended  them  for  human  sacrifice  as 
infidels.  .  .  .  Harris  stated  to  the  police  that  each  of  these  was  a  "no- 
good  Christian,"  and  that  they  would  have  been  sacrificed  if  he  knew 
where  he  could  have  found  them.29 

At  first  the  contact  between  the  Negroes  and  Fard  was  casual 
and  informal.  After  a  temple  had  been  secured,  however,  the 
house-to-house  meetings  were  discontinued,  and  a  tightly  knit 
organization  replaced  the  informal  gatherings.  Members  were 
examined  before  acceptance  and  were  then  registered,  and  a 
hierarchy  was  established.  At  this  point,  some  of  the  followers 
of  the  late  Noble  Drew  AH  began  to  pledge  themselves  to  Fard. 

Fard  continued  to  teach  his  followers  about  the  deceptive 
character  of  the  white  man  and  to  help  them  relive,  at  least  in 
fantasy,  the  glorious  history  of  Black  Afro-Asia.  An  unusually 
resourceful  teacher,  he  was  able  to  utilize  such  varied  literature 
as  the  writings  of  Joseph  F.  "Judge"  Rutherford,  then  leader  of 
the  Jehovah's  Witnesses,  Van  Loon's  Story  of  Mankind,  Breasted's 
The  Conquest  of  Civilization,  the  Quran,  the  Bible  and  certain  of 
the  literature  of  Freemasonry  to  bring  his  people  to  "a  knowledge 
of  self."  Some  of  the  illiterate  were  taught  to  read  so  that  they 
could  learn  firsthand  about  the  past  greatness  of  their  race.  All 
were  encouraged  to  purchase  radios  so  that  they  could  hear  the 
addresses  of  Rutherford  and  of  Frank  Norris,  the  Baptist  funda- 
mentalist. 

The  white  man's  words  were  not  to  be  taken  literally,  for  he 
was  considered  incapable  of  telling  the  truth.  His  writings  were 
symbolic  and  needed  interpretation,  and  this  was  Fard's  mission 
to  his  "uncle"  in  the  West.  So,  having  taught  his  followers  to 
read,  he  then  interpreted  for  them  what  they  read — interpreted  it 
in  the  name  of  the  one  true  God,  "whose  right  and  proper  name 
is  Allah."  Thus,  he  explained,  the  white  man  served  as  a  tool  in 


14      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

the  hands  of  Allah  through  which  the  Black  Man  could  learn  the 
secrets  of  his  own  past  and  prepare  himself  for  the  role  history 
would  demand  of  him. 

To  supplement  the  "symbolic"  literature  of  the  white  man, 
Fard  himself  wrote  two  manuals  for  the  Movement.  The  Secret 
Ritual  of  the  Nation  of  Islam  was  (and  still  is)  transmitted  orally; 
it  is  memorized  verbatim  by  the  students  at  the  Movement's  paro- 
chial schools  and  has  become  an  oral  tradition.  Teaching  for  the 
Lost  Found  Nation  of  Islam  in  a  Mathematical  Way,  though  it  was 
printed  and  given  to  registered  Muslims,  was  written  in  Fard's 
own  "symbolic  language"  and  required  his  interpretation. 

Within  three  years,  Fard  had  developed  an  organization  so 
effective  that  he  was  able  to  withdraw  almost  entirely  from  active 
leadership.  He  had  not  only  set  up  the  temple  and  established  its 
ritual  and  worship  but  also  founded  a  University  of  Islam  (actu- 
ally, a  combined  elementary  and  secondary  school),  dedicated  to 
"higher  mathematics,"  astronomy  and  the  "ending  of  the  spook 
civilization."  He  had  created  the  Muslim  Girls  Training  Class, 
which  taught  young  Muslim  women  the  principles  of  home  eco- 
nomics and  how  to  be  a  proper  wife  and  mother.  Finally,  "fear 
of  trouble  with  unbelievers,  especially  with  the  police,  led  to  the 
founding  of  the  Fruit  of  Islam — a  military  organization  for  the 
men  who  were  drilled  by  captains  and  taught  tactics  and  the  use 
of  firearms."30  A  Minister  of  Islam  was  now  appointed  to  run 
the  entire  organization,  aided  by  a  staff  of  assistant  ministers. 
Each  of  these  men  was  selected  and  trained  personally  by  Fard, 
who  gradually  stopped  his  public  appearances  and  eventually 
disappeared  from  view. 

One  of  the  earliest  officers  in  the  Movement  under  Fard  was 
Elijah  Muhammad,  who  was  born  Elijah  Poole.  Poole  and  his 
family  migrated  from  Georgia  in  the  1920s;  and  after  Fard's  ap- 
pearance, several  of  them  were  soon  identified  with  the  Nation  of 
Islam.  An  interesting  mishap  occurred  at  the  time  of  Poole's 
initiation  into  the  Movement.  Under  Fard,  each  proselyte  was 
required  to  write  a  letter  asking  for  his  "original"  (Islamic)  name; 
when  he  received  this  name,  the  "slave  name"  given  his  ancestors 
by  the  white  man  was  discarded.  When  the  three  Poole  brothers 
applied  for  names,  they  neglected  to  mention  that  they  were  blood 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death       15 

brothers,  and  "despite  his  omniscience,  the  prophet  gave  [them] 
the  surnames  of  Sharrieff,  Karriem  and  Muhammad."  When  the 
mistake  became  apparent,  Fard  explained  that  he  had  "divine 
knowledge  of  the  different  paternity  of  the  three  brothers."31 

Elijah  Muhammad  devoted  himself  wholeheartedly  to  Fard 
and  to  the  Movement.  Though  opposed  by  moderates  in  the 
hierarchy,  he  became  Fard's  most  trusted  lieutenant.  At  his  initia- 
tion he  had  been  given  the  "original"  surname  Karriem,  but  Fard 
now  acknowledged  his  higher  status  by  renaming  him  Elijah 
Muhammad.  When  a  chief  Minister  of  Islam  was  named  to  pre- 
side over  the  organization,  Fard  chose  Muhammad,  and  the  choice 
proved  a  wise  one.  Elijah  Muhammad  was  almost  singlehandedly 
responsible  for  the  deification  of  Fard  and  for  the  perpetuation  of 
his  teachings  in  the  early  years  after  Fard  disappeared. 

The  Prophet's  disappearance  occurred  in  about  June  1934, 
shortly  after  Muhammad  was  named  Minister  of  Islam,  and  he 
vanished  as  mysteriously  as  he  had  arrived.  Even  the  police  seem 
to  have  been  baffled.  A  report  that  he  was  last  seen  "aboard  a 
ship  bound  for  Europe"  is  unsubstantiated;  so  also  are  reports 
that  he  met  with  foul  play  at  the  hands  of  either  the  Detroit  police 
or  some  of  his  dissident  followers.  It  is  certain  that  many  of  those 
who  heard  Fard  were  openly  hostile  to  his  anti-white  diatribes 
and  resented  his  attacks  on  the  Christian  church.32  But  any  link 
between  these  antipathies  and  his  strange  disappearance  remains 
in  the  realm  of  undocumented  conjecture. 

Some  of  Muhammad's  critics  hint  darkly  at  the  coincidence 
of  Fard's  disappearance  at  the  moment  of  Muhammad's  rise  to 
power.  But  Muhammad's  rise  was  neither  sudden  nor  unchal- 
lenged, and  Fard  himself  had  had  to  struggle  to  retain  leadership 
after  the  Movement  began  to  grow.  Muhammad  simply  cast  his 
lot  on  the  side  that  eventually  prevailed. 

The  very  nature  of  the  Prophet's  teachings  made  schism  and 
factionalism  inevitable.  Quite  early  in  the  life  of  the  Movement, 
Abdul  Muhammad,  another  of  Fard's  trusted  officers,  withdrew 
and  organized  a  competing  temple.  Fard  had  consistently  taught 
that  his  followers  were  not  Americans  and  that  they  owed  no 
allegiance  to  the  American  flag.  It  was  stupid,  he  argued,  to 
pledge  allegiance  to  a  flag  that  offered  no  protection  against  "the 


16      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

depravities  of  the  white  devils  [who]  by  their  tricknology  .  .  . 
keep  our  peoples  illiterate  to  use  as  tools  and  slaves."  Abdul 
Muhammad's  splinter  group,  in  contrast,  was  founded  on  the 
principle  of  complete  loyalty  to  the  American  Constitution  and  to 
the  nation's  flag.  This  splinter  group,  however,  did  not  survive. 

As  early  as  1932  the  Communist  party  attempted  to  infiltrate 
the  Black  Muslim  organization  and  take  it  over.  It  was  followed 
by  the  Japanese,  who  sought  to  establish  a  fifth-column  beachhead 
in  the  group  under  the  direction  of  the  wily  Major  Takahashi.  The 
major  tried  to  persuade  the  Muslims  to  swear  allegiance  to  the 
Mikado,  and  he  succeeded  in  splitting  off  some  members  of  the 
Movement.33  Nor  were  these  the  only  international  interests  seek- 
ing to  cultivate  the  Muslims.  By  1934  even  the  Ethiopians  devel- 
oped a  sudden  interest  in  "the  Black  Nation  in  the  West";  one 
Wyxzewixard  S.  J.  Challouehliczilczese  sought  to  use  the  Move- 
ment to  promote  various  financial  schemes  in  the  interest  of  his 
native  land.  Closer  to  home,  America's  "union-busting"  interests 
did  not  hesitate  to  take  advantage  of  the  hunger  and  poverty  of 
the  unsophisticated  Negroes  in  a  war  against  the  CIO.  All  these 
efforts  failed,  but  the  struggle  against  them  drained  much  of  the 
vitality  of  the  Movement. 

After  Fard's  disappearance,  the  Muslims  soon  lost  their 
aggressiveness;  and  the  Movement,  to  which  Fard  had  drawn 
eight  thousand  adherents,  began  to  decline  in  size  and  in  power. 
Quarrels  broke  to  the  surface,  and  the  relatively  lethargic  mod- 
erates drove  Elijah  Muhammad  from  Detroit  to  the  Temple  No.  2 
in  Chicago,  which  had  been  established  as  the  Southside  Mosque 
two  years  earlier.  There  he  set  up  new  headquarters  and  began 
to  reshape  the  Movement  under  his  own  highly  militant  leader- 
ship. Fard  became  identified  with  the  god  Allah;  having  been  thus 
deified,  he  was  worshipped  with  prayer  and  sacrifice.  Muhammad, 
who  had  served  "Allah,"  naturally  assumed  the  mantle  of 
"Prophet,"  which  "Allah"  had  worn  during  his  mission  in  Detroit. 
Today  Muhammad  is  referred  to  both  as  the  Prophet  and,  more 
often,  as  the  Messenger  of  Allah. 

The  Black  Muslims  have  come  far  under  Muhammad.  He 
has  given  them  temples  and  schools,  apartment  houses  and  grocery 
stores,  restaurants  and  farms.  Most  important  of  all,  he  has  given 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      17 

them  a  new  sense  of  dignity,  a  conviction  that  they  are  more  than 
the  equals  of  the  white  man  and  are  destined  to  rule  the  earth. 
"The  Messenger,"  the  faithful  say  reverently,  "has  taught  us 
knowledge  of  ourselves;  and  this  is  the  knowledge  that  makes  it 
possible  for  us  to  obtain  freedom,  justice  and  equality  in  the  world, 
no  matter  what  the  white  man  thinks,  no  matter  what  the  white 
man  does."  This  is  not  a  passive  belief:  Muhammad  has  promised 
to  "do  something  for  my  beautiful  Black  Nation,"  and  the  Muslims 
are  certain  that  he  will.  "That's  right!  That's  right!"  they  say 
fervently,  and  swear  to  lay  down  their  lives  if  it  should  be  his  will. 


Economic  and  Political  Power 

The  Black  Muslims  are  an  intensely  dedicated,  tightly  disci- 
plined block  of  more  than  100,000  American  Negroes,  convinced 
that  they  have  learned  the  ultimate  truth  and  ready  to  make  any 
sacrifice  it  may  demand  of  them.  Theirs  is  not  a  "Sunday  reli- 
gion": the  Muslim  temples  hold  frequent  meetings,  and  every 
Muslim  is  required  to  attend  two  (and  often  more)  meetings  a 
week.  Nor  is  it  a  religion  that  spares  the  billfold.  The  mass  of 
Muslims  are  from  the  Negro  lower  class,  with  relatively  low  in- 
comes, and  they  are  encouraged  to  live  respectably  and  provide 
for  their  families.  But  the  men  are  urged  to  hold  steady  jobs; 
and  all  Muslims  are  forbidden  to  gamble,  smoke,  drink  liquor, 
overeat,  indulge  in  fripperies  or  buy  on  credit.  As  a  result  most 
Muslims  enjoy  a  healthy  standard  of  living  and  still  have  enough 
cash  left  over  to  swell  the  Movement's  coffers. 

Every  Muslim  is  expected  to  give  a  fixed  percentage  of  his 
income  to  the  Movement  each  year.  In  1952  this  percentage  was 
set  at  one-third  of  all  earnings;  but  the  figure  is  probably  not 
always  so  high.  In  addition,  the  temples  collect  contributions  for 
a  variety  of  funds,  many  for  local  purposes  and  at  least  six  for 
the  use  of  the  national  headquarters  at  Temple  No.  2  in  Chicago. 
Of  the  six  known  national  funds,  four  are  earmarked  for  real 
estate,  public  relations,  official  travel  and  new  cars;  one  is  an 
annual  collection  on  the  anniversary  of  Fard's  birthday,  February 
26th,  with  no  purpose  designated;  and  one  is  a  discretionary  fund, 


18      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

the  "No.  2  Treasury  and  Central  Point  Fund,"  for  Muhammad  to 
use  as  he  sees  fit.  The  increase  in  the  total  funds  available  to  the 
Movement  is  suggested  by  the  increase  in  its  real  estate  holdings 
in  Chicago  in  the  last  six  years — from  an  estimated  $150,000  in 
1954  to  an  estimated  $500,000  at  the  end  of  1960. 

But  the  Muslims'  power  to  influence  the  general  American 
community  is  significant,  not  only  because  of  their  increasing 
membership  and  financial  resources,  but  also  because  they  can  be 
mobilized  to  act  in  unswerving  unison  on  any  matter  designated 
by  the  leadership.  They  will,  for  example,  vote  as  Muhammad 
tells  them  to  vote  and  buy  where  he  tells  them  to  buy.  A  Muslim 
bloc,  therefore,  even  in  a  large  city,  may  be  the  determining  factor 
in  the  balance  of  political  and  economic  power. 

It  is  already  said  in  Harlem  that  Malcolm  X,  minister  of  the 
large  Temple  7  and  Muhammad's  chief  lieutenant,  is  in  a  position 
to  decide  the  election  of  U.  S.  Representative  Adam  Clayton 
Powell's  successor,  when  and  if  Powell  decides  to  retire.  Whether 
or  not  this  is  true,  the  deference  shown  Malcolm  X  by  numerous 
political  figures  in  New  York  City  is  impressive.  Even  more  im- 
pressive— and  far  more  sinister — as  evidence  of  the  Muslims' 
political  weight  is  the  fact  that  Fidel  Castro,  during  his  dramatic 
sojourn  in  Harlem  in  the  autumn  of  1960,  invited  Malcolm  X  to  a 
secret  conference  which  lasted  some  two  hours.  Malcolm  had 
earlier  been  invited,  along  with  other  important  American  Negroes, 
to  visit  Castro  in  Cuba.  That  the  invitation  was  not  accepted — or 
that  acceptance  was  delayed — can  be  attributed  in  part  to  Muham- 
mad's distaste  for  communism  as  a  white  ideology  and  in  part  to 
his  doubt  whether  Castro  is  a  Black  Man  (as  he  seems  intent  upon 
proving)  or  a  "blue-eyed  devil"  hiding  behind  a  slogan  and  a 
sword. 

Muhammad  has  not  yet  seen  fit  to  use  the  undeniable  power 
of  the  Black  Muslim  vote  as  a  lever  to  prise  concessions  from  the 
white  or  the  non-Muslim  Negro  community.  From  the  start, 
Muslims  have  generally  preferred  not  to  vote  at  all.  This  has  been 
due  partly  to  their  self-identification  with  Afro- Asia,  partly  to  their 
belief  that  America  is  already  corrupt  and  doomed,  and  partly  to 
their  sense  of  futility  in  electing  any  white  man  to  office.  Malcolm 
X  notes  that  "Roosevelt  promised,  Truman  promised,  Eisenhower 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      19 

promised.  Negroes  are  still  knocking  on  the  door  begging  for  civil 
rights.  ...  Do  you  mean  to  tell  me  that  in  a  powerful  country  like 
this,  a  so-called  Christian  country,  that  a  handful  of  men  from  the 
South  can  prevent  the  North,  the  West,  the  Central  States  and 
the  East  from  giving  Negroes  the  rights  the  Constitution  says  they 
already  have?  No!  I  don't  believe  that  and  neither  do  you.  No 
white  man  really  wants  the  Black  Man  to  have  his  rights,  or  he'd 
have  them.  The  United  States  does  everything  else  it  wants  to 
do."34 

The  Muslims  have  also  refrained  from  voting  in  an  effort  to 
keep  their  strength  a  secret.  "If  you  don't  vote,  nobody  knows 
what  you  can  accomplish  when  you  do,"  and  so  far  there  has  been 
no  issue  worth  a  real  display  of  strength.  In  an  address  following 
the  1960  political  conventions,  Muhammad  admonished  some 
seven  thousand  Negroes  at  a  New  York  meeting  simply  to  "go  to 
the  polls  with  your  eyes  and  ears  open,  and  remember  that  it  is 
not  necessary  for  you  to  go  seeking  justice  for  anyone  but  your- 
selves. .  .  .  The  white  people  of  America  already  have  their  free- 
dom, justice  and  equal  rights."35 

The  time  may  come,  however,  when  more  than  an  undefined 
"justice"  will  be  at  stake.  The  Muslim  leadership  may  one  day 
feel  ready  to  issue  specific  demands  on  local,  state  and  national 
political  bodies.  Then,  even  at  the  national  level,  they  can  expect 
to  be  heard  with  respect.  Recent  elections  seem  to  have  demon- 
strated that  a  party,  to  win,  must  control  the  large  industrial  cities 
of  the  North,  in  which  the  Negro  vote  is  potentially  pivotal.  But 
Negroes  do  not  vote  as  a  bloc;  they  split  their  votes  between  the 
two  major  parties.  Anyone  who  could  amass  and  "deliver"  a 
significant  number  of  Negro  votes  in  these  cities,  therefore,  would 
lead  from  strength  in  dealing  with  the  national  party  organizations. 
It  is  precisely  in  these  cities  that  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  is 
now  flourishing.  And,  "You  can  be  sure  of  one  thing,"  says  Mal- 
colm X.  "Every  single  Muslim  man  and  woman  will  vote  the  way 
Mr.  Muhammad  tells  him  to  vote." 

The  Black  Muslims'  political  power  is  ominous  but,  for  the 
moment,  latent.  It  is  reckoned  with  seriously  at  the  local  and  state 
level  in  many  states,  but  Muhammad  is  not  seeking  political  align- 
ments even  there,  and  he  is  unlikely  to  attempt  a  national  power- 


20      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

play  for  some  years  to  come.  The  Muslims'  economic  power,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  already  being  brought  to  bear  against  the  white 
community.  There  is  as  yet  no  organized  boycott  of  white  mer- 
chants, but  every  Muslim  is  expected  to  "buy  black" — that  is,  to 
trade  with  his  own  kind  in  preference  to  "spending  your  money 
where  you  can't  work  and  can't  sit  down."  Muslims  have  only 
contempt  for  the  Negro  sit-in  movement,  in  which  Black  Men  are 
"going  out  of  their  way  to  force  the  white  man  to  let  them  spend 
more  money  with  him,"  rather  than  contribute  to  the  establish- 
ment of  businesses  run  by  and  for  Black  Men. 

The  Muslims  demand  an  entirely  separate  black  economy, 
arguing  that  not  until  the  Negro  is  economically  independent  will 
he  be,  in  any  real  sense,  free.  The  total  annual  income  of  the 
American  Negro,  they  point  out,  is  more  than  $20  billion — greater 
than  the  total  income  of  Canada  and  greater  than  that  of  several 
European  states.  Such  a  purchasing  power,  if  spent  among  Negro 
businessmen  and  invested  in  Negro  enterprises,  would  earn  the 
respect  of  every  nation  in  the  world.  The  Muslims  concede  that 
the  white  man  has,  for  the  moment,  an  edge  on  technical  and 
commercial  know-how.  The  Black  Man  must  learn  whatever  the 
white  man  can  teach  him  and  then  outstrip  the  white  man  in 
productivity  and  trade. 

As  the  Negro  community  develops  its  own  business  and 
industrial  plant,  the  Muslims'  pressure  for  economic  separation  is 
virtually  certain  to  increase.  In  the  not  too  distant  future,  this 
may  well  take  the  form  of  an  official  boycott  against  white  mer- 
chants in  the  Negro  ghettos.  In  a  related  move,  the  Muslims 
might  picket  the  downtown  stores  so  as  to  discourage  Negroes 
from  entering  and  shopping  there.  Such  a  maneuver  would  be  so 
explosive  that  white  store-owners  and  policemen  might  yearn  for 
the  good  old  days  of  the  tension  that  accompanied  the  student 
sit-ins.  Store-owners  cannot  be  expected  to  take  calmly  the  prob- 
able loss  of  much  of  their  patronage;  but  the  Muslims  are  neither 
"passive"  nor  "loving"  toward  white  men,  and  any  violence  on 
the  part  of  whites  would  certainly  be  met  with  violence.  "If  it  ever 
happens,"  said  one  police  official  darkly,  "that's  when  we're  going 
to  have  hell  on  our  hands." 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      21 

The  Believers  .  .  . 

Who  are  these  "faithful,"  these  true  believers,  these  Black 
Muslims? 

Most  simply,  a  Black  Muslim  is  an  American  Negro  who  is 
a  follower  of  Elijah  Muhammad,  "Spiritual  Leader  of  the  Lost- 
Found  Nation  in  the  West."  Black  Muslims  are  distinguished 
from  orthodox  Moslems  not  in  the  mere  spelling  of  the  word 
(strictly  speaking,  either  form  is  correct),  but  in  their  belief  that 
their  leader,  the  Honorable  Elijah  Muhammad,  is  the  Messenger 
of  Allah,  directly  commissioned  by  Allah  himself,  who  came  in 
person  (under  the  name  of  Fard)  to  wake  the  sleeping  Black 
Nation  and  rid  them  of  the  white  man's  age-old  domination. 

A  survey  taken  in  Detroit  during  the  early  years  of  the 
Movement  (1930-1934)  showed  that  the  overwhelming  majority 
of  Muslims — all  but  half  a  dozen  or  so  of  the  two  hundred  families 
interviewed — were  recent  migrants  from  the  rural  South.  The 
majority  had  come  to  industrial  Detroit  from  small  communities 
in  Virgina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama  and  Mississippi. 
Investigations  by  the  Wayne  County  Prosecutor's  office  indicated 
the  same  origin.86 

Those  attracted  to  the  early  Movement  were  not  only  recent 
migrants,  but  they  had  typically  visited  their  old  homes  in  the 
South  one  or  more  times  before  becoming  Muslims.  The  limited 
freedom  they  had  experienced  in  the  North  made  them  acutely 
conscious  of  the  extreme  subordination  of  the  Negro  in  the  South 
— a  realization  which  sharpened  their  hostilities  and  increased 
their  sense  of  frustration. 

Through  these  visits  they  had  become  more  conscious  of  race  dis- 
crimination on  the  part  of  the  Caucasians.  After  their  brief  sojourn 
in  the  North  they  tended  to  reinterpret  with  sinister  implications 
incidents  of  race  contact  in  the  South.  They  began  to  realize  that 
lynchings  and  the  indignities  of  the  Jim  Crow  system  were  perpetu- 
ated by  Caucasians  who  worshipped  the  same  God  as  they  did  and 
worshipped  Him  in  the  same  way.37 

Finally,  most  of  those  who  joined  the  early  temples  were,  one  can 
fairly  assume,  functionally  illiterate. 

In  1959  the  pattern  of  membership  remained  generally  the 
same,  but  the  disproportion  of  recent,  rural  migrants  did  not 


22      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

appear  so  extreme.  Several  factors  may  be  responsible.  In  the 
first  place,  the  proportion  of  Negroes  in  the  North  and  East  is 
now  much  greater  than  it  was  in  the  depression  years  1930-1934, 
and  they  have  been  there  longer.  The  Muslims  can  thus  proselyt- 
ize a  more  established  population.  Secondly,  although  there  is  a 
continuing  stream  of  migrants  from  the  South,  many  of  the  current 
migrants  are  from  Southern  cities  and  towns,  or  at  least  have  had 
some  urban  experience  before  pushing  on  to  the  North.  Again, 
the  Black  Muslim  Movement  is  no  longer  limited  to  the  industrial 
cities  of  the  North.  Its  temples  are  scattered  from  New  England 
to  San  Diego  and  from  San  Francisco  to  Miami.38  At  least  a 
dozen  cities  in  the  South  have  temples  or  missions. 

Thus,  while  the  vast  majority  of  Muslims  still  belong  to  the 
most  disprivileged  class,  they  are  no  longer  necessarily  recent, 
rural  migrants  from  the  South,  nor  are  they  functionally  illiterate. 
A  recent  poll  taken  of  460  Muslims  in  Atlanta,  Chicago,  Boston 
and  New  York39  revealed  that  more  than  half  had  lived  in  their 
present  city  longer  than  five  years.  Fifteen  per  cent  had  lived  in 
the  city  for  at  least  ten  years,  and  5V4  per  cent  were  born  there. 
Forty-six  per  cent  of  the  group  sampled  claimed  to  have  had  at 
least  a  sixth-grade  education,  and  only  2  per  cent  admitted  to  less 
than  a  fourth-grade  education. 

But  we  must  not  lean  too  heavily  upon  this  sampling.  Mus- 
lims are  extremely  wary  about  giving  any  information  about  them- 
selves or  the  Movement  unless  such  information  is  of  obvious 
propaganda  value.  The  typical  Muslim  will  talk  freely  about  the 
teachings  of  the  Messenger  or  the  treacheries  of  the  white  man, 
but  he  will  seldom  provide  information  subject  to  statistical  analy- 
sis. If  he  does  not  evade  factual  questions  entirely,  the  Muslim 
brother  politely  refers  them  to  his  minister,  who  in  turn  invokes 
Elijah  Muhammad. 

Critical  observation  and  informal  interviews  have,  therefore, 
been  the  best  tools  available  for  determining  the  constituency  of 
the  Movement.  My  observations  and  experiences  with  Muslims  in 
several  cities  suggest  the  following: 

1.  The  membership  is  young.  Up  to  80  per  cent  of  a  typical 
congregation  is  between  the  ages  of  seventeen  and  thirty-five.  This 
pattern  has  been  noted  again  and  again  in  temples  across  the 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— The  Sentence  is  Death      23 

country.  In  the  newer  temples,  youth  is  even  more  pronounced; 
in  some,  fully  three-quarters  of  the  membership  is  under  thirty 
years  of  age.  About  the  same  proportion  of  the  ministers  are 
under  thirty-five;  the  youngest  is  only  twenty-three. 

The  reason  for  such  a  concentration  of  youth  is  clear.  This 
is  an  activist  movement,  and  the  appeal  is  directed  to  youth. 
Large,  young  families  are  eagerly  sought,  and  least  attention  is 
paid  to  older  people  reared  as  Christians.  Older  people  have  a 
certain  security  in  their  familiar  religious  orientation,  and  they  do 
not  readily  shift  to  a  position  so  unfamiliar  and  radical  as  that 
preached  by  the  Muslims. 

The  older  people  who  do  belong  to  the  movement,  especially 
in  the  Northern  cities,  are  for  the  most  part  ex-Garveyites  or 
ex-Moorish  Science  Moslems,  or  they  have  belonged  to  some  of 
the  more  esoteric  cults  flourishing  in  Harlem,  Detroit  or  Chicago. 
Many  of  these  older  "nationalists"  consider  Muhammad  a  natural 
successor  to  both  Garvey  and  Noble  Drew  Ali,  and  they  have  had 
little  difficulty  in  making  the  transition.  Muhammad  himself  pro- 
fesses "a  very  high  opinion"  of  both  Garvey  and  Noble  Drew  Ali; 
he  refers  to  them  as  "fine  Muslims"  and  calls  upon  their  sym- 
pathizers to  "follow  me  and  cooperate  in  our  work  because  we  are 
only  trying  to  finish  up  what  those  before  us  started."40 

2.  The  membership  is  predominantly  male.   Unlike  the  typi- 
cal Christian  church,  the  Muslim  temples  attract  many  more  men 
than  women,  and  men  assume  the  full  management  of  temple 
affairs.    Women  are  honored,  and  they  perform  important  func- 
tions within  a  defined  role;  they  are  not  in  any  sense  considered 
mere  "property,"  as  has  sometimes  been  the  case  in  classical 
Islam.  However,  they  do  not  constitute  the  organizational  founda- 
tion through  which  the  Movement  functions,  either  in  service  or 
in  finance.   They  work  alongside  the  men  in  the  various  business 
enterprises  owned  by  the  temples,  and  they  share  in  the  affairs  of 
the  temples  themselves,  but  almost  always  in  roles  not  in  conflict 
with  the  male  assumption  of  primary  responsibility. 

3.  The  membership  is  essentially  lower  class.   A  generation 
ago  Erdman  Beynon  could  report: 

At  the  time  of  their  first  contact  with  the  prophet,  practically  all  of 
the  members  of  the  cult  were  recipients  of  public  welfare,  unem- 


24      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

ployed,  and  living  in  the  most  deteriorated  areas  of  Negro  settlement 
in  Detroit.41 

That  was  in  the  early  1930s — the  worst  of  the  depression  years. 
By  1937,  however,  Beynon  observed: 

At  the  present  time,  there  is  no  known  case  of  unemployment  among 
these  people.  Practically  all  of  them  are  working  in  the  automobile 
and  other  factories.  They  live  no  longer  in  the  slum  section  .  .  .  but 
rent  homes  in  some  of  the  best  economic  areas  in  which  Negroes  have 
settled.  They  tend  to  purchase  more  expensive  furniture,  automobiles, 
and  clothes  than  do  their  neighbors  even  in  these  areas  of  higher-class 
residence.42 

The  socio-economic  pattern  today  is  a  fusion  of  these  two  trends. 
Muslims  are  fully  employed,  yet  they  live  and  meet  in  the  most 
deteriorated  areas  of  the  slums. 

Recruitment  for  the  Movement  is  still  predominantly  from 
among  low-income  groups  at  the  lower  end  of  the  educational 
scale.  It  has  attracted  a  few  intellectuals,  an  increasing  number 
of  college  students  and  a  scattering  of  business  and  professional 
men;  but  a  majority  of  the  membership  of  any  given  temple  is 
composed  of  domestic  and  factory  workers,  common  laborers  and 
the  like.43  An  increasing  number  of  the  men,  however,  are  skilled 
and  semiskilled  craftsmen;  the  businesses  owned  by  the  group  are 
usually  housed  in  buildings  renovated  by  the  Muslims  themselves 
— from  the  plumbing  to  the  electric  signs  that  mark  the  entrances. 
The  Muslims  are  justifiably  proud  of  the  "technicians"  who  oper- 
ate their  sound  and  recording  equipment,  and  of  their  expert 
stenographers  and  secretaries.  They  have  a  corps  of  excellent 
photographers,  who  make  film  records  of  every  important  event; 
the  photographic  mural  on  the  wall  of  their  Temple  7  Restaurant 
in  New  York  is  a  display  of  their  professional  skill. 

Many  Muslims  have  come  into  the  movement  from  various 
levels  of  extralegal  activity.  Some  are  ex-convicts — or  even  con- 
victs, for  at  least  three  temples  are  behind  prison  walls.  Some 
have  come  into  the  Movement  as  dope  addicts  and  alcoholics,  or 
from  careers  as  pimps  and  prostitutes,  pool  sharks  and  gamblers. 
But  all  who  remain  in  the  Movement  are  rehabilitated  and  put  to 
work.  The  members'  claim  that  they  are  able  to  secure  work 
much  more  easily  than  other  Negroes44  appears  valid.  There  are 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— The  Sentence  is  Death      25 

no  idle  Muslims;  and  delinquency,  juvenile  or  adult,  is  almost 
unheard  of. 

Today's  Muslims,  however,  do  not  generally  live  in  the  better 
residential  areas  available  to  Negroes.  Where  Negroes  of  middle- 
and  upper-class  status  have  developed — or  moved  into — resi- 
dential areas  consistent  with  their  new  prosperity,  Muslims  have 
not  followed,  for  the  Movement  continues  to  emphasize  its  affilia- 
tion with  the  working  class.  There  are  exceptions:  Elijah  Muham- 
mad lives  in  a  nineteen-room  mansion  in  a  quiet  neighborhood 
near  the  University  of  Chicago.  But  the  Messenger  has  an  unusu- 
ally large  family  (seven  children);  his  offices  occupy  part  of  the 
building;  and  several  rooms  are  set  aside  for  the  use  of  his  many 
guests — ministers  called  to  Chicago  for  consultation  and,  often, 
visitors  from  abroad.  Even  in  this  mansion  there  is  no  ostentation 
in  furnishings  or  appointments,  and  few  of  Muhammad's  ministers 
and  followers  have  elected  to  abandon  the  slums. 

The  Muslim  leaders  tend  to  live  and  to  build  their  temples 
and  businesses  in  the  areas  from  which  they  draw  their  major 
support — the  heart  of  the  Black  Ghetto.  This  ghetto  houses  the 
most  dissident  and  disinherited,  the  people  who  wake  up  to 
society's  kick  in  the  teeth  each  morning  and  fall  exhausted  with 
a  parting  kick  each  night.  These  are  the  people  who  are  ready 
for  revolution — any  kind  of  revolution — and  Muhammad  astutely 
builds  his  temples  in  their  midst.  Furthermore,  in  the  segregated 
Black  Ghetto,  the  illusion  of  a  "Black  Nation"  within  a  surround- 
ing and  hostile  "white  nation"  takes  on  a  semblance  of  reality. 
The  only  whites  around  are  the  hated  shopkeepers  who  "suck  my 
people  blind."  These  white  tradesmen  are  ready-made  symbols — 
representatives  of  the  impersonal  white  oppressor  who  has  "penned 
us  up  like  sheep,  the  better  to  drink  our  blood." 

4.  The  membership  is  almost  wholly  American  Negro.  The 
Garvey  movement  was  built  around  a  hard  core  of  West  Indians, 
who,  sharing  his  nationality  and  cultural  experiences,  were  most 
readily  attracted  to  his  program.  American  Negroes  gave  Garvey 
little  attention  until  he  had  already  attracted  a  large  following  of 
West  Indian  immigrants.45  But  the  Muslim  leadership  has  not 
especially  welcomed  the  West  Indians  in  this  country,  possibly 
because  the  West  Indian  habit  of  making  distinctions  among 


26      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty"— The  Sentence  is  Death 

Negroes  in  terms  of  color  could  jeopardize  the  Muslim  appeal  for 
a  "United  Black  Front." 

There  may  have  been  some  Japanese  "advisors"  connected 
with  the  Movement  in  its  early  days,  when  Major  Takahashi  was 
active  in  Detroit.  The  Muslims  consider  all  non-whites  to  be 
Black  Men,  whatever  their  skin  color,  and  it  is  worth  noting  that 
Muhammad  was  indicted  for  pro-Japanese  sympathies  in  the  first 
year  of  World  War  II.46  But  no  significant  Oriental  influence  is 
apparent  in  the  Movement  today. 

At  one  time,  Muhammad's  chief  minister  was  a  Haitian, 
Theodore  Rozier.  More  recently,  a  number  of  Arab  nationals 
have  been  associated  with  the  movement  in  teaching  or  advisory 
capacities.  Shaikh  Diab,  a  Palestinian  Arab,  for  example,  taught 
Arabic  at  the  (Chicago)  University  of  Islam — a  combined  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  school — for  several  years.  A  number  of 
Egyptian  nationals  are  friendly  to  the  Movement  and  its  leader- 
ship, but  whether  they  hold  membership  in  the  temples  is  not 
known.  A  Nigerian  graduate  student  also  teaches  at  the  (Chi- 
cago) University  of  Islam,  and  foreign  students  from  all  parts  of 
Asia  and  Africa  frequently  attend  the  local  temples,  which  are 
found  in  nearly  all  cities  having  large  universities. 

These  foreign  contacts  are  highly  prized,  yet  the  Movement 
itself  remains  distinctively  "Black  American."  Other  Moslems 
have  been  welcomed  as  visitors,  but  they  have  not  been  encour- 
aged to  seek  membership. 

5.  Finally,  the  membership  is  predominantly  ex-Christian. 
American  Negroes  have  always  been  a  religious  people;  and  until 
very  recent  times,  "religion"  has  for  them  meant  Protestant  Chris- 
tianity. Except  for  the  Moorish-Americans  and  a  few  hundred 
ex-cultists  of  varying  past  proclivities,  almost  all  of  the  Muslims 
seem  to  be  drawn  from  Protestant  families  or  traditions,  although 
there  are  significant  numbers  of  ex-Catholics  in  the  Movement. 
Many  Muslims  have  come  from  revivalistic  sects,  but  a  substantial 
number  have  held  active  membership  in  the  established  denomi- 
nations, and  some  of  the  Muslim  ministers  are  former  Christian 
preachers. 

The  younger  Muslims,  especially  those  under  twenty,  have 
usually  had  no  strong  Christian  convictions,  but  almost  without 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      27 

exception  they  come  from  Christian  homes.  All  too  often,  their 
conversion  reflects  a  serious  inadequacy  in  their  religious  environ- 
ment. One  parent  whose  son  had  "gone  Muslim"  turned  to  his 
minister  in  anguish.  "Now,"  said  the  minister,  "he  expects  me  to 
save  his  son  from  the  Muslims  when  I  haven't  a  single  handle  to 
grab  him  by.  The  parents  come  here  four  or  five  times  a  year, 
and  the  boy  doesn't  come  at  all.  No  wonder  the  Muslims  got  him; 
he  was  looking  for  something." 

.  .  .And  Why  They  Become  Believers 

The  fundamental  attraction  of  the  Black  Muslim  Movement 
is  its  passion  for  group  solidarity,  its  exaggerated  sense  of  con- 
sciousness-of-kind.  What  matters  above  all  is  that  men  acknowl- 
edge themselves  as  black  or  white,  and  that  all  black  men  work 
together  to  accomplish  their  group  aims.  These  aims  have  been 
summed  up  by  a  Muslim  minister  as: 

To  get  the  white  man's  foot  off  my  neck,  his  hand  out  of  my  pocket 
and  his  carcass  off  my  back.  To  sleep  in  my  own  bed  without  fear, 
and  to  look  straight  into  his  cold  blue  eyes  and  call  him  a  liar  every 
time  he  parts  his  lips.47 

The  ultimate  appeal  of  the  Movement,  therefore,  is  the  chance  to 
become  identified  with  a  power  strong  enough  to  overcome  the 
domination  of  the  white  man — and  perhaps  even  to  subordinate 
him  in  turn. 

In  this  context,  although  the  Black  Muslims  call  their  Move- 
ment a  religion,  religious  values  are  of  secondary  importance. 
They  are  not  part  of  the  Movement's  basic  appeal,  except  to  the 
extent  that  they  foster  and  strengthen  the  sense  of  group  solidarity. 

The  Muslims  make  no  secret  of  the  fact  that  they  count 
themselves  a  part  of  the  growing  alliance  of  non-white  peoples, 
which  they  expect  eventually  to  inundate  the  white  race,  washing 
away  the  hated  supremacy  that  that  race  has  so  long  enjoyed. 
Almost  fifteen  years  ago,  Dr.  Buell  Gallagher  warned  about  ortho- 
dox Islam: 

There  are  signs  that  the  Pan-Islamic  movement  may  harden  into  a 
new  political  nationalism,  based  on  race,  which  may  replace  the  Islam 
of  an  international  and  interracial  brotherhood.  This  Pan-Islamic 


28      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

spirit  which  appears  about  to  come  to  full  fruition  in  a  union  of  the 
entire  Muslim  world  against  the  rest  of  the  globe  is  one  of  tomorrow's 
imponderables.  .  .  ,48 

Gallagher  did  not  refer  to,  or  even  contemplate,  the  Black  Mus- 
lims; yet  his  words  are  pertinent  to  them.  The  Muslims  are  not 
recognized  by  orthodox  Moslems  in  this  country,  but  they  con- 
sider themselves  Moslems  and  are  apparently  so  considered  by 
the  many  Moslem  countries  in  Africa  and  the  Middle  East  who 
have  welcomed  and  honored  their  leaders.  Certainly,  to  the  extent 
that  the  Pan-Islamic  goal  is  a  power  structure  forged  out  of  anti- 
white  sentiment,  these  goals  are  shared  by  the  Black  Muslims  in 
America. 

The  anti-Christian  tone  of  much  of  the  Muslim  teaching 
also  has  a  strong  attraction  for  some  Negroes.  Occasionally  this 
attraction  is  personal,  as  with  the  youth  rebelling  against  a  parental 
authority  which  has  been  symbolized  by  enforced  church  attend- 
ance. But  increasing  numbers  of  Negroes  are  disillusioned  by  the 
continuation  of  racial  segregation  in  the  church  and  are  coming  to 
identify  the  church  with  social  apathy  and  racial  subordination. 
To  these  disaffected  Christians  the  Muslims  make  a  shrewd  appeal. 
On  the  one  hand,  aware  that  the  Christian  tradition  rejects  hatred, 
they  proclaim  a  positive  slogan:  "Not  anti-white,  just  pro-black. 
We're  so  pro-black  we  havn't  time  to  be  anti  anything!"  But  at 
the  same  time,  they  insist  on  the  close  link  between  the  Christian 
church  and  white  supremacy. 

Your  Christian  countries,  if  I  am  correct,  are  the  countries  of  Europe 
and  North  and  South  America.  Predominantly,  this  is  where  you  find 
Christianity,  or  at  least  people  who  represent  themselves  as  Christians. 
Whether  they  practice  what  Jesus  taught  is  something  we  won't  go 
into.  The  Christian  world  is  what  we  usually  call  the  Western  world. 
.  .  .  The  colonization  of  the  dark  people  in  the  rest  of  the  world  was 
done  by  Christian  powers.  The  number  one  problem  that  most  people 
face  in  the  world  today  is  how  to  get  freedom  from  Christians. 
Wherever  you  find  non-white  people  today  they  are  trying  to  get  back 
their  freedom  from  people  who  represent  themselves  as  Christians, 
and  if  you  ask  these  [subject]  people  their  picture  of  a  Christian,  they 
will  tell  you  "a  white  man — a  Slavemaster."49 

The  appeal  works — with  individuals  and  with  groups.  One 
minister  in  Richmond,  Virginia,  discouraged  by  his  denomination's 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      29 

posture  on  the  racial  issues  in  that  state,  led  his  entire  congrega- 
tion out  of  the  Christian  church  and  into  the  local  Muslim  temple, 
where  he  eventually  became  the  new  Muslim  minister.  His  con- 
gregation is  said  to  have  doubled  since  in  numbers  and  vitality. 

Because  Christianity  is  "the  white  man's  religion,"  the  re- 
pudiation of  Christianity  is  an  overt  act  of  aggression  against  the 
white  man.  To  be  identified  with  a  movement  that  openly  rejects 
the  fundamental  values  of  the  powerful  majority  is  to  increase 
vastly  one's  self-esteem  and  one's  stature  among  one's  peers.  This 
social  incentive  to  defiance  is  not  limited  to  the  Muslims;  among 
Negro  intellectuals  generally,  a  deviation  from  the  white  man's 
ways  of  doing  things  has  come  to  be  called  "independent  thinking" 
and  reaps  its  rewards.  The  difference  between  the  intellectual  and 
the  Muslim  is  simply  one  of  degree:  the  intellectual's  defiance  is 
carefully  calculated;  the  Muslim's  is  wholehearted  and  absolute. 
Thus  the  intellectual  will  not  become  a  Muslim,  but  he  will  em- 
brace Bahai.  Both  men  are  repudiating  an  identity  to  which  they 
are  hypersensitive  in  the  presence  of  the  white  man,  and  both  are 
chiding  Christianity  for  its  racism.  But  the  intellectual  astutely 
remains  within  the  orbit  of  the  white  man's  culture,  while  the 
Muslims  set  themselves  completely  adrift. 

The  challenge  of  an  ascetic  ideal,  balanced  by  the  absence 
of  social  barriers  to  affiliation  and  service,  have  brought  thousands 
under  the  banner  of  Muhammad.  Probably  in  no  other  religious 
organization  are  alcoholics,  ex-convicts,  pimps,  prostitutes  and 
narcotic  addicts  welcomed  so  sincerely.  The  Christian  church  is, 
in  most  instances,  careful  to  take  none  to  its  bosom  until  they 
are  cleansed.  The  Muslims  welcome  the  most  unregenerate  and 
then  set  about  to  rehabilitate  them.  They  have  stern  rules  of 
conduct,  but  no  man  is  condemned  for  what  he  was — only  for 
what  he  refuses  to  be. 

They  say  a  man  should  never  be  condemned  or  tried  twice  for  the 
same  crime  once  he  has  paid  the  penalty.  Yet,  when  a  man  goes  to 
prison  and  pays  his  debt  to  society,  when  he  conies  out  he  is  still 
looked  upon  as  a  criminal.  .  .  .  Well,  Mr.  Muhammad  has  succeeded 
there  where  Western  Christianity  has  failed.  When  a  man  becomes  a 
Muslim,  it  doesn't  make  any  difference  what  he  was  [doing]  before 
as  long  as  he  has  stopped  doing  this.  He  is  looked  upon  with  honor 
and  respect  and  is  not  judged  for  what  he  was  doing  yesterday.  And 


30      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

this,  I  think,  explains  why  we  have  so  many  men  who  were  in  prison 
following  Mr.  Muhammad  today.50 

The  stress  upon — and  the  outward  manifestation  of — frater- 
nal responsibility  is  a  strong  attraction  for  many  Negroes,  whose 
social  and  civil  insecurity  is  often  extreme.  The  Negro  has  often 
been  characterized  as  a  ready  "joiner,"  and  more  often  than  not 
this  characterization  has  been  justified.  He  is  compelled  to  join  in 
order  to  escape  the  isolation  and  sense  of  helplessness  he  experi- 
ences as  a  social  outcast.  He  joins  for  recreation  (when  public 
recreation  is  not  available  to  him)  and  for  security  against  sick- 
ness and  want.  He  joins  for  consolation  and  companionship — the 
attempt  at  flight  of  an  earthbound  Negro  in  a  white  man's  world. 

All  these  elements  are  present,  to  some  degree,  in  the  appeal 
of  Muslim  membership.  But  the  appeal  goes  deeper:  every  Mus- 
lim holds  himself  ready  to  die  for  his  brother,  and  more  especially 
for  his  sister.51  This  extreme  solidarity  attracts  not  only  those  in 
search  of  security  but  also  those  in  search  of  a  cause — a  focus  for 
the  free-floating  hostility  that  racial  oppression  always  breeds.  In 
1958  a  Muslim  was  arrested  in  New  York  City  (on  a  false  identi- 
fication, as  it  turned  out).  Within  an  hour,  several  hundred  of  his 
brothers  turned  up  at  the  precinct  station  in  a  quiet  show  of  fra- 
ternal solidarity  to  insist  that  "justice  be  done."  They  waited 
patiently  and  quietly  until  the  wrongly  accused  man  was  released; 
then  they  took  him  away  with  them.  Membership  in  the  local 
temple  immediately  spiraled.  Their  show  of  solidarity  had  won 
what  the  Negro  community  interpreted  as  an  important  victory. 

The  intensity  of  this  sense  of  unity  makes  unnecessary  the 
usual  trappings  of  organizations  which  emphasize  group  solidarity. 
It  is  unrealistic  (though  at  least  one  Negro  leader  has  done  so)  to 
dismiss  the  Movement  as  "another  mutual  admiration  cult — an- 
other opportunity  for  people  who  aren't  going  anywhere  to  hang 
out  the  signs  to  prove  it."  The  usual  "signs"  of  social  status  asso- 
ciated with  Negro  organizations  are  fanciful  titles  and  flamboyant 
uniforms.  Among  the  Black  Muslims,  however,  there  are  no 
phony  "doctors"  or  specious  "saints,"  no  uniforms  and  no  prestige 
offices.  The  only  titles  are  those  given  to  Muhammad  and  to  the 
hierarchy  of  the  secret  military  organization,  the  Fruit  of  Islam. 
To  be  called  a  "brother"  or  a  "sister"  is  the  highest  compliment  a 


The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death      31 

Muslim  can  be  paid,  for  (as  Minister  Louis  X  of  Boston  puts  it) 
"we  were  brothers  before  we  were  ministers."  Christians,  of 
course,  also  call  each  other  "brother"  and  "sister"  at  times,  but 
one  senses  that  the  Muslims  are  appealing  to  something  beyond 
ordinary  religious  courtesy. 

Another  aspect  of  the  Movement  that  has  strong  appeal- 
value  is  its  emphasis  upon  youth  and  masculinity.  The  ministers 
are  young  and  personable;  some  have  been  entertainers  or  have 
otherwise  had  public  followings.  All  Muslim  men  are  clean- 
shaven, close-cropped  and  well-dressed  in  conservative  clothes 
whenever  they  appear  in  public.  Inside  the  temples  there  is  a 
constant  movement  of  young  men  with  military  bearing;  they  move 
quietly  but  with  an  unexaggerated  dignity  and  the  inescapable 
suggestion  of  latent  force.  They  wear  no  uniforms  or  insignia 
except  for  a  small  star-and-crescent  button  in  their  lapels.  Polite 
and  self-assured,  they  seem  alert  to  the  demands  of  the  present 
and  confident  of  the  future.  Their  attitude  toward  Christian 
Negroes  is  not  quite  one  of  condescension,  nor  yet  one  of  tolera- 
tion. It  is  more  a  kind  of  patient  amazement  that  intelligent  people 
could  be  unimpressed  with  the  Messenger's  dicta  or  could  still  find 
it  possible  to  want  to  live  in  the  world  of  the  white  man. 

These  are  the  "Young  Blacks"  who  will  usher  in  the  Black 
Nation  of  Islam.  "We  are  not  looking  for  crumbs,"  says  Mal- 
colm X: 

In  America  today,  where  the  so-called  Negro  is  concerned,  you  have 
a  high  degree  of  dissatisfaction.  It  is  hard  for  me  to  believe  that  the 
white  man,  as  intelligent  as  he  is,  cannot  realize  the  degree  of  dis- 
satisfaction in  the  minds  of  the  young  generation  of  Black  Men.  The 
old  generation  forgets.  ...  It  is  on  its  way  out.  .  .  .  What  you  [whites] 
have  to  know  now  is  what  the  man  is  thinking  [whom]  you  will  have 
to  deal  with  in  the  future.52 

A  surprising  number  of  young  people  are  attracted  by  the 
Muslims'  redefinition  of  the  roles  men  and  women  should  play  in 
the  home  and  in  the  religious  life  of  the  sect.  There  is  a  strong 
emphasis  on  the  equality  of  individuals  irrespective  of  sex,  but 
each  sex  is  assigned  a  role  considered  proper  to  itself.  The  trend 
in  our  larger  society  today  seems  to  be  toward  blurring  the  distinct 
line  between  the  traditional  social  roles  of  men  and  women.  The 


32      The  Verdict  is  "Guilty" — The  Sentence  is  Death 

Muslims,  on  the  other  hand,  claim  to  have  restored  the  woman  to 
a  place  of  dignity  and  respect,  while  restoring  to  the  man  his  tradi- 
tional responsibilities  as  head  of  the  family.  Muslim  women  seem 
to  welcome  the  security  and  protection  implicit  in  this  arrange- 
ment, and  the  men  seem  to  exhibit  a  deeper  sense  of  responsibility 
than  is  common  to  others  of  the  working  class.  Children  seem  to 
profit  the  most,  for  among  Muslim  children,  delinquency  is  un- 
heard of. 

Finally,  the  Negro-oriented  parochial  schools  maintained  by 
the  Muslims  in  Detroit  and  Chicago  have  attracted  some  followers. 
If,  as  is  planned,  the  Muslims  establish  schools  in  most  of  the 
larger  cities  where  they  have  temples,  their  numbers  will  probably 
increase  proportionately.  One  Chicago  domestic,  who  was  not  a 
Muslim,  was  asked  whether  she  sent  her  children  to  the  Muslim 
school  in  her  neighborhood.  "Well,  no,  sir,"  she  replied  with  some 
hesitation.  "But  my  husband,  he's  been  talking  about  it.  What- 
ever he  says.  They  teach  the  children  how  to  behave  up  there, 
and  they  teach  them  something  about  ourselves,  too — all  about 
what  the  colored  people  have  done  in  the  world,  not  just  the  white. 
You  ought  to  know  something  about  your  own  people,  don't  you 
think?  Especially  if  you're  going  to  live  in  a  free  country." 

Few  if  any  children  of  the  middle-  or  upper-class  Negro 
families  attend  the  Muslim  schools,  for  not  many  of  their  parents 
are  in  the  Movement.  Yet  there  is  a  widespread  sympathy  for  the 
Muslim  curriculum  emphasis  on  the  history  of  the  Negro  in 
America  and  on  the  black  African  civilizations  of  the  pre-Colonial 
era.  This  is  often  expressed  obliquely  by  resentment  of  the  com- 
pletely white-oriented  training  given  to  almost  all  Negro  children. 
Said  one  Nashville  intellectual:  "They  grow  up,  and  they  don't 
know  "who  the  hell  they  are.  They  aren't  white,  and  white  rejects 
them.  But  white  is  all  they  know  about.  And  you  talk  about 
adjustment!  It's  a  wonder  any  of  us  survive!" 


2    The  Dynamics  of 
Black  Nationalism 


The  Black  Muslims  are  not  an  isolated  phenomenon.  They 
are  rooted  in  the  whole  structure  of  racial  tension.  In  New  York 
City  alone,  a  score  or  more  organizations  operate  in  the  name  of 
black  solidarity.  Their  central  theme  is  always  the  glorification  of 
black  civilization  and  the  deprecation  of  the  white  man's  culture, 
which,  whenever  it  has  been  adopted  by  the  black  man,  has  re- 
duced him  to  impotence  and  ignominy. 

In  the  South,  where  resentment  of  the  white  man  has  until 
recently  been  less  overt,  black  nationalism  has  expressed  itself  in 
lodges  and  fraternal  societies,  in  which  tens  of  thousands  of 
Negroes  learn  various  "ancient  rites"  of  supposed  Afro-Asian 
origin.  Every  Negro  community  in  the  South  has  its  multitude  of 
legends  illustrating  the  Negro's  superior  physical  strength,  sexual 
prowess  and  moral  integrity.  "Mr.  Charlie"  is  never  a  match  for 
the  cunning  of  "OP  John."  And  "Miss  Ann,"  though  she  is  "as 
good  a  ol'  white  woman"  as  can  be  found  anywhere,  remains  in 
the  mind  of  the  Southern  Negro  a  white  woman  and,  therefore,  a 
legitimate  target  for  the  petty  machinations  of  her  Negro  servant, 
"Annie  Mae." 

Most  Negroes  do  not,  of  course,  spend  most  of  their  time 
"thinking  black."  But  no  part  of  Negro  life  is  wholly  free  of  this 
glorification.  A  defensive  kind  of  black  nationalism  finds  occa- 
sional expression  in  the  quarrels  of  Negro  children  everywhere. 
"Black  is  honest,"  they  cry  out,  and  "the  blacker  the  berry,  the 
sweeter  the  juice."  Even  the  Negro  churches  are  often  tinged  with 
nationalism.  An  obscure  African  slave  who  rescued  the  prophet 
Jeremiah  from  a  cistern  into  which  he  had  been  thrown  by  his 
enemies  is  exalted  as  a  symbol  of  righteousness  and  fearlessness 
in  the  service  of  God.  And  the  biblical  promise  that  Ethiopia 

33 


34  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

shall  soon  "stretch  out  her  hands"  is  taken  as  a  divine  pledge  that 
black  sovereignty  will  be  restored. 

From  the  soil  of  repression  and  hostility  grow  bitter  fruits, 
and  black  nationalism  is  one  of  the  most  bitter.  It  feeds  on  the 
prejudices,  stereotypes  and  discriminations  which  tend  to  charac- 
terize relations  between  whites  and  blacks  in  America.  It  accepts 
the  white  man's  allegation  that  there  are  "inherent  differences" 
between  people  who  have  different  colored  skins.  But  it  inverts 
the  values:  it  worships  what  it  cannot  change.  It  forges  a  weapon 
of  vengeance  for  the  Black  Man  out  of  the  very  attributes  for 
which  he  is  held  to  be  inferior. 

The  Black  Muslims  have  made  a  science  of  black  nation- 
alism. They  have  made  black  the  ideal,  the  ultimate  value;  they 
have  proclaimed  the  Black  Man  to  be  the  primogenitor  of  all 
civilization,  the  Chosen  of  Allah,  "the  rightful  ruler  of  the  Planet 
Earth."  And  their  extreme  racist  doctrine  has  attracted  more 
than  a  hundred  thousand  adherents — a  vivid  warning  of  the  deep 
resentment  American  Negroes  harbor  for  their  status  in  our 
society  and  of  the  futility  they  feel  about  the  likelihood  of  a  genu- 
ine and  peaceful  change. 

I.    BITTER  SOIL  AND  BITTER  FRUITS 

Group  Consciousness 

An  interesting  phenomenon  is  found  in  every  society  in 
which  several  discrete  groups  live  side-by-side.  This  phenomenon 
is  known  as  consciousness  of  kind,  that  state  of  mind  in  which  a 
man  is  vividly  aware  of  himself  as  a  member  of  a  group  different 
from  other  groups — as  a  Negro,  a  white  man,  an  Irish  Catholic, 
an  Anglo-Saxon  Protestant,  a  Jew. 

Consciousness  of  kind  usually  operates  as  a  defense  mecha- 
nism for  a  minority  group  which  is  seeking  to  preserve  its  identity 
or  its  most  cherished  values.  But  group  consciousness  may  also 
be  aroused  in  a  majority  group  when  a  minority  is  seeking  to 
merge  with  and  lose  itself  in  the  larger,  more  powerful  or  other- 
wise pre-eminent  group.  In  such  a  case,  the  majority  may  feel 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  35 

that  some  of  its  prized  values  are  threatened:  its  social  status, 
racial  purity,  religious  cohesion — or  even  its  economic  security  or 
physical  survival.  Majority  group  consciousness  is  an  almost  in- 
stinctive defense  against  such  a  real  or  imagined  threat. 

The  group  consciousness  of  a  minority  is,  of  course,  in- 
creased by  acts  of  discrimination  directed  against  it  by  an  effective 
majority.  An  effective  majority  need  not  be  a  numerical  majority: 
11,000  Europeans  constitute  an  effective  majority  in  the  African 
state  of  Uganda,  which  they  share  with  6l/2  million  Africans  and 
about  75,000  Asians;  and  20,000  Europeans  are  an  effective 
majority  in  Tanganyika,  a  country  of  &V2  million  blacks. 

An  effective  majority,  whatever  its  size,  holds  the  main  con- 
centration of  power.  Its  power  may  be  actual,  as  in  the  military 
superiority  of  a  contingent  of  soldiers  armed  with  modern  weapons 
and  garrisoned  in  a  native  village;  it  may  be  potential,  as  when  a 
pair  of  patrolmen  walk  the  streets  of  a  tough  neighborhood;  or  it 
may  be  imaginary,  as  is  the  power  of  the  cult  of  priests  or  magi- 
cians in  a  primitive  society.  When  it  enjoys  actual  power  backed 
by  a  massive  numerical  superiority — as  does  the  white  majority  in 
the  United  States — the  group  consciousness  of  the  minority  can 
be  very  sharp  indeed. 

For  any  minority  group,  faced  with  a  constant  environment 
of  prejudice  and  discrimination,  three  basic  types  of  response  are 
possible.  These  responses  are  avoidance,  acceptance  and  aggres- 
sion. 


Avoidance 

Group  consciousness  is  a  form  of  consolation  derived  from 
a  shared  sense  of  discrimination;  it  is  often  expressed  in  ambiv- 
alence and  self-hatred.  Such  an  acrid  consolation  is  not  for  every 
taste.  Many  individuals  would  rather  not  be  identified  with  a 
minority;  they  would  prefer  not  to  have  a  personal  awareness  of 
its  existence  or  its  claim  on  them  as  members.  Such  persons  may 
seek  to  avoid  entirely  their  identification  with  their  group. 

Avoidance  may  also  be  motivated  by  a  haunting  concern  for 
personal  security,  physical  or  psychological.  In  this  case,  while 


36  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

acknowledging  themselves  as  members  of  a  group,  individuals  may 
seek  to  avoid  the  meaning  of  that  identity  in  a  wider  context. 
Many  Negroes,  for  example,  avoid  contact  with  whites  by  doing 
business  with  Negro  businesses  wherever  possible;  if  they  find  it 
necessary  to  deal  with  white  businesses,  they  order  goods  and  pay 
their  bills  by  mail.  In  this  way,  they  minimize  the  likelihood  of 
being  insulted  or  otherwise  humiliated  by  whites.  Such  avoidance 
also  reduces  the  possibility  of  an  inadvertent  breach  of  the  highly 
complex  "etiquette"  of  race  relations.  In  many  parts  of  the  South, 
a  Negro  who  violates  the  etiquette  requirements  imposed  by  the 
whites  may  readily  incur  physical  harm  or  even  death. 

For  those  individuals  who  wish  to  avoid  their  identification 
with  a  minority  group,  the  most  complete  form  of  avoidance  is  to 
withdraw  entirely  by  "passing"  into  the  dominant  group.  But 
such  passing  is  often  hindered  by  distinctive  names,  accents  or 
other  cultural  habits  associated  with  the  minority  group.  Racial 
minorities  such  as  Negroes  encounter  a  far  more  immediate  ob- 
stacle: their  distinctive  color  or  "visibility,"  which  is  an  unrelent- 
ing barrier  to  total  acceptability.  Thousands  of  fair-skinned 
Negroes  do  pass  as  white,  however,  and  some  dark-skinned 
Negroes  pass  as  Filipinos,  Spaniards,  Italians  or  Mexicans. 

In  some  Southern  cities,  light-skinned  Negroes  often  pass  in 
order  to  shop  at  certain  stores  or  to  use  such  facilities  as  libraries, 
toilets,  theaters  and  hotels.  In  Memphis,  one  family  of  light- 
skinned  Negroes  regularly  attend  white  churches.  "This  way," 
they  explain,  "we  get  to  hear  speakers  not  otherwise  available  to 
us,  and  the  children  have  a  chance  to  hear  the  great  music  and 
see  the  pageants  performed  on  festival  occasions."  In  Boston,  at 
least  two  Negro  businessmen  passing  as  white  operate  businesses 
in  white  neighborhoods  and  because  of  their  locations,  cater 
almost  exclusively  to  whites.  In  Birmingham,  a  fair-skinned  Negro 
lunches  occasionally  at  the  best  downtown  hotels  "just  to  look  at 
the  other  side  from  time  to  time."  In  New  Jersey,  a  Negro  passing 
as  white  and  married  to  a  white  woman  holds  a  major  executive 
position  in  a  nationally-known  drug  firm.  Such  examples  could 
be  multiplied  a  thousandfold. 

A  second  kind  of  avoidance  is  often  exhibited  by  upper-class 
members  of  the  Negro  minority,  especially  those  in  the  business 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  37 

or  professional  groups  who  are  not  dependent  upon  the  white 
majority  for  a  livelihood.  These  individuals  often  seek  to  insulate 
themselves  from  contact  with  lower-class  Negroes  as  well  as  from 
the  whites,  and  they  do  not  identify  themselves  with  the  common 
problems  of  their  group.  They  become  a  society  unto  themselves, 
"asking  the  white  man  for  nothing"  and  sharing  nothing  with  the 
Negroes  from  whom  they  derive  their  status  and  wealth.  They 
form  themselves  into  tight  little  cliques,  which  play  at  being  part 
of  the  white  society  from  which  they  are  excluded. 

For  those  individuals  who  wish  to  avoid  the  social  meaning 
of  their  minority-group  status,  avoidance  may  take  the  form  of 
developing  towns  or  communities  composed  principally  of  mem- 
bers of  their  own  group.  Even  when  such  residential  segregation 
is  initiated  and  enforced  by  the  dominant  group,  minority-group 
members  may  actually  prefer  to  live  in  the  ghettos,  rather  than 
contend  with  the  constant  harrassment  incident  to  living  in  the 
larger  community.  But  no  ghetto,  forced  or  voluntary,  can  really 
ward  off  the  consequences  of  prejudice  and  discrimination;  and 
the  mere  fact  of  its  existence  is  a  constant  reminder  of  the  lack 
of  a  more  healthful  and  harmonious  relationship. 

Finally,  avoidance  may  take  the  form  of  escape  from  feelings 
of  inferiority  and  futility  while  maintaining  contact  with  the  domi- 
nant group.  Those  who  choose  this  path  attempt  to  obliterate  the 
meaning  of  their  minority-group  status  by  emphasizing  and  en- 
hancing their  status  as  individuals.  The  result  may  be  clearly 
beneficial — a  determined  self-improvement  in  order  to  meet  the 
approved  values  of  the  dominant  group  in  such  areas  as  education 
and  professional  skill. 

The  other  extreme,  however,  is  an  escape  into  a  world  of 
make-believe,  where  fantasies  of  wealth,  power  or  position  in 
"society"  shut  out  the  realities  of  a  humiliating  and  frustrating 
day-to-day  existence.  Negroes  of  wealth  and  education,  whose 
only  barrier  to  unrestricted  participation  in  the  complete  life  of 
the  community  is  that  fact  that  they  are  Negroes,  probably  con- 
stitute the  largest  single  class  of  social  neurotics.  Often  their  rela- 
tionship to  their  white  social  counterparts  is  tenuous  and  marginal, 
but  they  can  no  longer  find  a  place  acceptable  to  their  heightened 
sense  of  personal  worth  among  the  Negro  classes  out  of  which 


38  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

they  rose.  In  their  frustration,  the  creative  talent  which  pushed 
them  to  the  top  and  set  them  off  from  the  masses  is  too  often 
crudely  dissipated. 


Acceptance 

Some  minority-group  members  feel  that  it  is  sensible  to 
accept  what  cannot  be  changed  or  avoided:  "You  don't  like  it, 
but  what  can  you  do?"  This  attitude  of  conscious  resignation  or 
futility  is  the  most  common  form  of  acceptance,  but  it  is  not  the 
whole  story.  At  the  other  extreme  is  the'  wholehearted  acceptance 
of  disparate  social  conditions  characteristic  of  a  caste  society  such 
as  pre-Gandhian  India.  In  such  a  society  every  group — high  or 
low,  favored  or  scorned — is  felt  to  have  a  divinely  ordained  place 
in  the  sun.  Social  discrimination  is  no  more  than  obedience  to  the 
divine  order  of  the  universe,  and  resentment  against  it  would  be 
as  unthinkable  as  resentment  of  God.  This  attitude  comes  natu- 
rally, of  course,  to  many  white  men  in  America;  but  there  is  some 
evidence  that  it  was  also  widely  held  among  American  Negroes 
several  decades  ago,  and  vestiges  of  this  kind  of  adjustment  be- 
havior are  probably  retained  among  the  present  "folk  Negroes" 
of  isolated  rural  areas  and  among  certain  family  servants  who 
identify  closely  with  their  employers. 

Few  Negroes  today  exhibit  this  wholehearted  acceptance  of 
discrimination  and  special  privilege,  but  many  will  consciously 
defer  in  specific  situations  in  which  inferiority  is  implied.  Many 
Negroes  ride  Jim-Crow  busses,  for  example,  when  no  other  means 
of  transportation  is  available;  and  a  Negro  servant  may  accept  the 
epithet  "boy"  or  "girl"  because  to  reject  it  would  mean  the  loss  of 
employment  and  the  possibility  of  livelihood.  But,  in  both  in- 
stances, the  individuals  involved  may  categorically  reject  the 
whole  status  pattern  and  its  implications.  They  reason  simply, 
"We've  got  to  live  if  we're  going  to  fight!" 

These  outward  accommodations  to  specific  situations  of  dis- 
crimination or  prejudice  are  often  misinterpreted  as  a  whole- 
hearted acceptance  of  inferior  role  or  status.  Such  an  assumption 
is,  of  course,  illogical,  and  it  can  only  be  made  by  a  mind  which 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  39 

brings  to  the  situation  a  serious  misconception  of  Negro  intelli- 
gence. No  healthy  mind  assumes  that  another  healthy  mind  will 
welcome  an  inferior  status  or  its  degrading  concomitants. 

Prejudice  has  been  called  "the  refuge  of  a  sick  mind"  and 
"a  method  of  transferring  our  sickness  to  others."  Certainly  the 
Negro  who  welcomes  the  kind  of  social  subordination  imposed 
upon  him  in  our  country  may  be  considered  to  be  quite  ill.  No 
more  can  be  said  for  those  who  practice  it. 

Aggression 

Aggression  is  an  act  or  a  pattern  of  behavior  which  aims  to 
discomfort,  injure  or  destroy  a  person  or  his  values.  As  an  indi- 
vidual response  among  American  Negroes,  it  may  express  itself 
in  very  different  forms.  To  be  a  "race  man" — that  is,  a  profes- 
sional champion  of  the  in-group,  speaking  or  writing  in  its  defense, 
or  agitating  for  its  rights — is  a  common  expression  of  direct  ag- 
gression, especially  among  the  upper  classes  but  increasingly 
among  all  classes.  Boycott;  inefficiency  and  sloppy  work  done  for 
white  employers;  ostentation,  such  as  expensive  automobiles  or 
homes;  refusal  to  observe  the  customary  forms  of  etiquette — all 
these  are  direct  means  of  expressing  personal  hostility.  Some 
physical  attacks  also  take  place.  Negroes  seldom  initiate  physical 
attacks  against  whites,  but  there  is  less  hesitation  now  to  return 
violence  for  violence,  whatever  the  cost. 

Literature,  art  and  humor  are  readily  available  vehicles  of 
direct  aggression,  and  they  are  widely  used  as  such.  The  Negro 
press  is  well  known  for  its  explicit  posture  against  prejudice  and 
discrimination,  but  countless  individual  Negro  poets  and  novelists 
have  also  used  their  talents  to  express  their  resentment  of  and 
hostility  toward  the  white  man. 

Not  all  aggression,  however,  is  overt  and  outspoken.  Silence 
or  absolute  immobility  may  also  be  aggressive,  as,  for  example, 
when  a  Negro  fails  to  respond  to  what  he  considers  a  degrading 
epithet  or  refuses  to  yield  his  seat  on  a  public  bus  or  trolley  to  a 
white  person. 

Even  certain  postures  of  meekness  and  deference  may  be 


40  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

expressions  of  aggression,  as  with  the  apparent  humility  and  self- 
effacement  often  displayed  in  situations  of  great  dependence  or 
where  intimidation  is  present.  The  suffering  then  experienced  is 
accepted  as  a  means  to  ultimate  victory,  for  from  the  suffering, 
power  is  derived.  Again,  meekness  is  a  Christian  virtue,  and 
through  its  expression  the  humble  Negro  asserts  his  moral  superi- 
ority to  the  arrogant  white.  Aggressive  meekness  is  also  a  common 
device  for  ridiculing  the  white  man;  while  he  egoistically  accepts 
the  meek  behavior  at  face  value,  the  Negro  may  be  laughing  at 
him  secretly  for  his  gullibility. 

So  sensitive  are  white  men  to  any  challenge  to  their  position 
that  even  a  possibility  that  aggression  might  be  expressed  is  con- 
sidered dangerous.  In  1957  a  Negro  in  North  Carolina  was 
arrested  and  charged  with  "assault"  because  he  looked  at  a  white 
woman;  and  in  Georgia,  a  year  later,  a  parade  featuring  a  high 
school  band  and  the  usual  corps  of  majorettes  was  stopped  and 
disbanded  because  Negroes  joined  other  citizens  in  standing  along 
the  street  to  watch.  In  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States  and 
in  South  Africa,  even  a  suspicion  that  a  Negro  might  want  to 
strike  back  can  cost  the  Negro  his  freedom  or  his  life. 

But  aggression  can  also  be  misdirected.  Hurt  and  angry,  yet 
too  frightened  to  act  against  his  powerful  tormentor,  the  Negro 
sometimes  thrashes  about,  seeking  a  target  for  his  hostility.  Often 
unconsciously,  he  displaces  his  aggression  onto  other  minority 
groups — Jews,  for  example — which  cannot  retaliate  so  effectively. 
All  too  often,  the  aggression  is  simply  inverted:  Negroes  turn  their 
rage  against  other  Negroes  or  against  themselves.  The  result  is 
sporadic  intra-group  violence  and  a  general  splintering  of  group 
solidarity,  a  disastrous  development  in  a  world  unsympathetic  to 
the  dignity  of  powerless  individuals  or  groups. 

Even  responsible  and  controlled  aggression,  as  a  response  to 
offenses  against  one's  human  dignity,  is  a  dangerous  undertaking, 
and  it  is  shrouded  in  moral  and  ethical  ambivalence.  Many  indi- 
viduals prefer  the  paths  of  avoidance  and  acceptance.  In  every 
minority,  however,  there  will  always  be  men  who  are  willing  to 
confront  directly  the  source  of  their  oppression  and  who  will  seek 
to  remove,  moderate,  deflect  or  destroy  it. 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  41 

H.    BLACK  NATIONALISM,  U.  S.  A. 

Stereotype  and  Identity 

Aggression  as  an  actual  and  continuing  expression  of  Negro 
protest  has  long  been  underestimated  in  America.  An  image  of 
the  Negro  as  casual,  passive  and  content  with  his  lot  was  fabri- 
cated during  the  days  of  slavery.  Manifestly  absurd,  it  was  ac- 
cepted as  fact  and  has  persisted  into  modern  times.  Such  a  picture 
has  done  little  to  prepare  Americans  to  live  together  in  peace  and 
mutual  respect. 

Historians  have  contributed  to  the  confusion  by  stereotyping 
the  Negro  slave  as  a  docile,  devoted,  contented  servant,  or  else  by 
ignoring  him  altogether.  The  Negro's  active  protests  to  the  condi- 
tion of  slavery  imposed  upon  him  by  a  comparatively  infinite 
power  do  not  commonly  appear  in  America's  textbooks.  Knowl- 
edge of  the  numerous  slave  revolts  and  insurrections,  for  example, 
is  available  only  to  the  scholar  who  has  the  facilities  for  laborious 
research. 

The  problem  is  intensified  by  the  racial  segregation  which 
prevents  knowledgeable  contact  between  whites  and  educated 
Negroes.  Incredible  as  it  seems,  many  Americans  are  surprised 
to  learn  that  Negroes  love  and  hate,  accept  and  reject,  with  all  the 
intensity  of  feeling  common  to  human  nature.  Or  perhaps  it  is 
not  so  incredible:  he  who  would  systematically  degrade  his  fellow 
man  must  defend  himself  against  reprisals.  Since  this  cannot  be 
done  empirically,  one  way  to  gain  a  comforting  sense  of  invulner- 
ability is  to  pretend  that  the  problem  does  not  exist.  If  the  Negro 
does  not  feel  anything,  his  docility  can  be  taken  for  granted. 

Aggressive  leaders  will  arise,  however.  Since  they  threaten 
the  protective  fantasy,  the  most  militant  of  them  must  be  dis- 
counted and  isolated  from  the  Negro  masses.  By  dismissing  them 
as  "Communists"  or  "radicals"  (or  whatever  is  beyond  the  pale 
at  any  given  moment),  we  can  keep  our  fantasy  of  the  contented 
Negro  pure.  But  the  Negro  is  not  contented,  and  he  will  be  heard. 
If  his  moderate  leaders  are  dismissed  as  radical,  then  movements 
which  are  in  fact  radical  will  become  more  and  more  extreme,  if 


42  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

only  to  get  on  ground  where  the  white  man  will  acknowledge  their 
existence. 

We  are  mired  in  complacency.  The  majority  of  unsuspecting 
whites  are  still  shocked  with  disbelief  and  chagrin  by  the  Negro's 
occasional  public  repudiation  of  the  stereotype  of  good-natured, 
uncomplaining  docility,  which  they  have  always  accepted  as 
true.  When  the  Negro  they  thought  they  "knew"  so  well  steps 
out  of  the  role  in  which  he  has  been  cast,  it  seems  to  many  like  an 
act  of  treason.  For  example,  when  Marcus  Garvey  announced  in 
1920  that  "the  white  man  need  expect  no  more  Negro  blood  shed 
on  his  behalf  and  that  "the  dying  to  be  done  by  the  black  man  in 
the  future  .  .  .  will  be  done  to  make  himself  free,"  the  speech  was 
sufficiently  alarming  to  be  cited  as  sedition.1  And  when,  forty 
years  later,  Negroes  insisted  upon  being  served  at  the  lunch  coun- 
ters of  stores  which  readily  accepted  their  money  in  every  other 
department,  no  less  a  person  than  ex-President  Harry  Truman — a 
man  who  had  done  much  during  his  administration  to  remove 
racial  barriers — cried  out  in  outrage. 

It  is  incredible  that  such  expressions  "against  the  system" 
should  be  viewed  with  surprise.  It  would  be  logically  more  sur- 
prising if  resentment  and  hositility  were  not  felt  by  a  people  who 
conceive  themselves  as  oppressed  and  who  can  identify  their 
oppressors.  But  this  is  precisely  the  tragedy  of  America,  that  she 
is  oblivious  of  the  smoldering  resentments  of  millions  for  whom 
the  American  Creed  is  often  a  mockery.  This  "ignorance  about 
the  Negro  is  not,  it  must  be  stressed,  just  lack  of  interest  and 
knowledge.  It  is  a  tense  and  high-strung  restriction  and  distortion 
of  knowledge,  and  it  indicates  much  deeper  dislocations  within  the 
minds  of  Southern  whites"2 — and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  of  the  entire 
white  community. 

This  "convenient  ignorance"3  on  the  part  of  whites  com- 
pounds the  frustrations  of  the  Negro  minority,  which  now  more 
than  ever  before  is  determined  to  be  heard — or  at  least  seen.  The 
conspicuous  consumption;  the  overemphasis  on  titles;  the  preoc- 
cupation with  such  values  as  academic  degrees,  foreign  travel  and 
unique  professional  appointments;  and  the  increasing  activity  of 
organized  protest — all  these  add  up  to  an  open  rejection  of  racial 
anonymity  and  the  traditional  stereotype.  Many  of  these  activities 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  43 

are  also,  of  course,  valuable  in  themselves.  They  are  like  the 
"double  duty  dollar" — the  money  a  Negro  spends  with  a  business 
which  employs  Negroes,  thus  (1)  buying  goods  for  himself  and 
(2)  helping  to  provide  jobs  for  others  of  his  race. 

Every  important  aspect  of  the  Negro's  behavior  is  likely  to 
have  a  race  angle,  though  he  himself  is  not  always  conscious  of 
that  fact. 

To  the  Negro  himself,  the  Negro  problem  is  all-important.  A  Negro 
probably  seldom  talks  to  a  white  man  .  .  .  without  consciousness  of 
this  problem.  Even  in  a  mixed  white  and  Negro  group  of  closest 
friends  in  Northern  intellectual  circles,  and  probably  even  in  an  all- 
Negro  group,  the  Negro  problem  constantly  looms  in  the  background. 
It  steers  the  jokes  and  allusions  if  it  is  not  one  of  the  dominant  topics 
of  conversation. 

The  Negro  leader,  the  Negro  social  scientist,  the  Negro  man  of 
arts  and  letters  is  likely  to  view  all  social,  economic,  political,  indeed, 
even  aesthetic  and  philosophical  issues  from  the  Negro  angle.  What 
is  more,  he  is  expected  to  do  so.  He  would  seem  entirely  out  of  place 
if  he  spoke  simply  as  a  member  of  a  community,  a  citizen  of  Amer- 
ica. ...  In  the  existing  American  civilization  he  can  attain  some  de- 
gree of  distinction,  but  always  as  a  representative  of  "his  people,"  not 
as  an  ordinary  American.  .  .  .  The  Negro  genius  is  imprisoned  in  the 
Negro  problem.4 


Black  Nationalism 

Under  the  circumstances  confronting  him,  the  Negro  is  re- 
quired to  be  "Negro"  before — and  sometimes  to  the  exclusion  of 
— anything  else.  At  some  point,  therefore,  he  will  inevitably  be 
tempted  to  glorify  that  from  which  he  cannot  escape.  He  may 
repudiate  the  white  man's  stereotype,  turn  his  eyes  from  the  pain- 
ful reality  and  substitute  for  them  an  idealized  self-image.  Draw- 
ing on  the  political  parallel,  in  which  each  state  considers  itself 
distinct  from  and  superior  to  its  neighbors,  this  attitude  has  come 
to  be  known  as  black  nationalism. 

It  would  be  absurd  to  say,  of  course,  that  all  Negro  race 
pride  is  only  a  rationalized  form  of  acceptance.  It  is  often  a  sim- 
ple and  spontaneous  awareness  of  one's  human  dignity.  Such,  for 
example,  was  the  pride  of  Denmark  Vesey,  an  ex-slave  who  engi- 
neered an  elaborate  insurrection  in  Charleston  in  1822: 


44  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

Even  whilst  walking  through  the  streets  in  company  with  another, 
he  was  not  idle;  for  if  his  companion  bowed  to  a  white  person  he 
would  rebuke  him,  and  observe  that  all  men  were  born  equal,  and 
that  he  was  surprised  that  any  one  would  degrade  himself  by  such 
conduct;  that  he  would  never  cringe  to  the  whites,  nor  ought  any  one 
who  had  the  feelings  of  a  man.  When  answered,  "We  are  slaves,"  he 
would  sarcastically  and  indignantly  reply,  "You  deserve  to  remain 
slaves."5 

Vesey  was  hanged,  along  with  thirty-four  confederates,  for  leading 
the  insurrection;  but  he  died  as  he  had  lived,  with  courage  and 
conviction,  acknowledging  no  man  his  inherent  superior. 

Black  nationalism  is  more  than  courage  and  rebellion;  it  is 
a  way  of  life.  It  is  an  implicit  rejection  of  the  "alien"  white  culture 
and  an  explicit  rejection  of  the  symbols  of  that  culture,  balanced 
by  an  exaggerated  and  undiluted  pride  in  "black"  culture.  It  in- 
volves a  drastic  reappraisal  not  only  of  present  realities  but  also 
of  the  past  and  future.  The  black  nationalist  revises  history  (or 
corrects  it,  as  he  would  say)  to  establish  that  today's  black  men 
are  descended  from  glorious  ancestors,  from  powerful  and  enlight- 
ened rulers  and  conquerors.  This  reconstruction  of  history  may 
reach  ridiculous  extremes;  and  it  can  never  be  accepted  by  white 
men,  who,  to  bolster  their  own  security,  must  perceive  history  as 
a  record  of  white  men's  achievements.  But  a  proud  history  is 
essential  to  the  black  nationalist's  self-respect.  Essential,  too,  is 
the  certainty  of  a  brilliant  future,  in  which  the  inherent  superiority 
of  his  race  will  triumph  and  he  will  again  rule  the  world. 

In  any  technical  sense,  of  course,  it  is  inaccurate  for  Ameri- 
can Negroes  to  adopt  a  black  nationalist  position.  The  term  im- 
plies that  they  are — politically,  culturally,  ethnically  or  racially — 
a  distinct  group.  But  this  is  emphatically  not  true.  Politically  they 
are  Americans,  as  American  as  one  can  be  (with  the  sole  excep- 
tion of  the  American  Indian).  Culturally  they  are  merged  into  the 
American  mainstream;  as  Lloyd  Warner  observes,  they  are  "cul- 
turally more  like  the  white  'old  American'  than  [are]  any  other 
sub-groups  in  America."6  Nor  are  they  ethnically  separated  from 
other  Americans,  holding  allegiance  to  an  earlier  shared  culture. 
On  the  contrary: 

The  conspicuous  feature  of  the  Negro  in  America  is  that  his  aboriginal 
culture  was  smashed.  .  .  .  The  importance  of  this  basic  fact  for  the 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  45 

Negro  in  America  cannot  be  overestimated.  It  means  in  effect  that 
the  old  types  of  social  organization  and  all  their  derivations  could  not 
continue,  but  a  new  type  of  emergent  adjustment  derived  from  the 
new  conditions  would  have  to  be  established.7 

Nor,  finally,  are  they  racially  distinct.  "Race"  is  at  best  a  nebulous 
term.8  There  are  no  pure  races,  and  it  would  be  especially  inap- 
propriate to  apply  the  term  to  the  American  Negro,  who  is  at  once 
African  and  Anglo-Saxon,  Indian  and  French,  Portuguese,  Span- 
ish, German  and  Italian — a  composite  of  every  major  "racial 
stock"9  and  every  nationality  of  Western  Europe.10 

W.  E.  B.  DuBois  observes  that  a  common  suffering,  rather 
than  a  common  biology  or  ethnic  identity,  has  been  the  important 
factor  uniting  the  Negro  in  what  is  usually  referred  to  as  "nation- 
alism." 

The  so-called  American  Negro  group  .  .  .  while  it  is  in  no  sense  abso- 
lutely set  off  physically  from  its  fellow  Americans,  has  nevertheless 
a  strong,  hereditary  cultural  unity  born  of  slavery,  of  common  suffer- 
ing, prolonged  proscription,  and  curtailment  of  political  and  civil 
rights.  .  .  .  Prolonged  policies  of  segregation  and  discrimination  have 
involuntarily  welded  the  mass  almost  into  a  nation  within  a 
nation.  .  .  -11 

The  "nationalism"  of  the  American  Negro  is  not  voluntary, 
prompted  by  a  desire  to  set  himself  apart  in  order  to  preserve 
some  cultural  values.  It  is,  rather,  a  defensive  response  to  external 
forces — hostile  forces  which  threaten  his  creative  existence.  It  is 
a  unity  born  of  the  wish  not  to  conserve  but  to  escape  a  set  of 
conditions. 

Black  nationalism  seizes  the  conditions  of  disprivilege  and 
turns  them  to  advantage  as  a  tool  for  eliminating  the  disprivilege. 
It  challenges  the  supercilious  attitude  of  the  majority  group  by 
glorifying  the  unique  symbols  of  the  blacks — symbols  which  the 
whites  consider  repugnant.  Some  sociologists  have  labeled  this 
behavior  "negritude": 

...  an  exaltation  of  African-Negro  specificity,  a  "kind  of  highly 
elaborated  counterracism."  ...  It  involves  a  "particularly  intense 
racial  awareness,"  not  uncoupled  to  political  activity  and  demands. 
It  is  a  term  descriptive,  also,  of  an  appreciation  of  a  new  black  unity 
experienced  by  its  adherents,  a  consciousness  of  sharing  in  a  past 
and  in  the  making  of  the  future.  .  .  .12 


46  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

Nationalism  is  ordinarily  political;  it  refers  to  common  values 
arising  out  of  the  existence  of  a  state.  Black  nationalism  addresses 
itself  not  to  an  existent  state  but  to  a  state  of  mind.13  But  if  there 
is  no  past  or  present  black  nation,  what  is  to  prevent  the  projection 
of  a  Black  Nation  of  the  future? 

To  the  extent  that  it  is  couched  in  political  terms — and  this 
varies  from  movement  to  movement — black  nationalism  envisions 
and  works  toward  the  creation  of  such  a  state.  In  the  creed  of 
some  movements,  this  political  goal  is  relatively  insignificant,  a 
potentiality  which  the  black  man  may  or  may  not  choose  to  realize. 
For  the  Black  Muslims,  however,  the  goal  of  a  Black  Nation  is  of 
consuming  importance.  The  Muslims  do  not  rest  content  with  any 
concept  of  black  nationalism  that  is  not  expressed  in  concrete 
economic  and  political  terms. 

Black  Nationalism  and  Social  Class 

In  the  American  Negro  groups  of  highest  and  lowest  status, 
hardly  anyone  wants  to  be  a  Negro.  Upper-class  Negroes  seek  to 
identify  themselves  with  the  white  society;  lower-class  Negroes 
prefer  to  identify  themselves  with  any  group  except  the  whites  in 
order  to  escape  the  danger  and  humiliation  that  all  Negroes  incur. 
Only  middle-class  Negroes  are  generally  willing  to  acknowledge 
themselves  as  Negroes  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  seek  an  accommo- 
dation with  the  white  society.  Black  nationalism,  therefore,  with 
its  repudiation  of  both  Negro  identity  and  white  culture,  sinks  its 
roots  deepest  in  the  lower  class. 

Upper-class  Negroes  are  rarely  "Negro"  by  choice.  Those 
who  have  obvious  strains  of  white  ancestry  are  often  at  great  pains 
to  dissociate  themselves  from  those  who  do  not,  and  they  are 
remarkably  oblivious  of  the  implications  of  their  whiteness. 
Darker  Negroes  of  the  upper  class  must  content  themselves  with 
pointed  references  to  their  "Indian  ancestry"  lest  they  be  mistaken 
for  full-blooded  Negroes — an  intolerable  possibility. 

The  Negro  of  the  upper  class  is  largely  committed  to  the 
idea  that  America's  racial  dilemma  will  be  resolved  when  the 
Negro  loses  his  distinctiveness,  social  and  biological.  He  would 
prefer  to  become  so  thoroughly  assimilated  into  the  American 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  47 

mainstream  as  to  be  biologically  indistinct,  for  his  new  status  could 
not  then  be  revoked  or  qualified  in  a  future  crisis.  In  short,  the 
ultimate  security  in  living  among  a  white  majority  is  to  be  white. 
But  this  security  is  almost  impossible  to  achieve  in  view  of  the 
general  disdain  for  miscegenation.  The  barrier  is  circular:  un- 
qualified social  acceptance  is  the  only  gateway  to  racial  anonymity, 
which  in  turn  is  the  only  gateway  to  unqualified  social  acceptance. 

For  the  time  being,  therefore,  the  upper-class  Negro  is  set- 
tling for  that  degree  of  assimilation  which  will  make  him  socially 
indistinct  from  those  whites  who  are  his  counterpart  in  terms  of 
education,  affluence  and  refinement.  He  tends  to  venerate  every- 
thing that  is  "white"  and  "Western."  In  spite  of  the  inconvenience 
of  his  color,  he  sees  himself  as  part  of  this  tradition;  and  he  resents 
as  irrational  and  unjust  the  social  custom  which  emphasizes  his 
black  skin  while  overlooking  the  fact  that  his  ancestry  is  partly 
European  and  his  culture  totally  Western. 

The  members  of  the  growing  Negro  middle  class  are  least 
concerned  about  disestablishing  themselves  as  Negroes.  They 
ridicule  the  upper  class  as  "neurotic  sub-marginals"  who  make 
themselves  ridiculous  in  trying  to  attract  the  white  man's  attention. 
Nor  can  they  see  the  importance  of  having  white  ancestry,  since 
almost  all  American  Negroes  share  this  qualification  to  some 
degree.  Besides,  white  ancestry  is  not  a  criterion  of  the  white 
man's  judgment  when  he  erects  barriers  to  set  himself  apart  from 
all  others.  Segregation  is  directed  at  a  class,  not  at  members  with- 
in it;  and  all  Negroes,  whatever  their  names,  ancestry  or  skin  color, 
belong  by  definition  to  the  segregated  class. 

The  Negro  middle  class  is  somewhat  ambivalent  about  black 
nationalism.  The  black  nationists'  emphasis  on  a  united  struggle 
against  subordination  has  a  certain  appeal,  but  the  rejection  of 
Negro  identity  and  the  search  for  cultural  roots  in  Afro-Asian 
traditions  has  little  or  no  appeal.  The  middle-class  Negro  feels  no 
need  to  be  either  "Asiatic"  or  "European."  He  accepts  the  desig- 
nation "American  Negro"  with  no  particular  sense  of  opprobrium, 
and  often  with  a  certain  pride,  for  he  thus  identifies  himself  with 
America's  most  important  minority — a  minority  which  has  dis- 
tinguished itself,  in  a  brief  span  of  history,  by  an  achievement  of 
progress  unequaled  by  either  "Europeans"  or  "Asiatics." 


48  The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism 

The  self-image  of  the  Negro  middle  class  is  one  of  ability 
and  militancy,  uncontaminated  by  either  sycophancy  or  hatred  for 
the  white  man.  The  middle-class  Negro  is  not  obsessed  with  status 
pretensions,  as  is  the  upper  class,  nor  does  he  suffer  the  abject 
despair  of  the  Negro  masses.  As  a  result,  he  seldom  displays  the 
kind  of  insecurity  that  needs  to  search  for  ancestral  pegs  upon 
which  to  hang  a  claim  for  present  status  and  acceptance. 

The  main  appeal  of  all  black  nationalist  movements,  then, 
is  to  the  Negro  lower  class.  Here  the  Negro's  resentment  is  crys- 
tallized and  open.  He  has  long  despaired  of  the  white  man's  justice 
and  of  the  trustworthiness  of  the  "acceptable"  Negro  leaders  who 
court  the  white  man's  favor.  Moreover,  he  is  already  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  ladder,  so  his  economic  and  social  position  is  not 
vulnerable.  An  indiscreet  word,  an  admission  of  hostility  or  an 
identification  with  "radical"  or  "extremist"  groups  can  cost  him 
nothing.  What  has  he  to  lose  if  the  demagogues  of  black  nation- 
alism fan  his  resentment  into  hatred,  openly  expressed  in  defiance 
of  all  white  men  and  their  compliant  Negro  "friends"? 

The  lower-class  Negro  lives  in  a  no  man's  land  between  two 
alien  worlds,  both  of  which  he  spurns.  Unlike  his  upper-class 
brother,  he  has  no  conscious  desire  to  be  white  or  even  "like  the 
whites,"  whom  he  identifies  with  most  of  his  misfortunes.  But 
neither  will  he  accept  the  implications  of  being  "Negro" — a  white 
man's  word,  which  he  sees  as  an  epithet  of  contempt.  The  black 
race  has  a  rich  cultural  heritage,  extending  thousands  of  years 
into  the  past;  but  the  black  men  who  were  torn  from  their  homes 
and  shipped  to  the  New  World  in  chains  were  carefully  isolated 
from  that  heritage.  The  history  of  the  "Negro"  begins  in  the  tor- 
ments and  degradation  of  slavery  in  America.  Unlike  his  better- 
educated  brothers,  the  lower  class  Negro  is  not  generally  aware 
that  his  ancestors  served  their  new  nation  with  distinction  and 
that  the  term  can  be  accepted  with  confidence — indeed,  with  pride. 
He  is  agonizingly  aware  of  what  "Negro"  implies  to  most  Ameri- 
cans, its  humiliating  connotations  of  white  supremacy. 

The  lower-class  Negro  is  ripe  for  the  lure  of  black  nation- 
alism. He  is  proud  to  rediscover  himself  as  a  Black  Man,  linked 
to  the  great  and  venerable  civilizations  of  the  "single  black  conti- 
nent" of  Afro-Asia.  He  is  grateful  for  a  mystique,  especially  one 


The  Dynamics  of  Black  Nationalism  49 

dignified  as  a  religion,  that  rationalizes  his  resentment  and  hatred 
as  spiritual  virtues  in  a  cosmic  war  of  good  against  evil.  And  he  is 
jubilant  at  his  new  vision  of  the  future — a  future  not  of  racial 
equality,  for  which  he  believes  the  white  man  has  shown  himself 
unfit,  but  of  black  supremacy.  For  "black,"  to  the  black  nation- 
alist, is  a  quality  and  symbol  of  all  that  is  glorious,  triumphant  and 
divine. 

Many  counterpressures  exist,  of  course,  to  restrain  the  lower- 
class  Negro  from  active  participation  in  black  nationalist  move- 
ments. The  Christian  church  is  still  powerful,  though  its  magic 
has  been  seriously  eroded.  Personal  friendships  with  white  men, 
where  they  exist,  make  the  absolute  generalizations  of  black 
nationalism  difficult  to  accept.  Some  Negroes,  like  some  white 
men,  find  a  certain  comfort  and  security  in  being  considered  in- 
ferior; they  cling  to  the  status  in  which  all  their  personal  failures 
are  overlooked,  since  nothing  much  is  expected  of  them.  Others 
have  experienced  so  rarely  the  feeling  of  superiority  that  they  can 
scarcely  imagine  it  as  a  way  of  life. 

Above  all,  the  lower-class  Negro  is  a  decent  and  responsible 
human  being,  loath  to  give  his  life  over  to  hatred  and  vengeance. 
He  will  not  do  so  unless  forced  to  the  wall  by  a  smug  and  callous 
white  society.  The  future  of  black  nationalism,  therefore,  will 
ultimately  be  decided  not  by  the  demagogues  but  by  ourselves. 


3    Black  Nationalism: 
The  Minor  Leagues 


All  black  nationalist  movements  have  in  common  three  char- 
acteristics: a  disparagement  of  the  white  man  and  his  culture,  a 
repudiation  of  Negro  identity  and  an  appropriation  of  "Asiatic" 
culture  symbols.  Within  this  framework,  however,  they  take  shape 
in  a  remarkable  variety  of  creeds  and  organizations.  The  smallest 
groups  range  in  temperament  from  the  innocuous  United  African 
Nationalist  Movement,  with  its  New  York  City  street-corner 
harangues,  to  the  criminally  trained,  marijuana-smoking  Ras 
Tafarians,  who  are  known  to  have  murdered  at  least  six  people: 
two  British  soldiers,  a  Chinese  shopkeeper  and  three  of  their  own 
number  whose  devotion  to  the  cult  had  begun  to  flag. 

The  more  influential  black  nationalist  movements  also  seize 
upon  varying  interests  as  focal  points  for  group  identification  or 
as  vehicles  of  counteraggression  against  the  white  majority.  One 
favorite  focus  is  religion;  another  is  political  or  politico-economic 
goals.  The  former  has  no  immediate  concern  with  a  national  state; 
the  latter  makes  the  creation  of  a  state  central  to  its  appeal.  These 
two  emphases  are  perhaps  best  represented  in  the  Moorish  Science 
Temple  movement  of  Noble  Drew  All  and  the  Universal  Negro 
Improvement  Association  of  Marcus  Garvey,  both  of  which  flour- 
ished about  the  time  of  World  War  I. 

The  Moorish  Science  movement  was  essentially  religious; 
Garvey's  UNIA  was  primarily  political.  The  raison  d'etre  of  both 
was  to  devise  some  means  of  escaping  the  implications  of  being  a 
Negro  in  a  white-dominated  society.  Noble  Drew  sought  a  psychic 
escape:  by  changing  their  names  and  the  symbols  of  their  culture, 
his  Moors  hoped  to  change  their  social  fortunes.  For  Garvey,  the 
logical  solution  was  to  remove  all  American  Negroes  to  an  inde- 
pendent African  state.  Both  men  had  substantial  followings,  but 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  51 

neither  did  much  to  change  the  conditions  that  were  ultimately 
responsible  for  whatever  measure  of  success  they  could  claim. 


Religious  Nationalism:  The  Moorish  Science  Temples 

About  1913,  a  forty-seven-year-old  North  Carolina  Negro 
named  Timothy  Drew  established  a  "Moorish  Science  Temple"  in 
Newark,  New  Jersey.1  From  this  seed  grew  a  movement  that,  at 
its  peak,  had  established  temples  in  Detroit,  Harlem,  Chicago, 
Pittsburgh,  Philadelphia  and  in  numerous  cities  across  the  South. 
Membership  may  have  been  as  high  as  twenty  or  thirty  thousand 
during  the  lifetime  of  "the  Prophet." 

Drew  never  seems  to  have  had  a  formal  education,  but  at 
some  point  he  apparently  had  been  exposed  to  Oriental  philoso- 
phy. He  was  particularly  impressed  by  the  lack  of  race  conscious- 
ness in  Oriental  religious  thought  and  saw  in  it  a  possible  answer 
to  the  Negro's  plight  in  a  color-conscious  America.  If  Negroes 
could  somehow  establish  an  identity  with  the  Oriental  peoples, 
whose  religious  philosophies  either  knew  nothing  of  the  "curse  of 
Canaan"2  or  else  found  it  irrelevant,  they  might  become  less  sus- 
ceptible to  the  everyday  hazards  of  being  "everyday-Negroes"  in 
America. 

In  pursuing  this  goal,  Drew  did  not  allow  himself  to  be 
troubled  by  the  inconveniences  of  history.  He  simply  decreed 
that,  thenceforth,  American  Negroes  were  to  be  known  as  "Asi- 
atics." 

He  became  obsessed  with  the  idea  that  salvation  for  the  Negro  people 
lay  in  the  discovery  by  them  of  their  national  origin;  i.e.,  they  must 
know  whence  they  came,  and  refuse  longer  to  be  called  Negroes, 
black  folk,  colored  people,  or  Ethiopians.  They  must  henceforth  call 
themselves  Asiatics,  to  use  the  generic  term,  or,  more  specifically, 
Moors,  or  Moorish  Americans.3 

To  document  this  ethnic  transformation,  he  issued  "Nationality 
and  Identification  Cards"  to  his  followers.  Each  card  bore  the 
Islamic  symbol  (the  star  and  crescent),  an  image  of  clasped  hands, 
and  a  numeral  "7"  in  a  circle.  It  announced  that  the  bearer  hon- 
ored "all  the  Divine  Prophets,  Jesus,  Mohammed,  Buddha,  and 


52  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

Confucius"  and  pronounced  upon  him  "the  blessings  of  the  God 
of  our  Father,  Allah."  It  identified  him  as  "a  Moslem  under  the 
Divine  Laws  of  the  Holy  Koran  of  Mecca,  Love,  Truth,  Peace, 
Freedom,  and  Justice"  and  concluded  with  the  assurance:  "i  AM 
A  CITIZEN  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES."  Each  card  was  validated  by 
the  subscription,  "NOBLE  DREW  ALI,  THE  PROPHET." 

Drew's  movement  spread  west  from  New  Jersey  to  Pitts- 
burgh, Detroit  and  Chicago,  and  there  were  temples  in  a  number 
of  cities  across  the  South.  In  Chicago  the  movement  rapidly 
gained  momentum  and  soon  became  a  problem  for  law  enforce- 
ment officials.  The  members  of  the  cult  felt  an  exaggerated  sense 
of  security  and  importance  in  their  new  "Asiatic"  status,  sym- 
bolized most  openly  in  the  red  fezzes  which  the  male  members 
were  required  to  wear  at  all  times.  But  their  social  metamorphosis 
was  not  accepted  by  the  whites,  who  saw  no  reason  to  relinquish 
their  traditional  racial  constructs.  The  Moors'  confidence,  how- 
ever, was  not  diminished.  They  were  certain  that  the  whites  (or 
"Europeans")  were  soon  to  be  destroyed  and  that  the  "Asiatics" 
would  soon  be  in  control. 

A  number  of  disturbances  developed.  The  Moors,  made  conspicuous 
by  their  fezzes,  walked  the  streets,  treating  white  folk  with  open  con- 
tempt. In  various  parts  of  the  Middle  West  they  became  anathema 
to  the  police. 

In  Chicago,  affairs  reached  the  point  where  members  of  the  cult 
would  accost  white  people  on  the  streets,  and  showing  their  member- 
ship cards  or  the  button  they  wore  in  their  coat  lapels,  would  sing  the 
praises  of  their  prophet,  now  known  as  Noble  Drew  AH,  because  he 
had  freed  them  from  the  curse  of  European  (white)  domination.4 

The  cult  members  believed  that  the  imminent  destruction  of  the 
whites  was  signified  by  the  appearance  in  the  sky  of  a  star  within 
a  crescent  moon. 

As  the  racial  irritations  cued  by  the  Moors'  aggressive  be- 
havior grew  worse,  Nobel  Drew  Ali  issued  a  warning  to  his  fol- 
lowers to  exercise  more  restraint.  They  were  cautioned  to  "stop 
flashing  [their]  cards  before  Europeans"  and  to  avoid  making 
agitating  speeches  on  their  jobs.  "We  did  not  come  to  cause  con- 
fusion," the  Prophet  observed.  "Our  work  is  to  uplift  the  nation." 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  53 

Despite  Drew's  sincerity  and  simple  idealism,  the  Moorish 
Science  movement  eventually  addressed  itself  to  some  new  direc- 
tions not  anticipated  in  its  founding  philosophy.  As  is  character- 
istic of  mass  movements,  its  growth  and  expansion  began  to  attract 
better  educated  but  less  scrupulous  individuals,  who  saw  it  as  an 
irresistible  opportunity  for  private  gain  and  exploitation.  Anxious 
to  extend  the  movement  and  aware  of  his  own  limitations,  Noble 
Drew  Ali  opened  the  door  to  these  men;  but  the  "new  blood" 
proved  to  be  costly  indeed.  The  less  discriminating  followers  of 
the  Prophet — like  their  counterparts  in  other  religious  sects — were 
soon  duped  into  buying  various  charms,  relics,  magical  potions, 
pictures  and  spurious  literature  concerning  their  Asiatic  heritage. 
The  leaders  grew  rich  off  the  credulous  masses;  and  when  it  be- 
came apparent  that  Noble  Drew  Ali  was  the  chief  obstacle  to  a 
more  complete  exploitation,  he  was  shunted  aside.  Eventually,  he 
was  killed. 

The  responsibility  for  the  death  of  Noble  Drew  Ali  has  never 
been  officially  placed.  During  the  struggle  for  power  among  the 
leaders  of  the  cult,  one  leader  was  killed.  Ali  was  not  in  Chicago 
at  the  time  of  the  killing,  but  upon  his  return  he  was  arrested  and 
charged  with  murder  by  police  officials,  who  were  at  best  some- 
what weary  of  his  movement.  He  was  never  brought  to  trial,  for 
he  died  mysteriously  shortly  after  being  released  on  bond.  The 
cause  of  his  death  is  variously  attributed  to  a  "third  degree"  given 
him  while  under  arrest  or  to  a  subsequent  beating  administered 
by  his  rivals  for  power  within  the  movement. 

After  the  Prophet's  death,  the  cult  split  into  numerous 
smaller  groups.  It  is  no  longer  a  potent  force  in  the  Negro  com- 
munity, though  some  temples  remain  active  in  the  industrial  cities 
of  the  North.  Many  present-day  Moors  believe  that  Noble  Drew 
Ali  is  reincarnate  in  their  present  leaders,  and  the  Holy  Koran  of 
the  Moorish  Holy  Temple  of  Science  continues  to  be  the  sacred 
book  of  the  various  sects.  (The  Holy  Koran,  not  to  be  confused 
with  the  Quran  of  classical  Islam,  contains  the  teachings  of  the 
Prophet,  along  with  various  other  esoteric  materials.)  Member- 
ship continues  to  be  limited  to  "Asiatics" — that  is,  to  non-Cauca- 
sians— who  renounce  the  traditional  category  and  the  implications 
of  being  "colored"  or  "Negro."  Each  new  member  attaches  the 


54  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

term  "el"  or  "bey"  to  his  name  in  signification  of  his  Asiatic 
status.  Initiation  fees  are  usually  a  dollar;  stipulated  dues  are  paid 
thereafter. 

The  cult  considers  itself  Moslem,  but  it  retains  many  of  the 
familiar  markings  of  Christianity.  Jesus,  for  example,  remains  a 
prominent  figure  in  the  worship  services;  and  hymns,  although 
revised  to  appropriate  the  new  teachings,  retain  the  rhythmic  chant 
forms  of  the  familiar  Negro  spirituals.  Love  is  taught  as  the 
guiding  spirit  of  the  universe:  "the  fallen  sons  and  daughters  of 
the  Asiatic  Nation  of  North  America  need  to  learn  to  love  instead 
of  hate;  and  to  know  of  their  higher  self  and  lower  self." 

The  Moors  believe  that  "before  you  can  have  a  God  you 
must  have  a  nationality"  and  that  Noble  Drew  Ali,  who  was  a 
prophet  ordained  of  God,  gave  his  people  the  North  African  state 
of  Morocco  to  be  their  nation.  In  this  connection,  they  attach 
great  signification  to  names: 

The  name  means  everything;  by  taking  the  Asiatic's  name  from  him 
and  calling  him  Negro,  black,  colored,  or  Ethiopian,  the  European 
stripped  the  Moor  of  his  power,  his  authority,  his  God,  and  every 
other  worthwhile  possession.5 

Conversely,  each  religion  has  its  proper  racial  adherents,  and 
religious  faith  should  not  cross  racial  lines: 

Christianity  is  for  the  European  (paleface);  Moslemism  is  for  the 
Asiatic  (olive-skinned).  When  each  group  has  its  own  peculiar  reli- 
gion, there  will  be  peace  on  earth. 

[However],  Noble  Drew  Ali  is  a  kindred  personage  and  spirit  to 
Confucius,  Jesus,  Buddha,  and  Zoroaster.6 

In  the  Moors'  worship  services,  there  is  none  of  the  expres- 
sive fervor  one  associates  with  the  stereotype  of  the  lower-class 
Negro  church.  The  services  are  subdued  and  quiet.  All  present 
are  expected  to  pay  careful  attention;  but  there  are  few  responses 
from  the  congregation,  and  even  these  are  hardly  audible.  Meet- 
ings begin  and  end  with  undeviating  punctuality,  and  the  members 
are  seated  separately  according  to  sex,  Friday  is  considered  the 
Sabbath  day,  but  meetings  are  held  on  Wednesday  and  Sunday 
evenings  as  well.  No  baptism  or  communion  is  observed.  The 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  55 

faithful  are  required  to  pray  daily  at  sunrise,  noon  and  sunset, 
facing  Mecca  with  hands  upraised. 

Strict  personal  morality  is  a  keynote  of  the  movement's 
teachings.  The  Moors  greet  their  followers  with  the  salutation 
"Peace!"  or  "Islam!"  As  among  the  Black  Muslims,  great  empha- 
sis is  placed  upon  the  husband's  responsibility  as  protector  and 
provider  of  his  family,  while  women  are  enjoined  to  be  good 
homemakers  and  to  obey  their  husbands.  Divorce  is  discouraged. 
Monogamy  is  the  only  form  of  marriage  recognized,  and  marriage 
ceremonies  are  performed  by  the  "Grand  Sheik,"  or  Governor,  in 
charge  of  the  local  temple.  Most  secular  entertainments  are  for- 
bidden, as  is  the  use  of  cosmetics,  alcohol  and  tobacco.  Meat  and 
eggs  are  taboo.  Personal  cleanliness  is  stressed,  but  men  are  not 
expected  to  shave. 

Despite  the  racial  boisterousness  of  some  of  its  adherents, 
the  Moorish  Science  movement  did  not  consider  itself  "radical." 
On  the  contrary,  the  Moors  offered  themselves  as  the  nucleus 
around  which  a  world  of  truth,  peace,  freedom  and  justice  must 
be  built.  Despite  their  hostility  to  whites,  they  stressed  obedience 
and  loyalty  to  the  flag  of  the  United  States,  so  long  as  they  were 
to  live  in  America.  For  the  Moors  have  two  homelands.  Noble 
Drew,  the  Reincarnation  of  Mohammed,  gave  them  Morocco  as 
the  seat  of  their  Nation.  But  the  dark  people  of  the  world  are 
also  native  to  the  continent  of  North  America,  which  is  now  under 
European  dominion.  They  have  no  choice  but  to  submit  to  the 
harsh  rule  of  the  whites  until  the  whites'  time  to  reign  comes  to 
an  end. 

A  few  Moorish  temples  remain  scattered  among  the  Negro 
ghettos  today.  The  congregations  believe  that  they  are  still  led 
by  Noble  Drew  Ali,  with  each  present  Sheik  a  reincarnation  of 
their  revered  founder.  Many  Moors,  however,  were  among  the 
earliest  converts  to  the  Black  Muslim  Movement.  They  feel  quite 
at  home  in  this  new  nationalism,  which  continues  them  in  their 
familiar  "Asiatic"  religion  without  requiring  them  to  love  the 
"Europeans."  In  fact,  they  may  now  look  forward  to  the  pre- 
dicted destruction  of  their  enemies  with  increased  assurance,  for 
Elijah  Muhammad,  the  Messenger — unlike  Noble  Drew  Ali — is 
not  a  man  to  compromise. 


56  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

Political  Nationalism:  The  Garvey  Movement 

The  name  of  Marcus  Garvey  is  one  of  the  best  known  in 
recent  Negro  history,  yet  it  is  one  that  the  Negro  leadership  would 
like  very  much  to  forget.  Few  Negroes  have  elicited  such  con- 
summate scorn  from  their  fellows  as  did  this  belligerent  little  man, 
caricatured  by  a  contemporary  as: 

A  Jamaican  of  unmixed  stock,  squat,  stocky,  fat  and  sleek,  with  pro- 
truding jaws,  and  heavy  jowls,  small  bright  pig-like  eyes  and  rather 
bulldog-like  face.  Boastful,  egotistic,  tyrannical,  intolerant,  cunning, 
shifty,  smooth  and  suave,  avaricious  .  .  .  gifted  at  self-advertisement, 
without  shame  in  self-laudation  ,  .  .  without  regard  for  veracity,  a 
lover  of  pomp  and  tawdry  finery  and  garish  display.7 

Yet,  for  all  the  castigations  of  his  many  critics,  Garvey 
enjoyed  the  admiration  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  lower-class 
Negroes,  who  followed  him  with  enthusiasm  and  money,  and  who 
received  from  him  a  new  estimate  of  their  worth  and  their  future. 
His  movement  fired  the  imaginations  of  a  people  desperate  for  a 
new  hope  and  a  new  purpose,  however  unrealistic.  "Its  spirit  of 
race  chauvinism  had  the  sympathy  of  the  overwhelming  majority 
of  the  Negro  people,  including  those  who  opposed  its  objectives. 
For  this  was  the  potent  spirit  of  race  consciousness  and  race  pride 
that  informed  the  'New  Negro' "  of  the  1920s8 — a  period  of  cul- 
tural renaissance  and  racial  militancy  among  the  Negro  intellli- 
gentsia. 

The  Garvey  movement  must  inevitably  be  seen  against  the 
background  of  the  post- World  War  I  era,  a  crucial  and  difficult 
time  for  Negroes  in  the  United  States.  They  had  helped  to  win  a 
war  for  democracy  overseas,  only  to  return  to  the  customary  big- 
otry at  home.  They  had  risked  death  fighting  beside  the  white 
man  in  the  trenches  of  France,  only  to  die  in  America  at  the  white 
man's  hand.  In  the  first  year  after  the  war,  seventy  Negroes  were 
lynched,  many  of  them  still  hi  uniform.  Fourteen  Negroes  were 
burned  publicly  by  white  citizens;  eleven  of  these  martyrs  were 
burned  alive.9  During  the  "Red  Summer"  of  1919,  there  were  no 
fewer  than  twenty-five  race  riots  across  the  country.  A  riot  in  the 
nation's  capital  lasted  three  days;  in  Chicago,  thirty-eight  people 
were  killed  and  537  injured  during  thirteen  days  of  mob  rule.10 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  57 

Along  with  the  actual  physical  violence,  there  was  intimida- 
tion everywhere.  The  Ku  Klux  Klan  had  been  revived;  and  New 
York,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Michigan  and  several  New  England  states 
had  been  added  to  its  traditional  roster  of  Southern  states.11 
There  was  an  increasing  competition  between  Negroes  and  whites 
for  housing  and  jobs.  Despair  and  militancy  were  the  alternate 
moods  of  the  Negro  veterans  who  had  fought  "to  make  the  world 
safe  for  democracy."  They  were  disillusioned  about  the  share  of 
democracy  America  had  reserved  for  them,  but  they  were  deter- 
mined to  bid  for  their  rights — loud  and  clear. 

In  the  summer  of  1914,  Marcus  Garvey  had  returned  home 
to  Jamaica  from  a  visit  to  London,  his  mind  seething  with  plans 
for  a  new  Universal  Negro  Improvement  Association.  Ironically, 
his  sense  of  mission  had  been  triggered  by  a  reading  of  Up  From 
Slavery,  the  autobiography  of  Booker  T,  Washington,  who  had 
been  despised  by  many  Negroes  for  his  life-pattern  of  compromise 
and  accommodation. 

I  read  Up  From  Slavery  .  .  .  and  then  my  doom  ...  of  being  a  race 
leader  dawned  upon  me.  ...  I  asked:  "Where  is  the  black  man's  Gov- 
ernment? Where  is  his  King  and  his  kingdom?  Where  is  his  Presi- 
dent, his  country,  and  his  ambassador,  his  army,  his  navy,  his  men  of 
big  affairs?"  I  could  not  find  them,  and  then  I  declared,  "I  will  help 
to  make  them."12 

And  he  did.  Putting  aside  Washington's  reminiscences  of  restraint 
and  gratitude  for  white  favors,  he  originated  a  movement  devoted 
to  extreme  black  nationalism  and  self-improvement.  As  a  result, 
he  came  to  share  with  Washington  the  bitter  contempt  of  Negro 
intellectuals — though  for  the  opposite  reason. 

The  manifesto  of  the  UNIA  called  attention  to  "the  uni- 
versal disunity  existing  among  the  people  of  the  Negro  or  African 
race."  It  challenged  "all  people  of  Negro  or  African  parentage" 
to  subscribe  to  the  UNIA  program,  which  read  in  part: 

To  establish  a  Universal  Confraternity  among  the  race;  to  promote  the 
spirit  of  race  pride  and  love;  to  reclaim  the  fallen  of  the  race  ...  to 
strengthen  the  imperialism  [self-determination]  of  independent  African 
States  ...  to  establish  Universities,  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools 
for  the  further  education  and  culture  of  the  boys  and  girls  of  the 
race  to  conduct  a  world-wide  commercial  and  industrial  intercourse.13 


58  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

The  motto  of  the  Association  was:  "One  God!  One  Aim!  One 
Destiny!" — a  motto  which  has  recently  been  adopted  by  the  rabid 
Ras  Tafarian  cult,  which  also  emanates  from  Jamaica. 

In  1916,  Marcus  Garvey  "came  screaming  out  of  the  British 
West  Indies  onto  the  American  Stage."14  He  landed  in  New 
York,  where  at  first  little  attention  was  paid  to  his  street-corner 
speeches.  Undaunted,  he  set  out  to  tour  thirty-eight  states  in 
order  to  study  conditions  of  Negro  life  in  America.  When  he 
returned  to  New  York  a  year  later,  he  had  formulated  certain 
opinions  which  were  later  to  shape  the  largest  mass  movement  in 
the  history  of  the  American  Negro.  Important  among  these  con- 
clusions was  the  amazing  discovery  that  the  "so-called  Negro 
leaders  .  .  .  had  no  program,  but  were  mere  opportunists  who 
were  living  off  their  so-called  leadership  while  the  poor  people 
were  groping  in  the  dark."15  He  seems  to  have  concluded  that 
too  much  of  the  leadership  was  concentrated  in  the  hands  of 
mulattoes  and  that  these  "part-white  Negroes"  could  not  be 
trusted.16  He  was  exceedingly  disturbed  that  Negro  leadership 
depended  so  heavily  upon  white  philanthropy — an  impossible 
paradox.  He  was  most  contemptuous  because  this  dependent 
leadership  seemed  willing  "to  turn  back  the  clock  of  progress"  at 
the  whim  of  the  white  benefactors. 

The  New  York  division  of  the  UNIA  soon  became  the  head- 
quarters of  a  world- wide  organization.  By  midsummer  of  1919, 
Garvey  claimed  to  have  two  million  members  in  thirty  branches.17 
His  newspaper,  The  Negro  World,  was  printed  in  French  and 
Spanish,  as  well  as  in  English,  at  its  peak,  it  claimed  a  circulation 
of  more  than  200,000,  "reaching  the  mass  of  Negroes  throughout 
the  world."  The  paper  devoted  itself  mainly  to  a  recapitulation 
and  reinterpretation  of  the  Negro's  contribution  to  history.  It 
recalled  "the  stirring  heroism  of  such  leaders  of  American  slave 
rebellions  as  Denmark  Vesey,  Gabriel  Prosser,  and  Nat  Turner. 
The  struggles  of  Zulu  and  Hottentot  warriors  against  European 
rule,  the  histories  of  Moorish  and  Ethiopian  empires,  and  the 
intrepid  exploits  of  Toussaint  L'Ouverture  .  .  .  were  not  neglected 
in  the  effort  to  make  Negroes  conscious  and  proud  of  their  racial 
heritage."18  Readers  were  encouraged  to  speak  out  on  racial 
matters,  and  Garvey  himself  "delighted  in  references  to  the  great- 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  59 

ness  of  colored  civilizations  at  a  time  when  white  men  were  only 
barbarians  and  savages."19 

At  the  First  International  Convention  of  the  UNIA,  held  in 
New  York  in  August  1920,  no  fewer  than  twenty-five  countries 
were  represented.  A  mammoth  parade — led  by  the  African 
Legion,  the  Black  Cross  Nurses  and  other  organizations  of  the 
UNIA — wound  through  Harlem  and  on  to  Madison  Square  Gar- 
den, where  Garvey  set  the  tone  of  the  month-long  convention 
with  an  opening  address  to  25,000  Negroes: 

We  are  the  descendants  of  a  suffering  people;  we  are  the  descendants 
of  a  people  determined  to  suffer  no  longer.  .  .  .  We  shall  now  organize 
the  400,000,000  Negroes  of  the  world  into  a  vast  organization  to 
plant  the  banner  of  freedom  on  the  great  continent  of  Africa.  ...  If 
Europe  is  for  the  Europeans,  then  Africa  shall  be  for  the  black  peoples 
of  the  world.  We  say  it;  we  mean  it.  .  .  .20 

Later,  the  UNIA  delegates  drafted  a  "Declaration  of  the  Rights 
of  the  Negro  Peoples  of  the  World,"  which  was  adopted  on  August 
13,  1920.  The  declaration  spelled  out  the  Negro's  rights  in  terms 
of  political  and  judicial  equality,  racial  self-determination  and  an 
independent  Africa  under  a  Negro  government.  It  alleged  that 
the  League  of  Nations  (which  had  just  been  organized  in  Switzer- 
land) "seeks  to  deprive  Negroes  of  their  liberty."  The  League,  it 
said,  is  "null  and  void  as  far  as  the  Negro  is  concerned." 

The  convention  also  approved  a  flag  for  the  movement: 
"red  for  the  blood  of  the  race,  nobly  shed  in  the  past  and  dedicated 
to  the  future;  black  to  symbolize  pride  in  the  color  of  its  skin; 
and  green  for  the  promise  of  a  new  and  better  life  in  Africa."21 
An  order  of  nobility  was  created;  honorary  orders  were  estab- 
lished; salaries  were  voted  for  the  leadership;  and  Garvey  was 
elected  Provisional  President  of  the  African  Republic.  Gabriel 
Johnson,  mayor  of  Monrovia,  capital  of  the  free  African  Republic 
of  Liberia,  was  named  secretary  of  state  in  the  Provisional  Cabinet 
at  a  salary  of  $12,000  a  year.  So  impressed  was  Johnson  that,  on 
his  return  home,  he  announced  that  his  office  in  Garvey's  Pro- 
visional Government  gave  him  diplomatic  precedence  over  the 
President  of  Liberia. 

When  the  convention  ended,  the  Garvey  movement  had 
attained  world  significance.  "  'Up,  you  mighty  race,'  Garvey 


60  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

thundered,  'you  can  accomplish  what  you  will,'  and  the  Negro 
people  responded  with  an  enthusiastic  determination  born  of  cen- 
turies of  frustration  and  despair."22  They  poured  a  million  dollars 
into  the  UNIA's  Black  Star  Steamship  Line — organized  to  link 
the  black  peoples  of  the  world  in  commerce  and  trade,  and  to 
transport  America's  black  millions  back  to  their  African  "home." 
They  gloried  in  the  cooperative  possession  of  grocery  stores,  laun- 
dries, restaurants  and  hotels.  They  took  an  unconcealed  pride  in 
staffing  the  Universal  Black  Cross  Nurses,  the  Universal  African 
Motor  Corps,  the  Black  Eagle  Flying  Corps  and  other  UNIA 
auxiliaries  with  "Black  men  and  women."  An  unarmed  but 
smartly  uniformed  Universal  African  Legion  paraded  spectacu- 
larly through  the  streets  of  Harlem,  and  the  admiring  Negroes 
massed  along  the  route  whispered  knowingly  about  the  liberation 
of  Africa  by  force  of  arms.  Uncritical  Negroes  everywhere,  and 
especially  the  despairing  millions  in  the  crowded  slums  of  black 
America,  acclaimed  Garvey  as  the  true  leader  of  a  new  race. 

Garvey's  political  ambitions  were  never  made  wholly  ex- 
plicit. The  Ku  Klux  Klan  and  the  fanatical  Anglo-Saxon  Clubs  of 
that  era  assumed  that  he  intended  to  lead  all  the  Negroes  in 
America  to  Africa;  for  this  reason,  they  gave  him  their  open  sup- 
port. But  Garvey  declared,  "We  do  not  want  all  the  Negroes  [to 
settle]  in  Africa.  Some  are  no  good  here,  and  naturally  will  be 
no  good  there."23  His  real  intentions  seem  to  have  been  not  unlike 
those  of  modern  Zionism.  He  wanted  to  build  a  state,  somewhere 
in  Africa,  to  which  Negroes  would  come  from  all  over  the  world, 
bringing  with  them  a  wealth  of  technical  and  professional  skills. 
Within  a  few  years,  he  hoped,  the  new  state  would  gain  such 
prestige  and  power  that  it  would  be  recognized  as  a  symbol  of 
accomplishment  and  protection  for  Negroes  all  over  the  world. 
For  Garvey  was  convinced,  as  is  Elijah  Muhammad,  that  the 
Negro  can  hope  for  neither  peace  nor  dignity  while  he  lives  in  a 
white  society.  Like  Muhammad,  he  saw  only  one  solution:  the 
establishment  of  a  separate  nation  "so  strong  as  to  strike  fear" 
into  the  hearts  of  the  oppressor  white  race.24 

But,  unlike  the  Zionists,  Garvey  did  not  rest  his  ambitions 
here.  The  eventual  liberation  of  all  Africa  was  never  far  from 
his  thinking.  Presumably  his  black  state,  when  it  became  suffi- 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  61 

ciently  powerful,  would  begin  a  revolution  that  would  free  all 
Africa,  for  he  spoke  mysteriously  of  the  hour  of  "Africa's  Re- 
demption": "It  is  in  the  wind.  It  is  coming.  One  day,  like  a 
storm,  it  will  be  here."  He  told  a  white  audience  that  "you  will 
find  ten  years  from  now,  or  100  years  from  now,  Garvey  was  not 
an  idle  buffoon  but  was  representing  the  new  vision  of  the 
Negro.  .  .  ."  In  what  was  perhaps  a  prophetic  warning,  he  de- 
clared: "We  say  to  the  white  man  who  now  dominates  Africa  that 
it  is  to  his  interest  to  clear  out  of  Africa  now,  because  we  are 
coming  .  .  .  400,000,000  strong."  And  again,  "We  shall  not  ask 
England  or  France  or  Italy  or  Belgium,  'Why  are  you  here?'  We 
shall  only  command  them,  'Get  out  of  here.'  "25 

Garvey's  beachhead  on  the  African  continent  was  to  be 
Liberia,  the  little  country  founded  on  the  west  coast  by  American 
slaves  in  1847.  The  Liberian  government  had  promised  to  "afford 
the  association  every  facility  legally  possible  in  effectuating  in 
Liberia  its  industrial,  agricultural,  and  business  projects."  Speci- 
fied settlements  were  laid  out  by  the  Liberian  government  and 
set  aside  for  colonization,  but  Liberia's  Acting  President  Edwin 
Barclay  felt  it  necessary  to  warn  Garvey  that  "the  British  and 
French  have  enquired.  .  .  .  But  it  is  not  always  advisable  nor 
politic  to  openly  expose  our  secret  intentions.  .  .  .  We  don't  tell 
them  what  we  think;  we  only  tell  them  what  we  like  them  to  hear 
— what,  in  fact,  they  like  to  hear."26 

Garvey's  movement  was  essentially  political  and  social;  he 
did  not  rest  his  doctrines  and  program  upon  any  religious  premise. 
Yet  he  did  not  neglect  the  wellspring  of  religious  fervor — and 
discontent — in  the  Negro  community.  Then  as  now,  many  Ne- 
groes resented  the  white  man's  presumption  in  depicting  God  and 
Jesus  as  Caucasians,  in  filling  the  Christian  churches  and  Bibles 
with  pictures  of  a  white  God,  a  white  Savior  and  an  all-white 
heavenly  host.  Garvey  seized  on  this  resentment  and  carried  it  to 
a  logical  extreme.  Since  whatever  is  white  cannot  be  beneficial  to 
the  black  man,  he  pointed  out,  a  white  God  cannot  be  the  God  of 
the  Negro  people.  This  was  the  God  of  the  white  man.  The 
Negro's  God  must  be  black. 

To  promulgate  a  black  religion,  Garvey  named  as  Chaplain 
General  of  the  UNIA  a  former  Episcopal  rector,  the  Reverend 


62  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

George  Alexander  McGuire.  In  the  Episcopalian  fold,  Bishop 
McGuire  had  long  been  a  nettlesome  critic,  first  agitating  in  vain 
for  independent  status  for  the  Negro  congregations,  then  organiz- 
ing an  Independent  Episcopalian  Church.  This  group  followed 
him  into  the  Garveyite  movement  and  became  the  nucleus  of  a 
new,  UNIA-sponsored  African  Orthodox  Church.  In  his  new 
position,  McGuire  was  ordained  a  bishop  by  Archbishop  Vilatte 
of  the  Syrian  Orthodox  Church,27  thus  bringing  to  the  African 
Orthodox  Church  direct  apostolic  succession  from  one  of  the 
oldest  bodies  in  Christendom. 

Under  Garvey's  aegis,  Bishop  McGuire  set  out  to  re-order 
the  religious  thinking  of  the  vast  membership  of  the  UNIA.  He 
established  a  cathedral  and  a  seminary  (named  Endich,  after  an 
alleged  Ethiopian  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament)  for  the  train- 
ing of  a  new  order  of  black  priests.  The  liturgy,  based  on  the 
Episcopalian  ritual,  was  colorful  and  impressive.  And  the  new 
church  set  high  moral  demands,  seeking  "to  be  true  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  Christianity  without  the  shameful  hypocrisy  of  the  white 
churches."28  But  the  church  was  distinguished  primarily  by  its 
appeal  to  race  consciousness.  "Forget  the  white  gods,"  the  bishop 
demanded.  "Erase  the  white  gods  from  your  hearts."  By  1924, 
after  four  years  of  his  ministry,  the  Black  Madonna  and  Child 
had  become  a  standard  picture  in  the  homes  of  the  faithful,  and 
the  worship  of  a  Black  Christ  was  openly  advocated. 

In  August  1924,  at  the  fourth  annual  convention  of  the 
UNIA,  Bishop  McGuire  issued  a  public  appeal  to  Negroes  "to 
name  the  day  when  all  members  of  the  race  would  tear  down  and 
burn  any  pictures  of  the  white  Madonna  and  the  white  Christ 
found  in  their  homes."29  The  Negro  clergy  was  loud  in  protest, 
and  the  Negro  press  derided  the  idea  of  a  "black  Jesus."  But  the 
African  Orthodox  Church  had  long  since  spread  its  missions 
through  several  states  and  into  Canada,  Cuba  and  Haiti.  On  both 
fronts,  religious  and  political,  Garvey's  black  nationalism  was 
riding  high. 

From  the  start,  however,  Garvey  had  not  been  without  his 
troubles.  His  movement  had  been  kept  under  constant  surveillance 
by  New  York  State  Assistant  District  Attorney  Edwin  P.  Kilroe, 
whose  interest  bordered  on  harassment.  The  federal  government 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  63 

was  hardly  sympathetic  to  Garvey's  international  ambitions;  and 
abroad,  the  various  colonial  governments  viewed  him  with  out- 
right alarm.  His  newspaper — in  its  English,  French  and  Spanish 
editions — had  been  quickly  suppressed  throughout  the  colonial 
world.  In  America  the  newspaper  was  among  several  Negro 
organs  cited  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Justice  in  a  1919  report 
on  alleged  radicalism  and  sedition  among  American  Negroes.  The 
following  year  the  Lusk  Committee,  investigating  sedition  in  New 
York  State,  cited  the  Negro  World  as  one  of  the  most  radical  ele- 
ments of  the  New  Negro  press.  Both  the  committee  and  the  De- 
partment of  Justice  portrayed  Garvey  as  a  dangerous  agitator, 
inimical  to  the  interests  of  his  own  people  and  of  the  country  as 
a  whole;  but  neither  group  was  able  to  substantiate  its  charges. 

Meanwhile,  the  governments  of  Great  Britain  and  France 
became  increasingly  alarmed  over  the  implications  of  the  Garvey 
movement  and  spared  no  effort  to  keep  it  out  of  Africa — even  to 
the  extent  of  bringing  indirect  pressure  to  bear  on  the  Republic 
of  Liberia,  which  had  agreed  to  provide  for  the  settlement  of 
about  a  hundred  thousand  Garvey  followers  in  that  country.  The 
UNIA  had  been  enthusiastically  welcomed  there,  and  the  mayor 
of  Monrovia  had  accepted  a  post  as  secretary  of  state  in  Garvey's 
provisional  government.  Garvey  sent  several  missions  to  Liberia, 
one  as  late  as  June  1924,  to  prepare  for  the  settlement  of  his 
followers,  who  were  scheduled  to  begin  arriving  in  October  1924. 

In  the  summer  of  1924,  the  pressure  from  the  British  and 
French  (who  governed  the  territories  surrounding  Liberia)  took 
effect.  The  Liberian  government,  under  President  Charles  D.  B. 
King,  sent  a  diplomatic  note  to  the  United  States  announcing  that 
it  was  "irrevocably  opposed  both  in  principle  and  fact  to  the  in- 
cendiary policy  of  the  Universal  Negro  Improvement  Association, 
headed  by  Marcus  Garvey."  The  lands  promised  to  Garvey  were 
leased  instead  to  the  Firestone  Rubber  Corporation,  and  when  the 
new  Garvey  mission  arrived,  the  members  were  arrested  for  im- 
mediate deportation.  Thereupon,  the  Liberian  president  was 
lionized  by  the  British  for  his  "courage  and  statesmanship."  The 
British  press  hailed  him  for  putting  "his  foot  down  very  firmly  on 
such  misguided  movements  for  the  people  of  his  own  race,  as  that 
sponsored  ...  by  Marcus  Garvey  and  other  agitators."  The 


64  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

French  government  made  him  a  Chevalier  of  the  French  Legion 
of  Honor.30 

At  home,  Garvey  was  encountering  increasing  resistance 
within  the  Negro  community.  The  emerging  black  bourgeoisie 
and  the  Negro  intellectuals  would  have  no  part  of  him.3L  Their 
attempt  to  mold  the  public  image  of  Negroes  as  an  intelligent, 
sophisticated  people  was  undermined  by  his  constant  harangues 
and  the  spectacle  of  thousands  of  his  followers  parading  in  flam- 
boyant uniforms  through  the  streets  of  New  York  City.  At  first 
they  simply  ignored  his  movement;  but  as  its  notoriety  increased, 
it  drew  the  fire  of  most  of  the  well-known  Negro  leaders,  including 
A.  Philip  Randolph,  Chandler  Owen  and  W.  E.  B.  DuBois. 
DuBois  criticized  the  UNIA  as  "bombastic  and  impractical," 
although  he  later  admitted  that  competition  from  Garvey  had 
greatly  hampered  the  development  of  his  own  Pan-African  Con- 
gresses.32 The  NAACP  also  criticized  Garvey's  movement,  as  did 
the  National  Urban  League. 

Nor  did  Garvey  spare  his  critics.  He  characterized  such 
leaders  as  DuBois,  James  Weldon  Johnson  and  Eugene  Kinkle 
Jones  as  "weak-kneed  and  cringing  .  .  .  sycophant  to  the  white 
man."  He  warned  that  "the  'Uncle  Tom'  Negroes  must  give  way 
to  the  'New  Negro,'  who  is  seeking  his  place  in  the  sun." 33 

Thus  Garvey's  troubles  closed  down  upon  him.  His  own 
lack  of  business  acumen  had  kept  him  embroiled  in  legal  wrangles 
over  the  Black  Star  Line  and  other  commercial  ventures  of  the 
UNIA,34  Now  the  apprehensions  of  the  ruling  powers  on  three 
continents  were  joined  with  those  of  America's  conservative  Negro 
leadership  in  a  demand  that  the  dangerous  little  Jamaican  be  cut 
down  to  size.  The  Messenger  magazine,  edited  by  Chandler  Owen 
and  A.  Philip  Randolph,  led  the  Negro  intellectuals  in  a  direct 
attack.  "Garvey  must  go!"  became  the  rallying  cry  of  many  indi- 
viduals who  could  agree  on  no  other  single  issue. 

Early  in  1922,  at  the  urging  of  the  Negro  press,  Garvey  had 
been  indicted  for  using  the  mails  to  defraud  in  the  promotion  of 
stock  in  the  UNIA's  Black  Star  Steamship  Line.  But  the  govern- 
ment's case  was  weak,  and  the  federal  authorities  made  no  move 
to  prosecute.  In  January  1923,  however,  the  calm  was  shattered 
by  the  murder  of  James  W.  H.  Eason,  an  early  Garvey  admirer 


Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues  OD 

who  had  split  with  the  movement  the  previous  year  and  was  now 
rumored  to  have  offered  himself  as  a  key  prosectuion  witness  in 
the  mail-fraud  case.  There  was  no  evidence  linking  Garvey  or  the 
UNIA  to  the  crime,  which  remains  unsolved,  but  the  hostility  of 
the  responsible  Negro  leadership  was  whetted.  Less  than  a  week 
after  the  murder,  a  "Committee  of  Eight" — all  prominent  Ameri- 
can Negroes,  most  of  them  active  in  the  NAACP — sent  an  open 
letter  to  the  U.  S.  Attorney  General.  The  letter  condemned  Gar- 
veyism  as  a  philosophy  seeking  "to  arouse  ill-feeling  between  the 
races"  and  urged  that  he  "use  his  full  influence  completely  to  dis- 
band and  extirpate  the  vicious  movement,  and  that  he  vigorously 
and  speedily  push  the  government's  case  against  Marcus  Garvey 
for  using  the  mails  to  defraud."35 

Garvey  responded  with  a  bitter  denunciation  of  the  "good 
old  darkies"  who  had  treacherously  sought  to  curry  favor  with  the 
white  man  at  the  expense  of  their  "fellow  Negroes  whose  only 
crime  has  been  that  of  making  an  effort  to  improve  the  condition 
of  the  race."36  But  in  May  the  government  brought  the  case  to 
trial  and  won  a  conviction.  Garvey  was  fined  and  sentenced  to 
imprisonment  for  the  maximum  term  of  five  years.  He  remained 
at  liberty  for  seventeen  months  while  his  lawyers  vainly  appealed 
the  decision,  but  in  February  1925  he  was  taken  to  the  federal 
penitentiary  at  Atlanta,  Georgia.  In  December  1927  his  sentence 
was  commuted  by  President  Coolidge;  but  Garvey  had  never  be- 
come an  American  citizen,  and  since  he  had  been  convicted  of  a 
felony,  the  law  required  that  he  be  immediately  deported.  From 
abroad  he  labored  hard  to  keep  his  movement  in  the  United 
States  alive,  but  it  quickly  faded,  and  his  death  in  London  in 
1940  was  scarcely  mentioned  in  the  American  press. 

Garveyism  is  not  dead.  William  L.  Sherrill,  once  Garvey's 
representative  to  the  League  of  Nations,  still  maintains  UNIA 
headquarters  in  Detroit  and  serves  as  president  of  the  straggling 
movement.  The  African  Orthodox  Church  also  survives,  but  its 
membership  has  dwindled  to  less  than  seven  thousand.  Various 
nationalistic  cults  in  America,  Africa  and  Jamaica  still  celebrate 
"Garvey  Day"  each  August  1  with  appropriate  speeches  and  cere- 
mony. And  Garvey's  own  stature  continues  to  grow  as  more  and 
more  observers  concede  that,  for  all  his  faults,  he  had  a  profound 


66  Black  Nationalism:    The  Minor  Leagues 

awakening  effect  on  the  American  Negro  community.  Yet  Gar- 
veyism  lives  on  not  really  as  a  movement  but  as  a  symbol — a 
symbol  of  the  militant  Negro  nationalism  which  so  many  black 
Americans  see  as  their  only  alternative  to  eternal  frustration  and 
despair. 

Preparing  the  Way  for  Allah 

By  the  late  1920s,  then,  Noble  Drew  All  was  dead  and 
Marcus  Garvey  deported.  Their  movements,  shorn  of  their  char- 
ismatic leadership,  were  in  rapid  decline.  But  there  was  no  change 
in  the  experience  that  gave  rise  to  both  movements — the  experi- 
ence of  being  black  among  a  white  majority.  This  condition  was, 
if  anything,  more  intolerable  than  ever,  for  the  Negro  masses  had 
been  vividly  reminded  of  their  human  dignity  and  their  proud 
racial  heritage.  The  failure  of  the  Moorish  and  Garveyite  move- 
ments left  in  the  Negro  lower  class  a  constrained  silence,  a  vacuum 
of  extremist  protest  against  racial  indignities  that  were  soon  to  be 
aggravated  by  the  tensions  of  the  Depression.  Either  America  had 
to  come  quickly  to  its  senses  and  live  up  to  its  democratic  ideals, 
or  a  new  black  nationalist  movement  would  move  in  to  fill  that 
vacuum. 

It  was  just  at  this  time,  in  the  summer  of  1930,  that  Wallace 
D.  Fard  appeared  in  Detroit.  Many  of  those  who  first  came  under 
his  spell  had  been  followers  of  Garvey  or  Noble  Drew.  Fard  was 
not  alone,  of  course,  in  seeking  to  win  over  the  masses  already 
conditioned  to  black  nationalism,  especially  those  who  had  flocked 
to  the  black,  green  and  crimson  banner  of  the  UNIA.  Other 
black  nationalist  groups  were  also  active,  among  them  the  National 
Movement  for  the  Establishment  of  a  Forty-Ninth  State,  the 
National  Union  of  People  of  African  Descent,  the  Peace  Move- 
ment of  Ethiopia  and  the  United  African  Nationalist  Movement. 
But  none  of  these  groups  had  a  leader  with  Fard's  charisma  or 
his  ability  to  seize  on  the  Moorish  and  Garveyite  passions  and 
transform  them  into  a  new  force,  in  which  religious  and  political 
energies  were  fused.  Fard's  movement  was  destined  to  become 
the  vanguard  of  black  nationalism  and,  by  solving  the  problem  of 
succession  on  which  earlier  movements  had  foundered,  to  give 
that  ancient  ambition  a  fresh  permanence  and  power. 


4    The  Faith  and  the  Future 


The  Black  Muslims  have  learned  much  from  Marcus  Garvey 
and  Noble  Drew  Ali.  Like  those  earlier  prophets  of  black  nation- 
alism, they  capitalize  on  the  lower-class  Negro's  despair  and 
yearning,  and  they  have  developed  his  race  consciousness  and  his 
hatred  of  the  white  man  into  a  black  confession  of  faith.  The 
Black  Man,  they  teach,  has  a  manifest  destiny,  and  the  white  man 
is  the  personification  of  the  evil  that  separates  the  Black  Man 
from  his  freedom,  his  moral  development  and  his  God.  In  such 
a  confession,  the  Moors,  the  Garveyites  and  most  of  the  other  cults 
of  black  nationalism  are  able  to  find  satisfactory  expression.  It 
matters  little  whether  the  homeland  of  the  dispersed  Black  Nation 
is  said  to  be  Asia  or  Africa.  For  the  black  nationalist,  Afro-Asia 
is  a  single  continent,  and  the  Black  Man's  Zion  is  where  the  white 
man  is  not. 

In  elaborating  their  doctrines,  the  Black  Muslims  have 
achieved  what  seems  to  be  a  paradox:  a  rigorously  high  moral 
standard  of  personal  and  group  behavior,  laced  with  a  consuming 
and  potentially  violent  racial  and  religious  hatred.  For  the  Mus- 
lims, however,  this  is  no  paradox.  They  urge  "peace  among 
brothers"  but  point  out  that  the  white  man,  having  scorned 
brotherhood  with  non-whites,  "can  only  be  a  brother  to  himself." 
They  urge  submission  to  all  authority  except  to  the  authority  of 
the  white  man,  which,  they  assert,  is  not  legitimate  but  is  simply 
"imposed  by  force  and  maintained  by  intimidation."  The  Mus- 
lims' social  morality  is,  in  short,  an  in-group  morality.  They  find 
no  mandate,  except  that  of  temporary  expediency,  for  peace  and 
submission  between  whites  and  blacks.  And  from  this  point  of 
view,  it  is  the  religion  of  the  Negro  Christian  that  appears  as  a 
paradox,  if  not  an  outright  hypocrisy  or  madness.  For  "it  is  not 
possible,"  says  Muhammad's  chief  spokesman,  Malcolm  X,  "for 
you  to  love  a  man  whose  chief  purpose  in  life  is  to  humiliate  you 
and  still  be  what  is  considered  a  normal  human  being." 


68  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

I.  DOCTRINES  AND  MYTHOLOGY 

Mythologies — and  the  doctrines  they  support — are  found  as 
the  organizing  principles  of  all  mass  movements,  religious  and 
secular.  They  hold  the  central  position  in  the  most  venerable 
religions  and  the  most  specious  cults,  in  social  movements  as  dis- 
parate as  Fascism  and  the  Townsend  Plan,  in  cultural  attitudes 
ranging  from  white  or  black  supremacy  to  the  American  Creed. 

By  their  very  nature,  myths  are  outside  the  realm  of  the 
"true"  or  the  "untrue."  They  are  subject  neither  to  the  rules  of 
logic  nor  to  the  techniques  of  scientific  investigation.  A  "re- 
ligious" myth,  in  particular,  claims  for  itself  an  immunity  which 
is  not  granted  to  any  other  kind  of  information  upon  whose 
authority  people  commit  themselves  to  action. 

Like  every  other  mass  movement,  the  Black  Muslims  have 
developed  for  themselves  a  unique  body  of  myths  and  doctrines.1 
Much  of  this  material  is  elaborative  and  peripheral.  Several  major 
themes,  however,  are  stressed  by  the  Muslims,  both  in  their  publi- 
cations and  in  their  public  lectures. 

The  Plight  of  the  So-Called  Negroes 

Like  all  other  black  nationalists,  the  Muslims  do  not  con- 
sider themselves  "Negroes."  They  resent  and  reject  the  word  and 
its  implications:  it  is  no  more  than  "a  label  the  white  man  placed 
on  us  to  make  his  discrimination  more  convenient."  For  this 
reason,  they  rarely  use  the  word  "Negro"  without  the  qualifier 
"so-called." 

The  Muslims  prefer  to  be  called  "Black  Men."  Malcolm  X 
explains: 

If  you  call  yourself  "white,"  why  should  I  not  call  myself  "black"? 
Because  you  have  taught  me  that  I  am  a  "Negro"!  Now  then,  if  you 
ask  a  man  his  nationality  and  he  says  he  is  German,  that  means  he 
comes  from  a  nation  called  Germany.  If  he  says  his  nationality  is 
French,  that  means  he  came  from  a  nation  called  France.  The  term 
he  uses  to  identify  himself  connects  him  with  a  nation,  a  language, 
a  culture  and  a  flag.  Now  if  he  says  his  nationality  is  "Negro"  he  has 
told  you  nothing — except  possibly  that  he  is  not  good  enough  to  be 
"American."  ...  If  Frenchmen  are  of  France  and  Germans  are  of 
Germany,  where  is  "Negroland"?  Ill  tell  you:  it's  in  the  mind  of 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  69 

the  white  man!  .  .  .  You  don't  call  Minnie  Minoso  a  "Negro,"  and 
he's  blacker  than  I  am.  You  call  him  a  Cuban!  Nkrumah  is  an  Afri- 
can— a  Ghanaian — you  don't  call  him  a  "Negro."  .  .  .  No  matter  how 
light  or  dark  a  white  man  is,  he's  "white."  Same  way  with  us.  No 
matter  how  light  or  how  dark  we  are,  we  call  ourselves  "black" — 
different  shades  of  black,  and  we  don't  feel  we  have  to  make  apologies 
about  it!2 

America's  so-called  Negroes,  say  the  Muslims,  have  been 
kept  in  mental  slavery  by  the  white  man,  even  while  their  bodies 
were  free.  They  have  been  systematically  and  diabolically 
estranged  from  their  heritage  and  from  themselves.  "They  have 
been  educated  in  ignorance,"  kept  from  any  knowledge  of  their 
origin,  history,  true  names  or  religion.  Reduced  to  helplessness 
under  the  domination  of  the  whites,  they  are  now  so  lost  that 
they  even  seek  friendship  and  acceptance  from  their  mortal  ene- 
mies, rather  than  from  their  own  people.  They  are  shackled  with 
the  names  of  the  Slavemasters;  they  are  duped  by  the  Slavemas- 
ter's  religion;  they  are  divided  and  have  no  language,  flag  or 
country  of  their  own.  Yet  they  do  not  even  know  enough  to  be 
ashamed. 

The  most  unforgivable  offense  of  these  so-called  Negroes  is 
that  they  "are  guilty  of  loving  the  white  race  and  all  that  that  race 
goes  for  ...  [for]  the  white  race  [is]  their  arch  deceiver."  Mal- 
colm X  sums  up  the  result  of  centuries  of  indoctrination  by  the 
white  man: 

As  "Negro  Christians"  we  idolized  our  Christian  Slavemaster,  and 
lived  for  the  day  when  his  plurality  of  white  gods  would  allow  us  to 
mingle  and  mix  up  with  them.  We  worshipped  the  false  beauty  of  the 
Slavemaster's  leprous  looking  women.  .  .  .  We  regarded  them  with 
the  utmost  respect,  courtesy  and  kindness,  bowing,  and  tipping  our 
hats,  showing  our  teeth.  We  perfected  the  art  of  humility  and  polite- 
ness for  their  sake  .  .  .  but  at  the  same  time  we  treated  our  own 
women  as  if  they  were  mere  animals,  with  no  love,  respect  or  pro- 
tection. .  .  . 


We  were  supposed  to  be  a  part  of  the  "Christian  Church,"  yet  we 
lived  in  a  bitter  world  of  dejection  .  .  .  being  rejected  by  the  white 
"Christian  Church."  In  large  numbers  we  became  victims  of  drunken- 
ness, drug  addiction,  reefer  smoking  ...  in  a  false  and  futile  attempt 


70  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

to  "escape"  the  reality  and  horror  of  the  shameful  condition  that  the 
Slavemaster's  Christian  religion  had  placed  us  in. 

Fear  ruled  us,  but  not  fear  of  God.  We  had  fear  of  the  Slavemaster, 
we  had  no  knowledge  of  truth  and  we  were  apparently  afraid  to  let 
him  see  us  practicing  love  and  unity  towards  each  other. 

Is  it  a  wonder  that  the  world  laughed  at  us  and  held  us  [up]  to  scorn? 
We  practiced  love  of  others,  while  hating  ourselves  .  .  .  patience  with 
others  and  impatience  with  our  own  kind  .  .  .  unity  with  others  and 
disunity  with  our  own  kind.  We  called  ourselves  "Negro  Christians," 
yet  we  remained  an  ignorant,  foolish  people,  despised  and  REJECTED 
by  the  white  Christians.  We  were  fools!3 

America's  so-called  Negroes  are  the  "Lost  Nation  of  Islam 
in  North  America."  They  have  now  been  found,  and  a  Messenger 
has  been  sent  to  prepare  them  for  their  day  of  destiny,  for  "the 
judgment  of  the  world  has  arrived  and  the  gathering  together  of 
the  people  is  now  going  on."4  The  Lost  Nation  has  been  as  the 
beggar  Lazarus,  "the  one  who  was  so  charmed  over  the  wealth 
and  food  of  the  rich  man  that  he  couldn't  leave  his  gate  to  seek 
some  for  himself."5  But  Allah  has  now  found  his  people,  and 
they  must  hasten  to  rise  up  and  be  men  among  men,  lest  they 
further  disgrace  themselves  and  their  God. 

The  so-called  Negroes  must  be  willing  to  work  and  to  suffer. 
They  must  first  seek  unity  among  themselves  "...  and  then  the 
friendship  of  others  (if  there  is  any  friendship  in  others)."  But 
they  must  never  relent  in  their  striving  for  a  place  in  the  sun: 

We  must  have  for  our  peace  and  happiness  that  which  other  nations 
have.  Allah  desires  to  make  the  Black  Nation  the  equal  or  superior 
of  the  white  race.6 

If  necessary,  they  must  be  willing  to  die  for  dignity  and  justice, 
but  they  need  fear  nothing  if  they  will  believe  in  Allah  and  follow 
his  Messenger.7  They  must  never  be  aggressors,  but  "it  is  a  Divine 
Law  for  us  to  defend  ourselves  if  attacked."8  Indeed,  if  Jesus  had 
permitted  Peter  and  his  other  disciples  to  use  the  sword  on  the 
Jews,  Jesus  might  have  been  more  successful  in  his  work.  "For 
it  was  the  sword  that  put  him  to  death  and  the  Jews  remained 
unbelievers."9 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  71 

The  so-called  Negroes  are  "sacred  vessels  of  the  Temple  of 
God";  but  "America  has  poured  wine  into  those  sacred  vessels," 
corrupting  them,  and  they  will  now  "have  to  be  chastised  into  the 
knowledge  of  Allah,  the  God  of  their  Salvation."  They  have  been 
"absolutely  deaf,  dumb  and  blind — brainwashed  of  all  self-respect 
and  knowledge  of  kind  by  the  white  Slavemaster."  They  are  now 
little  more  than  "free  slaves,"  with  no  land  of  their  own,  no  justice 
in  the  white  man's  courts,  no  vote  at  the  white  man's  polls  and 
no  voice  in  the  councils  whose  edicts  they  must  accept.  Yet,  led 
by  the  Negro  clergy,  they  continue  to  love  their  oppressors,  while 
the  whites  "make  fools  and  Uncle  Toms  out  of  our  educated  pro- 
fessional class  of  people  with  a  false  show  of  social  equality."10 

"The  white  man  is  never  going  to  grant  the  Negro  equal 
opportunity,"  says  Minister  Louis  X  of  Boston,  "for  the  white 
man  knows  that  the  Black  Man  is  by  nature  a  leader.  Granted 
equality,  he  will  automatically  assume  leadership.  Since  the  white 
man  knows  this,  he  grants  symbolic  status  to  a  few  Uncle  Toms 
and  keeps  the  rest  of  us  available  for  exploitation." 

The  Negro  in  America  is  "sick,"  the  Muslims  say.  He  has 
been  poisoned  to  death's  door  by  the  spurious  teachings  of  the 
white  man.  But  the  white  man  is  sicker:  he  has  been  fatally 
drugged  by  his  own  ego.  The  white  man  will  never  recover,  for 
"he  is  just  like  a  man  on  dope.  If  he  kicks  it,  he'll  die,  and  if  he 
doesn't  kick  it,  it'll  kill  him."  The  teachings  of  Elijah  Muhammad 
are  "specifically  aimed  at  those  suffering  from  a  particular  illness 
we  all  know  about."  They  are  "designed  to  rectify  the  ills  of  the 
Black  Man  in  the  West." 

The  Muslim  leadership  particularly  condemns  the  Negro 
who,  having  gained  a  limited  acceptance  in  the  white  world,  dis- 
sociates himself  from  the  Negro  masses.  Of  such  a  man  Malcolm 
X  declares: 

No  matter  how  much  education  he  has,  everyday  things  keep  remind- 
ing him.  .  .  .  Makes  no  difference  what  he  is  or  how  great  he  is.  If 
he  is  a  physicist,  he  is  a  Negro  physicist.  If  he  is  a  baseball  player, 
he  is  a  Negro  baseball  player.  It's  the  same  if  he  is  in  Massachusetts 
or  Mississippi,  he  can't  escape  the  stigma  the  white  man  has  saddled 
him  with.  .  .  .  They  say  that  only  the  people  who  have  been  tramped 
upon  become  Muslims.  Well,  in  that  case  we  should  be  twenty  mil- 
lion strong  because  there  isn't  a  Negro  in  America  who  hasn't  been 


72  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

tramped  upon!  Some  are  just  too  busy  licking  the  boots  that  tramped 
over  them  to  realize  what  is  taking  place.11 

Negro  moderates — those  who  undertake  to  defend  whites  who 
have  shown  some  liberality  in  their  views — come  in  for  a  similar 
upbraiding: 

You  have  a  situation  where  Negroes  are  too  quick  to  jump  up  and 
shout  about  what  the  good  white  people  are  doing  for  them.  Well, 
if  Jesse  James  robbed  a  bank  and  his  sons  came  along  later  and 
scattered  a  few  coins  before  the  depositors  who  lost  everything  they 
had,  some  people  would  want  to  build  a  monument  to  the  James 
boys!  ...  So  this  Negro,  he  gets  elated.  He  thinks  he's  making 
progress  when  all  the  time  he's  catching  more  hell  than  any  black 
man  on  the  face  of  the  earth.12 

The  Negro's  plight  was  forced  upon  him  by  the  white  man, 
but  it  persists  because  the  Negro  has  been  willing  to  remain  "in  a 
land  not  his  own."  It  can  only  be  solved  by  separation.  So  long 
as  Negroes  live  among  whites,  they  will  be  subject  to  the  white 
man's  abuse  of  power — economic  and  political.  Separation  will 
provide  the  only  realistic  opportunity  for  mutual  respect  between 
the  races. 

But  the  Muslims  are  hardly  planning  to  abandon  the  country 
to  the  white  man.  They  emphasize  that  the  white  man's  home  is 
in  Europe  and  that  justice  requires  a  separate  "Black  Nation  here 
hi  America,"  built  on  "some  of  the  land  our  fathers  and  mothers 
paid  for  in  300  years  of  slavery  .  .  .  right  here  in  America." 
Marcus  Garvey  wanted  to  found  a  Black  Nation  in  Africa.  Elijah 
Muhammad  thinks  America  will  do. 


The  Coming  of  Allah 

The  so-called  Negroes  are  ignorant  and  servile,  and  the  be- 
havior they  have  copied  from  the  white  man  is  shameful.  Yet 
they  remain  sacred  to  Allah,  who  has  promised  to  rescue  them 
from  their  oppressors.  Allah's  coming  had  been  predicted  for 
six  thousand  years,  ever  since  the  white  race  began;  at  his  coming, 
the  white  race  was  to  reach  its  end.  "America,"  says  Muhammad, 
"is  the  place  where  Allah  will  make  himself  felt." 

Allah's  incarnation  was,  of  course,  the  stranger  in  Detroit, 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  73 

who  "came  from  Arabia  in  1930"  and  "used  the  name  of  Wallace 
D.  Fard,  often  signing  it  W.  D.  Fard.  In  the  third  year  (1933)  he 
signed  his  name  'W.  F.  Muhammad,'  which  stands  for  Wallace 
Fard  Muhammad.  He  came  alone."13 

Elijah  Muhammad,  the  Messenger,  proclaims  his  own  inti- 
macy with  Allah — "I  know  Allah  and  I  am  with  him" — but  he 
never  presumes  to  Allah's  supreme  status.  Allah  alone  is  the 
"Author  of  Islam,"  and  "it  is  a  perfect  insult  to  Allah"  to  worship 
anyone  other  than  him.  Allah  has  found  his  people  and  will  soon 
punish  the  white  Slavemasters  for  the  evil  they  have  done.  The 
period  of  bondage  is  ended,  and  "hell  is  kindling  up." 

Allah  is  not,  however,  a  godhead  complete  in  himself.  All 
Black  Men  represent  Allah,  or  at  least  participate  in  him,  for  all 
Black  Men  are  divine.  A  strong  Platonic  idealism  permeates  the 
Black  Muslim  concept  of  Allah:  Pure  Black  is  equivalent  to 
Absolute  Perfection.  Again  and  again  the  thesis  is  sounded  that 
Black  is  the  primogenitor  of  all  that  exists.  All  colors  are  but 
shades  of  black;  white  is  but  the  absence  of  color;  hence  the  white 
man  is  incomplete  and  imperfect.  All  things  that  are,  are  made 
by  man;  and  only  Black  Man  is  truly  wise  and  creative. 

Allah  is  a  Black  Man,  not  a  spirit  or  "spook."  He  is  the 
Supreme  Black  Man,  the  Supreme  Being  among  a  mighty  nation 
of  divine  Black  Men.  This  sharp  difference  from  the  Christian 
concept  of  God  was  made  clear  during  a  television  interview  of 
the  Muslim  leader  in  1959. 

Mr.  Lomax:  Now  if  I  have  understood  your  teachings  correctly,  you 

teach  that  all  of  the  members  of  Islam  are  God,  and  that  one  among 

you  is  supreme,  and  that  that  one  is  Allah.    Now  have  I  understood 

you  correctly? 

Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad:  That's  right. 

Mr.  Lomax:  Now,  you  have  on  the  other  hand  said  that  the  devil  is 

the  white  man — that  the  white  man  is  a  doomed  race. 

Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad:  Yes. 

Mr.  Lomax:  Am  I  correct  there,  sir? 

Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad:  Yes.14 

It  is  Allah  who  exposed  the  white  man:  "He  gave  us  infor- 
mation as  to  the  exact  birth  of  the  white  race  and  the  name  of 
their  God  who  made  them,  and  how,  and  the  end  of  their  time. 


74  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

...  He  taught  us  the  truth  of  how  we  were  made  slaves,  and  how 
we  are  kept  in  slavery  by  the  slavemaster's  children."  He  taught 
his  people  to  avoid  unclean  foods,  especially  pork;  and  he  in- 
structed them  in  science  and  astronomy,  the  civilizations  on  other 
planets  and  the  knowledge  of  self.  He  taught  them  the  history  of 
the  two  nations — the  black  and  the  white — which  dominate  the 
earth  and  "declared  the  doom  of  America  for  her  evils  to  [Black 
Men]."  That  doom  is  already  "past  due,  and  she  is  number  one 
to  be  destroyed."15 

Allah  is  not  unforgiving,  and  the  sins  the  Lost  Nation  com- 
mitted in  following  and  obeying  the  Slavemasters  are  not  held 
against  them  //  they  return  to  their  own  kind.  Allah's  greatest 
teaching  is  "Be  Yourself."  He  demands  that  "we  must  give  up  our 
slave  names  .  .  .  give  up  all  evil  doings  and  practices  and  do  only 
righteousness  or  we  shall  be  destroyed  from  the  face  of  the  earth." 
Of  those  who  submit,  Allah  will  make  a  "new  people"  who  will 
participate  in  "unlimited  progress." 

The  coming  of  Allah  signifies  the  beginning  of  justice  for  the 
Black  Man.  Allah  came  to  expose  the  "great  enemy  of  justice  and 
righteousness"  before  all  the  world.  His  very  coming  is  a  judg- 
ment upon  the  behavior  of  those  in  power.  "If  justice  had  pre- 
vailed, there  would  be  no  judgment,"  but  the  Slavemaster's  yoke 
grows  even  more  oppressive: 

With  all  of  your  blood  .  .  .  given  to  help  keep  America  for  white 
Americans,  you  return  to  meet  lawlessness  and  injustice.  You  are 
beaten,  raped,  lynched,  burned  .  .  .  and  denied  justice  by  the  gov- 
ernment [which  is]  defended  with  [your]  life's  blood.  .  .  .  White 
lynchers  and  rapers  of  our  people  are  judged  innocent.  .  .  .  You  con- 
tinue like  sheep  among  wolves  to  go  on  suffering  .  .  .  the  government 
makes  it  clear  to  you  that  it  is  no  defense  for  us  against  injustice.  .  .  . 
The  only  alternative  left  is  to  unite  as  one  on  the  side  of  Allah  .  .  . 
"Fight  with  those  who  fight  against  you,"  (Holy  Quran).  "An  eye 
for  an  eye"  (Bible),  and  fight  every  injustice  against  us  with  every 
drop  of  blood  that  is  in  us.16 

Because  of  the  injustices  of  the  Caucasians,  "Allah  has  not  come 
to  bring  about  love  and  peace  between  us  and  the  devils,  but 
rather  to  separate  .  .  .  [us]  from  our  open  enemies."17  Allah  has 
further  come  to  bring  the  "right  religion  in  the  right  state."  He 
has  made  it  known  that  Jesus  "was  only  a  prophet  and  not  the 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  75 

equal  of  Moses  and  Muhammad,  and  that  his  [Jesus']  religion 
was  Islam,  and  not  the  Christianity  of  the  Pope  of  Rome."18 


The  Original  Man 

The  Original  Man  is,  by  declaration  of  Allah  himself,  "none 
other  than  Black  Man."  Black  Man  is  the  first  and  last:  creator 
of  the  universe  and  the  primogenitor  of  all  other  races — including 
the  white  race,  for  which  Black  Man  used  "a  special  method  of 
birth  control."  White  man's  history  is  only  six  thousand  years 
long,  but  Black  Man's  is  coextensive  with  the  creation  of  the  earth. 
Original  Man  includes  all  non-white  people,  and  his  primogeniture 
is  undeniable:  "everywhere  the  white  race  has  gone  on  our  planet 
they  have  found  the  Original  Man  or  a  sign  that  he  has  been  there 
previously."19 

The  so-called  Negro  in  America  is  a  blood-descendant  of  the 
Original  Man.  "Who  is  better  knowing  of  whom  we  are  than  God 
Himself?  He  has  declared  that  we  are  descendants  of  the  Asian 
Black  Nation  and  of  the  tribe  of  Shabazz,"20  which  "came  with 
the  earth"  when  a  great  explosion  divided  the  earth  and  the  moon 
"sixty-six  trillion  years  ago."  The  tribe  of  Shabazz  was  first  to 
explore  the  planet  and  discover  the  choicest  places  in  which  to 
live,  including  the  Nile  Valley  and  the  area  which  was  to  become 
the  Holy  City  of  Mecca  in  Arabia. 

All  so-called  Negroes  are  Muslims,  whether  they  know  it  or 
not.  It  is  the  task  of  Elijah  Muhammad  and  his  followers  to  teach 
the  so-called  Negroes  that  they  are  of  the  tribe  of  Shabazz  and, 
therefore,  "Original."  Once  they  understand  this,  they  will  know 
themselves  to  be  Muslims,  heart  and  soul.  Christ  himself  was  a 
Muslim  prophet,  and  several  of  his  parables  refer  to  the  so-called 
Negroes,  especially  those  of  the  Lost  Sheep,  the  Prodigal  Son  and 
the  Raising  of  Lazarus.  The  so-called  Negroes  are  good  people 
and  religiously  inclined  by  nature.  In  fact,  "the  Black  Man  by 
nature  is  divine."21 

When  the  whole  world  knows  who  the  Original  Man  is — and 
only  then — wars  will  cease,  for  everything  depends  upon  knowing 
who  is  the  rightful  owner  of  the  earth.  Lest  there  be  any  possible 


76  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

confusion,  Muhammad  addresses  himself  specifically  to  the  ques- 
tion: 

The  Original  Man,  Allah  has  declared,  is  none  other  than  the  Black 
Man.  He  is  the  first  and  the  last,  and  maker  and  owner  of  the  uni- 
verse; from  him  come  all — brown,  yellow,  red,  and  white.  .  .  .  The 
true  knowledge  of  black  and  white  should  be  enough  to  awaken  the 
so-called  Negroes  .  .  .  [and]  put  them  on  their  feet  and  on  the  road 
to  self-independence.22 

To  know  the  identity  of  the  Original  Man  is  of  crucial  importance, 
for  the  time  of  "judgment"  is  approaching  and  "Allah  is  now 
pointing  out  to  the  nations  of  the  earth  their  rightful  places." 


The  White  Man  and  Christianity 

It  would  be  difficult,  probably  impossible,  to  separate  the 
Black  Muslim  teachings  on  Christianity  from  those  on  race.  A 
fundamental  tenet  of  the  sect  is  that  all  Black  Men  are  Muslims 
by  nature  and  that  Christianity  is  a  white  man's  religion.  Thus 
there  is  not  even  a  possibility  of  awakened  Black  Men  accepting 
Christianity.  Nor  can  the  white  man  accept  Islam  as  taught  by 
Muhammad,  for  the  white  man  is  a  devil  by  nature:  "Out  of  the 
weak  of  the  Black  Nation,  the  present  Caucasian  race  was  cre- 
ated." 

The  "originality"  of  the  Black  Nation  and  the  creation  of 
the  white  race  by  Yakub,  "a  black  scientist  in  rebellion  against 
Allah" — this  is  the  central  myth  of  the  Black  Muslim  Movement. 
It  is  the  fundamental  premise  upon  which  rests  the  whole  theory 
of  black  supremacy  and  white  degradation.  Muhammad  explains 
in  patient  detail: 

Who  are  the  white  race?  I  have  repeatedly  answered  that  question 
in  this  [column]  for  nearly  the  past  three  years.  "Why  are  they 
white-skinned?"  Answer:  Allah  (God)  said  this  is  due  to  being 
grafted  from  the  Original  Black  Nation,  as  the  Black  Man  has  two 
germs  (two  people)  in  him.  One  is  black  and  the  other  brown.  The 
brown  germ  is  weaker  than  the  black  germ.  The  brown  germ  can  be 
grafted  into  its  last  stage,  and  the  last  stage  is  white.  A  scientist  by 
the  name  of  Yakub  discovered  this  knowledge  .  .  .  6,645  years  ago, 
and  was  successful  in  doing  this  job  of  grafting  after  600  years  of  fol- 
lowing a  strict  and  rigid  birth  control  law.23 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  77 

This  experiment  in  human  hybridization  was  a  brilliant  sci- 
entific accomplishment,  but  it  had  one  unfortunate  side  effect.  It 
peopled  the  world  with  "blue-eyed  devils,"  who  were  of  compara- 
tively low  physical  and  moral  stamina — a  reflection  of  their  polar 
distance  from  the  divine  black.  Hence  white  athletes  are  notori- 
ously poor  competitors  against  black  athletes,  nor  should  one 
wonder  at  the  wholesale  atrocities  committed  by  the  "civilized" 
whites.  Only  the  white  man  could  herd  millions  of  his  fellows  into 
the  gas  chambers,  set  off  atomic  bombs  and  run  special  trains  to 
a  lynching  at  which  the  women  and  children  are  served  cokes  and 
ice  cream. 

In  grafting  out  his  creatures'  color,  Yakub  grafted  out  their 
very  humanity. 

The  human  beast — the  serpent,  the  dragon,  the  devil,  and  Satan — all 
mean  one  and  the  same;  the  people  or  race  known  as  the  white  or 
Caucasian  race,  sometimes  called  the  European  race.24 

Since  by  nature  they  were  created  liars  and  murderers,  they  are  the 
enemies  of  truth  and  righteousness,  and  the  enemies  of  those  who 
seek  the  truth.  .  .  ,25 

These  devils  were  given  six  thousand  years  to  rule.  The 
allotted  span  of  their  rule  was  ended  in  1914,  and  their  "years 
of  grace"  will  last  no  longer  than  is  necessary  for  the  chosen  of 
Allah  to  be  resurrected  from  the  mental  death  imposed  upon 
them  by  the  white  man.  This  resurrection  is  the  task  of  Muham- 
mad himself,  Messenger  of  Allah  and  Spiritual  Leader  of  the 
Lost-Found  Nation  in  the  West.  The  period  of  grace  was  seventy 
years;  forty-six  have  already  elapsed. 

During  their  reign,  the  devils  have  "deceived  the  black 
nations  of  the  earth,  trapped  and  murdered  them  by  the  hundreds 
of  thousands,  divided  and  put  black  against  black,  corrupted  and 
committed  fornication  before  your  very  eyes  with  your  women 
.  .  .  [and  then  made]  you  confess  that  you  love  them.  .  .  ,"26 

Four  hundred  years  ago,  the  white  Christians  stole  the  Black 
Muslims  away  from  their  homes  and  brought  them  to  North 
America,  where  the  whites  were  already  hi  the  process  of  system- 
atic genocide  against  the  Indian.  The  whites  enslaved  the  blacks 
and  ensured  their  bondage  by  robbing  them  of  their  names  (iden- 


78  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

tity),  language  (cultural  continuity)  and  religion  (protection  of 
their  God).  By  robbing  them  of  their  true  names,  the  whites  both 
shamed  them  and  effectively  "hid"  them  from  their  own  kind. 
By  making  the  Black  Men  accept  European  names,  the  whites 
branded  them  as  property.  By  requiring  them  to  speak  English 
rather  than  their  native  Arabic,  the  whites  cut  their  slaves  off  from 
their  cultural  heritage  and  the  knowledge  of  self  which  is  essential 
to  dignity  and  freedom.  Such  were  the  secular  bonds  of  servitude. 
But  the  Christian  religion  was  and  is  the  master  stratagem 
for  keeping  the  so-called  Negro  enslaved.  The  whites  gave  him 
the  "poisoned  book"  and  required  him  to  join  the  "slave  religion," 
which  teaches  him  to  love  his  oppressor  and  to  pray  for  them  who 
persecute  him.  It  even  teaches  him  that  it  is  God's  will  that  he  be 
the  white  man's  slave!  There  is,  of  course,  some  truth  in  the 
Bible,  but  it  is  tangled  in  the  white  men's  contradictions,  for  "from 
the  first  day  [they]  received  the  Divine  Scripture  they  started 
tampering  with  its  truth  to  make  it  to  suit  themselves.  .  .  ." 27 

The  Bible  is  the  graveyard  of  my  poor  people.  .  .  . 

.  .  .  and  here  I  quote  another  poison  addiction  of  the  slavery  teaching 
of  the  Bible:  "Love  your  enemies,  bless  them  who  curse  you;  pray  for 
those  who  spitefully  use  you;  him  that  smiteth  thee  on  one  cheek  offer 
the  other  cheek;  him  that  (robs)  taketh  away  the  cloak,  forbid  not  to 
take  (away)  thy  coat  also."  .  .  .  The  Slavemasters  couldn't  have 
found  a  better  teaching  for  their  protection.  .  .  ,28 

The  Bible  is  also  held  in  some  suspicion  because  "it  is  dedi- 
cated to  King  James  (a  white  man)  rather  than  to  God."  More- 
over, "it  makes  God  guilty  of  an  act  of  adultery  by  charging  Him 
with  being  the  father  of  Mary's  baby;  again  it  charges  Noah  and 
Lot  with  drunkenness  and  Lot  begetting  children  by  his  daughter. 
What  a  poison  book!"29  On  the  whole,  "Christianity  is  a  religion 
organized  and  backed  by  the  devils  for  the  purpose  of  making 
slaves  of  black  mankind."30  It  "has  caused  more  bloodshed  than 
any  other  combination  of  religions.  Its  sword  is  never  sheathed."31 

Islam  sent  several  prophets,  including  Moses  and  Jesus,  to 
offer  Islam  to  the  white  men  as  a  religion  of  brotherhood.  But 
the  white  man  could  not  accept  it,  for  the  white  race  is  evil  by 
nature  and  cannot  love  anyone  who  is  not  white.  "They  are 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  79 

ashamed  to  even  call  you  a  brother  or  sister  in  their  religion,  and 
their  very  nature  rebels  against  recognizing  you!"32 

They  cannot  be  trusted.  The  Caucasians  are  great  deceivers.  Their 
nature  is  against  friendship  with  black  people,  although  they  often 
fool  the  black  people  .  .  .  claiming  that  they  are  sincere  friends.  .  .  ,33 

And:  Do  not  "sweetheart"  with  white  people,  your  open  enemies, 
for  their  "sweethearting"  with  you  is  not  sincere.  .  .  ,34 

The  black  Christian  preacher  is  the  white  man's  most  effec- 
tive tool  for  keeping  the  so-called  Negroes  pacified  and  controlled, 
for  he  tells  convincing  lies  against  nature  as  well  as  against  God. 
Throughout  nature,  God  has  made  provision  for  every  creature 
to  protect  itself  against  its  enemies;  but  the  black  preacher  has 
taught  his  people  to  stand  still  and  turn  the  other  cheek.  He  urges 
them  to  fight  on  foreign  battlefields  to  save  the  white  man  from 
his  enemies;  but  once  home  again,  they  must  no  longer  be  men. 
Instead,  they  must  patiently  present  themselves  to  be  murdered 
by  those  they  have  saved. 

Even  the  Christian  God  hates  his  enemies  and  works  to 
destroy  them.  This  is  recorded  in  the  Christian  Bible,  which  all 
Christians  say  they  accept.  "But  the  black  clergy,  in  trying  to 
ingratiate  itself  with  the  whites,  will  deliver  their  people  up  whole- 
sale."35 Thus,  in  an  unholy  and  unnatural  way,  the  "Negro 
clergy  class  is  the  white  man's  right  hand  over  the  so-called 
Negroes,"36  and  the  black  preacher  is  the  greatest  hindrance  to 
their  progress  and  equality. 

The  so-called  Negro  clergy,  say  the  Muslims,  prostitute 
themselves  to  the  downtown  whites  in  return  for  "whatever  per- 
sonal recognition  they  can  get  above  their  followers.  North  or 
South  it's  the  same.  If  a  white  preacher  exchanges  pulpits  with 
a  so-called  Negro  minister  once  a  year  on  Brotherhood  Sunday, 
the  black  preacher  tells  his  people  the  millennium  is  here."  And 
as  for  their  heroics  during  the  recent  "sit-ins"  staged  by  Negro 
students  in  the  South,  the  black  preachers'  tactic  was  simply  to 
"put  the  children  out  to  expose  themselves  to  the  brutality  of  the 
uncivilized  whites,  then  .  .  .  rush  in  and  'lead'  after  the  fight  is 
over."  In  substantiation,  the  Muslims  cite  the  following  article 
which  appeared  in  a  well-known  Negro  newspaper: 


80  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

A  shameful  display  of  cowardice  and  ingratitude  was  shown  last  week 
by  certain  members  of  the  local  clergy.  .  .  .  The  members  took  credit 
for  the  desegregation  of  five  lunch  counters.  They  neglected  to  give 
credit  to  the  students,  the  persons  really  responsible.  .  .  .  Not  one  of 
the  ministers  sat-in  [in]  any  of  the  department  stores.  .  .  .  Brave  and 
persistent  activity  by  the  students  .  .  .  caused  the  five  lunch  counters 
to  be  integrated.  [But]  the  ministers,  on  top  secret  invitation  from 
the  store  managers  crept  downtown  to  "negotiate."  In  this,  they 
helped  the  store  ignore  the  students.  Now,  after  all  the  hard,  danger- 
ous work  [had]  been  done,  the  ministers  have  stolen  credit  for  the 
students'  successful  work.37 

The  reprehensible  behavior  of  the  so-called  Negro  preachers 
stems  primarily  from  their  desire  to  be  acceptable  to  the  white 
churches  and  other  religious  organizations.  Hence  the  black 
preacher  is  far  more  zealous  about  adhering  to  what  he  has  been 
told  are  Christian  principles  than  is  the  white  man.  The  white  man 
does  not  believe  in  trying  to  perfect  himself  morally,  but  he  wants 
the  Negro  to  be  "past-perfect."  As  a  result,  the  black  preacher  is 
so  busy  trying  to  gain  the  white  man's  approval  by  doing  what  the 
white  man  himself  has  never  done,  and  has  no  intention  of  doing, 
that  he  has  no  time  to  concern  himself  with  the  real  issues,  such 
as  economic  justice  and  the  freedom  to  walk  the  streets  as  a  man. 


H.     MUSLIM  MORALITY 

In  their  day-to-day  living,  the  Black  Muslims  are  governed 
by  a  stringent  code  of  private  and  social  morality.  Since  they  do 
not  look  forward  to  an  afterlife,  this  morality  is  not  related  to  any 
doctrine  of  salvation.  It  is,  quite  simply,  the  style  of  living  appro- 
priate to  a  divine  Black  Man  in  his  capacity  as  true  ruler  of  the 
planet  Earth. 

Ritual  requirements  are  inextricably  mixed  with  moral  in- 
junctions. The  Muslim  is  expected  to  pray  five  times  a  day — at 
sunrise,  noon,  mid-afternoon,  sundown  and  before  retiring — and 
a  sixth  time  if  he  rises  during  the  night.  All  prayers  are  made 
facing  east,  toward  the  Holy  City  of  Mecca.  Before  each  prayer, 
he  must  make  the  proper  ablutions:  rinsing  the  mouth,  washing 
the  hands,  feet  and  forearms,  and  so  on.  Cleanliness  of  the  body, 
"inside  and  outside,"  is  essential. 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  81 

Certain  foods,  such  as  pork  and  corn  bread,  are  forbidden 
to  the  Muslim,  for  "they  are  a  slow  death"  to  those  who  eat  them. 
Many  other  foods  common  to  the  diet  of  Negroes,  especially  in 
the  South,  are  not  to  be  eaten,  since  they  constitute  a  "slave  diet" 
and  "there  are  no  slaves  in  Islam."  Lamb,  chicken,  fish  and  beef 
are  approved,  but  all  foods  must  be  strictly  fresh.  The  hog  is 
considered  filthy — "a  poison  food,  hated  of  Allah" — and  was 
never  intended  to  be  eaten  except  by  the  white  race.38 

One  Muslim  minister  explained  why  the  eating  of  pork  is 
prohibited:  "The  hog  is  dirty,  brutal,  quarrelsome,  greedy,  ugly, 
foul,  a  scavenger  which  thrives  on  filth.  It  is  a  parasite  to  all  other 
animals.  It  will  even  kill  and  eat  its  own  young.  Do  you  agree? 
In  short,  the  hog  has  all  the  characteristics  of  a  white  man!" 
Asked  to  explain  the  analogy  implied  in  the  reference  to  the  hog 
eating  its  young,  he  replied,  "Didn't  they  father  a  million  half- 
blacks  during  slavery  and  sell  them  off  like  cattle — for  money? 
Aren't  they  still  bastardizing  the  race  today  to  keep  their  wives 
in  servants  at  subsistence  wages?  This  is  eating  your  own  young 
and  picking  your  teeth  with  the  bones!" 

Muhammad  himself  is  vociferous  in  his  dislike  of  pork  and 
those  who  eat  it: 

The  hog  is  absolutely  shameless.  Most  animals  have  a  certain  amount 
of  shyness,  but  not  the  hog  or  its  eater.  .  .  ,  The  hog  eater,  it  is  a 
fact,  will  go  nude  in  public  if  allowed.  His  temper  is  easily  aroused 
.  .  .  and  he  will  speak  the  ugliest,  vilest,  and  most  filthy  language.  .  .  ,39 

Tobacco  is  also  forbidden,  and  Muslims  are  admonished 
against  overeating — a  habit  to  which  the  so-called  Negroes  are 
alleged  to  be  particularly  susceptible.  An  overweight  Muslim  may 
be  penalized  by  a  fine,  which  continues  until  he  reduces.  In  gen- 
eral, one  meal  a  day  is  considered  sufficient,  for  such  restraint 
eliminates  physical  and  mental  sluggishness  and  leaves  more  time 
for  industry. 

Certain  temple  activities  are  considered  morally  binding  and 
lapses  can  be  swiftly  punished.  The  Muslim  is  required,  for  ex- 
ample, to  attend  two  (and  occasionally  more)  temple  meetings  a 
week.  In  extraordinary  circumstances  he  may  be  excused  if  he 
secures  permission  in  advance;  but  members  who  fail  to  attend 


82  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

without  such  permission  are  summarily  suspended.  Male  Muslims 
are  also  expected  to  "fish  for  the  dead" — that  is,  to  go  into  the 
streets  in  search  of  potential  members.  Unsuccessful  "fishermen" 
are  penalized. 

Sexual  morality  is  defined  in  ultra-puritanical  terms  and  is 
said  to  be  strictly  enforced.  Any  philanderer  is  answerable  to  the 
quasi-judicial  militia,  the  FOI.  Courtship  or  marriage  outside  the 
group  is  discouraged,  and  unremitting  pressure  is  put  on  non- 
Muslim  spouses  to  join  the  Black  Nation.  Divorce  is  frowned 
upon  but  allowed.  No  Muslim  woman  may  be  alone  in  a  room 
with  any  man  except  her  husband;  and  provocative  or  revealing 
dress,  including  cosmetics,  is  absolutely  forbidden.  Any  Muslim 
who  participates  in  an  interracial  liaison  may  incur  severe  pun- 
ishment, even  expulsion,  from  the  Movement.  Clear  lines  are 
drawn  to  indicate  the  behavior  and  social  role  appropriate  to  each 
sex;  and  Muslim  males  are  expected  to  be  constantly  alert  for  any 
show  of  interest  in  a  Muslim  woman  on  the  part  of  a  white  man, 
for  whom  sex  is  alleged  to  be  a  degrading  obsession. 

The  regeneration  of  criminals  and  other  fallen  persons  is  a 
prime  concern  of  the  Black  Muslims,  and  they  have  an  enviable 
record  of  success.  Muhammad  claims  that  his  Movement  has 
done  more  to  "clean  up  the  so-called  Negroes"  than  all  the 
churches  and  social  agencies  combined.  Malcolm  X  scarcely 
exaggerated  when  he  declared: 

It  is  a  known  fact,  and  sociologists  agree  that  when  a  man  becomes 
a  follower  of  Mr.  Muhammad,  no  matter  how  bad  his  morals  or 
habits  were  [before],  he  immediately  takes  upon  himself  a  pronounced 
change  which  everyone  admits.  He  [Muhammad]  stops  them  from 
being  dope  addicts.  He  stops  them  from  being  alcoholics,  [and  alco- 
hol] is  a  curse  on  the  so-called  Negroes.  He  has  taken  men  who  were 
thieves,  who  broke  the  law — men  who  were  in  prison — and  reformed 
them  so  that  no  more  do  they  steal,  no  more  do  they  commit  crimes 
against  the  government.  I  should  like  to  think  that  this  government 
would  thank  Mr.  Muhammad  for  doing  what  it  has  failed  to  do  toward 
rehabilitating  men  who  have  been  classed  as  hardened  criminals.  .  .  . 
The  psychologists  and  the  penologists — all  the  sociologists — admit 
that  crime  is  on  the  increase,  in  prison  and  out.  Yet  when  the  Black 
Man  who  is  a  hardened  criminal  hears  the  teachings  of  Mr.  Muham- 
mad, immediately  he  makes  an  about-face.  Where  the  warden  couldn't 
straighten  him  out  through  solitary  confinement,  as  soon  as  he  be- 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  83 

comes  a  Muslim,  he  begins  to  become  a  model  prisoner  right  in  that 
institution,  far  more  so  than  whites  or  so-called  Negroes  who  confess 
Christianity.40 

Eric  Hoffer,  however,  in  his  perceptive  study  of  mass  move- 
ments, comments  on  this  phenomenon  from  a  rather  different 
point  of  view: 


It  sometimes  seems  that  mass  movements  are  custom-made  to  fit  the 
needs  of  the  criminal  —  not  only  for  the  catharsis  of  his  soul  but  also 
for  the  exercise  of  his  inclinations  and  talents.  .  .  .  There  is  a  tender 
spot  for  the  criminal  and  an  ardent  wooing  of  him  in  all  mass  move- 
ments. ...  It  is  perhaps  true  that  the  criminal  who  embraces  a  holy 
cause  is  more  ready  to  risk  his  life  and  go  to  extremes  in  its  defense 
than  people  who  are  awed  by  the  sanctity  of  life  and  property.41 

Crime,  he  suggests,  is  a  kind  of  escape-valve  in  which  "the  under- 
ground pressure  of  malcontents  and  misfits  often  leaks  out."  The 
mass  movement  draws  this  scattered  energy  to  itself  and  harnesses 
it  for  its  own  purposes.  Whether  this  portends  an  increased  haz- 
ard for  society  as  a  result  of  the  Black  Muslims'  assiduous  reha- 
bilitation, time  alone  will  tell. 

But  the  rank-and-file  Muslim  is  expected  to  evince  general 
character  traits  that  can  only  benefit  the  society  as  a  whole.  Men 
are  expected  to  live  soberly  and  with  dignity,  to  work  hard,  to 
devote  themselves  to  their  families'  welfare  and  to  deal  honestly 
with  all  men.  They  are  expected  to  obey  all  constituted  authority 
—  even  the  usurped  and  corrupt  authority  of  the  white  man,  until 
the  Black  Nation  returns  to  power.  Women  are  especially  en- 
joined not  to  imitate  "the  silly  and  often  immoral  habits  of  the 
white  woman,"  which  can  only  wreck  their  marriages  and  their 
children.  While  equal  in  every  way  to  their  husbands,  they  are 
taught  to  obey  them.  Modesty,  thrift  and  service  are  recom- 
mended as  their  chief  concerns. 

Above  all,  self-reliance  and  a  sense  of  mutual  responsibility 
are  the  hallmarks  of  Muslim  morality.  Muhammad  urges  his 
people: 

Put  your  brains  to  thinking  for  self;  your  feet  to  walking  in  the  direc- 
tion of  self;  your  hands  to  working  for  self  and  your  children.  .  .  . 
Stop  begging  for  what  others  have  and  help  yourself  to  some  of  this 
good  earth.  .  .  .  We  must  go  for  ourselves.  .  .  .  This  calls  for  the 
unity  of  us  all  to  accomplish  it!42 


84  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

m.    THE  GOALS  OF  THE  MOVEMENT 

The  ends  toward  which  the  Muslim  organization  is  directed 
are  the  most  nebulous  points  of  its  entire  body  of  doctrine.  This 
is  the  area  in  which  the  Muslim  is  almost  certain  to  become  vague, 
mystical,  eschatological  and  evasive  under  questioning.  He  may 
give  a  misleading  impression  that  the  Movement  has  no  well- 
defined  objective  or  that  it  lacks  the  ability  to  accomplish  its  goal. 
But  the  facts  are  quite  to  the  contrary.  The  Muslim  knows  where 
he  is  going,  or  at  least  thinks  he  does,  and  what  appears  to  be 
haziness  or  naivete  is  only  shrewd  diplomacy. 

Some  uncritical  observers  have  tended  to  dismiss  the  Move- 
ment as  "confused  and  inconsistent"  or  else  as  having  "improb- 
able" or  "fantastic"  goals.  Muhammad  is  more  often  written  off  as 
an  "illiterate  crackpot"  or  a  "self-seeking  charlatan"  than  taken 
seriously  as  a  "race  leader."  His  followers  are  frequently  categor- 
ized by  their  upper-class  critics  as  "ignorant  Southern-type  Negroes 
who  don't  know  any  better,"  and  their  Movement  is  dismissed  as 
"just  another  Harlem-type  cult."  There  are  probably  elements  of 
truth  in  all  these  but  they  are  not  the  whole  truth,  and  they  do  not 
answer  any  of  the  really  important  questions.  To  ignore  the 
Movement  on  such  grounds  would  be  absurd. 

The  Black  Muslim  Movement  is  alive  and  growing — at  a 
rate  which  seriously  embarrasses  Negro  leaders  with  more  moder- 
ate programs.  It  has  a  vitality  unmatched  by  any  other  organized 
movement  with  a  large  Negro  membership.  The  pertinent  question 
is  why  this  is  so.  An  examination  of  the  goals  of  the  Movement — 
as  they  have  been  stated  or  implied  in  its  literature  and  public 
lectures,  and  as  they  may  be  inferred  from  careful  observation 
and  analysis — may  offer  some  insight  regarding  the  Muslims' 
ability  to  attract  and  hold  an  important  segment  of  the  Negro 
masses. 


The  United  Front  of  Black  Men 

There  can  be  no  doubt  whatever  that  Muhammad  wants  to 
see  "every  Black  Man  in  America  reunited  with  his  own."  This 
means,  of  course,  that  every  Negro  Christian  is  the  target  of  the 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  85 

Movement.  At  the  present  time  the  Movement  is  predominantly 
lower-class,  and  the  Muslims  are  aware  that  the  middle  and  upper 
classes  will  be  harder  to  reach,  for  these  classes  are  the  "satisfied 
Black  Men  who  think  they  have  the  least  to  gain."  Yet  Muham- 
mad declares:  "We  are  trying  to  reach  all  Black  Men,  those  in  the 
colleges  and  those  in  the  jails.  We  need  leaders  at  every  level  to 
challenge  the  lies  of  the  white  man.  We  need  scholars  to  search 
out  the  truth  independently  of  what  the  white  man  has  written."43 

The  Muslims'  present  membership  goal  is  set  at  a  million 
followers  by  the  end  of  1961,  five  million  by  1964.  Part  of  this 
growth  is  expected  to  result  from  an  intensive  recruitment  drive, 
part  from  the  increasing  disillusion  of  the  Negro  middle  and  upper 
classes.  "By  then  even  the  Uncle  Toms  will  know  that  no  matter 
who  they  put  in  the  White  House,  the  so-called  Negroes  are  right 
where  they  were  before." 

The  Muslim  ideal  is  "a  United  Front  of  Black  Men,"  who 
will  "take  the  offensive  and  carry  the  fight  for  justice  and  freedom 
to  the  enemy."  Through  such  a  United  Front,  "the  American 
Negroes  will  discover  themselves,  elevate  their  distinguished  men 
and  women  .  .  .  give  outlets  to  their  talented  youth,  and  assume 
the  contours  of  a  nation."44  Because  he  pursues  a  United  Front, 
Muhammad's  attacks  against  Negro  leadership  have  been  mainly 
retaliatory,  and  the  necessity  for  such  a  public  display  of  disunity 
is  distressing  to  him.  During  1960  special  attention  was  given  to 
removing  the  differences  which  divide  Muslim  and  Negro  leader- 
ship. In  an  address  delivered  in  Detroit  in  January  1960,  Ray- 
mond Sharrieff,  Supreme  Captain  of  the  FOI,  announced: 

Nineteen  sixty  marks  the  beginning  of  a  new  era,  an  era  in  which  our 
Leader,  the  Honorable  Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad,  plans  to  unite  every 
stratum  of  the  American  Black  Man.  .  .  .  Even  if  not  a  member  of 
our  Temple.  .  .  .  Religious,  economic  and  political  differences  are 
luxuries  we  American  Black  Men  cannot  afford.  We  must,  in  the 
Sixties,  sit  together  and  counsel.45 

Black  unity — the  "Black  Man's  one  hope  for  freedom" — is 
held  by  the  Muslims  to  be  the  white  man's  most  haunting  fear. 
And  the  white  man  can  bring  intensely  divisive  pressures  to  bear, 
because  the  American  Negroes,  "a  nation  within  a  nation,"  are 
an  "occupied  people."  The  whites  control  communications,  arms 


86  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

and  the  loyalty  of  the  so-called  Negro  leadership  as  thoroughly 
and  effectively  as  they  did  during  World  War  II.46  Operating 
through  "professional  Uncle  Toms,"  they  have  thrown  up  barriers 
to  black  unity;  and  the  divided  black  people  have  no  way  to  pro- 
tect their  rights  or  make  themselves  heard. 

The  whites  are  said  to  be  so  desperate  that  even  talk  of  black 
unity  is  labeled  seditious.  Stool  pigeons  are  planted  everywhere 
to  spy  on  their  own  people:  "The  same  Negroes  whose  fathers 
were  sold  at  auction  in  the  town  square  sell  themselves  and  their 
people  at  the  white  man's  dinner  table,"  one  Muslim  minister 
declared  with  disgust.  But  these  traitors  are  known,  and  they  will 
be  dealt  with  in  due  time. 

The  white  man  can  hire  them  one  against  the  other  for  just  a  few 
dollars  ...  or  even  a  smile.  The  Negroes  must  put  a  stop  to  the 
white  man's  stool  pigeons  among  them  ...  if  they  are  ever  to  become 
a  nation  recognized  by  the  nations  of  the  earth.47 

We  have  a  few  who  are  being  paid  to  keep  the  enemy  well  informed 
of  all  we  say.  One  day  they  will  be  out.48 

Muhammad  warns  the  Negro  community  that  "the  government 
makes  every  Negro  who  opens  his  mouth  in  favor  of  their  own 
kind  a  promoter  of  sedition,  and  labels  their  teaching  as  being 
subversive  or  un-American."  Even  "  'divine  truth'  is  un-American 
if  it  is  on  the  side  of  the  poor  Negroes."  But  the  Negro  com- 
munity should  not  be  panicked  into  avoiding  Muhammad's  teach- 
ings as  seditious,  for  this  accusation  is  only  a  white  trick  to  isolate 
the  Muslims  and  frighten  the  black  masses.  "The  government  is 
not  after  me,  they  are  after  you  to  keep  you  from  following  me."49 
Are  Muhammad's  teachings  in  fact  seditious?  No  one  can 
say,  for  his  goals — and  the  ultimate  methods  he  would  use  to  reach 
them — are  never  baldly  stated.  "You  are  about  to  become  the 
Head,"  he  tells  his  followers,  "and  this  should  be  good  news.  .  .  . 
25,000,000  people  should  not  be  satisfied  with  anything  short  of 
a  country  for  themselves.  If  you  cannot  think  like  a  Muslim,  it  is 
because  you  are  a  coward.  .  .  .  The  time  has  come  for  me  to  do 
something  for  my  beautiful  nation."50  His  goal  sounds  possibly 
like  secession,  and  his  methods  are  apparently  not  for  cowards, 
but  his  only  actual  commitment  is  a  cryptic  promise  to  "do  some- 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  87 

thing."  It  would  not  be  out  of  keeping  with  Muhammad's  philoso- 
phy for  this  promise  to  mask  seditious  intentions,  but  an  indict- 
ment could  never  be  supported  on  such  evidence. 

Muhammad  is  aware  of  this,  and  the  wily  Muslim  walks  the 
precipice  between  sedition  and  religious  license  with  consummate 
skill.  He  speaks  knowingly  of  an  impending  "Battle  of  Armaged- 
don" and  has  promised  that  Negroes  "will  soon  gain  control  of 
New  York  City — and  that  'white  rule'  in  the  United  States  will  be 
overthrown  by  1970. "61  Later  this  is  explained  to  mean  that  the 
white  nations  would  destroy  each  other  and  that  the  Black  Nation 
would  inherit  the  spoils.  Yet  the  attitude  of  such  an  explanation 
is  hardly  consistent  with  the  fervent  militancy  which  characterizes 
all  Muslim  doctrine.  A  return  to  the  Mosaic  lex  talionis  is  encour- 
aged, for  example,  as  the  only  possible  guarantor  of  meaningful 
survival;  and  Muslims  are  urged  to  "fight  like  'hell'  with  those 
who  fight  like  'hell'  against  you,  and  the  world  of  mankind  will 
respect  us  as  equals."52 

In  a  Negro  leadership  conference  held  in  New  York  City, 
Muhammad's  chief  lieutenant,  Malcolm  X,  reminded  his  con- 
freres that  they  must  surely  "recognize  that  anyone  who  can 
assemble  so  many  well-disciplined  young  Negroes  together  as 
swiftly  as  we,  should  never  be  underestimated  as  a  force  to  be 
recognized  and  reckoned  with  here  in  Harlem's  community  affairs 
and  conferences."53  The  point  could  not  have  been  lost  on  the 
assembled  leaders,  who  could  hardly  imagine  the  necessity  of 
swiftly  assembling  many  well-disciplined  young  men  for  a  con- 
ference. 

Such,  then,  is  the  Muslim  vision  of  a  United  Front  of  Black 
Men — a  phalanx  of  American  Negroes  no  longer  torn  by  dissen- 
sion but  standing  shoulder  to  shoulder,  ready  for  battle.  The 
leader  and  the  enemy  are  known,  but  everything  else  is  shrouded 
in  mystery:  the  methods  of  combat,  the  terms  of  surrender  and 
the  new  way  of  life  to  be  established  after  the  victory. 

Racial  Separation 

The  Black  Muslims  demand  absolute  separation  of  the  black 
and  the  white  races.  They  are  willing  to  approach  this  goal  by 


88  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

stages — the  economic  and  political  links,  for  example,  need  not 
be  severed  immediately — but  all  personal  relationships  between 
the  races  must  be  broken  now.  Economic  severance,  the  next 
major  step,  is  already  under  way,  and  political  severance  will  fol- 
low in  good  time.  But  only  with  complete  racial  separation  will 
the  perfect  harmony  of  the  universe  be  restored. 

Those  so-called  Negroes  who  seek  integration  with  the 
American  white  man  are,  say  the  Muslims,  unrealistic  and  stupid. 
The  white  man  is  not  suddenly  going  to  share  with  his  erstwhile 
slaves  the  advantages  and  privileges  he  has  so  long  pre-empted. 
America  became  the  richest  and  most  powerful  nation  in  the 
world  because  she  harnessed,  for  more  than  three  hundred  years, 
the  free  labor  of  millions  of  human  beings.  But  she  does  not  have 
the  decency  to  share  her  wealth  and  privileges  with  "those  who 
worked  so  long  for  nothing,  and  even  now  receive  but  a  pittance." 
The  so-called  Negroes  are  still  "free  slaves."  Millions  of  them 
are  not  allowed  to  vote,  and  few  are  permitted  to  hold  office. 
None  can  wholly  escape  the  implications  of  color.  Ralph  Bunche, 
the  most  distinguished  American  Negro  on  the  world  scene,  re- 
fused a  sub-Cabinet  post  in  the  federal  government  because  he 
could  not  live  and  move  in  the  nation's  capital  with  the  freedom 
accorded  to  the  most  illiterate  white  thug.  Even  the  recognized 
enemies  of  the  country,  so  long  as  they  are  white,  come  to  America 
and  immediately  enjoy  the  privileges  of  freedom.  To  American 
Negroes — hundreds  of  thousands  of  whom  have  fought  and  died 
for  their  nation — these  same  privileges  are  denied. 

Again,  the  Muslims  maintain  that  only  the  so-called  Negro 
leaders  want  to  integrate.  The  black  masses  have  no  love  for  the 
white  man  and  no  desire  to  be  in  his  company.  "But  for  the 
pseudo-Negro  leaders,  to  be  accepted  by  whites  and  to  be  in  their 
company  is  worth  more  than  heaven  itself."  These  Negroes  are 
forever  "begging  and  licking  the  white  man's  boots  for  [him]  to 
smile  and  pat  [them]  on  the  back." 

Finally,  the  whole  scheme  of  integration  is  only  a  stratagem 
through  which  the  white  man  hopes  to  save  himself  from  an  inevi- 
table fate.  He  has  sowed  the  wind,  and  now  he  must  reap  the 
whirlwind.  The  ascendancy  of  the  white  West  is  ended.  The 
wheel  must  turn.  When  the  white  man  was  the  undisputed  ruler 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  89 

of  the  earth,  who  spoke  of  integration?  Now  he  has  seen  his 
empires  crumble,  his  slaves  shake  off  their  bonds,  his  enemies 
multiply  all  over  the  world — "so  he  is  willing  to  throw  his  faithful 
dog  the  driest  bone  he  has,  hoping  that  dog  will  once  more  forget 
the  past  and  rush  out  to  save  his  master."  But  the  Negro  will  still 
be  the  loser,  for  the  white  man  will  only  "integrate  him"  where  it 
serves  his  own  advantage,  and  this  will  always  be  at  the  bottom. 

Muhammad  urges  the  Black  Man  to  stand  aloof.  Why  inte- 
grate with  a  dying  world? 

Today's  world  is  floating  in  corruption;  its  complete  distintegration  is 
both  imminent  and  inescapable.  Any  man  who  integrates  with  the 
world  must  share  in  its  disintegration  and  destruction.  If  the  Black 
Man  would  but  listen,  he  need  not  be  a  part  of  this  certain  doom.54 

The  Muslims  reject  the  ultimate  integration — racial  inter- 
marriage— as  sternly  as  any  Southern  white,  and  for  much  the 
same  reasons. 

Usually,  when  the  white  man  says  "integrate,"  he  has  reservations. 
He  doesn't  want  to  see  a  black  man  marry  his  woman.  We  all  agree 
on  that.  Muslims  who  follow  Mr.  Muhammad  are  absolutely  against 
intermarriage.  When  you  say  "integration,"  if  you  mean  that  every- 
one should  have  equal  opportunities  economically,  that  everyone 
should  have  the  right  to  socialize  with  whom  they  please,  that  everyone 
should  have  the  right  to  all  the  cultural  advantages  and  things  of  that 
sort,  well  and  good.  But  if  [to]  integrate  means  that  a  Black  Man 
should  run  out  and  marry  a  white  woman,  or  that  a  white  man 
should  run  out  and  get  my  woman,  then  I'm  against  it.  We're  abso- 
lutely against  intermarriage!55 

The  Muslims  are  convinced  of  their  "superior  racial  heritage"  and 
believe  that  a  further  admixture  of  white  blood  will  only  weaken 
the  Black  Nation  physically  and  morally,  as  well  as  increase  the 
loss  of  face  the  so-called  Negro  has  already  suffered  by  permitting 
the  white  man  to  bastardize  the  race.  The  white  race  will  soon 
perish,  and  then  even  a  trace  of  white  blood  will  automatically 
consign  its  possessor  to  an  inferior  status. 

Muhammad  conceives  his  mission  to  include  the  re-purifica- 
tion of  the  "Lost-Nation-in-the-West" — ideologically,  morally  and, 
above  all,  biologically.  Only  when  this  has  been  done  can  the 
black  people  of  America  assume  their  rightful  place  of  dignity  and 


90  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

leadership  among  the  triumphant  black  nations  of  the  world.  The 
United  Front  of  Black  Men,  therefore,  will  countenance  no  inter- 
racial dallying.  The  intelligent  Black  Man  must  look  beyond 
today's  personal  whimsies  to  the  building  of  the  Black  Nation  of 
tomorrow. 


Economic  Separation 

The  call  for  a  Black  Front  has  important  economic  over- 
tones, for  the  Muslims'  economic  policies  are  a  fundamental 
aspect  of  the  total  Movement.  Their  basic  premise  is  that  the 
white  man's  economic  dominance  gives  him  the  power  of  life  and 
death  over  the  blacks.  "You  can't  whip  a  man  when  he's  helping 
you,"  says  Muhammad;  and  his  oft-quoted  aphorism  is  economi- 
cally, if  not  socially  or  politically,  cogent. 

Economic  security  was  stressed  from  the  first  days  of  the 
Movement.  As  early  as  1937  it  was  observed  that: 

The  prophet  taught  them  that  they  are  descendants  of  nobles.  ...  To 
show  their  escape  from  slavery  and  their  restoration  to  their  original 
high  status,  they  feel  obliged  to  live  in  good  houses  and  wear  good 
clothes  .  .  .  and  are  ashamed  that  they  have  not  been  able  to  pur- 
chase better  commodities  or  rent  finer  homes.56 

As  we  have  seen,  the  pendulum  has  swung  back  toward  the  center. 
The  Muslims  still  prize  industriousness  and  a  sense  of  responsi- 
bility, but  they  shy  away  from  conspicuous  consumption.  They  do 
not  live  in  the  residential  sections  generally  preferred  by  the  Negro 
business  and  professional  classes,  and  they  do  not  sport  the  flashy 
automobiles  usually  associated  with  Negro  revivalistic  cults.  On 
the  contrary,  they  strongly  affirm  their  identity  with  the  working 
class.  There  is  a  strong  emphasis  on  the  equality  of  the  ministers 
and  the  "brothers,"  and  all  tend  to  live  pretty  much  alike  in  terms 
of  housing — in  the  Black  Ghetto — and  visible  goods. 

Thrift  is  encouraged;  and  while  credit  purchasing  is  not  for- 
bidden, Muslims  are  reminded  that  "debt  is  slavery."  These  coun- 
sels have  had  a  clearly  salutary  effect.  Indeed,  the  more  faithful 
a  Muslim  is  to  the  teachings  of  his  leaders,  the  better  his  economic 
condition  is  likely  to  be. 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  91 

The  ascetic  manner  of  life  of  the  Moslems  [Muslims]  also  has 
contributed  to  their  economic  improvement.  No  money  whatever 
is  spent  by  them  on  liquor,  tobacco,  or  pork.  Their  one  meal  of  the 
day  consists  almost  entirely  of  vegetables  and  fruits.  Consequently 
their  expenditure  on  food  is  significantly  smaller  than  is  that  of  other 
Negroes.  .  .  ,57 

Money  must  not  be  wasted,  and  no  Muslim  is  expected  to 
live  beyond  his  means. 

Stop  wasting  your  money!  Your  money  was  not  given  to  you,  so 
why  should  you  give  it  away  for  what  you  can  do  without?  .  .  .  We 
could  save  millions  of  dollars  [for]  education  .  .  .  land,  machines  .  .  . 
cattle  .  .  .  homes  and  factories.  .  .  .  Feed  your  own  stomachs  and 
hire  your  own  scientists  from  among  yourselves.  .  .  . 

How  can  we  begin?  Stop  spending  money  for  tobacco,  dope, 
cigarettes,  whiskey,  fine  clothes,  fine  automobiles,  expensive  rugs  and 
carpets,  idleness,  sport  and  gambling.  Stop  .  .  .  living  on  credit 
loans  .  .  .  seeking  the  highest  priced  merchandise.  ...  If  you  must 
have  a  car,  buy  the  low-priced  car.  .  .  .  We  must  make  a  better  future 
for  ourselves  and  our  children.  .  .  ,58 

Such  rigorous  self-discipline  is  not  only  a  virtue  in  itself  but 
also  a  step  toward  the  establishment  of  the  Black  Nation.  Until 
the  economic  independence  of  the  Black  Nation  can  be  assured, 
however,  some  Muslims  will  find  it  necessary  to  work  for  the 
white  man.  There  is  no  shame  in  that,  for  all  work  is  honest  and 
even  the  meanest  job  can  be  done  with  dignity. 

The  Muslims  are  urged  to  be  competent  and  honest  in  all 
their  dealings,  giving  a  full  day's  work  for  the  wages  received. 
Muslims  are  expected  to  "respect  authority,  on  the  job  and  wher- 
ever else  it  is  legitimately  exercised."  Each  working  day  is  to  be 
considered  a  learning  experience  against  the  time  when  the  Black 
Nation  will  operate  its  own  factories,  farms  and  other  enterprises. 
But  this  policy  pays  immediate  dividends  as  well: 

The  members  of  the  cult  claim  they  have  secured  work  more  easily 
than  have  other  Negroes.  To  some  extent  their  claim  seems  to  be 
justified.  .  .  .  Through  the  Nation  of  Islam  they  have  gained  a  new 
status  and  a  new  confidence  in  themselves.  When  they  meet  Cau- 
casians, they  rejoice  in  the  knowledge  that  they  themselves  are  su- 


92  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

periors  meeting  members  of  an  inferior  race.  Employment  managers 
tend  to  accept  more  readily  persons  whose  appearance  gives  evidence 
of  clean  living  and  self-reliance,  than  those  who  show  the  marks  of 
debauchery,  defeat  and  despair.59 

As  an  ideal,  the  Muslims  advocate  a  complete  economic 
withdrawal  from  the  white  community.  Their  transitional  goals 
seem  to  hinge  on  the  establishment  of  black  businesses  and  indus- 
tries which  will  reduce  interracial  contact  to  a  minimum,  provide 
jobs  and  capital  for  black  workers  and  entrepreneurs,  and  offer 
the  sense  of  group  security  proper  to  an  "independent"  people. 
To  accomplish  this  end,  Muhammad  has  drawn  up  an  "Economic 
Blueprint"  which  is  published  occasionally  in  some  elements  of 
the  Negro  press  and  which  is  the  basic  text  for  Muslim  lectures 
on  the  economic  plight  of  the  so-called  Negro.  The  Blueprint 
opens  with  a  description  of  the  Black  Man  in  white,  Christian 
America  as  a  Lazarus  under  the  table  of  the  rich,  "begging  for 
crumbs"  and  "entangled  in  want  in  the  midst  of  plenty."  Lazarus 
is  asleep — "but  I  go,"  says  Muhammad,  "that  I  may  wake  him." 

The  key  to  the  Black  Man's  economic  security  consists  of 
five  simple  propositions: 

1.  Know  thyself  and  be  yourself.    Islam  makes  a  true  Brother  to 
[every  other]  Brother.  .  .  .  Acknowledge  and  recognize  that  you 
are  a  member  of  the  Creator's  [i.e.,  the  Black]  Nation,  and  act 
accordingly.   .   .   .  Recognize  the  necessity  for  unity.   .   .   .  This 
requires  action  and  deeds,  not  words  and  lip  service. 

2.  Pool  your  resources,  physically  as  well  as  financially. 

3.  Stop   wanton   criticism   of   everything   that   is   black-owned   and 
black-operated. 

4.  Keep  in  mind — Jealousy  Destroys  From  Within. 

5.  Observe  the  operations  of  the  white  man.    He  is  successful.    He 
makes  no  excuses  for  his  failures.    He  works  hard — in  a  col- 
lective manner.   You  do  the  same.60 

Muslims  are  urged  to  pool  their  resources  and  techniques  in  mer- 
chandising, manufacturing,  building,  maintenance — any  field  in 
which  unity  and  harmony  will  contribute  to  efficiency  and  effec- 
tiveness. Those  who  lack  skills  or  education  are  urged  to  ask  help 
from  their  brothers  with  more  training  or  experience. 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  93 

Above  all,  Muslims  are  encouraged  to  "buy  black"  whenever 
possible.  "The  white  man  spends  his  money  with  his  own  kind, 
which  is  natural.  You  too,  must  do  this.  Help  to  make  jobs  for 
your  own  kind.  Take  a  lesson  from  the  Chinese  and  Japanese 
.  .  .  and  go  all  out  to  support  your  own  kind."  .Business  and 
professional  men  must  not  exploit  their  black  customers  or  clients; 
but  the  black  consumer  must  not  hesitate  to  spend  the  few  extra 
pennies  the  black  businessman  may  have  to  charge  in  order  to 
meet  the  competition  of  the  advantaged  whites. 

The  Muslims  themselves  maintain  numerous  small  businesses 
and  other  enterprises.  In  Chicago  they  operate  department  stores, 
groceries,  bakeries,  restaurants  and  various  kinds  of  service  estab- 
lishments. They  own  large  farms  in  Michigan  and  near  Atlanta, 
Georgia;  and  in  practically  every  city  with  a  temple,  they  have 
restaurants,  barber  shops,  clothing  stores  and  occasionally  other 
businesses.  All  are  run  with  efficiency  and  aplomb. 

True  Muslims  are  reminded  that  if  one  has  a  bowl  of  soup, 
all  have  soup.  "Everywhere,  the  Negro  is  exploited  by  the  white 
man;  now,  the  Black  Man  must  learn  to  protect  his  own,  using  the 
white  man's  techniques."  By  way  of  demonstration,  Muhammad 
recently  bought  a  large  modern  apartment  building  in  Chicago, 
evicted  the  white  tenants,  moved  in  house-hungry  Negroes  from 
the  South  Side  ghetto  and  lowered  the  rents. 

Muhammad  believes  that  much  of  the  American  Negro's 
"sickness"  is  economic.  In  February  1960,  as  a  gesture  toward 
strengthening  this  Lost  Nation,  he  gave  free  exhibition  space  to 
Negro  businesses  at  his  Annual  Convention,  held  at  the  giant 
Coliseum  in  Chicago.  The  three-day  convention  attracted  some 
fifteen  thousand  delegates  and  visitors,  and  the  exhibition  was 
designed  to  "provide  the  opportunity  for  Negro  businessmen  to 
promote  their  businesses  in  line  with  Mr.  Muhammad's  program 
of  Economic  Security  for  the  American  Negro."  There  were 
Asian  and  African  exhibits  as  well,  but  the  emphasis  was  on  the 
American  Negro's  potential  for  economic  independence.  The 
exhibition  also  represented  an  open  bid  by  the  Muslims  for  an 
increasing  share  of  leadership  among  Negroes — a  display  of  the 
Muslim  potential  for  inducing  the  kind  of  race-consciousness  to 
which  Negro  business  must  ordinarily  look  for  survival. 


94  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

Some  Good  Earth 

It  would  be  hazardous  to  assume  that  the  Black  Muslim 
Movement  is  all  religion  and  economics.  That  these  are  funda- 
mental aspects  of  the  Movement  is  not  open  to  serious  doubt. 
But  what  does  Muhammad  envisage  beyond  a  well-fed  Black 
Nation  under  the  sign  of  the  Star  and  Crescent? 

When  Marcus  Garvey  began  to  speak  too  plainly  about  the 
political  aspirations  of  the  Universal  Negro  Improvement  Asso- 
ciation, his  movement  was  labeled  "seditious."  Elijah  Muham- 
mad, who  is  not  only  a  student  of  Garvey  but  was  himself  ar- 
rested and  charged  with  sedition  very  early  in  his  Muslim  career, 
has  learned  the  hazards  of  plain  talk  in  the  area  of  politics.  It  is 
doubtful  whether  any  except  the  top  leadership  know  exactly  what 
the  Movement's  political  aspirations  are,  or  why.  The  character- 
istic mood  of  the  Muslim  laity  is  simply  a  blind  faith — a  complete 
confidence  in  Elijah  Muhammad,  who  "has  a  plan  for  all  of  us" 
and  is  considered  well-nigh  infallible.  The  Muslim  brotherhood 
have  a  sense  of  manifest  destiny,  an  awareness  of  some  kind  of 
impending  social  cataclysm  in  which  they  will  figure  prominently. 
They  are  not  certain  what  this  cataclysm  will  be  or  when  it  will 
take  place,  but  they  are  unshakably  convinced  that  Messenger 
Muhammad  knows.  And  they  are  prepared  to  lay  down  their 
lives  at  a  signal  from  their  leader,  if  dying  will  forward  the  goal 
he  has  in  mind. 

Doubtless  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  could  relax 
its  constant  vigilance  if  Muhammad  were  more  explicit  about  this 
goal.  Malcolm  X  alleges  that  no  fewer  than  fifteen  FBI  agents 
are  regularly  assigned  to  cover  his  New  York  temple  alone,  and 
Muhammad  complains  that  the  FBI  could  readily  catch  "all  the 
lynchers  and  school-bombers  in  the  South"  with  a  fraction  of  the 
agents  assigned  to  cover  his  personal  movements.  Responsible 
Negro  leadership  and  the  concerned  white  community  would 
similarly  be  obliged  if  Muhammad's  political  goals  were  known. 
But  the  Muslims  have  shown  little  inclination  to  announce  their 
ultimate  intentions.  They  revel  in  the  guessing  game  in  which 
they  are  "it."  Malcolm  X  often  twits  his  questioners:  "Those  who 
say  don't  know,  and  those  who  know  aren't  saying." 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  95 

At  best,  Muslim  statements  about  their  political  goals  are 
couched  in  mystical  and  eschatological  innuendo  or  else  in  cryptic 
allusions  to  "a  separate  nation  for  ourselves,  right  here  in 
America"  or  to  "some  good  earth,  right  here  in  America,  where 
we  can  go  off  to  ourselves."  Muhammad  announced  to  some 
ten  thousand  listeners  in  Washington,  D.  C.: 

You  can't  blame  the  government  for  not  giving  you  anything  when 
you  are  not  asking  for  anything.  ...  It  is  certainly  evident  by  now 
that  you  were  never  intended  to  be  a  full  citizen.  .  .  .  Your  role  was 
that  of  a  slave  and  today,  even  .  .  .  that  intent  underlies  your  role 
in  the  body  politic. 

Our  oppressors  are  determined  to  keep  our  eyes  in  the  sky  while 
they  control  the  land  under  our  feet,  .  .  .  smite  our  cheeks  and  rob 
our  pockets. 

To  integrate  with  evil  is  to  be  destroyed  with  evil.  What  we  want — 
indeed,  justice  for  us  is  to  be  set  apart.  We  want,  and  must  insist  upon 
an  area  in  this  land  that  we  can  call  our  own,  somewhere  [where] 
we  can  hold  our  heads  [up]  with  pride  and  dignity  without  the  con- 
tinued harassments  and  indignities  of  our  oppressors. 

...  let  us  carry  in  our  hearts  the  doctrine  of  separation  from  our 
oppressors;  let  us  demand  a  home  we  can  call  our  own,  support  for 
ourselves  until  we  are  able  to  become  self-sufficient.61 

Usually  the  quantity  of  land  mentioned  is  "two  or  three 
states,"  but  the  figure  has  sometimes  been  raised.  In  an  address 
at  the  Muslim  Convention  of  1960,  Muhammad  suggested: 

The  best  thing  the  white  man  can  do  is  give  us  justice  and  stop  giving 
us  hell.  I'm  asking  for  justice.  If  they  won't  give  us  justice,  then 
let  us  separate  ourselves  from  them  and  live  in  four  or  five  states  in 
America,  or  leave  the  country  altogether.62 

Malcolm  X  thinks  "nine  or  ten  states  would  be  enough."  The 
Muslims  have  never  indicated  what  states  would  be  acceptable  to 
them  or  just  how  they  propose  to  acquire  them,  but  the  South- 
west has  featured  prominently  in  speculation. 

The  Muslims  often  mention  the  alternative  of  leaving  the 
country.  In  his  column  in  the  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  for 


96  The  Faith  and  the  Future 

example,  Muhammad  said:  "All  we  are  asking  for  is  a  separate 
state  or  territory.  ...  It  doesn't  have  to  be  in  America."63  But 
this  alternative  is  never  emphasized,  and  Muhammad  repeatedly 
calls  attention  to  the  Black  Nation's  inherent  right  to  land  in 
America.  This  claim  is  grounded  on  two  propositions:  (1)  the 
white  man  stole  the  country  from  the  Indians,  who  are  non-white 
peoples  and  brothers  to  the  so-called  Negroes,  and  (2)  the 
Negroes  worked  for  three  hundred  years  as  absolute  slaves  and  an 
additional  one  hundred  years  as  "free  slaves,"  thereby  earning  a 
share  in  the  country.  Yet  what  share  have  they  received? 

We  are  kicked  around  .   .   .  until  they  say:   "Move  out 

n r,"  even  though  they  killed  our  people,  the  Indians,  in  order 

to  possess  the  country  for  themselves.64 

We  have  not  been  given  anything  but  hell  in  return  for  400 
years  of  hard  labor,  sweat  and  blood,  without  justice.  We  are  not 
wanted  in  their  society  and  are  hunted  like  rabbits  all  over  the 
country.  .  .  . 

After  100  years  of  so-called  freedom  .  .  .  the  slavemasters 
have  not  offered  you  [a  home]  even  in  the  worst  part  of  this  coun- 
try, though  our  labor  and  our  poor  fathers'  labor  before  us  helped 
make  America  what  it  is.65 

Malcolm  X,  speaking  to  a  group  of  white  listeners,  has  set 
forth  a  dramatic  demand — not  only  for  territory  but  also  for  a 
subsidy  from  the  United  States  government.  Millions  of  black 
men,  he  reminded  his  audience,  "worked  300  years  without  a  pay 
day.  We  feel  that  we've  got  something  due  us,  and  I  don't  mean 
this  phony  integration  stuff."  The  United  States,  he  declared, 
must  "compensate  us  for  the  labor  stolen  from  us."  And  he  ex- 
plained how: 

The  United  States  can  subsidize  Israel  to  start  a  state — Israel  hasn't 
fought  for  this  country.  The  United  States  can  subsidize  India  and 
Latin  America — and  they  tell  the  Americans  to  "go  home!"  We  even 
subsidize  Poland  and  Yugoslavia  and  those  are  Communist  countries! 

Why  can't  the  Black  Man  in  America  have  a  piece  of  land  with 
technical  help  and  money  to  get  his  own  nation  established?  What's 
so  fantastic  about  that?  We  fought,  died  and  helped  to  build  this 


The  Faith  and  the  Future  97 

country,  and  since  we  can't  be  citizens  here,  then  help  us  to  build  a 
nation  of  our  own.  We  don't  have  to  go  to  Africa.  We  can  do  it 
right  here.66 

There  are  indications  that  Muhammad  does  not  really  con- 
sider the  physical  separation  of  the  races  in  this  country  a  viable 
issue.  He  has  offered  no  concrete  proposal  for  effecting  such  a 
separation  or  for  a  partition  of  the  country.  The  Muslims'  real- 
estate  holdings  are  scattered  across  the  country,  from  Boston  to 
Los  Angeles,  and  they  are  preparing  to  spend  at  least  $20  million 
to  erect  an  Islamic  Center  in  Chicago. 

These  facts,  however,  are  capable  of  another  and  more  sin- 
ister interpretation.  The  Muslims  are  convinced  that  "the  white 
race  .  .  .  will  never  agree  to  divide  America  with  us,  though  our 
blood  is  spilled  on  this  soil  and  on  foreign  soil  for  the  freedom  of 
white  Americans  and  their  European  friends."67  But  the  white 
man's  rule  is  at  an  end,  and  a  "Superior  Power"  will  now  "create 
a  'New  World,'  a  New  People,  a  New  Order,  and  a  New  Govern- 
ment."68 What  measures  will  this  New  Government  take?  If  the 
Muslims  will  not  leave  America,  and  if  the  white  man  will  not 
share  the  land  with  them,  one  drastic  alternative  remains: 

The  wicked  must  be  punished  for  their  wickedness  poured  out  upon 
us.  ...  This  country  is  large  enough  to  separate  the  two  (black  and 
white),  and  they  both  [could]  live  here,  but  that  would  not  be  suc- 
cessful. The  best  solution  is  for  everyone  to  go  to  his  own  coun- 
try. .  .  .  The  native  home  of  the  white  race  is  in  Europe.69 


5    Reaching  for  the  Masses 


Unlike  Athena,  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  did  not  spring 
full-blown  into  maturity.  It  evolved  over  a  generation  and  only 
gradually  became  a  well-known  symbol  of  protest — at  least  in  the 
black  ghettos  of  America's  principal  industrial  cities.  How  shall 
we  account  for  its  growth  and  its  attractiveness  to  the  Negro 
masses  as  a  social  movement,  quite  apart  from  its  identity  as  a 
religion? 

Organizations  such  as  the  NAACP  and  the  National  Urban 
League,  for  all  their  virtues,  have  not  caught  the  imagination  and 
adherence  of  the  Negro  masses.  Their  memberships  tend  to  com- 
prise middle-  and  upper-class  Negroes  and  whites,  in  each  case 
the  least  disprivileged  of  their  race.  It  is  true  that  the  lower-class 
Negro  stands  to  benefit  most  from  their  services,  for  he  is  most 
deprived  of  the  values  they  attempt  to  make  available.  But  their 
philosophies  are  not  directed  toward  him,  and  he  has  not  taken 
them  to  his  heart. 

The  Black  Muslims,  by  contrast,  are  undeniably  a  mass 
movement.  From  their  present  base  of  more  than  100,000  mem- 
bers, they  are  reaching  for  the  support  of  the  entire  Negro  lower 
class — and,  ultimately,  of  all  other  black  Americans.  This  ambi- 
tion is  of  crucial  importance,  for  it  controls  every  public  state- 
ment and  activity  of  the  Muslims,  every  gesture  by  which  their 
myths  and  doctrines  are  expressed  in  action. 

I.     THE  NATURE  OF  A  MASS  MOVEMENT 

The  Importance  of  Mass  Membership 

A  mass  movement  usually  begins  with  the  degeneration  of 
some  familiar  corporate  structure — a  church,  in  the  sense  of  a 
religious  denomination,  or  a  major  social  or  political  unity — 
which  has  formerly  maintained  the  social  equilibrium.  So  long  as 

98 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  99 

this  dominating  structure  is  strong  and  vigorous  in  its  social  con- 
cern, mass  movements  do  not  develop.  There  is  no  need  of  them. 
But  as  these  corporate  ties  dissolve — as  the  masses  are  dislocated 
from  their  "hereditary  milieu" — many  individuals  become  highly 
receptive  to  the  new  corporate  unity  implicit  in  a  mass  movement.1 

Such  people  are  the  strength  of  a  mass  movement.  Neither 
money  nor  prestige  nor  heritage  approaches  in  importance  the 
physical  fact  of  a  participating  membership.  The  effectiveness  of 
what  a  mass  leader  has  to  say  depends  upon  how  many  people 
believe  him  and  trust  him  for  deliverance.  Those  who  do  believe 
him  will  be  in  the  movement,  and  they  are  the  most  impressive 
arguments  for  the  potential  converts. 

The  principal  rewards  of  a  mass  movement  are  always  in 
the  future,  and  the  future  takes  on  security  in  terms  of  the  number 
of  persons  who  are  willing  to  identify  themselves  with  it.  The 
few  are  induced  to  follow  the  many,  not  because  the  collective 
mind  of  the  many  is  presumed  to  be  wiser,  but  because  there  is  a 
certain  loneliness  in  social  isolation  that  is  somewhat  relieved  by 
identification  with  a  cause.  Fifty  million  Frenchmen  may  very 
well  be  wrong,  but  they  make  reassuring  company.  Moreover,  for 
the  oppressed,  the  remotest  hope  is  more  acceptable  than  the 
present  reality,  and  the  strength  of  hope  is  intensified  geometrically 
as  those  who  share  the  hope  increase  in  number. 

A  mass  movement,  therefore,  does  not  begin  with  logic  or 
a  program,  or  even  a  defined  goal.  It  begins  with  people  who 
participate  in  a  common  hope  for  a  better  tomorrow.  The  task  of 
the  leader  of  a  mass  movement  is  to  make  that  hope  inclusive  and 
vivid  for  all  who  find  their  present  circumstances  painful  or  un- 
acceptable. 

The  True  Believer2 

It  is  a  popular  misconception  that  mass  movements  are 
formed  by  the  most  destitute  elements  of  the  society.  This  is 
almost  never  true.  The  destitute  do  not  revolt.  The  mass  move- 
ment may  become  a  symbol  of  hope  which  draws  the  destitute  to 
membership,  but  the  movement  draws  its  initial  followers  from 
the  ranks  of  the  merely  discontented,  those  who  have  not  yet  lost 


100  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

all  hope  for  better  things.  They  see  in  the  leader  and  his  doctrine 
a  chance  to  fulfill  the  desires  and  longings  they  have  not  quite 
relinquished,  even  in  the  face  of  the  most  discouraging  adversity. 
In  short,  it  is  not  present  suffering  but  future  expectation  that 
impels  the  dissatisfied  and  the  deprived  to  unite  in  protest. 

The  fanatical  members  of  a  mass  movement,  the  "true  be- 
lievers," may  vary  greatly  among  themselves,  but  they  have  certain 
unmistakable  traits  in  common.  Their  most  pronounced  charac- 
teristic is  a  desire  for  a  personal  rebirth — an  escape  to  a  new 
identity,  in  which  they  will  be  freed  of  their  present  restrictions 
and  oppressions.  A  mass  movement  promises  them  a  new  "face." 
The  old,  unappreciated  self  is  abandoned;  in  its  place  is  a  new 
self,  neatly  designed  to  inspire  pride,  confidence  and  hope. 

Except  for  the  opportunist  and  the  adventurer,  the  mass 
movement  offers  no  appeal  to  the  individual  interested  in  personal 
advancement  on  his  own  merit.  Those  who  have  learned  to  accept 
themselves  or  who  have  gained  approval  and  acceptance  in  the 
society  at  large  are  not  moved  to  exchange  their  individuality  for 
a  corporate  identity.  They  do  not  wish  to  be  lost  in  the  mass. 
Only  those  who  have  lost  all  hope  of  gaining  acceptance  for  them- 
selves as  they  are — but  who  still  hunger  for  acceptance — will  seek 
to  compel  that  acceptance  by  adopting  a  powerful  corporate 
identity.  The  true  believer,  despised  or  ignored  as  John  Smith, 
will  be  respected  as,  say,  a  Black  Muslim;  and  he  will  count  the 
submergence  of  his  individual  personality  a  trivial  price  to  pay. 

The  true  believer  is  ordinarily  a  misfit  in  the  society  he  re- 
jects. He  may  be  a  temporary  misfit  who  has  not  yet  found  his 
niche — perhaps  a  returned  veteran,  an  unemployed  college  gradu- 
ate, a  juvenile  or  a  recent  immigrant.  Such  people  tend  to  exhibit 
a  nervous  restlessness  and  dissatisfaction.  They  envy  the  appar- 
ently unhampered  progress  of  other  men,  and  they  are  haunted 
by  a  fear  that  their  best  years  will  be  wasted  before  they  can 
realize  their  personal  goals.  These  temporary  misfits  are  receptive 
to  the  promises  of  the  mass  movement,  but  they  are  not  totally 
committed  to  its  doctrines,  for  they  have  not  completely  repudi- 
ated themselves.  Any  change  in  their  personal  fortunes  will 
reconcile  them  to  the  larger  society. 

The  permanent  misfit's  allegiance  is  without  reservation,  for 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  101 

he  can  find  salvation  only  in  escape  from  his  repudiated  self. 
Such  a  man  may  be  an  artist,  composer,  preacher,  scientist  or 
writer  who  has  failed  decisively  to  achieve  a  meaningful  success. 
He  may  be  an  ex-criminal  or  a  guilt-ridden  individual  striving  to 
lose  his  past  vileness  by  participating  in  a  holy  crusade.  Perhaps 
the  most  tragic  of  the  permanent  misfits  is  the  corporate  minority, 
bent  on  assimilation  but  blocked  by  visibility — that  "irreparable 
defect  in  body"  which  precludes  acceptance.  In  such  a  minority: 

.  .  .  the  individual  stands  alone,  pitted  against  prejudice  and  dis- 
crimination. He  is  also  burdened  with  the  sense  of  guilt,  however 
vague,  of  a  renegade.  .  .  .  Within  a  minority  bent  on  assimilation, 
the  least  and  most  successful  (economically  and  culturally)  are 
likely  to  be  more  frustrated  than  those  in  between.  The  man  who 
fails  sees  himself  as  an  outsider;  and,  in  the  case  of  a  member  of  a 
minority  group  who  wants  to  blend  with  the  majority,  failure  inten- 
sifies the  feeling  of  not  belonging.  .  .  .  Thus  it  is  to  be  expected  that 
the  least  and  most  successful  of  a  minority  bent  on  assimilation  should 
be  the  most  responsive  to  the  appeal  of  a  proselytizing  mass  move- 
ment. .  .  .  The  least  and  most  successful  among  the  Negroes  are  the 
most  race  conscious.3 

The  true  believer  has  no  purpose  and  no  goal  except  in 
relation  to  the  movement  with  which  he  has  identified  himself, 
His  acceptance  and  assimilation  into  the  group  is  so  complete 
that  his  personal  identity  is  the  corporate  image.  His  confidence 
is  the  confidence  born  of  the  strength  and  unity  of  the  movement, 
which  can  perform  miracles  of  accomplishment  beyond  the  reach 
of  any  individual.  Most  important,  he  is  no  longer  alone.  He  is 
now  accepted  and  wanted,  rather  than  rejected  and  despised.  And 
as  long  as  the  movement  lives,  the  true  believer  cannot  really  die, 
for  his  life  is  in  the  corporate  identity.  To  be  expelled  from  it, 
or  to  have  it  destroyed  by  an  external  force,  would  be  a  death 
almost  as  real  as  physical  death  itself. 

Leadership  in  the  Mass  Movement 

The  leader  of  a  mass  movement,  like  his  true  believers,  is  a 
product  of  the  circumstances  which  make  the  movement  possible. 
Ordinarily  he  is  neither  elected  nor  appointed,  though  he  may  have 
already  held  a  post  at  some  level  within  the  movement.  More 


102  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

often  than  not,  the  leader  is  simply  "acclaimed"  or  "recognized," 
with  formal  investiture  coming  later  if  at  all. 

It  has  been  said  that  the  successful  leader  is  a  man  who 
determines  where  his  followers  want  to  go  and  leads  them  there. 
Such  a  description  applies  a  fortiori  to  the  leader  of  a  mass  move- 
ment. Whatever  his  morals  or  his  motives,  he  must  have  an 
almost  uncanny  sensitivity — an  ability  to  empathize  with  and  re- 
flect the  unspoken  (and  often  unrecognized)  yearnings  of  the 
people  he  undertakes  to  lead.  He  must,  in  his  own  behavior, 
reassure  them  by  displaying  a  complete  absence  of  fear  and  a 
constant  concern  for  their  welfare.  He  must  demonstrate  an 
unshakable  conviction  in  the  ultimate  success  of  his  cause,  in 
which  he  alone  is  aware  of  some  unique  and  essential  truth. 

The  leader's  most  important  asset  is  his  ability  to  surround 
himself  with  a  small  coterie  of  worshipers  who  draw  their  inspira- 
tion from  him,  are  categorically  willing  to  accept  his  will  as  their 
own  and  are  themselves  capable  leaders  and  organizers.  No  other 
single  factor  will  more  clearly  determine  his  failure  or  success. 
But  the  leader  can  never  rely  wholly  on  his  lieutenants;  he  must 
be  indomitable  himself.  He  must  have  "a  joy  in  defiance  .  .  . 
faith  in  his  destiny  and  luck;  a  capacity  for  passionate  hatred; 
contempt  for  the  present  .  .  .  [and]  a  disregard  of  consistency  and 
fairness."4  He  must  also  be  able  to  estimate  and  manipulate  the 
human  craving  for  the  sense  of  security  inherent  in  a  communion 
of  cause  and  kind.  Assemblages,  parades,  rituals,  ceremonies, 
uniforms — all  the  badges  of  belonging — are  part  of  his  repertoire 
of  leadership  and  control. 

Originality  is  not  important:  the  leader  of  a  mass  movement 
appropriates  from  every  source  whatever  ideas  or  techniques  he 
finds  useful  and  presents  them  as  originating  with  his  own  people. 
Nor  must  he  be  a  thinker  in  his  own  right.  Many  times  in  history, 
the  leaders  of  mass  movements  have  been  brilliant  men,  but  their 
appeal  was  not  rooted  in  the  quality  of  their  ideas.  "What  counts 
is  the  arrogant  gesture,  the  complete  disregard  of  the  opinion  of 
others,  the  singlehanded  defiance  of  the  world."5 

The  mass  movement  tends  to  be  associated  with  the  person 
of  the  leader  as  though  it  were  his  creation.  In  reality,  the  leader 
does  not  create  the  movement;  he  capitalizes  upon  conditions 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  103 

which  are  the  product  of  social  interactions  too  diverse  and  too 
momentous  to  be  the  work  of  one  man.  In  a  very  real  sense,  mass 
movements  are  set  up  and  "waiting  to  happen"  before  the  leader 
arrives  on  the  scene. 

There  is  a  period  of  waiting  in  the  wings — often  a  very  long  period — 
for  all  the  great  leaders  whose  entrance  on  the  scene  seems  to  us  a 
most  crucial  point  in  the  course  of  a  mass  movement.  Accidents  and 
the  activities  of  other  men  have  to  set  the  stage  for  them  before  they 
can  enter  and  start  their  performance.  "The  commanding  man  in  a 
momentous  day  seems  only  to  be  the  last  accident  in  a  series."6 

But  a  coalescence  of  the  peculiarly  volatile  elements  of  social 
change  does  not  automatically  produce  a  mass  movement.  The 
right  man  must  be  there.  The  elements  must  come  together  in 
the  presence  of  the  unique  personality  which  can  successfully 
catalyze  or  ignite  them. 


The  Instruments  of  Unification 

The  characteristic  feature  of  a  mass  movement  is  its  unique 
capacity  for  united  action  without  consideration  for  the  individual 
sacrifices  of  its  members.  The  personal  self  is  lost  in  the  corporate 
whole  and  is  expendable  in  the  interests  of  the  whole.  Personal 
privacy,  personal  judgment  and  often  personal  possessions,  free- 
dom and  life  itself  are  laid  upon  the  corporate  altar.  The  mass 
movement  exists  as  an  instrument  for  united  action  and  self- 
sacrifice,  not  for  the  advancement  of  individuals.  Whenever  there 
is  a  relaxation  of  collectivity,  or  when  individual  self-interest  ap- 
pears, the  distinguishing  character  and  the  effectiveness  of  the 
movement  are  lost. 

Absolute  self-sacrifice  is  the  lifeblood  of  the  movement; 
contempt  for  death  is  the  sure  sign  of  faith.  The  true  believer 
places  all  his  trust  in  the  destiny  of  the  movement,  its  doctrines 
and  its  leader.  He  forsakes  all  values  not  sanctioned  by  the  move- 
ment and  not  among  its  stated  objectives.  He  lives  not  for  the 
present  but  for  the  future;  and  not  for  his  own  future,  but  for  the 
glorious  triumph  of  his  cause.  He  has  renounced  all  self-interest, 
and  even  his  most  pragmatic  affairs — earning  a  living,  raising  a 
family — assume  the  character  of  a  holy  crusade. 


104  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

What  seems  to  count  more  than  possession  of  instruments  of  power 
is  faith  in  the  future  .  .  .  extravagant  hope,  even  when  not  backed 
by  actual  power,  is  likely  to  generate  a  most  reckless  daring.  For  the 
hopeful  can  draw  strength  from  the  most  ridiculous  sources  of  power 
— a  slogan,  a  word,  a  button.  No  faith  is  potent  unless  it  ...  has  a 
millennial  component.7 

A  mass  movement,  then,  is  unified  first  by  faith,  carried  to 
the  extreme  of  self-sacrifice.  It  is  unified  also  by  its  doctrines,  for 
the  mass  movement  claims  to  possess  the  absolute  truth — an  eso- 
teric knowledge  of  the  past,  a  pellucid  understanding  of  the  pres- 
ent, a  perfect  awareness  of  the  future.  This  "truth"  is  a  formidable 
source  of  the  movement's  power,  and  the  true  believer  "knows" 
the  "truth"  through  faith.  He  knows  it  with  his  heart  rather  than 
with  his  mind. 

The  doctrines  of  a  mass  movement  derive  their  power  not 
from  their  meaning  but  from  their  certitude.  The  leader's  utter- 
ances may  be  replete  with  the  grossest  nonsense,  and  rational 
critics  may  search  them  in  vain  for  some  clue  to  his  power.  But 
they  miss  the  point.  Reason  and  truth  are  not  important;  the 
masses  are  roused  to  action  by  what  they  accept  as  true.  A  propo- 
sition that  can  be  tested  can  be  proved  false,  but  not  a  prophecy 
or  a  revelation.  A  doctrine  that  is  understood  loses  its  power  to 
compel  its  hearers:  he  who  accepts  a  mystery  can  only  obey,  but 
he  who  understands  it  draws  the  power  into  himself.  The  true 
believer,  however,  wants  only  to  accept.  Understanding  is  per- 
sonal, and  he  has  renounced  self,  so  he  feels  no  need  to  under- 
stand. He  has  no  doubts;  he  truly  believes. 

Self-mastery  is  another  potent  instrument  of  unification  for 
the  mass  movement.  On  the  one  hand,  as  the  members  overcome 
in  themselves  the  decadent  habits  and  corrupt  appetites  of  the 
rejected  society,  their  own  last  shreds  of  identification  with  that 
society  are  symbolically  overcome.  On  the  other  hand,  certain 
moral  commitments  claimed  by  the  general  society  but  imperfectly 
observed  by  it  take  on  an  exaggerated  importance  within  the  move- 
ment. As  the  members  successfully  (indeed,  fanatically)  honor 
these  commitments,  they  assert  their  moral  superiority  over  all 
those  from  whom  they  have  set  themselves  apart.  The  true  be- 
liever is  thus,  in  one  sense,  inevitably  ambivalent:  he  seeks  the 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  105 

approval  of  the  general  society  by  accomplishing  what  it  has 
failed  to  accomplish,  yet  he  scorns  that  society  as  worthless  and 
its  opinions  as  insignificant. 

The  mass  movement  also  establishes  its  own  exclusive  code 
of  behavior  and  institutes  its  own  taboos.  In  the  Black  Muslim 
Movement,  for  example,  every  Muslim  is  committed  to  defend 
and  protect  every  other  "brother,"  even,  if  necessary,  at  the  for- 
feiture of  his  life.  Timidity  or  any  hint  of  reluctance  in  this  regard 
is  absolutely  taboo,  and  the  rare  lapses  are  punished  summarily 
by  ostracism  or  rejection  by  the  group.  Moreover,  there  can  be 
no  deviation  from  the  "party  line"  as  defined  by  the  Messenger 
and  enunciated  by  his  ministers.  Even  "independent  interpreta- 
tions" are  absolutely  taboo.  The  ministers  speak  with  the  voice 
of  Muhammad;  the  laity  speak  with  the  voice  of  the  ministers; 
and  on  subjects  on  which  the  Messenger  has  not  spoken,  no  one 
else  in  the  Movement  will  venture  to  speak.  In  every  facet  of 
behavior  and  belief,  the  true  believer  must  relentlessly  master  his 
own  errant  impulses  and  mold  himself  to  the  movement's  unique 
image.  But  in  doing  so,  he  lowers  still  further  the  stubborn  bar- 
riers of  personal  will  that  stand  between  his  old,  rejected  self  and 
his  new  corporate  identity. 

Finally,  the  mass  movement  is  drawn  together  and  held  to- 
gether by  hatred,  "the  most  accessible  and  comprehensive  of  all 
unifying  agents."  Eric  Hoffer  describes  the  effect  of  hatred  upon 
the  true  believer: 

It  pulls  and  whirls  the  individual  away  from  his  own  self,  makes  him 
oblivious  of  his  weal  and  future,  frees  him  of  jealousies  and  self- 
seeking.  He  becomes  an  anonymous  particle  quivering  with  a  craving 
to  fuse  and  coalesce  with  his  like  into  one  flaming  mass.  .  .  .  Common 
hatred  unites  the  most  heterogeneous  elements.8 

Hatred  requires  an  object,  a  devil. 

Mass  movements  can  rise  and  spread  without  belief  in  a  God,  but 
never  without  belief  in  a  devil.  Usually  the  strength  of  a  mass  move- 
ment is  proportionate  to  the  vividness  and  tangibility  of  its  devil.9 

The  genius  of  the  leader  of  a  mass  movement  is  displayed  in  his 
timing  and  his  choice  of  who  the  devil  is  to  be.  The  devil  must  be 
an  individual  or  group  which  is  a  socially  legitimate  hate-object, 


106  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

but  he  must  also  be  omnipresent.  Every  difficulty  must  be  as- 
cribed to  his  evil  nature,  and  every  accomplishment  must  be 
vaunted  as  a  triumph  over  him. 

Hatred  of  the  devil  is  the  driving  force  of  a  mass  movement. 
It  is,  without  doubt,  the  most  immediate  instrument  of  unification. 
And,  to  complete  the  circle,  it  is  the  final  product  of  every  mass 
movement. 

...  we  have  never,  since  the  world  began,  heard  of  a  merciful  nation. 
Nor  ...  of  a  merciful  church  or  a  merciful  revolutionary  party.  The 
hatred  and  cruelty  which  have  their  source  in  selfishness  are  ineffectual 
things  compared  with  the  venom  and  ruthlessness  born  of  selflessness 
...  we  usually  blame  this  shameful  perversion  on  a  cynical,  power- 
hungry  leadership.  Actually,  it  is  the  unification  set  in  motion  by 
these  enthusiasms,  rather  than  the  manipulations  of  a  scheming  leader- 
ship, that  transmutes  noble  impulses  into  a  reality  of  hatred  and 
violence.  The  deindividualization  which  is  a  prerequisite  for  thorough 
integration  and  selfless  dedication  is  also,  to  a  considerable  extent,  a 
process  of  dehumanization.10 


H.    THE  BLACK  MUSLIMS  AS  A  MASS  MOVEMENT 

Reaching  for  the  Masses 

Under  Fard,  the  Muslims  never  had  more  than  8,000  mem- 
bers, although  the  conditions  for  rapid  growth  were  almost  ideal. 
Today  the  Muslims  are  flourishing:  more  than  100,000  members, 
with  more  being  assimilated  every  day.  The  difference  lies  in  this: 
Fard  never  had  a  movement.  He  only  had  a  cult. 

Muhammad's  strategy  has  been  to  put  the  cult  on  parade — 
on  the  streets,  in  the  press,  in  the  temples,  wherever  there  are 
people.  And  he  has  done  this  with  impressive  success.  For  local 
action,  he  has  had  an  able  corps  of  ministers  in  the  field;  but 
there  were  not  many  at  first,  and  their  fight  was  uphill.  The  press 
gave  him  his  first  major  assist,  for  it  made  him  "controversial": 
as  a  columnist  in  one  of  the  most  important  Negro  papers  in  the 
country,  he  became  a  conversation  piece  for  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  Negroes  across  America.  Thousands  of  letters  were  sent 
to  Muhammad  and  to  the  Pittsburgh  Courier,  denouncing  and 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  107 

defending  both  the  Messenger  and  the  newspaper  which  provided 
space  for  his  message. 

People  went  to  the  temples  to  see  the  man  whose  columns 
they  read.  For  the  most  part  they  were  simply  curious,  but 
Muhammad  and  his  ministers  are  masters  at  capturing  the  curious. 
In  the  temples  Muhammad  preached  a  somewhat  different  mes- 
sage— not  completely  different,  but  different  in  emphasis.  His 
writings  in  the  newspapers  were  generally  filled  with  vague  and 
cryptic  biblical  interpretations.  But  in  the  privacy  of  the  temples, 
the  white  man  was  unmasked;  his  mistreatment  of  the  so-called 
Negro  was  rehearsed  in  bizarre  detail  and  with  militant  outrage. 

Moreover,  Muhammad  appealed  to  the  newcomers  not  as 
individuals  but  as  a  crowd.  All  persons  entering  a  temple  were 
(and  still  are)  searched  for  weapons  as  a  precaution  against  the 
assassination  of  a  minister.  This  requirement  intrigued  the  curious 
and  excited  their  sense  of  personal  importance.  Even  to  be 
thought  capable  of  assassinating  an  important  leader  was  gratify- 
ing to  some  who,  in  the  structure  of  things,  had  no  real  identity 
whatsoever.  At  the  same  time,  they  were  awed  and  flattered  at 
being  admitted,  while  all  white  men  were  rigidly  excluded.  The 
initiative  had  passed  to  the  Muslims:  it  was  now  the  newcomers 
who  were  tentatively  accepted,  but  on  trial. 

Inside  the  temples,  they  were  fascinated  by  the  black-suited 
young  males  with  the  red  ties  and  the  military  bearing.  They  were 
impressed  by  Muhammad's  bold  denunciation  of  the  white  man, 
and  they  were  enlightened  by  hearing  for  the  first  time  the  "truth" 
about  themselves,  the  Black  Nation  of  Islam.  For  the  most  re- 
ceptive among  them,  the  potential  true  believers,  a  new  vision 
dawned.  They  joined — a  few  at  first  and  then  more  and  more — 
and  the  character  of  the  association  began  to  change.  The  cult 
had  quietly  died.  The  Movement  had  begun. 

The  Negro  press  helped  to  supply  the  initial  impetus  that 
brought  Muhammad  and  the  Muslims  to  the  attention  of  his  poten- 
tial followers.  The  white  press  has  made  him  famous,  and  noto- 
riety has  sharply  enhanced  his  attraction  for  the  masses.  In  the 
summer  of  1959,  Mike  Wallace  presented  a  television  docu- 
mentary featuring  the  Muslim  leader,11  and  articles  soon  followed 
in  Time,  U.S.  News  and  World  Report,  Reader's  Digest  and  other 


108  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

elements  of  the  national  press.  Muhammad's  total  following  was 
then  less  than  30,000.  A  month  after  he  had  been  "discovered" 
by  the  mass  media,  his  following  had  doubled,  and  it  has  con- 
tinued to  spiral  ever  since.  Ironically,  many  of  these  magazines 
and  newspapers  sought  to  "expose"  Muhammad  as  "a  purveyor 
of  cold  black  hatred," 12  or  otherwise  as  a  social  anomaly  with  no 
real  future.  They  underestimated  his  appeal  to  an  important  seg- 
ment of  the  dissatisfied  black  masses,  who,  being  born  with  a 
cause,  needed  only  a  leader.  A  New  England  journalist  correctly 
assesses  Muhammad's  timeliness  as  a  leader  for  the  disprivileged: 

Muhammad  cannot  be  laughed  at  as  Father  Divine  has  been.  Muham- 
mad's movement,  with  its  promises  of  swiftly  approaching  social  and 
economic  superiority  for  the  Negro  race,  has  captured  the  imagina- 
tion of  a  segment  of  the  suppressed  and  inarticulate  Negro  masses  as 
few  things  have  since  Marcus  Garvey.  .  .  ,13 

Muhammad's  first  and  most  crucial  task  is  to  keep  the 
Movement  a  movement  rather  than  permit  it  to  become  an  insti- 
tution. This  does  not  mean  that  the  Muslims  must  forsake  struc- 
ture and  direction;  on  the  contrary,  they  have  one  of  the  most 
effective  organizational  structures  to  be  seen  outside  the  military. 
But  to  lure  the  masses,  they  must  seem  to  be  going  somewhere, 
not  settling  down.  They  must  reflect  and  mobilize  the  masses' 
own  dissatisfaction  and  urgency,  building  these  into  the  corporate 
identity.  A  successful  mass  movement  is  always  arriving,  but 
never  quite  arrives. 

Muhammad  is  not  unaware  of  the  frustrations  and  the  free- 
floating  hostilities  which  are  the  corollaries  of  America's  caste 
system,  and  he  will  continue  to  use  these  as  capital  in  his  program 
to  recruit  5  million  Negroes  by  the  end  of  1964.  This  is,  to  be 
sure,  an  ambitious  undertaking;  but  it  is  well  to  remember  that 
only  Billy  Graham  has  attracted  and  converted  more  people  in 
recent  years  than  has  Elijah  Muhammad,  Messenger  of  Allah. 

Lures  for  the  True  Believer 

To  clinch  the  conversion  of  those  true  believers  who  ap- 
proach the  Movement  in  simple  curiosity,  Muhammad  offers  the 
lure  of  personal  rebirth.  The  true  believer  who  becomes  a  Muslim 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  109 

casts  off  at  last  his  old  self  and  takes  on  a  new  identity.  He 
changes  his  name,  his  religion,  his  homeland,  his  "natural"  lan- 
guage, his  moral  and  cultural  values,  his  very  purpose  in  living. 
He  is  no  longer  a  Negro,  so  long  despised  by  the  white  man  that 
he  has  come  almost  to  despise  himself.  Now  he  is  a  Black  Man — 
divine,  ruler  of  the  universe,  different  only  in  degree  from  Allah 
Himself.  He  is  no  longer  discontent  and  baffled,  harried  by  social 
obloquy  and  a  gnawing  sense  of  personal  inadequacy.  Now  he  is 
a  Muslim,  bearing  in  himself  the  power  of  the  Black  Nation  and 
its  glorious  destiny.  His  new  life  is  not  an  easy  one:  it  demands 
unquestioning  faith,  unrelenting  self-mastery,  unremitting  hatred. 
He  may  have  to  sacrifice  his  family  and  friends,  his  trade  or  pro- 
fession, if  they  do  not  serve  his  new-found  cause.  But  he  is  not 
alone,  and  he  now  knows  why  his  life  matters.  He  has  seen  the 
truth,  and  the  truth  has  set  him  free. 

When  he  has  seen  the  light  and  has  decided  to  join  the  Move- 
ment, the  potential  convert  is  made  to  pass  through  a  number  of 
barriers  before  he  is  admitted.  First  he  is  given  a  copy  of  the 
following  letter,  which  he  himself  must  copy  by  hand: 

Address 

City  and  State 

Date 

Mr.  IV.  F.  Muhammad 
4847  So.  Woodlawn  Avenue 
Chicago  15,  Illinois 

Dear  Savior  Allah,  Our  Deliverer: 

I  have  been  attending  the  teachings  of  Islam  by  one  of  your 
Ministers,  two  or  three  times.  1  believe  in  It,  and  I  bear  witness  that 
there  is  no  God  but  Thee,  and  that  Muhammad  is  Thy  Servant  and 
Apostle.  I  desire  to  reclaim  my  Own.  Please  give  me  my  Original 
name.  My  slave  name  is  as  follows: 

Name 

Address 

City  and  State 

The  applicant's  letter  is  sent  to  Chicago,  where  it  is  scrutinized. 
If  it  contains  any  errors,  it  is  returned  and  must  be  recopied  cor- 
rectly. If  the  letter  is  perfect,  the  applicant  receives  a  question- 
naire concerning  his  marital  status  and  dependents.  When  this 


110  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

and  other  forms  have  been  completed  and  approved,  the  convert 
enters  his  new  life  as  a  member  of  the  Black  Nation  of  Islam. 

To  commemorate  his  rebirth,  the  convert  drops  his  last  name 
and  is  known  simply  by  his  first  name  and  the  letter  X.  To  facili- 
tate identification  among  Muslims  having  the  same  first  name  and 
belonging  to  the  same  temple,  numbers  are  prefixed  to  the  X. 
Thus  the  first  man  named  John  to  join  the  temple  is  named  John 
X;  the  second  becomes  John  2X;  and  so  on.  Some  temples  have 
gone  as  high  as  X  to  the  "17th  power"!  At  a  later  date,  Muham- 
mad may  grant  the  convert  a  new — that  is,  an  "original" — sur- 
name, such  as  Shabazz. 

The  symbol  X  has  a  double  meaning:  implying  "ex,"  it 
signifies  that  the  Muslim  is  no  longer  what  he  was;  and  as  "X,"  it 
signifies  an  unknown  quality  or  quantity.  It  at  once  repudiates 
the  white  man's  name  and  announces  the  rebirth  of  Black  Man, 
endowed  with  a  set  of  qualities  the  white  man  does  not  know. 
"In  short,"  Malcolm  X  explains,  "  'X'  is  for  mystery.  The  mystery 
confronting  the  Negro  as  to  who  he  was  before  the  white  man 
made  him  a  slave  and  put  a  European  label  on  him.  That  mystery 
is  now  resolved.  But  'X'  is  also  for  the  mystery  confronting  the 
white  man  as  to  what  the  Negro  has  become."  That  mystery  will 
be  resolved  only  when  the  teachings  of  Elijah  Muhammad  have 
been  received  by  enough  Negroes  to  counter  "three  hundred  years 
of  systematic  brainwashing  by  the  white  man."  When  the  Lost 
Nation  of  Islam  in  the  West  has  learned  its  true  identity,  has 
gained  a  realistic  appreciation  of  its  past  accomplishments  and 
has  seen  the  "truth  about  the  white  man,"  then  the  white  man 
will  see  the  Negro  in  a  new  light — "and  he  will  have  no  reason  to 
rejoice." 

Most  Muslims  also  retain  their  "slave"  surnames  for  use  in 
such  pragmatic  affairs  as  signing  checks.  On  these  occasions, 
however,  the  surname  is  always  preceded  by  an  X  to  indicate  that 
the  Muslim  repudiates  it.  On  other  occasions,  Muslims  may  use 
the  surname  Shabazz.  For  example,  when  Malcolm  X  toured 
Egypt  and  several  other  Moslem  countries  in  Africa  and  Asia  in 
the  summer  of  1959,  he  traveled  as  Malik  Shabazz  "so  that  my 
brothers  in  the  East  would  recognize  me  as  one  of  them."  If  he 
had  used  his  "European"  name  (Malcolm  Little),  he  explained, 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  1 1 1 

he  would  have  been  rejected  as  an  imposter  or  ridiculed  for  re- 
taining that  symbol  of  the  white  man's  ownership. 

This  change  of  name  is,  of  course,  only  the  most  outward 
token  of  rebirth.  Perhaps  the  deepest  change  promised — and 
delivered — is  the  release  of  energies  that  had  been  dammed  or 
buried  in  the  old  personality.  This  release  may  account  in  part 
for  the  regeneration  of  criminals,  alcoholics  and  narcotic  addicts 
which  is  a  hallmark  of  the  Movement.  At  the  other  extreme,  it  is 
often  apparent  in  a  change  from  gentle  bewilderment  to  dogmatic 
and  barely  leashed  hostility.  "When  I  was  in  the  Pacific,"  said  a 
Muslim  veteran  of  World  War  II,  "I  prayed  to  God  every  day  that 
He  would  not  let  me  die  in  the  jungle,  fighting  some  Japanese  who 
had  never  done  anything  to  me.  I  was  a  Christian  then.  Now  I 
pray  to  Allah  to  let  me  live  to  help  my  people  find  out  who  their 
real  enemies  are,  right  here  in  America." 

Recruitment 

In  pursuit  of  his  goal  to  make  Muslims  out  of  Negro  Chris- 
tians and  the  unchurched,  Muhammad  has  an  ambitious  program 
of  recruitment.  His  ministers  go  into  jails  and  penitentiaries,  pool 
halls  and  bars,  barbershops  and  drugstores  to  talk  about  Islam. 
They  invade  the  college  campuses,  the  settlement  houses  and  the 
YMCAs.  Young  Muslim  brothers  pass  out  literature  in  front  of 
the  Negro  Christian  churches  on  Sunday  morning,  inviting  the 
Christians  to  attend  lectures  at  the  Muslim  temples  in  the  after- 
noon. They  speak  from  street  corners  and  in  parks,  and  they 
distribute  literature  wherever  large  crowds  of  Negroes  are  gath- 
ered. Invariably,  the  proselytizers  are  young,  personable,  urbane 
and  well-dressed  men  of  confidence  and  conviction. 

It  is  a  Muslim  boast  that  although  the  Negro  intellectual 
will  be  hardest  to  reach  ("he  has  been  brainwashed  more  thor- 
oughly than  any  of  the  rest  of  us"),  he  will  ultimately  have  no 
choice  other  than  to  embrace  Islam.  He  can  never  be  more  than 
marginally  acceptable  to  the  white  man,  so  "he  will  have  nobody 
to  lead  and  no  one  to  honor  him  when  the  common  people  have 
all  become  Muslims."  Muhammad  himself  has  a  sort  of  calculated 
patience  with  the  Negro  upper  classes.  He  regards  them  as  doubly 


112  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

cursed:  "they  have  stayed  in  the  white  man's  schools  too  long, 
learning  nothing  of  themselves,"  and  they  are  fervid  in  their 
"hopes  that  the  white  man  is  going  to  change  and  treat  them  like 
men  instead  of  boys."  Malcolm  X  is  more  philosophical:  "The 
American  Black  Man  has  worked  hard  to  accomplish  something 
and  to  be  somebody.  The  whole  system  was  against  him,  but  some 
made  it  to  a  point  where  the  white  man  will  show  some  isolated 
individuals  a  little  respect;  not  much,  but  more  than  he  shows  the 
rest  of  us.  That  man  isn't  going  to  join  us  until  the  white  man  is 
more  respectful  of  us  than  of  him."14 

In  their  proselytizing,  the  Muslims  carefully  select  their 
approach  and  their  language — and  often  their  speaker — to  match 
the  particular  audience  in  mind.  For  example,  Muhammad's 
newspaper  column,  formerly  in  the  Pittsburgh  Courier  and  now  in 
the  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  is  aimed  at  a  lower-class  reader- 
ship. It  is  filled  with  biblical  eschatology,  numerology  and  "mys- 
tery," all  to  the  embarrassment  and  shame  of  the  educated  classes. 
However,  the  pitch  here  is  being  made  not  to  the  educated  classes 
but  to  the  masses,  who  are  successfully  attracted  by  such  tech- 
niques. Inside  the  brotherhood  these  exotic  elements  are  de- 
emphasized,  and  more  practical  concerns  are  introduced. 

When  the  Muslim  is  called  upon  to  confront  a  highly  critical 
audience,  the  whole  panoply  of  the  occult  is  usually  discarded, 
except  when  it  is  needed  to  protect  the  speaker  or  the  Movement 
against  too  close  examination.  In  the  privacy  of  his  home,  Mr. 
Muhammad  is  not  only  "rational,"  but  gracious  and  friendly  as 
well.  He  does  not  greet  his  guests  with  "As-salaam-alaikum"  un- 
less they  happen  to  be  Muslims.  There  are  no  guards  anywhere 
about  the  house,  and  none  of  the  physical  trappings  of  the  Move- 
ment is  in  evidence.  Conversation  is  at  a  level  consistent  with  his 
appraisal  of  the  visitor.  To  be  sure,  Muhammad  has  an  uncamou- 
flaged  hostility  against  the  white  man,  but  this  hostility  does  not 
dominate  his  private  conversation.  The  Messenger's  concern  is 
more  likely  to  center  around  the  Black  Man's  economic  plight. 
On  the  other  hand,  he  may  become  totally  incomprehensible  about 
any  matter  he  does  not  wish  to  discuss,  usually  calling  upon 
"Allah"  in  answer  to  any  questions  which  might  put  him  at  a 
disadvantage  or  prematurely  disclose  his  plans. 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  113 

The  same  is  true  of  Malcolm  X,  who  has  been  characterized 
as  "whip-smart" 15  and  is  certainly  able  to  think  on  his  feet  under 
adverse  conditions.  Despite  his  conversational  adroitness,  or  per- 
haps because  of  it,  Malcolm  will  take  refuge  behind  any  convenient 
obfuscation  rather  than  to  allow  himself  to  be  trapped  into  saying 
more  than  he  thinks  expedient.  If  he  does  not  invoke  Allah,  he 
will  refer  the  insistent  prober  to  Mr.  Muhammad — who  will  prob- 
ably invoke  Allah. 

The  Muslims  boast  of  a  considerable  amount  of  professional 
talent,  especially  in  the  area  of  musical  entertainment.  Minister 
Louis  X  of  Boston  is  perhaps  not  a  typical  example,  but  he  does 
illustrate  the  emphasis  upon  the  performing  arts  which  are  useful 
in  attracting  young  Negroes  into  the  Muslim  fold.  The  rather 
handsome  and  personable  minister  plays  the  violin  well  and  is 
accomplished  on  several  other  instruments.  As  a  calypso  singer, 
he  was  commanding  five  to  six  hundred  dollars  a  week  in  some  of 
the  better  night  clubs  before  he  renounced  Christianity  and  became 
a  Muslim.  Since  then  he  has  performed  only  under  the  aegis  of 
Islam.  He  has  written  and  directed  two  stage  productions,  Orgena 
and  The  Trial,  both  propaganda  pieces  designed  to  show  the 
cupidity  of  the  white  man  and  the  depths  to  which  the  Negro  has 
fallen  in  trying  to  be  like  him.  In  The  Trial,  as  we  have  seen,  the 
white  man  finally  pays  for  his  crimes  against  humanity,  and  the 
Black  Nation  is  restored  to  its  former  moral  and  cultural  excel- 
lence. Louis  has  also  written  and  recorded  several  popular  Muslim 
songs,  the  best  known  of  which  are  White  Man's  Heaven  Is  Black 
Man's  Hell!  and  Look  At  My  Chains! 

Dramatic  productions,  songs  and  other  such  entertainment 
are  effective  recruiting  devices.  "People  who  can  put  on  a  drama 
like  that — and  who  wrote  it  themselves  are  not  just  'everyday' 
folks,"  a  Boston  taxi  driver  remarked.  But  Muhammad  does  not 
make  entertainment  ability  the  chief  attraction  of  his  Movement. 
Indeed,  he  is  careful  to  emphasize  that  the  Negro  has  already 
done  too  much  singing  and  dancing,  when  he  should  have  been 
giving  his  attention  to  more  serious  matters  like  factories  and 
supermarkets.  Apart  from  the  public  meetings  and  publications, 
a  good  deal  of  recruiting  is  done  in  jails  and  prisons,  among  men 
and  women  whose  resentment  against  society  increases  with  each 


114  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

day  of  imprisonment.  Here  their  smoldering  hatred  against  the 
white  man  builds  up  to  the  point  of  explosion.  But  Muhammad's 
ministers  are  trained  to  prevent  any  such  release;  they  are  adept 
at  channeling  aggression  and  hostility  into  a  kind  of  leakproof 
reservoir  for  future  use.  No  act  of  violence  or  retaliation  against 
the  white  man  is  permitted.  Instead,  Muslims  who  join  the  sect 
while  in  prison  invariably  improve  in  behavior  and  outlook.  Every 
Muslim  must  respect  constituted  authority — no  matter  what  the 
authority  may  be.  This  is  one  of  the  cardinal  rules  of  membership 
in  the  sect. 

The  black  prisoner  is  reminded  that  he  is  in  an  institution 
administered  by  whites,  guarded  by  whites,  built  by  whites.  Even 
the  chaplains  are  white,  "to  continue  to  force  upon  you  the  poison- 
ous doctrine  that  you  are  blessed  by  being  persecuted."  The  judge 
who  tried  him,  the  jury  who  heard  his  case,  the  officers  who 
arrested  him — all  were  white.  Can  he,  then,  be  justly  imprisoned? 

If  in  fact  you  did  steal,  from  whom  did  you  steal?  Only  the  white 
man  has  anything,  and  if  you  stole  from  him,  you  got  but  a  fraction 
of  what  he  owes  you.  Did  you  kill?  If  you  killed  a  white  man,  they 
murder  us  at  will.  They  decorate  their  trees  with  the  bodies  of  our 
people.  Or  they  kill  us  by  "law,"  but  they  cannot  enforce  the  same 
"law"  to  protect  us  or  let  us  vote.16 

If  prisoners  have  committed  crimes  against  other  black  men,  they 
are  told  they  committed  these  "unnatural  acts"  out  of  frustration 
and  the  inability  to  "see  who  the  real  devil  is."  "You  may  have 
killed  your  black  brother  with  your  hand,  but  in  your  heart  you 
have  tried  to  kill  your  true  tormentor." 

When  the  prisoner  is  discharged,  he  is  "not  wanted  by  the 
Christian  churches  who  teach  love  and  forgiveness,"  but  a  ready- 
made  fellowship  awaits  him  at  the  Muslim  temple.  The  new 
brother  is  welcomed  and  immediately  made  to  feel  a  part  of  the 
group.  A  job  is  found  for  him,  usually  in  one  of  the  Muslim 
enterprises,  and  in  a  short  time  he  is  indistinguishable  from  any 
other  Muslim.  The  routine  of  work,  coupled  with  the  obligations 
of  the  temple,  leave  him  little  time  for  regression  or  for  any  con- 
tacts with  the  criminal  element. 

Occasionally,  a  man  or  woman  will  join  the  Muslims  "to 
keep  out  of  trouble"  or  to  find  help  in  trying  to  overcome  addic- 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  115 

tion  to  dope  or  alcohol.  One  woman  in  Milwaukee  said  that  she 
joined  "because  I  was  tired  of  hating  myself  every  time  I  looked 
in  the  mirror." 

Muhammad's  reclamation  program  promises  a  kind  of  moral 
and  social  perfectionism,  which  is  available  to  all  who  adopt 
Islam.  In  his  public  addresses,  he  chides  the  Negro  community 
for  its  juvenile  delinquency,  which  is  "caused  by  parental  immor- 
ality" and  "rips  apart  the  seams  of  the  Christian  society."  In 
Islam,  echoes  Malcolm  X,  "we  don't  have  any  delinquency,  either 
juvenile  or  adult,  and  if  Mr.  Muhammad  is  given  a  chance  he  will 
clean  up  the  slums  and  the  ghettos — something  all  the  leaders  and 
the  social  workers  and  the  policemen  put  together  have  not  been 
able  to  do." 

The  Muslims  visualize  the  reclamation  of  thousands  of 
Negroes  who,  through  ignorance,  despair  and  defeat,  have  found 
themselves  in  the  gutter  or  in  jail.  They  have  had  some  impressive 
successes  in  rehabilitating  certain  categories  of  social  outcasts, 
including  narcotic  addicts  and  alcoholics.  Muhammad  operates 
on  the  premise  that  "knowledge  of  self"  and  of  the  "truth  about 
the  white  man" — when  tied  in  with  a  constructive  program,  such 
as  building  the  "Black  Nation" — is  sufficient  to  reclaim  the  most 
incorrigible.  "By  nature,"  the  Muslims  are  taught,  "you  are 
divine."  Their  social  tragedies  are  caused  by  the  white  devil's 
"tricknology,"  but  truth  and  hard  work  will  soon  make  them  free. 

Visit  to  a  Temple 

The  real  recruitment  is  done  in  the  temples,  for  there  the 
import  of  Muhammad's  message  may  be  heard  at  best  advantage. 
The  temple  is  typically  located  in  the  area  of  densest  concentration 
in  the  black  ghetto.  In  this  way,  the  bars,  pool  halls  and  chicken 
shacks — all  crowded  with  potential  converts — are  readily  acces- 
sible to  the  proselytizing  Muslim  brothers.  Conversely,  the  temple 
is  in  a  neighborhood  familiar  and  convenient  to  most  of  those  to 
whom  its  basic  appeal  is  directed.  On  Wednesday  nights  the 
clean-shaven,  dark-suited  Muslims  may  be  seen  posted  near  the 
liquor  stores  or  canvassing  the  bars  and  cafes,  "fishing  for  the 
dead" — that  is,  inviting  the  most  lost  of  the  Lost  Nation  to  repair 


116  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

to  the  nearby  temple  to  learn  the  truth  about  themselves  and  their 
future. 

On  Sunday  mornings  the  crusading  brothers  may  station 
themselves  outside  the  Christian  churches — High-Church  or  apos- 
tolic, cathedral  or  store-front,  it  doesn't  matter  to  the  self-confident 
Muslims,  for  the  message  they  have  is  ultimately  intended  for  the 
entire  Black  Nation.  They  march  silently  up  and  down  in  front 
of  the  churches,  passing  out  handbills  inviting  the  Christians  to 
come  to  the  Muslim  temple  that  afternoon  "to  hear  the  truth." 
The  "pickets"  are  polite  and  friendly,  quietly  dressed  and  soft- 
spoken.  But  most  impressive  of  all  is  their  self-assurance,  their 
utter  confidence  in  their  "program  for  the  Black  Man  which  does 
not  require  you  to  love  those  who  do  not  love  you." 

The  temple  itself  may  be  a  vacant  store  or  a  lodge  hall,  if 
the  Muslims  have  but  newly  organized  or  if  the  Movement  has  not 
yet  caught  on  in  that  vicinity.  Where  the  size  of  the  congregation 
warrants,  the  Muslims  have  typically  bought  abandoned  Jewish 
temples  or  Christian  churches  as  the  whites  have  fled  from  the 
changing  neighborhood.  Occasionally  the  nascent  Muslim  organi- 
zations meet  in  Negro  churches  or  even  in  funeral  chapels. 

Arriving  at  the  temple,  the  new  visitor  may  discover  that  it 
has  a  number  rather  than  a  name.  A  large  sign  across  the  front 
of  the  building  or  a  signboard  on  the  temple  lawn  may  proclaim 
it  to  be,  say,  MUHAMMAD'S  TEMPLE  OF  ISLAM  No.  5.  However, 
because  law  enforcement  and  other  agencies  have  shown  increas- 
ing interest  in  the  Movement  in  recent  times,  the  wily  Muslim 
leader  has  now  stopped  numbering  his  temples  in  order  to  keep 
the  strength  of  the  Movement  secret. 

The  lawn  bulletin,  as  in  Christian  churches,  announces  the 
speaker  for  the  day.  Nationally  popular  speakers  other  than 
Muhammad  include  Malcolm  X  of  New  York,  Louis  X  of  Boston 
and  Wallace  Muhammad,  the  Messenger's  son,  who  leads  the 
Philadelphia  temple.  Whenever  a  program  of  unusual  importance 
is  held  at  a  local  temple,  it  is  supported  by  busloads  of  Muslims 
from  all  nearby  cities  and  from  national  headquarters  in  Chicago. 
At  a  rally  held  by  the  Atlanta  Temple  in  September  1960,  Muslim 
caravans  came  from  as  far  away  as  Boston  and  Los  Angeles.  This 
kind  of  mobility  promotes  a  rather  widespread  cohesiveness  within 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  117 

the  brotherhood;  most  of  the  ministers  eventually  become  known 
to  all  other  ministers  and  to  congregations  scattered  across  the 
country. 

The  Negro  visitor  is  welcomed  at  the  entrance  to  the  temple 
by  a  committee  of  the  dark-suited  brethren.  The  white  visitor  is 
politely  but  firmly  turned  away,  with  an  explanation  that  "this  is 
a  meeting  for  the  victims  of  the  white  man  and  not  for  the  white 
man  himself."  It  may  be  further  explained  that  what  will  be  said 
in  the  temple  "may  sound  offensive"  to  white  people  and  that 
white  visitors  who  become  offended  may  find  themselves  in  danger; 
consequently  "it  will  be  better  for  all  concerned  if  only  black 
people  attend." 

Negroes  are  readily  admitted  and  are  shown  into  the  temple 
with  elaborate  courtesy  and  ceremony.  In  an  anteroom  just  off 
the  sanctuary,  a  Muslim  sister  waits  to  record  the  visitors'  names 
and  addresses,  which  are  then  added  to  the  temple's  mailing  list. 
Following  this  registration,  the  visitor  is  asked  to  submit  to  "a 
little  ceremony  we  always  go  through."  The  "little  ceremony"  is, 
in  fact,  an  elaborate  and  systematic  search  for  concealed  weapons. 
All  pocket  knives,  nail  files  and  any  other  instruments  capable  of 
inflicting  serious  injury  are  taken  from  the  visitor  and  checked  in 
a  plastic  bag,  along  with  lip  rouge,  chewing  gum,  cigarettes  and 
all  other  "articles  of  defilement."  The  visitor  is  asked  to  open  his 
wallet  and  remove  his  money.  Both  the  wallet  and  the  money  are 
then  examined,  but  the  owner  is  permitted  to  retain  these. 

Two  Muslims  are  assigned  to  go  over  each  new  arrival,  and 
they  do  it  with  a  thoroughness  that  would  delight  the  heart  of  a 
police  sergeant.  Pockets  must  be  turned  inside  out;  coat  lapels, 
collars  and  trouser  cuffs  are  all  given  attention.  The  trouser  legs 
must  be  raised  to  show  that  nothing  is  concealed  in  the  socks. 
While  the  visitor's  arms  are  held  aloft,  a  Muslim  brother  places 
his  outspread  hands  on  either  side  of  the  neck  and  in  one  continu- 
ous sweep  carefully  trails  them  down  the  sides  of  the  body  to  the 
ankles.  The  armpits  and  the  inside  of  a  man's  legs  are  given  close 
attention.  Women  are  given  similar  treatment  in  a  room  set  aside 
for  that  purpose. 

The  Muslims  are  remarkably  adept  in  the  business  of  the 
"ceremony."  The  whole  thing  takes  only  about  a  minute  and  is 


118  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

done  with  as  little  inconvenience  and  embarrassment  to  the  be- 
wildered newcomer  as  possible.  On  special  occasions,  such  as 
when  the  Messenger  or  Malcolm  X  is  speaking,  a  double  line  of 
perhaps  fifty  to  sixty  Muslim  brothers  is  assigned  to  this  detail, 
thus  enabling  several  thousand  people  to  be  "cleared"  and  seated 
within  an  hour  or  two  preceding  the  meeting.  At  the  big  meetings 
the  paramilitary  FOI  is  in  charge,  and  Muslims  as  well  as  non- 
Muslims  are  searched. 

Once  the  visitor  has  been  cleared,  he  is  escorted  into  the 
sanctuary  by  one  of  the  Muslims.  The  entrance  to  this  room  is 
typically  guarded  on  the  inside  by  two  members  of  the  FOI,  who 
stand,  one  on  each  side  of  the  doorway,  facing  the  front  of  the 
room.  If  there  is  a  double  entrance  (as  in  most  churches),  guards 
are  posted  at  each.  The  entrances  near  the  chancel  at  the  front  of 
the  room  are  similarly  guarded.  There  may  also  be  two  guards 
flanking  the  speaker,  one  on  each  side;  or  there  may  be  a  guard 
opposite  the  front  row  of  seats  on  each  side  of  the  room.  The 
escort  will  lead  the  visitor  to  the  front  of  the  room,  making  certain 
that  all  seats  on  the  front  row  are  filled  first,  and  so  on  with  the 
succeeding  rows.  Men  are  seated  to  the  right,  women  to  the  left. 
There  is  no  mixed  seating  whatsoever. 

Before  the  minister  enters  to  deliver  the  main  lecture  for  the 
day,  one  of  the  brothers  may  instruct  the  audience  in  a  Muslim 
prayer  or  in  the  understanding  of  certain  Arabic  phrases.  The 
prayer  posture  may  be  taught — palms  upward,  face  to  the  East — 
and  its  meaning  explained. 

There  is  a  flurry  of  excitement  when  the  minister  enters.  He 
walks  rapidly  to  the  lectern  and  bows  slightly,  with  his  palms  up 
and  slightly  extended.  Then  he  smiles  at  his  congregation  and 
greets  them  in  Arabic:  "As-salaam  alaikum!"  ("Peace  be  unto 
you!")  The  greeting  is  returned  in  unison:  "Wa-alaikum  salaam!" 
("And  unto  you  be  peace!")  This  exchange  is  usually  made  three 
times,  after  which  the  minister  launches  immediately  into  his 
address,  which  is  the  heart  of  the  service  and  usually  lasts  two  or 
three  hours.  Unlike  the  traditional  Christian  sermon,  it  is  not 
confined  to  a  single  topic  each  week.  Instead,  the  minister  at- 
tempts every  week  to  present  the  entire  gamut  of  Muhammad's 
teachings.  He  speaks  almost  without  pause  and  is  interrupted 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  119 

only  by  the  changing  of  the  guard — a  ceremony  in  which,  at  inter- 
vals, the  guards  at  the  rear  of  the  hall  march  forward,  exchange 
phrases  in  Arabic  with  the  guards  down  front  and  then  exchange 
stations  with  them. 

Throughout  the  lecture,  the  audience  is  attentive  and  earnest. 
It  is  eager  and  seems  enraptured  by  its  exclusive  possession  of  the 
truth;  yet  it  is  always  restrained.  There  are  no  "happy"  people  in 
the  congregation,  and  the  foot-thumping,  head-wagging-amen 
stereotype  of  the  store-front  Negro  churchgoer  is  conspicuously 
absent.  There  is  no  singing  and  no  "shouting."  Emotional  dis- 
plays are  limited  to  frequent  ejaculations  of  "That's  right!"  when 
the  minister  scores  a  point  upon  which  there  is  wide  agreement. 
Often,  the  minister  asks  a  rhetorical  question  for  emotional  effect. 
He  may  wonder,  for  example,  "Now  what  do  you  think  would 
happen  if  you  tried  to  do  some  of  the  things  the  Constitution  says 
you  have  a  right  to  do?"  At  this  there  is  an  uneasy  rumble  of 
snickering,  interspersed  with  the  cynical  response:  "Now  that's  a 
good  question,  Brother  Minister!  That's  a  good  question!" 

While  the  minister  lectures,  money  receptacles  are  in  con- 
tinuous circulation,  and  the  challenge  to  "support  your  own"  is 
insistently  urged  by  young  ushers  moving  among  the  audionce. 
The  receptacles  are  not  inconspicuous:  they  are  plastic  waste- 
baskets  or  large  brown  paper  bags.  Such  collections  are  a  recent 
innovation.  The  Muslim  brothers  formerly  took  no  public  offer- 
ings and  announced  proudly:  "Islam  takes  care  of  its  own."  Now 
they  explain  that,  since  Muhammad  has  become  well-known  and 
"his  aims  and  integrity  are  established,"  the  public  can  be  per- 
mitted to  contribute  toward  his  work,  "especially  the  proposed 
building  of  an  Islamic  Center  in  Chicago." 

The  minister  nearly  always  begins  his  lecture  by  writing 
several  Arabic  phrases  on  a  blackboard,  explaining  that  Arabic 
is  the  original  language  of  the  Black  Man  and  that  he  must  begin 
to  relearn  the  language  of  which  the  white  man  has  deprived  him. 
The  first  phrase  is  the  Muslim  greeting:  As-salaam  alaikum.  The 
proper  response  is  then  written  and  explained:  Wa-alaikum 
salaam.  "It  is  proper,"  the  minister  explains,  "to  begin  the  study 
of  Islam  and  the  worship  of  Allah  in  the  presence  of  peace.  Islam 


120  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

is  the  religion  of  peace,  and  Muslims  should  be  at  peace  with  each 
other  and,  insofar  as  is  possible,  with  all  others." 

Peace  having  been  disposed  of,  the  minister  launches  into  a 
long  discussion  of  the  primacy  of  the  Black  Man  and  his  remark- 
able accomplishments.  To  this  end,  he  cites  pertinent  passages 
from  the  Islamic  Quran,  the  Old  Testament  and  other  literature, 
as  well  as  the  writings  of  Muhammed  himself.  The  hearers  are 
reminded  that  their  earlier  knowledge  of  themselves  and  their  past 
has  been  derived  from  the  spurious  teachings  of  the  white  man, 
who  has  "prostituted  truth  and  defiled  history  to  serve  his  own 
ends."  Black  Men  must  no  longer  accept  the  white  man's  teach- 
ings at  face  value.  They  must  search  out  the  facts  and  make 
intelligent  judgments  for  themselves.  The  ministers  will  help 
them,  for  "the  Messenger  knows  the  truth  about  the  white  man" 
and  he  has  taught  his  ministers  well. 

Often  the  minister  reads  passages  from  well-known  histori- 
cal, sociological  or  anthropological  works  and  finds  in  them  incon- 
spicuous references  to  the  Black  Man's  true  history  in  the  world. 
Black  Men  in  Asia  and  Africa  were  enjoying  advanced  civilizations 
when  the  white  man  was  eating  his  meat  raw  in  the  caves  of 
Europe.  Yet  the  whites,  through  their  control  of  informational 
media  (including  the  black  preachers),  have  succeeded  in  making 
the  so-called  Negroes  accept  themselves  as  inferior. 

Black  Men  sat  on  the  thrones  of  Egypt  and  Ethiopia,  fought 
beside  the  Romans  in  conquering  the  savages  of  Britain,  discov- 
ered America  long  before  Columbus  and  then  piloted  the  ship  on 
which  Columbus  sailed.  Black  Men  ruled  Spain  and  Southern 
Europe,  reigned  as  popes  in  the  Eternal  City  of  Rome  and  built 
great  civilizations  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa.  They  produced 
many  Moslem  scholars  of  whom  the  white  Christians  profess  to 
be  ignorant,  though  the  white  civilization  has  stolen  much  knowl- 
edge from  them.  But  the  whites  have  taught  the  so-called  Negro 
nothing  of  all  this,  and  he  has  a  mental  block  against  searching 
out  the  information  for  himself.  The  so-called  Negro  doesn't  want 
to  know  about  his  own  history;  he  wants  to  know  about  the  white 
man's  history.  He  has  been  taught  that  his  own  history  will  only 
deposit  him  in  the  jungle,  whereas  the  white  man's  history  begins 
with  Socrates  dying  nobly  to  illustrate  a  moral  principle. 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  121 

Occasionally  the  minister  chides  the  audience  for  its  skepti- 
cism: "I  know  you  don't  believe  me  because  I  happen  to  be  a 
Black  Man.  Well,  you  can  look  it  up  in  a  book  I'm  going  to  tell 
you  about  that  was  written  by  a  white  man."  He  then  reads  off 
references,  which  his  hearers  are  challenged  to  check  for  them- 
selves. A  single  documented  statement,  however,  may  become  the 
basis  of  a  wide  range  of  generalized  non  sequiturs.  The  fact  that 
a  North  Carolina  slaveholder  had  an  Arabic-speaking  Moslem 
slave  of  unusual  mathematical  ability  may  be  offered  as  evidence 
that  all  slaves  brought  to  America  were  Moslem,  Arabic-speaking 
and  learned. 

Similarly,  historical  facts  may  be  indiscriminately  mingled 
with  myths  and  countermyths.  The  information  that  Aesop  was 
a  Negro  and  that  the  great  University  of  Sankore  in  Timbuktu 
sent  its  professors  to  lecture  in  the  universities  of  Cairo,  Granada 
and  Morocco  at  a  time  when  Europe  was  just  emerging  from 
the  Dark  Ages — allegations  easily  documented  from  standard 
sources17 — may  be  interspersed  among  claims  that  "all  history  is 
written  in  advance  by  twenty-four  Black  Scientists"  under  a 
twenty-fifth  Black  Man  who  serves  as  "Judge,"  or  that  the  tribe 
of  Shabazz  (to  which  all  Black  Men  belong)  are  the  "Original 
Men"  who  "came  with  the  earth  sixty-six  trillion  years  ago." 

The  minister  next  turns  his  attention  to  the  evil  and  divisive 
influences  of  the  white  man  and  to  the  white  man's  equally  repul- 
sive religion.  The  white  man  has  come  but  lately  to  the  table  of 
civilization.  "When  the  black  princes  of  Asia  and  Africa  were 
wearing  silks  and  plotting  the  stars,  the  white  man  was  crawling 
around  on  his  all-fours  in  the  caves  of  Europe.  The  reason  why 
the  white  man  keeps  dogs  in  the  house  today,  and  sleeps  with 
them  and  rides  them  about  in  cars  is  that  he  slept  with  the  dogs 
in  the  caves  of  Europe  and  he  has  never  broken  the  habit." 18 

The  audience  is  urged  to  give  the  Christian  religion  "back 
to  the  white  man,"  for  it  is  a  religion  of  slavery  and  death. 
Negroes  must  also  "give  the  white  man  back  the  names  he  has 
labeled  you  with,"  for  these  are  badges  of  slavery.  "If  a  China- 
man tells  you  his  name  is  'Whitfield,'  you  know  there's  something 
wrong  somewhere.  Well,  there's  also  something  wrong  about  a 
Black  Man  named  'Jones'."19  Wherever  the  white  man's  name  is 


122  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

attached  to  the  so-called  Negro,  it  is  a  symbol  of  possession. 
"Every  time  you  sign  your  name  you  tell  the  world  you're  still  the 
white  man's  chattel.  If  your  body  happens  to  be  partly  free, 
you're  still  his  chattel  in  mind." 

At  this  point,  the  minister  may  point  to  a  painting  which,  in 
most  temples,  hangs  on  the  wall  behind  the  lectern.  On  the  right 
half  of  the  canvas  are  shown  the  symbols  of  Islam — the  star  and 
crescent — and  the  legend  "Freedom- Justice-Equality."  On  the 
left  are  depicted  the  American  flag,  the  Christian  cross  and  a 
Negro  hanging  by  his  neck  from  a  tree.  These  three,  the  minister 
explains,  are  the  symbols  of  Christianity  and  what  it  has  offered 
the  Black  Man.  But  now  the  Black  Man  has  a  choice:  Islam,  or 
continued  abuse  in  subservience  to  the  white  Christians. 

The  men  are  reminded  that  they  have  been  helpless  even 
when  their  homes  have  been  invaded.  Resistance,  even  to  protect 
their  families,  has  meant  death.  Further,  their  economic  condi- 
tions are  so  contrived  that  they  must  send  their  womenfolk  out 
to  work  in  the  homes  and  offices  of  Christian  white  men.  This 
is  no  accident:  the  white  man  controls  the  economy,  and  he  knows 
the  Black  Man  is  at  his  mercy.  He  deliberatly  "castrates"  the 
Black  Man  by  paying  his  wife  higher  wages,  so  that  the  male  is 
no  longer  head  of  his  family.  The  wife  then  comes  to  despise  her 
husband  and  to  admire  the  white  man,  who  is  economically  inde- 
pendent. And  the  white  man  not  only  employs  the  Black  Man's 
women  but  proceeds  "forthwith  to  send  them  home  to  their  black 
husbands  with  blue-eyed  babies."  "These  same  robbers,"  says 
Muhammad,  "disgrace  and  corrupt  them  with  all  kinds  of  diseases 
besides  spotting  up  [their]  children  like  the  animal  family."20 

We  stand  by  with  folded  arms,  cowards  to  the  core,  and  allow  the 
human  brute  ...  to  take  our  women  ...  the  most  priceless  gift  of  a 
nation.  .  .  .  We  cannot  produce  a  pure,  chaste  nation  with  a  "free- 
for-all"  woman.  If  we  [cannot]  protect  her  from  the  human  beast's 
advances,  we  should  kill  ourselves  and  our  women.21 

Christianity  is  dealt  with  summarily.  It  is  considered  a  re- 
ligion of  ignominy  and  disgrace  for  the  Black  Man,  but  of  great 
convenience  and  practicality  for  the  white  man.  For  the  white 
man  neither  believes  its  teachings  nor  makes  any  attempt  to  prac- 
tice them.  The  white  man  wants  the  so-called  Negro  to  accept 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  123 

Christianity  and  live  according  to  its  teachings;  but  he  then  laughs 
at  the  so-called  Negro  for  being  a  fool. 

"Love  thy  neighbor;"  I  have  yet  to  meet  one  white  man  that  loved 
his  neighbor.  .  .  .  "Thou  shalt  not  kill;"  I  have  yet  to  meet  such  a 
Christian.  .  .  .  Where  is  a  good  Christian  among  this  race?22 

.  .  .  you  fear  and  love  [the  white  Christians]  though  you  are  even 
disgraced,  beaten  and  killed  by  them,  from  your  ministers  of  their 
slavery  religion  .  .  .  down  to  the  lowly,  ignorant  man  in  the  mud. 
You  have  made  yourselves  the  most  foolish  people  on  earth  by  loving 
and  following  after  the  ways  of  Slavemasters,  whom  Allah  has 
revealed  to  me  to  be  none  other  than  real  devils,  and  that  their 
so-called  Christianity  is  not  His  religion,  nor  the  religion  of  Jesus  or 
any  other  prophet  of  Allah  (God).23 

The  audience  is  encouraged  to  disavow  a  religion  which 
worships  "a  dead  Jesus  and  his  dead  disciples,"  for  such  behavior 
distracts  them  from  the  business  of  trying  to  live  in  this  world. 
"The  white  man  has  'given  you  Jesus'  while  he  has  robbed  you 
blind."  Heaven  is  right  here,  and  we  must  try  to  share  in  it  now, 
rather  than  after  death.  Jesus  has  not  "gone  anywhere." 

No  one  after  death  has  ever  gone  any  place  but  where  they  were 
carried.  There  is  no  heaven  or  hell  other  than  on  earth  for  you  and 
me,  and  Jesus  was  no  exception.  His  body  is  still  ...  in  Palestine 
and  will  remain  there.24 

With  this  transition,  the  minister  next  gives  his  attention  to  the 
Messenger's  economic  program.  The  hearers  are  chided  for  thrift- 
lessness,  conspicuous  consumption  and  living  beyond  their  means. 
Such  self-indulgence  will  not  build  the  Black  Nation.  The  white 
man  still  owns  the  so-called  Negro,  because  the  white  man  owns 
the  factories,  the  land,  the  houses  and  everything  else  needed  for 
survival.  When  he  decides  to  kill  a  Negro,  he  does  not  shoot  him 
— except  for  amusement.  "All  he  needs  to  do  is  to  deny  the 
Negro  a  job,  and  he  will  soon  be  just  as  dead."  The  Negro,  in  an 
attempt  to  protect  himself  against  economic  reprisal,  adapts  a 
posture  of  servility.  "The  so-called  Negro's  principles  are  always 
in  pawn  to  the  Slavemaster.  The  white  man  can  make  him  bark 
and  roll  over  any  day  in  the  week!"  He  is  no  more  than  a  "free 
slave,"  for  he  dares  not  assert  his  manhood,  no  matter  what  indig- 
nities are  heaped  upon  him  or  what  atrocities  are  directed  his  way. 


124  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

"Mr.  Muhammad  has  an  economic  program,"  the  minister 
continues,  "which,  if  followed,  will  soon  free  the  Black  Man  and 
make  him  equal  to  the  other  nations  of  the  world."  But  the  Black 
Man  must  be  prepared  to  work: 

Many  of  us,  the  so-called  Negroes,  today  are  so  lazy  that  we  are 
willing  to  suffer  anything  rather  than  go  to  work.  It  is  true  that  God 
has  come  to  sit  us  in  heaven,  but  not  a  heaven  wherein  we  won't 
have  to  work.25 

Integration  comes  under  heavy  attack.  It  is  anathema  to  the 
Movement,  and  the  minister  is  trained  to  denounce  it  with  especial 
vehemence.  He  may  read  from  Muhammad's  The  Supreme  Wis- 
dom, in  which  the  Messenger  condemns  integration  as  a  kind  of 
social  opiate. 

The  Slavemaster's  children  are  doing  everything  in  their  power  to 
prevent  the  so-called  Negroes  from  accepting  their  own  God  and 
salvation,  by  putting  on  a  great  show  of  false  love  and  friendship. 

This  is  being  done  through  "integration,"  as  it  is  called;  that  is,  so- 
called  Negroes  and  whites  mixing  together  such  as  in  schools, 
churches,  and  even  intermarriage.  .  .  .  The  poor  slaves  really  think 
they  are  entering  a  condition  of  heaven  with  their  former  slaveholders, 
but  it  will  prove  to  be  their  doom. 

Today  ...  we  are  living  in  a  time  of  great  separation  between  the 
blacks  and  white.  .  .  .  The  so-called  Negroes  must  now  return  to  their 
own;  nothing  else  will  solve  the  problem.26 

The  integration  controversy  is  presented  as  a  private  quarrel 
between  Northern  and  Southern  whites: 

The  Northern  whites  don't  really  care  about  the  Negroes,  but  they 
don't  like  it  because  the  crackers  in  the  South  disgrace  the  country 
and  embarrass  the  nation.  They  can't  keep  out  of  the  Black  Man's 
bed,  and  they  have  to  keep  lynching  Negroes  to  try  to  keep  it  covered 
up.  Now  today,  this  makes  for  bad  international  relations.  But  the 
Southern  cracker  isn't  going  to  clean  himself  up  and  stay  on  his  side 
of  town  just  to  please  the  Yankees  or  to  put  the  country  in  a  better 
light.  He  can't.  He  was  born  a  dog,  and  he'll  be  a  dog.  But  he'll  get 
up  on  Sunday  morning  and  look  pious  in  his  pew!27 

The  minister  denounces  integration  as  a  stratagem  of  the 
white  man  to  insure  his  survival  in  a  world  he  has  managed  badly. 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  125 

The  white  man's  time  is  up,  and  he  knows  it.  He  has  no  friends 
anywhere.  He  now  hopes  that  by  integrating  with  the  rising  Black 
Man,  he  can  avoid  paying  for  the  long  list  of  crimes  he  has  perpe- 
trated against  humanity.  So  he  has  undertaken  to  "sweetheart" 
with  the  only  people  who  are  stupid  enough  to  listen,  the  dupes 
he  has  trained  to  love  him. 

If  the  so-called  American  Negro  were  not  so  much  in  love 
with  his  deceivers,  he  would  be  preparing  to  be  master  now,  rather 
than  continuing  to  be  satisfied  as  a  free  slave.  For  the  white  man's 
doom  is  sure. 

The  minister  then  speaks  again  of  Islam,  the  religion  of 
"peace,  justice  and  equality."  It  is  the  only  religion,  he  asserts, 
in  which  the  Black  Man  in  America — or  anywhere  else  in  the 
world — can  find  communion  in  brotherhood.  Islam  is  hateful  to 
the  white  man  because  it  "equalizes"  him,  and  "the  white  man 
would  rather  be  dead  than  to  be  equal."  But  there  are  as  many 
professing  believers  in  Islam  alone  as  there  are  white  men  in  the 
entire  world,  and  all  non-white  men  everywhere  are  by  nature 
Muslims,  whether  they  profess  it  or  not.  The  white  race  is  thus 
hopelessly  outnumbered  by  the  Muslim  brotherhood,  which 
stretches  across  the  world. 

The  Holy  Quran  of  Islam  is  the  "book  which  makes  a  dis- 
tinction between  the  God  of  the  righteous  and  the  God  of  evil." 
This  is  the  book  which  the  Slavemaster  has  willfully  kept  from  the 
blacks  in  America,  for  it  contains  all  knowledge:  "the  Guidance 
of  Light  and  Truth  and  of  Wisdom  and  Judgment." 

This  book  the  Holy  Quran  Sharrieff,  pulls  the  cover  off  the  covered 
and  shows  the  nation  for  the  first  time  that  which  deceived  90  per- 
cent of  the  people  of  the  earth  without  knowledge  of  the  deceiver.28 

At  present,  the  Holy  Quran  must  be  taught  by  the  leaders,  but  all 
Muslims  should  learn  Arabic  (which  is  taught  at  some  temples) 
so  that  they  may  read  it  for  themselves  in  the  original.  Meanwhile, 
only  those  translations  approved  by  Muhammad  should  be  used.29 
Near  the  end  of  the  meeting  and  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
minister's  lecture,  the  congregation  is  asked  whether  it  agrees  with 
what  has  been  said.  Any  who  do  not  agree  are  asked  to  state  the 
points  of  disagreement,  so  that  the  minister  may  try  to  provide 
"the  clarification  necessary  to  unity."  If  the  minister  cannot  pro- 


126  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

vide  a  satisfactory  answer,  he  promises  to  relay  the  question  to 
the  Messenger  himself  for  resolution.  No  questions  or  problems 
are  deemed  beyond  the  capacities  of  the  Messenger,  for  "it  is  be- 
cause of  his  wisdom  and  insight  that  he  has  been  chosen  leader  of 
the  Black  Nation." 

When  all  questions  raised  from  the  floor  by  "those  not  yet 
returned  to  Islam"  have  been  spoken  to,  the  minister  invites  those 
who  believe  what  they  have  heard  and  who  have  the  courage  of 
their  convictions  to  come  forward  and  declare  for  Islam.  There 
are  rarely  more  than  fifteen  or  twenty  in  any  one  meeting;  but  in 
a  three-hour  lecture  before  8,500  persons  in  Los  Angeles'  Olympic 
Auditorium,  "Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad  .  .  .  persuaded  more  than 
143  Christians  to  renounce  Christianity  and  embrace  Islam."30 

Those  who  elect  to  join  are  warmly  welcomed  by  the  Muslim 
brotherhood  and  are  assigned  to  classes  of  instruction.  Those 
who  are  impressed,  but  are  not  yet  willing  to  separate  themselves 
from  the  Christian  tradition,  are  urged  to  continue  attending  the 
public  meetings,  in  the  expectation  that  they  will  eventually  over- 
come this  hesitation.  The  merely  curious  and  those  suspected  of 
being  "stooges  for  the  FBI"  are  not  encouraged  to  return. 

Schools  and  the  Center 

A  powerful  and  long-range  recruiting  device  of  the  Move- 
ment is  its  parochial  schools,  with  their  massive  emphasis  on 
education  about  the  Black  Man — his  resplendent  past,  his  divine 
nature,  his  triumphant  future.  Many  lower-class  Negroes  find  this 
approach,  for  all  its  exaggerations,  a  welcome  change  from  the 
white-oriented  teaching  in  nearly  all  public  schools.  The  desire  to 
have  their  children  "learn  something  about  themselves"  is  sur- 
prisingly strong,  particularly  now  that  the  new  African  states  have 
gained  their  independence.  These  parents  are  also  impressed  with 
the  schools  as  irrefutable  evidence  of  the  Muslims'  determination 
to  free  themselves  from  all  white  influence  and  to  prepare  their 
youth  for  roles  as  reclaimers  of  the  Black  Man's  heritage.  Finally, 
the  schools  have  important  status-value  as  "private  schools"  for 
the  low-income  families,  who  could  never  hope  to  afford  the 
luxury  of  ordinary  private  schools. 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  127 

There  are  now  two  active  parochial  schools  (known  as  Uni- 
versities of  Islam)  in  Chicago  and  Detroit,  and  plans  have  been 
made  to  have  a  school  attached  to  each  temple.  The  University 
of  Islam  in  Chicago  includes  grades  one  to  twelve  and  is  accredited 
by  the  agencies  which  rate  the  city's  public  schools.  It  is  housed 
in  a  modern  building  and  has  an  enrollment  of  about  three  hun- 
dred students.  The  University  of  Islam  in  Detroit  has  about  one 
hundred  students.  In  both  the  Chicago  and  the  Detroit  schools, 
the  "Future  Leaders  of  Islam"  attend  classes  fifty  weeks  a  year. 
Both  are  staffed  with  Christian  as  well  as  Muslim  personnel. 
Efforts  are  now  under  way  to  establish  schools  at  other  large 
temples,  but  securing  teachers  has  proved  to  be  a  severe  problem. 

In  both  schools  Arabic  is  taught  from  the  third  grade  on, 
for  a  mastery  of  his  language  is  held  to  be  the  Black  Man's  key  to 
a  knowledge  of  his  past  and  to  acceptability  in  the  universal 
brotherhood  of  Islam.  Much  is  made  of  the  fact  that  Muhammad's 
young  son,  Akbar,  a  graduate  of  the  University  of  Islam  in  Chi- 
cago, acted  as  interpreter  for  his  father's  party  much  of  the  time 
during  their  recent  tour  of  Islamic  countries  in  Africa  and  Asia. 

The  Detroit  school  dates  back  to  the  early  years  of  the 
Movement,  and  it  has  been  a  constant  thorn  in  the  side  of  the 
Detroit  police  and  school  officials.  In  1934,  Muhammad  was 
found  guilty  of  contributing  to  the  delinquency  of  a  minor  and 
given  six  months  probation  when  he  refused  to  withdraw  his 
children  from  the  University  of  Islam  and  enroll  them  in  the  city's 
public  schools.  At  about  the  same  time,  when  the  city  attempted 
to  interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  school,  the  Muslims  began 
"a  severe  riot"  in  which  the  Muslims  "tried  to  storm  the  police 
headquarters.  Fearful  of  race  riots,  the  judges  of  the  recorder's 
office  released  with  suspended  sentences  almost  all  of  the  riot- 
ers."31 But  the  trouble  continued: 

Several  .  .  .  cult  members  were  in  and  out  of  court  on  ...  charges, 
most  resulting  from  their  insistence  on  sending  their  children  to  cult 
schools.  "Universities  of  Islam"  were  operated  in  various  places 
around  Detroit  for  more  than  a  decade  as  the  Board  of  Education 
sought  to  close  them.  .  .  .  The  school  system  finally  decided  to  "join" 
the  Muslims  instead  of  fighting  them.  .  .  .  Cult  leaders,  working 
through  their  attorney  ...  got  together  with  the  State  Departmen  of 
Public  Instruction  representatives  to  work  out  an  approved  private 


128  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

school  for  the  cult.  The  court  cases  were  dropped  on  the  assumption 
the  school  had  been  approved.  .  .  ,32 

The  school  was  closed  again  in  August  1959,  after  "a  State 
Police  sergeant,  an  agent  of  the  State  Department  of  Public  In- 
struction, two  Buildings  and  Safety  Engineering  Department  in- 
spectors, a  Health  Department  investigator,  and  a  Detroit  Fire 
Department  inspector  poked  through  the  musty,  crumbling  former 
theatre  building.  .  .  ,"83  A  few  weeks  later,  the  school  was  again 
in  operation. 

The  Muslims  place  a  high  premium  upon  special  education 
for  wives  and  mothers,  and  their  Muslim  Girls'  training  and 
General  Civilization  Class  is  an  effective  means  of  drawing  Negro 
women  into  the  Movement.  The  MGT,  as  it  is  generally  known, 
concentrates  primarily  on  the  art  of  homemaking.  It  meets  on 
week  nights  at  the  local  temples,  and  the  women  are  "taught  how 
to  sew,  cook,  keep  house,  rear  their  children,  care  for  their  hus- 
bands, and  how  to  behave  at  home  and  abroad."  High  moral 
behavior  is  an  absolute  requirement,  for  "a  Muslim  can  rise  no 
higher  than  his  women."  The  MGT  also  has  a  Junior  Division  for 
girls  aged  fifteen  to  nineteen. 

Perhaps  the  most  ambitious  undertaking  Muhammad  has 
announced  for  the  immediate  future  is  the  building  of  an  Islamic 
Center  in  Chicago.  The  center  is  to  include  "a  mosque  in  which 
to  pray  ...  an  educational  institution  in  which  to  enlighten  our 
youth,  a  library  in  which  to  deepen  their  knowledge  and  under- 
standing, a  hospital  in  which  to  cure  the  sick  and  strengthen  the 
healthy."34  The  initial  cost  of  the  center  is  put  at  $20  million, 
and  funds  are  solicited  from  all  who  attend  the  various  meetings 
of  the  Muslims,  on  the  promise  that  the  facilities  of  the  center  will 
not  be  restricted  to  Muslims. 

The  Muslims  have  already  acquired  a  five-acre  tract  on 
Chicago's  far  South  Side  for  which  they  paid  a  reputed  $150,000. 
When  residents  in  the  area  became  convinced  that  the  Muslims 
really  intend  to  build  the  center,  they  sought  to  have  the  tract 
condemned  for  a  public  park.  The  Muslims  countered  by  hiring 
Chicago's  famous  civil  rights  attorney,  Robert  Ming,  to  represent 
them;  and  an  angry  Muhammad  lashed  out  at  the  Negroes  trying 
to  block  his  program  in  terms  reminscent  of  Garvey: 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  129 

The  short-sighted  so-called  Negroes  seem  to  rather  have  a  play- 
ground to  sit,  eat  and  sleep  on  [and]  to  be  criticized  by  the  civilized 
people  of  earth  as  the  laziest  and  most  foolish  people  of  all.  ...  I  warn 
you  my  people  who  are  trying  to  oppose  me  and  my  followers — to 
the  joy  of  our  enemies,  (the  devils)  by  our  Allah,  all  of  your  efforts 
shall  fail  ...  if  we  are  forced  by  the  city  to  give  it  up  or  sell,  by  the 
help  of  our  God,  Allah — we  will  most  certainly  retaliate;  this  we  are 
assured  of.35 


Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks 

The  Black  Muslims  have  spared  no  effort  to  contact  the 
Negro  masses  through  every  available  medium  of  mass  communi- 
cation. Wherever  Muhammad  speaks,  his  audiences  are  num- 
bered in  the  thousands;  and  since  1959  his  rallies  have  been  in- 
creasingly frequent.  Baltimore,  Pittsburgh,  New  York,  Boston, 
Philadelphia,  Los  Angeles,  Chicago,  Atlanta,  Washington  and 
other  cities  across  the  country  have  turned  out  impressive  crowds 
to  hear  the  Messenger.  Nowhere  have  fewer  than  four  thousand 
persons  gathered  to  hear  his  call  for  "a  separate  place  for  the 
Black  Nation."  Crowds  of  eight  to  ten  thousand  are  the  rule. 

For  several  years,  Muhammad's  column  in  the  Pittsburgh 
Courier  attracted  wide  attention  among  Negroes  and  stirred  a 
lively  debate  between  those  who  supported  his  views  and  those 
who  were  indignant  that  he  was  granted  space  in  the  paper.  Dur- 
ing his  tenure  as  a  Courier  columnist,  no  other  single  writer  drew 
as  many  letters  to  the  editor;  and  the  newspaper,  which  had  been 
steadily  losing  readers,  suddenly  found  its  circulation  increasing. 
This  was  partially  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Muslims  took  to  the 
street  corners  and  the  housing  projects  to  hawk  the  papers — each 
brother  being  assigned  a  quota.  In  1959,  however,  the  controlling 
interest  in  the  paper  was  bought  by  S.  B.  Fuller,  a  Chicago  manu- 
facturer, and  Muhammad's  column  was  dropped. 

Subsequently  the  column  began  to  appear  in  the  weekly 
Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  which  has  become  in  effect  the 
official  Muslim  organ.  Since  its  alliance  with  the  Muslims,  the 
Dispatch,  which  is  only  eight  years  old,  has  begun  to  publish  a 
regional  edition  in  Chicago,  and  local  offices  have  been  opened 
in  other  cities  where  there  are  large  numbers  of  Muslims.  The 


130  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

paper  is  published  by  Sanford  Alexander  of  Los  Angeles.  Ray- 
mond Sharrieff,  son-in-law  of  Muhammad  and  Supreme  Captain 
of  the  FOI,  is  in  charge  of  its  Chicago  offices.  The  paper  is  sold 
at  all  Muslim  enterprises  across  the  country,  and  individual  Mus- 
lims are  given  quotas  to  sell  in  the  black  ghettos.  Its  present 
circulation  is  approximately  40,000  a  week. 

Malcolm  X  refers  to  the  Dispatch  as  "the  most  outspoken 
newspaper  in  America  ...  100  per  cent  pro-black."  The  paper 
denounces  "the  so-called  Negro  leaders,"  ridicules  the  Negro's 
commitment  to  non-violence  and  passive  resistance,  and  supports 
the  Black  Muslims  unequivocally.  It  says  candidly: 

.  .  .  Mr.  Muhammad's  program  .  .  .  and  the  racial  policy  of  the 
Herald-Dispatch  is  one  and  the  same.  .  .  .  Mr.  Muhammad  maintains 
and  the  Herald-Dispatch  concurs,  that  the  salvation  for  the  so-called 
American  Negro  is  unity  of  purpose  .  .  .  one  goal,  spiritually,  eco- 
nomically, and  politically,  such  as  embracing  Islam,  .  .  .  building 
business  enterprises  among  the  black  race,  supporting  the  Negro 
businessman,  learning  self-respect.  And  above  all  else,  [we  must] 
stop  begging  our  oppressor  for  the  crumbs  from  his  table.  Prepare 
for  the  day  when  his  beastlike  action  against  the  non-white  popula- 
tion .  .  .  will  be  stopped  with  force.36 

The  feature  news  of  each  issue  of  the  Dispatch  is  predomi- 
nantly concerned  with  Muslim  affairs,  and  the  addresses  of  Mu- 
hammad, Malcolm  X  and  others  prominent  in  the  Movement  are 
given  extensive  coverage.  Guest  columns  by  various  Muslim 
ministers  are  featured  regularly,  as  are  stories  about  the  activities 
of  local  temples.  Muhammad's  "Economic  Blueprint"  is  printed 
in  most  issues.  The  back  page  is  ordinarily  devoted  entirely  to  a 
graphic  projection  of  the  proposed  Islamic  Center,  plus  a  listing 
of  the  Muslim  temples  and  their  addresses.  Considerable  space  is 
devoted  to  advertising  from  Muslim  temples,  enterprises  and  indi- 
viduals. 

News  of  interest  to  the  general  Negro  community  is  also 
published  in  the  Dispatch,  but  relatively  little  space  is  given  to 
social  events — an  important  feature  in  most  Negro  newspapers. 
Some  straight  news  pertaining  to  Christian  churches  is  carried,  as 
is  news  about  such  organizations  as  the  NAACP.  Foreign  news 
is  usually  limited  to  items  concerning  the  Afro-Asian  community. 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  131 

In  February  1960,  the  Dispatch  presented  Elijah  Muham- 
mad an  award  on  the  occasion  of  its  eighth  anniversary  celebra- 
tion. In  anticipation  of  the  event,  the  Dispatch  said  editorially: 

Mr.  Muhammad  has  succeeded  in  organizing  approximately  one  half 
million  so-called  Negroes.  ...  He  is  uplifting  fallen  humanity.  He 
is  not  concerned  with  other  races,  he  teaches  the  so-called  Negro  to 
be  pro-black.  This  is  not  teaching  hate  .  .  .  because  of  his  teachings, 
his  program  of  positive  action,  the  Herald-Dispatch  will  give  him  the 
highest  Achievement  Award  ever  given  to  an  individual  by  this 
publication.  .  .  ,37 

Both  Christianity  and  Judaism  come  under  frequent  attack 
from  the  Dispatch.  While  it  categorically  denies  religious  bias,  it 
publishes  material  such  as  this — from  an  editorial  entitled  "The 
Evils  of  Christianity": 

The  Christian,  the  white  man  with  a  gun  and  a  Bible  in  one  hand  and 
a  bottle  of  gin  in  the  other  .  .  .  enslaved  [the  Black  Man]  .  .  .  [and 
is  guilty  of]  economic  oppression,  lynchings,  bombing  of  [Negro] 
churches,  segregation,  disenfranchisement.  .  .  .  Christianity  in  Ger- 
many used  fiendish  gas  ovens  to  "scientifically"  rid  the  world  of 
millions  of  Jews;  the  U.  S.  under  Christianity  performed  the  most 
heinous  crime  ever  committed  on  the  planet  Earth — the  dropping  of 
the  atomic  bombs  on  the  Japanese.  .  .  ,38 

The  "Christian  Belgians"  are  charged  with  slaughtering  the  Con- 
golese; the  "Christian  French,"  with  bombing  the  Algerians  and 
Tunisians,  "supported  by  the  Christian  United  States  and  Britain." 
In  a  particularly  bitter  editorial,  the  Dispatch  challenged  its  readers 
as  follows: 

We  ask  Negroes:  where  was  Ralph  Bunche,  the  stooge  of  the  Western 
Powers  when  the  Belgians  murdered  10,000  Africans  on  January  4, 
5,  and  6,  1959?  We  ask  the  Negroes  where  was  the  United  Nations 
when  the  South  Africans  were  shooting  down  Africans  like  flies?  .  .  . 
Where  was  Ralph  Bunche  when  the  British,  using  rockets  were  killing 
the  Africans  in  Kenya?  .  .  .  Russia  saved  Egypt  in  1956.  .  .  .  Russia 
ordered  Israel  out  of  the  Sinai  Desert  ...  it  was  Russia  again  who 
ordered  the  Belgians  out  of  the  Congo.  We  are  thankful  for  Russia.39 

This  praise  of  Russia,  incidentally,  is  the  Dispatch's  only  signifi- 
cant departure  from  the  Muslim  line.  Muhammad  holds  no  brief 
for  any  white  nation,  including  the  Soviet  Union.  He  apparently 


132  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

permits  this  pro-Russian  slant  only  because  it  has  the  virtue  of 
discomfiting  the  local  "Slavemasters." 

Judaism,  "from  which  Christianity  spread" — the  Dispatch 
does  not  mention  Islam's  similar  origin — is  condemned  for  "her 
brutal  treatment  of  the  Palestine  Arabs  who  had  befriended  the 
Jews  in  an  hour  of  need."  The  Jews  are  referred  to  as  "educated 
and  highly  cultured,"  and  it  is  emphasized  that  their  "crimes  were 
conducted  with  the  aid  and  sanction  of  the  Christian  countries." 
All  Negroes  are  called  upon  to  "renounce  Christianity  in  all  its 
facets,  [for]  Christianity  ...  is  not  for  the  Black  Man."40 

The  Muslims  also  have  an  ever-increasing  number  of  special 
publications  designed  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  black  masses 
to  Muhammad's  work  and  teachings. 

The  Supreme  Wisdom:  Solution  to  the  So-Called  Negroes' 
Problem  is  the  hornbook  of  the  Movement.  In  its  fifty-six  pages, 
Muhammad  addresses  himself  to  such  diverse  topics  as  "The 
Bible  and  its  Teachings,"  "Christianity,"  "What  Our  Enemy  Is 
Doing,"  "No  'Integration,'"  "Kinky  Hair,"  "The  Hog  and  Its 
Eaters,"  "Heaven  on  Earth"  and  "Other  Notable  Aspects  of 
Islam."  An  early  edition  lists  ten  formal  requirements  of  prac- 
tice, or  "Principles  of  Belief,"  including  the  following:  "Keep  up 
prayer;  speak  the  truth  regardless  of  circumstances;  keep  clean 
internally  and  externally  at  all  times;  set  at  liberty  the  captured 
believer;  fear  no  one  but  Allah,  and  kill  no  one  whom  Allah  has 
not  ordered  you  to  kill."  The  Supreme  Wisdom  is  perhaps  the 
Muslims'  earliest  venture  in  publishing  and  has  been  through 
several  editions,  but  on  the  whole  it  is  poorly  written  and  poorly 
organized.  Not  many  outside  the  fold  have  seen  it. 

In  1959  and  1960,  the  Muslims  launched  a  number  of  publi- 
cations in  keeping  with  their  new  resolve  to  add  a  million  converts 
to  Muhammad's  following  by  the  end  of  1961.  One  such  publica- 
tion was  The  Messenger,  a  magazine  edited  by  the  ubiquitous 
Malcolm  X  and  devoted  to  a  pictorial  presentation  of  "typical 
Muslim  activities."  Several  pages  are  devoted  to  the  Muslim 
schools  and  show  the  eager  young  faces  of  the  Muslim  children  in 
their  classes.  Other  sections  show  Muslim  women  (busy  with  the 


Reaching  for  the  Masses  133 

tasks  of  homemaking),  the  Muslims'  various  commercial  enter- 
prises and  a  display  of  newspapers  headlining  news  about  Mus- 
lims. There  is  a  feature  story  on  "a  typical  Muslim  family" — that 
of  Supreme  Captain  Raymond  SharriefL  Subsequent  issues  were 
planned  but  were  never  published. 

One  issue  of  The  Islamic  News,  a  tabloid-sized  paper,  ap- 
peared in  July  1959.  Its  eight  pages  were  mainly  devoted  to  an 
"Exclusive  Verbatim  Transcript  of  [Muhammad's]  Historic  Wash- 
ington Speech."  The  issue  is  obviously  the  work  of  a  professional 
journalist,  and  the  speech  as  presented  is  certainly  not  a  "verbatim 
transcript."  This  address  is  particularly  important,  however,  be- 
cause in  it  Muhammad  considered  himself  to  be  tweaking  the  nose 
of  the  government,  which,  on  his  previous  visit  to  Washington 
during  the  "lean  years"  of  the  Movement,  had  humiliated  him  and 
put  him  in  jail. 

Another  tabloid-sized  Muslim  paper,  Mr.  Muhammad 
Speaks,  bills  itself  as  "a  militant  monthly  dedicated  to  Justice  for 
the  Black  Man."  This  paper  was  launched  in  May  1960  and  went 
on  sale  at  fifteen  cents.  It  is  devoted  to  the  general  news  of 
Muslim  interest,  including  features  of  special  interest  to  women. 
This  is  probably  the  best  publication  the  Muslims  have,  and  the 
hand  of  a  professional  journalist  is  apparent  in  its  layout  and 
composition.  It  is  published  at  113  Lenox  Avenue,  in  "The  Heart 
of  Harlem."  The  photography  tends  to  be  unusually  effective, 
and  the  paper  sells  readily  wherever  it  appears  on  the  streets  in 
Negro  neighborhoods.  Venders  are  often  stationed  outside 
NAACP  meetings,  churches  and  other  places  where  large  groups 
of  Negroes  congregate. 

In  July  1960,  a  pocket-sized  magazine  called  Salaam  ap- 
peared. It  is  essentially  a  picture  magazine,  and  its  first  issue 
featured  Muhammad's  trip  to  Mecca,  the  University  of  Islam  in 
Detroit  and  the  1960  Muslim  Convention  in  Chicago.  Salaam  is 
published  in  Philadelphia  by  L.  Masco  Young. 

Another  pocket-sized  Muslim  magazine  is  Mr.  Muhammad 
Speaks  to  the  Blackman.  It  is  a  shallow  publication,  playing  upon 
racial  feeling  in  such  a  way  as  to  be  nauseous  even  to  some  pro- 
Muslims.  Dan  Burley,  a  well-known  Chicago  newspaperman,  is 


134  Reaching  for  the  Masses 

listed  as  editor.  Other  Muslim  publications  appear  sporadically 
as  the  need  for  them  is  indicated. 

In  addition  to  these  publications  and  such  attention  as  they 
receive  in  the  non-Muslim  Negro  press,  the  Muslims  lose  no  op- 
portunity to  offer  themselves  to  public  attention  through  television 
and  radio.  The  chief  spokesman  for  interpreting  the  Movement 
through  these  media  is  the  ubiquitous  Malcolm  X,  whose  adroit- 
ness and  cunning,  displayed  during  many  of  his  numerous  radio 
interviews,  led  a  Boston  critic  to  name  him  "the  Harlem  Asp.'* 
Also  known  as  "the  Big  X,"  Malcolm  has  tilted  with  such  TV 
notables  as  Mike  Wallace  and  has  been  interviewed  on  radio  or 
television  by  such  top-flight  journalists  as  Nat  Hentoff,  Louis 
Lomax  and  Chuck  Stone.  As  a  guest  on  the  two-and-a-half-hour- 
long  Jerry  Williams  show  on  radio  station  WMEX  in  Boston, 
Malcolm  turned  what  was  intended  to  be  a  half-hour  interview 
into  a  two-and-a-half-hour  marathon. 

The  Muslims  also  have  a  regular  and  extensive  series  of 
weekly  radio  lectures.  In  December  1960,  a  listing  of  "Muham- 
mad's Nationwide  Radio  Schedule"  in  Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks 
covered  seven  stations,  each  reaching  cities  within  a  hundred-mile- 
or-more  radius  of  a  major  metropolitan  area.  (The  stations  were 
KAPZ,  St.  Louis;  WEAW-FM,  Chicago-Milwaukee-Indianapolis; 
WERD,  Atlanta;  WHAT,  Philadelphia;  WJLB,  Detroit-Toledo; 
WNTA  and  WNTA-FM,  New  York  City;  and  WSID,  Baltimore- 
Washington,  D.  C.)  The  list  keeps  growing,  but  the  Muslim  lead- 
ership is  looking  far  beyond  this  limited  expedient.  The  next 
major  enterprise  the  Movement  hopes  to  undertake  in  its  constant 
reaching  for  the  masses  is  its  own  radio  station — "The  Voice  of 
Islam,"  broadcasting  from  "the  wilderness  of  North  America." 


6    Tensions: 

Outside  the  Movement 


The  Black  Muslims  are  psychologically  indrawn:  they  feel 
responsible  only  to  each  other  and  derive  most  of  their  satisfaction 
from  their  own  mutual  approval.  Yet  they  are  also  aware  of  the 
world  around  them — and  smugly  aware  that  the  world  is  aware 
of  them. 

To  a  great  extent,  the  Muslims  define  their  Movement  by 
negative  contrast  to  their  most  important  audiences:  Negroes, 
Jews,  the  orthodox  Moslems  in  America  and  the  hated  whites. 
They  assert  their  own  strength  and  purity  by  castigating  the  weak- 
ness and  depravity  they  claim  to  see  among  these  strangers.  The 
Movement,  they  imply,  is  in  no  way  ignorant,  corrupted  or  im- 
potent. It  is  not  at  all  like  the  world  from  which  they  have  drawn 
themselves  apart. 

But  more  is  involved  in  the  traffic  between  the  Movement 
and  its  surrounding  world  than  a  mere  exercise  in  self-glorification. 
The  Muslim  statements  are  often  complex,  foreshadowing  ultimate 
goals  and  hopes  even  while  they  make  explicit  the  dogma  of  the 
moment.  And  in  the  response  of  the  Negro,  Jewish,  Moslem  and 
white  communities  to  the  Black  Muslim  challenge,  it  is  possible 
to  read  some  hints,  at  least,  of  the  onrushing  future. 

I.    THE  NEGRO  COMMUNITY 

Individual  Negro  Leadership 

The  sudden  prominence  of  the  Black  Muslim  Movement 
and  its  rapidly  increasing  appeal  to  the  Negro  masses  have  become 
a  source  of  major  concern  for  the  recognized  Negro  leadership. 
Some  of  this  concern  may  be  attributed  to  professional  jealousy, 
for  each  Muslim  was  once  potentially  a  member  of  a  different 

135 


136  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

Negro  organization.  But  beneath  this  surface  jealousy  lie  far  more 
serious  apprehensions — a  recognition  of  the  Muslims  as  a  danger- 
ous threat  to  the  areas  of  harmony  that  have  been  won  through 
years  of  painstaking  interracial  negotiation  and  experimentation. 

Negro  leadership  in  America — politicians,  intellectuals  and 
businessmen — has  been  uniformly  dedicated  to  the  principle  of 
cooperation  with  the  white  man  in  any  attempt  to  relieve  the 
Negro's  condition.  Muhammad's  harangues  on  "the  truth  about 
the  white  man"  are  therefore  considered  dangerous  and  destruc- 
tive, regardless  of  their  truth  or  falsity.  One  leader  who  has  spent 
a  lifetime  in  patient  negotiation  with  the  white  community  de- 
clared that  Muhammad's  allegations  are  "intemperate  enough  to 
be  insulting  and  true  enough  to  be  embarrassing." 

The  strategy  of  Negro  leadership  has  characteristically  been 
to  avoid  embarrassing  the  white  man,  even  at  the  cost  of  some 
delay  in  attaining  a  desired  end.  This  has  not  been  accidental: 
the  American  Negro  has  clung  tenaciously  to  his  belief  in  the 
American  Creed  and  the  Christian  ideal,  and  he  has  wanted  to 
believe  in  the  white  man's  essential  integrity.  Indeed,  he  has  been 
much  more  willing  to  see  the  mote  in  his  own  eye  than  to  argue 
about  the  beam  in  the  eye  of  the  white  man.  John  Steinbeck 
sensed  this  when  he  wrote: 

I  am  constantly  amazed  at  the  qualities  we  expect  in  Negroes.  No 
race  has  ever  offered  another  such  high  regard.  We  expect  Negroes 
to  be  wiser  than  we  are,  more  tolerant  than  we  are,  braver,  more 
dignified  than  we,  more  self-controlled  and  self -disciplined.  .  .  .  We 
expect  them  to  obey  rules  of  conduct  we  flout,  to  be  more  courteous, 
more  gallant,  more  proud,  more  steadfast.  In  a  word,  while  main- 
taining that  Negroes  are  inferior  to  us,  by  our  unquestioning  faith 
in  them  we  prove  our  conviction  that  they  are  superior  in  many  fields, 
even  fields  we  are  presumed  to  be  trained  and  conditioned  in  and 
they  are  not.1 

Negro  leadership  has  never  seriously  considered  whether  the 
Negro  might  solve  his  problems  without  help.  It  holds  that  the 
Negro  is  an  integral  part  of  the  American  society,  that  his  problem 
is  America's  problem — the  problem  of  all  the  people,  created  by 
all  the  people — and  that  it  is  to  the  interest  of  all  the  people  to 
participate  in  its  solution.  Besides,  in  the  complex  set  of  relation- 
ships that  constitutes  a  modern  society,  it  is  unrealistic  to  think 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  137 

of  any  one  group  solving  an  intergroup  problem  alone — except  by 
annihilating  the  offending  group  or  by  a  complete  physical  sepa- 
ration from  them.  Few  Negro  leaders  have  envisaged  either 
extreme. 

The  Black  Muslims  do  not  repudiate  either  possibility.  On 
the  contrary,  they  already  are  demanding  physical  separation;  and 
while  they  are  cautious  in  discussing  the  means  by  which  the  white 
man  may  be  annihilated,  they  proclaim  openly  that  his  time  is  up. 
Listen  to  Minister  Malcolm  X  as  he  addresses  a  white  audience  at 
Boston  University: 

A  child  stays  within  the  mother  until  the  time  of  birth.  When  the 
time  of  birth  arrives,  the  child  must  be  separated  or  it  will  destroy 
the  mother  and  itself.  The  mother  can't  carry  the  child  after  its 
time — the  child  wants  to  be  free.  It  cries  for  a  world  of  its  own. 
If  the  mother  will  not  give  it  up  naturally,  the  doctors  must  forcibly 
take  it  from  her,  which  sometimes  causes  her  death.  If  she  can  set 
it  free  naturally,  easily,  so  much  the  better;  if  not,  it  must  be  taken. 
Twenty  million  so-called  Negroes  in  America  number  a  nation  within 
a  nation,  crying  for  freedom.  We  must  be  free.  We  must  be  born. 
We  must  be  separated  or  cause  the  destruction  of  both.2 

This  precept — that  separation  is  the  only  final  solution  to 
the  race  problem  in  this  country  and  throughout  the  world — is 
appalling  to  most  Negroes.  A  white  newspaper  has  caught  the 
responsible  mood  of  the  Negro  community  with  unusual  clarity: 

In  the  long  struggle  over  racial  discrimination  in  the  United  States, 
the  American  Negro  has  almost  always  behaved  with  fortitude  and 
restraint. 

He  has  pressed  the  battle  for  his  rights  through  orderly  and  legal 
means.  He  has  borne  insult  and  injury  without  resorting  to  violence. 
He  has  faced  the  hate-mongers  without  adopting  hatred  as  his 
creed. 

His  passive  resistance  campaign  against  discrimination  on  busses  in 
Montgomery,  Alabama,  showed  a  moral  strength  and  self-discipline 
that  has  few  parallels  in  our  history.3 

When  Negro  leadership  attempted  to  ignore  Muhammad  and 
his  Muslims,  Malcolm  X  complained: 

Mr.  Muhammad  has  done  more  to  make  the  Black  Man  in  America 
think  than  all  the  Negro  teachers  and  leaders  together.  ...  If  he 


138  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

were  not  responsible  for  doing  this,  he  would  not  be  the  object  of 
so  much  comment  and  so  much  concern.  For  a  long  time,  they  tried 
to  cover  him  up — to  put  him  under  the  rug.  They  figured  he  would 
just  evaporate  or  go  away.  No  matter  what  he  did,  nothing  was  said 
about  it  in  the  white  press  or  any  other  press.  It  looked  like  it  was 
in  agreed  method  to  just  not  say  anything  about  him.4 

But  the  Movement  could  not  be  realistically  ignored.  Muhammad 
was  drawing  thousands  of  Negroes  wherever  he  spoke,  and  it  was 
inevitable  that  Negro  leadership  would  have  to  take  official  recog- 
nition of  him. 

The  politicians  were  among  the  first  to  yield.  In  Harlem, 
at  a  two-day  "Unity  Feast"  held  in  July  1958,  Muhammad  was 
greeted  by  Manhattan  Borough  President  Hulan  Jack,  who  re- 
ferred to  him  as  "our  distinguished  visitor  from  Chicago"  and 
welcomed  him  on  behalf  of  Manhattan's  2  million  residents.  City 
Councilman  Earl  Brown  told  the  8,000  Muslims  and  other  nation- 
alists present:  "I  have  been  inspired  by  being  with  you.  ...  As  I 
gaze  upon  you  I  recognize  fully  our  power  as  a  people."  Judge 
Carson  DeWitt  Baker  and  State  Senator  James  Watson  were  also 
present.  U.  S.  Congressman  Adam  Clayton  Powell  wired  his 
regrets  at  being  unable  to  attend  and  offered  his  sentiments  for 
the  success  of  the  meeting.  The  celebration  was  also  attended  by 
J.  A.  Rogers,  historian  and  columnist  for  the  Pittsburgh  Courier; 
Col.  Walters  of  the  Universal  Negro  Improvement  Association; 
Noel  Austin,  Director  of  the  Manhattan  Elks  Civil  Liberties 
League;  and  other  notables  of  political,  labor  and  fraternal  organi- 
zations.5 

Muslim  relations  with  Negro  politicians  are  more  consistently 
cordial  than  their  relations  with  any  other  group  of  Negro  leaders, 
even  though  Muslims  have  yet  to  demonstrate  their  voting 
strength.  In  August  1960,  for  example,  Martin  Luther  King, 
Jackie  Robinson,  Adam  Clayton  Powell,  Thurgood  Marshall, 
Hulan  Jack,  Roy  Wilkins  and  other  Negro  leaders  were  invited  to 
attend  a  Harlem  rally  and  "debate  key  issues"  before  the  public. 
Seven  thousand  Negroes  came  to  hear  them,  but  only  Hulan  Jack 
put  in  an  appearance.  Mr.  Jack  expressed  great  appreciation  and 
admiration  for  Elijah  Muhammad  as  "a  spiritual  leader  whose 
purpose  is  to  bring  about  better  understanding  and  cooperation." 
Malcolm  X,  who  hosted  the  meeting,  called  upon  all  Negro  leaders 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  139 

to  set  aside  "petty  differences"  and  to  "reason  together  and  keep 
open  minds."  Some  leaders  had  failed  to  appear,  he  explained, 
because  they  were  afraid  "of  irking  their  white  bosses  [or]  em- 
barrassing their  white  liberal  friends." 

An  earlier  Leadership  Conference,  held  in  Harlem  in  January 
1960,  was  attended  by  an  impressive  array  of  New  York  poli- 
ticians— this  time  including  Adam  Powell.  Malcolm  X  com- 
mended these  leaders  for  "at  last  catching  up  with  the  progressive 
thinking  of  the  enlightened  Negro  masses."  He  also  warned  them 
that,  while  the  Muslims  have  thus  far  refrained  from  active  politi- 
cal participation,  they  should  not  be  discounted  when  political 
decisions  are  made  that  affect  the  Negro  community. 

Of  the  American  Negroes  connected  with  politics  at  any 
level,  only  United  Nations  Under  Secretary  Ralph  Bunche  has 
come  under  direct  fire  from  the  Black  Muslims.  They  have  ex- 
coriated him  as  "the  George  Washington  of  Israel,"  presumably 
because  they  suspect  him  of  favoring  Israel  in  his  negotiation  of 
the  Israeli-Arab  dispute.  This  negotiation  was,  however,  hailed 
as  a  diplomatic  achievement;  it  brought  Dr.  Bunche  a  Nobel  Prize 
in  spite  of  the  denunciation  of  the  Black  Nation  of  Islam." 

Negro  intellectuals  have  systematically  ignored  Muhammad. 
Like  most  Negroes  outside  the  lower  class,  they  have  not  felt 
impelled  to  attend  his  meetings;  their  knowledge  of  the  Muslims 
has  come,  for  the  most  part,  through  occasional  conversations  with 
persons  who  have  read  about  the  Movement.  In  a  nationwide 
sampling  of  intellectual  opinion,  a  surprising  percentage  of  "in- 
formed" Negro  intellectuals  was  found  to  know  practically  nothing 
about  the  Movement,7  even  though  it  has  been  constantly  reported 
in  the  Negro  press  for  several  years,  featured  in  almost  all  of  the 
national  news  magazines  and  covered  repeatedly  in  the  white  press 
for  at  least  two  years!  Even  in  the  cities  where  Muslim  activities 
regularly  outdraw  Christian  and  fraternal  affairs  and  receive  na- 
tional coverage,  the  intellectuals  seem  unaware  of  the  Muslims' 
existence. 

Some  of  this  "ignorance"  is,  of  course,  a  kind  of  psychologi- 
cal insulation.  It  is  a  refusal  to  acknowledge  the  existence  of  any 
phenomenon  that  might  be  interpreted — by  the  white  community, 
at  least — as  casting  doubt  on  the  Negro's  social  and  intellectual 


140  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

maturity.  At  first  the  intellectuals  considered  it  a  badge  of  status 
to  "know  nothing  of  these  people."  They  "rarely  read  the  Negro 
press,"  and  none  of  their  friends  were  aware  of  any  Muslim 
activity.  After  a  spate  of  articles  on  the  Black  Muslim  in  Time, 
The  New  York  Times,  The  Christian  Science  Monitor,  Reader's 
Digest  and  other  middle-class  media,  the  intellectuals  at  last  ad- 
mitted having  "heard  something  about  the  Movement"  but  tended 
to  dismiss  it  as  "just  another  Harlem-type  cult  of  ignorant  Ne- 
groes." An  article  by  Nat  Hentoff  in  The  Reporter  magazine,  in 
August  1960,  brought  polite  inquiries  from  the  Negro  elite.  (It 
is  interesting  that  some  Negro  intellectuals  first  heard  of  the 
Muslims  through  white  contacts.)  The  "Muslim  question"  is 
gradually — and  belatedly — becoming  a  frequent  topic  of  conver- 
sation among  the  intelligentsia. 

The  Muslims  are  ambivalent  toward  the  intellectuals,  who 
they  say,  "have  been  in  the  white  man's  schools  longer  and  have 
been  more  thoroughly  brainwashed."  Those  few  who  join  the 
sect  are  acclaimed  as  the  true  race  leaders,  who  have  sacrificed 
status  to  service,  and  great  pride  is  taken  in  their  "professional" 
or  "college"  training.  But  intellectuals  are  more  acceptable  than 
other  Negroes  to  the  white  community  in  situations  approaching 
equality,  and  nearly  all  of  them  spurn  Muslim-type  protest  organi- 
zations. Such  intellectuals  are  scored  for  permitting  the  white  man 
to  "make  fools  and  Uncle  Toms  out  of  our  educated  and  pro- 
fessional class  of  people  with  a  false  show  of  social  equality."8 
The  Muslims  also  charge  the  intellectuals  with  "giving  their  edu- 
cation back  to  the  teachers"  rather  than  teaching  in  the  Negro 
schools  and  colleges,  where  they  are  more  sorely  needed. 

The  Muslims  do  not  expect  to  make  many  converts  among 
the  Negro  intellectuals,  for  these  are  held  to  be  the  "satisfied 
Black  Men"  who  are  least  concerned  with  the  problems  confront- 
ing the  majority  of  Negroes.  To  the  intellectuals,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  looms  as  a  threat — not  to 
themselves,  but  to  their  hopes  and  aspirations  for  the  Negro  in 
America. 

Negro  big-businessmen,  like  Negro  politicians,  are  very  much 
aware  of  the  Muslims — and  especially  of  their  economic  potential. 
They  do  not  like  Muhammad's  religious  and  racial  extremism. 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  141 

but  they  welcome  his  continued  stress  upon  economic  self-suffi- 
ciency and  upon  racial  solidarity  in  protecting  and  strengthening 
Negro  financial  interests.  Those  who  do  business  with  the  Mus- 
lims have  found  them  reliable  and  businesslike.  The  Muslims  do 
not  buy  beyond  their  means,  but  they  tend  to  buy  merchandise  of 
good  quality,  usually  for  cash. 

Negro  businesses  were  well  represented  at  the  1960  Muslim 
Convention  in  Chicago.  Banks,  insurance  companies,  retail  stores 
and  service  enterprises  accepted  Muhammad's  invitation  to  display 
their  wares  and  advertise  their  services  at  special  "bazaars"  in  the 
giant  Chicago  Coliseum,  where  the  convention  was  held.  How- 
ever, one  executive  of  a  Negro  insurance  company,  not  represented 
at  the  convention,  has  said  privately: 

In  my  opinion  the  "Muslim"  movement  or  cult  has  not  had,  and  will 
not  have  in  the  future,  any  appreciable  appeal  to  American  Negroes 
in  either  the  Low-  Middle-  or  Upper-  social  Class.  ...  It  is  my 
further  opinion  that  this  movement  is  rendering  a  definite  disservice 
to  the  effort  being  made  in  the  realm  of  human  relations  to  make 
democracy  in  its  fullest  sense  a  reality  in  this  country,  and  should 
be  resisted  to  the  utmost  by  the  intelligent  leadership  of  our  group, 
as  well  as  the  authorities  vested  with  the  responsibility  of  guaranteeing 
the  security  of  our  country  against  such  dangerous  and  radical  move- 
ments. 

Whether  he  speaks  for  a  significant  number  of  Negro  businessmen, 
only  the  future  will  tell. 

The  Negro  Press 

The  important  elements  of  the  Negro  press  have  not  sup- 
ported Muhammad,  nor  have  they  in  any  way  endorsed  the  Mus- 
lim teachings.  They  have,  however,  given  impetus  to  the  Move- 
ment by  providing  the  medium  through  which  it  became  known 
to  the  Negro  community  as  a  whole.  In  this,  the  press  has  had 
little  choice:  it  exists  to  keep  the  public  informed,  and  the  Muslims 
were  and  are  news. 

The  Muslim  leadership  is  fully  aware  of  the  importance  of 
the  press  to  its  interests.  In  the  Messenger  magazine,  a  Muslim 
publication,  Editor  Malcolm  X  devoted  two  full  pages  to  an  article 
expressing  his  support  of  the  Negro  press: 


142  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

The  daily  [white]  press  can  make  even  the  "Negro"  public  eat  your 
flesh  with  its  powerful  .  .  .  propaganda.  .  .  .  The  Negro  press  may 
have  its  shortcomings,  but  when  the  die  is  cast  and  your  "downtown" 
friends  ready  you  for  the  dogs,  there  must  be  a  NEGRO  PRESS  to 
present  your  case  to  the  "Negro"  public.  The  Negro  press  is  our 
only  medium  for  voicing  the  true  plight  of  our  oppressed  people  to 
the  world.9 

He  gave  specific  endorsement  to  four  Negro  newspapers:  the 
Pittsburgh  Courier,  the  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  the  New 
Jersey  Herald  News  and  the  New  York  Amsterdam  News.  Read- 
ers were  encouraged  to  examine  each  of  the  Negro  papers  and 
"then  support  the  one  you  find  to  be  the  most  fearless,  uncom- 
promising, and  outspoken  in  behalf  of  our  downtrodden  people." 

The  Pittsburgh  Courier,  with  a  circulation  of  300,000,  is  the 
largest  Negro  newspaper  in  the  country.  It  has  a  nationwide 
coverage,  implemented  through  several  regional  editions  (such  as 
the  New  York  Courier),  and  it  was  the  first  paper  to  give  any 
significant  coverage  to  the  Black  Muslim  Movement.  For  about 
three  years,  from  1956  until  the  summer  of  1959,  it  served  in  some 
ways  as  a  spokesman  for  the  Movement.  It  carried  Muhammad's 
column,  as  well  as  news  about  Muslim  activities,  and  in  1957 
it  presented  Muhammad  with  the  "Courier  Achievement  Award." 

The  Courier's  editors  and  columnists  also  came  frequently 
to  the  Muslims'  defense.  For  example,  George  S.  Schuyler,  New 
York  editor  of  the  Courier  and  one  of  the  most  widely  read  Negro 
journalists  in  the  world,  wrote  in  his  column,  "Views  and  Re- 
views" : 

The  recent  uproar  over  Mr.  Muhammad's  movement  .  .  .  seems  to 
me  to  be  quite  superficial.  .  .  .  There  is  no  point  in  inveighing  against 
Mr.  Muhammad's  followers  as  anti-white  when  the  whole  climate 
surrounding  them  is  anti-black.  .  .  .  Mr.  Muhammad  may  be  a 
rogue  and  a  charlatan,  but  when  anybody  can  get  tens  of  thousands 
of  Negroes  to  practice  economic  solidarity,  respect  their  women, 
alter  their  atrocious  diet,  give  up  liquor,  stop  crime,  juvenile  delin- 
quency and  adultery,  he  is  doing  more  for  the  Negro's  welfare  than 
any  current  Negro  leader  I  know.10 

In  October  1959,  the  Courier  took  Time  magazine  to  task  for 
"flippancy"  in  its  treatment  of  the  facts  in  an  expose  of  Muham- 
mad. The  Courier  said  editorially: 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  143 

Time  magazine  ...  is  relentless  in  its  frenetic  search  for  le  bon  mot. 
It  seems  frequently  more  interested  in  the  good  word  than  in  the 
good  reputation.  If  it  can  get  its  writers  to  turn  a  good,  or  bad, 
phrase,  so  long  as  it  "clicks,"  Time's  editors  do  not  seem  to  be  con- 
cerned. They  have  the  same  penchant  for  "facts"  unadorned  or 
unexplained.11 

The  Courier  was  complaining  about  Time's  unamplified  reference 
to  Elijah  Muhammad's  arrest  on  a  charge  of  contributing  to  the 
delinquency  of  a  minor  in  1934  and  to  Time's  assertion  that  the 
Muslim  leader  was  jailed  for  draft-dodging  in  1941.  The  Courier 
editorial  pointed  out  that  the  charge  of  "contributing  to  the  delin- 
quency of  a  minor"  was  brought  against  Muhammad  for  refusing 
to  withdraw  his  children  from  the  sect's  parochial  school  and  send 
them  to  public  schools.  With  reference  to  Muhammad's  alleged 
draft-dodging,  the  Courier  pointed  out  that  Muhammad  was 
forty-five  years  old  in  1941  and,  therefore,  ineligible  for  the  draft. 
It  did  not  offer  the  further  clarification  that  Muhammad  was  jailed 
for  exhorting  his  followers  not  to  register  for  the  draft. 

In  1959,  when  ownership  of  the  Courier  passed  to  more  con- 
servative hands,  Muhammad's  column  was  discontinued,  and 
coverage  of  Muslim  affairs  was  sharply  curtailed.  The  Messenger's 
column  soon  began  to  appear  in  another  Negro  paper,  the  Los 
Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  which  quickly  became  the  de  facto 
official  organ  of  the  Black  Muslim  Movement. 

The  New  York  Amsterdam  News  is  the  only  other  news- 
paper of  significant  circulation  giving  important  coverage  to  the 
Muslims.  The  News  displays  little  if  any  overt  bias,  toward  the 
Movement  or  against  it.  It  gives  considerable  attention  to  Muslim 
affairs,  particularly  in  New  York  City,  where  there  is  a  large 
Muslim  contingent;  but  its  policy  is  clearly  one  of  impartial  re- 
porting. The  News  treats  the  Muslims  as  an  important  and  poten- 
tially powerful  group  in  the  Harlem  community,  but  not  as  unusual 
or  bizarre.  (Harlem  abounds  in  exotic  cults,  sects  and  national- 
istic organizations,  and  the  News  displays  a  certain  sophistication 
regarding  all  such  movements.) 

Characteristically,  the  News  invited  an  African  Moslem,  Isa 
S.  Wali,  to  write  a  series  of  articles  interpreting  orthodox  Islam 
for  its  readers.  Against  this  background,  it  invited  its  readers  to 


144  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

judge  for  themselves  whether  the  Black  Muslims  are  a  bona  fide 
Islamic  sect.  The  paper  observed: 

Due  to  the  rapid  growth  of  the  followers  of  Elijah  Muhammad  in 
Harlem,  one  of  the  most  frequently  asked  questions  in  Harlem  today 
is  "What  is  Islam?" 

Mr.  Muhammad's  followers  call  themselves  Moslems  and  their  reli- 
gion Islam.  There  are  those  who  dispute  their  claims  and  charge 
that  they  are  not  true  Moslems  and  that  their  religion  is  not  true 
Islam. 

Without  attempting  to  take  any  sides  in  the  controversy,  the  Amster- 
dam News  herewith  publishes  this  interpretation  of  Islam  as  it  was 
interpreted  by  a  Moslem  of  Africa  at  the  second  annual  conference 
of  the  American  Society  of  African  Culture. 

The  hope  is  that  our  readers,  having  been  told  just  what  Islam  is,  will 
be  able  themselves  to  determine  who  is  not  practicing  it.12 

One  of  the  few  papers  which  has  ever  been  harshly  critical 
of  the  Muslims  is  The  New  Crusader,  a  tabloid  published  in  Chi- 
cago. In  the  autumn  of  1959,  when  Balm  L.  Leavell,  Jr.,  was 
editor,  the  Crusader  published  a  series  of  articles  "exposing" 
Muhammad.  The  paper  has  a  limited  circulation,  however,  even 
in  Chicago,  where  it  must  compete  with  the  long-established  Chi- 
cago Daily  Defender.  Outside  Chicago,  the  Crusader  is  virtually 
unknown. 

The  Crusader  devoted  several  issues  to  its  expose13  and 
claimed  that,  on  one  occasion,  the  Muslims  bought  10,000  copies 
of  the  paper  in  bundles  as  they  hit  the  newsstands  and  burned 
them  in  the  streets  "to  curtail  circulation  of  any  unfavorable  stories 
about  their  leader."  The  keystone  of  the  expose  was  an  article 
quoting  Talib  Ahmad  Dawud,  a  rival  Moslem  leader,  who  denied 
that  Muhammad  was  a  bona  fide  Moslem  or  that  he  would  be 
permitted  to  make  the  pilgrimage  to  Mecca — a  prediction  that 
turned  out  to  be  mistaken. 

It  is  worth  noting  that  even  this  paper  did  not  criticize 
Muhammad's  racial  attitudes,  preferring  to  question  his  religion 
instead.  Indeed,  the  Crusader's  racial  views  appear  to  parallel 
closely  those  of  Muhammad  and  the  Herald-Dispatch.  In  an  edi- 
torial which  appeared  in  the  same  issue  with  an  installment  of  the 
"expos6,"  the  Crusader  said: 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  145 

.  .  .  Negroes  have  labored  so  long  under  the  illusion  that  there  is  a 
WHITE  SUPREMACY,  that  .  .  .  IT'S  TIME  we  got  some  IDEA 
ABOUT  BLACK  ALSO  BEING  SUPREME!  .  .  .  History  bears  out 
the  contention  that  the  NEGRO  IS  OF  SUPERIOR  BACKGROUND. 
.  .  .  No,  we  don't  go  along  with  Rev.  King  on  hollering  down  BLACK 
SUPREMACY  ...  our  leaders,  INCLUDING  DR.  KING,  persist 
in  teaching  that  old  time  religion  in  which  THE  WHITE  MAN  IS 
ALWAYS  SUPREME.  .  .  .  Most  Negroes  today  are  hungry  for 
AGGRESSIVE  LEADERSHIP.  .  .  .  They  WANT  ACTION  NOW, 
VIOLENT  ACTION  if  the  situation  calls  for  it.  That's  why  ELIJAH 
MUHAMMAD  is  TROUBLING  THE  WHITE  FOLKS  TODAY. 
...  WE  NEED  BLACK  SUPREMACY  to  get  Negroes  OFF  THEIR 
KNEES  in  churches  that  preach  a  WHITE  HEAVEN,  a  WHITE 
GOD,  and  a  WHITE  UNIVERSE.14 

At  one  time  it  was  obvious  to  anyone  who  read  the  Crusader 
that  it  was  anti-Muslim,  even  though  its  principal  circulation  is 
among  the  classes  from  which  the  Muslim  membership  is  drawn. 
The  coincidence  was  striking.  But  times  change,  and  the  Crusader 
is  no  longer  anti-Muslim.  By  a  not  quite  so  striking  coincidence, 
the  Crusader's  new  editor  is  also  the  editor  of  one  of  Muham- 
mad's newest  pocket  magazines,  Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks  to  the 
Blackman. 


Institutional  Negro  Leadership 

The  National  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Colored 
People  is  the  organization  upon  which  most  American  Negroes 
have,  in  recent  years,  pinned  their  hopes  for  a  solution  to  the 
problem  of  racial  subordination.  In  earlier  generations  they  had 
relied  respectively  upon  the  church,  the  major  political  parties 
and  the  moral  consciousness  of  the  "better  class"  white  people. 
Failed  each  time  they  trusted,  they  now  rely  only  upon  themselves 
and  their  individual  well-wishers,  expressing  their  moral  and  civic 
convictions  through  the  NAACP. 

The  NAACP,  in  turn,  has  displayed  an  unparalleled  confi- 
dence in  the  adequacy  of  the  law,  the  competence  of  its  own 
lawyers,  the  sense  of  moral  responsibility  in  our  judiciary  and  the 
integrity  of  those  sworn  to  enforce  the  courts'  decisions.  The 
NAACP's  legal  arm  has  won  some  encouraging  legal  decisions, 
which — when  the  white  community  has  not  openly  flouted  them — 


146  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

have  helped  to  make  the  Negro's  lot  as  an  American  citizen 
increasingly  tolerable. 

But  to  many  Negro  Americans,  the  way  of  the  NAACP  is 
too  slow,  too  expensive  and  too  uncertain.  The  fact  that  the 
NAACP  has  accomplished  more  concrete  results  than  has  religion, 
politics  or  the  appeal  to  moral  responsibility  seems  inconsequential 
in  today's  jet  age.  Negroes  cannot  understand  why  they  must 
spend  time  and  money  again  and  again  to  have  the  courts  secure 
for  them  privileges  that  all  other  Americans — and  many  resident 
aliens — take  for  granted.  This  is  especially  true  of  those  furthest 
down  the  social  scale,  those  who  lack  the  sophistication  necessary 
to  rationalize  their  status  but  no  longer  accept  it  as  necessary  or 
inevitable. 

The  Black  Muslims  are  just  such  a  group.  They  do  not  trust 
the  NAACP,  partly  because  they  do  not  understand  either  the 
organization  or  the  complex  of  politico-social  relations  that  make 
it  necessary.  Yet  even  those  Muslims  who  claim  to  understand 
the  NAACP  vigorously  reject  it.  They  reject  it  because  white 
people,  and  Negroes  who  want  the  white  man's  acceptance,  are 
identified  with  it.  The  Muslims  claim  that,  in  some  way,  any 
group  the  white  man  is  identified  with  inhibits  or  qualifies  the 
Negro's  sense  of  freedom  and  equality. 

At  first,  the  leadership  of  the  Black  Muslims  was  not  antago- 
nistic toward  the  NAACP.  It  had  courted  the  notion  that,  as  soon 
as  Negroes  understood  the  Movement,  they  would  all  embrace  it 
— leaders  and  laymen  alike.  The  total  orientation  of  the  Black 
Muslim  is  away  from  the  white  man;  and  this  is  not  merely  a 
creedal  expression  but  an  attitude  that  informs  his  whole  way  of 
life.  It  is  inconceivable  to  the  Muslim  that,  after  "learning  the 
truth,"  any  sensible  Negro  would  prefer  to  retain  his  white  asso- 
ciations. The  Muslim  leadership  fully  expected — and  still  does 
expect,  though  more  patiently — that  Negro  leadership  would  join 
freely  in  the  "United  Front  of  Black  Men."  Moreover,  the  Move- 
ment abhors  all  intraracial  strife  and  will  sedulously  avoid  it, 
except  when  it  feels  compelled  to  maintain  face. 

In  an  interview  in  April  1959,  Muhammad  praised  the 
NAACP  as  doing  a  good  job  "within  its  limitations."  The  "limita- 
tions" were,  of  course,  its  interracial  board  and  its  dependence 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  147 

upon  white  philanthropy.  Muhammad's  preference  is  not  to  de- 
stroy interracial  contacts  willy-nilly  wherever  they  exist,  even  those 
of  a  practical  nature.  What  he  wants  is  a  "Black  Council"  above 
such  contacts,  a  council  that  will  coordinate  a  grand  strategy  look- 
ing forward  to  eventual  independence  from  all  contact  with  the 
white  man.  Presumably,  as  the  leader  of  a  disciplined  body  of 
young  Muslims  in  every  major  Negro  community  in  the  country, 
Mr.  Muhammad  would  head  such  a  council.  This  idea  is,  need- 
less to  say,  rather  less  than  acceptable  to  the  NAACP. 

At  first,  the  NAACP,  like  most  other  Negro  organizations, 
paid  no  official  attention  to  the  Muslims.  The  NAACP  itself  was 
under  fire  from  conservatives  for  "pushing  too  fast,"  and  it  may 
well  have  been  relieved  by  the  sudden  arrival  of  a  group  which  is 
bent  on  pushing  very  much  faster.  During  a  television  interview 
in  July  1959,  Roy  Wilkins,  Executive  Secretary  of  the  NAACP, 
was  asked  what  he  thought  of  the  Muslims.  He  replied  only  that 
"for  years  the  NAACP  has  been  opposed  to  white  extremists 
preaching  hatred  of  Negro  people,  and  we  are  equally  opposed  to 
Negro  extremists  preaching  against  white  people  simply  for  the 
sake  of  whiteness."  The  following  month,  however,  after  some 
excitement  in  the  white  press  about  "the  Muslim  menace,"  Negroes 
and  whites  alike  demanded  an  official  statement  from  the  NAACP. 
Most  hoped  that  the  statement  would  be  a  strong  indictment,  and 
Mr.  Wilkins  complied: 

The  NAACP  opposes  and  regards  as  dangerous  any  group,  white  or 
black,  political  or  religious,  that  preaches  hatred  among  men.  Hatred 
destroys  men — the  haters  and  the  hated. 

The  so-called  Moslems  who  teach  black  supremacy  and  hatred  of 
all  white  people  have  gained  a  following  only  because  America  has 
been  so  slow  in  granting  equal  opportunities  and  has  permitted  the 
abuse  and  persecution  of  Negro  citizens.  At  this  very  moment  the 
Congress  is  shadowboxing  with  a  milk-and-water  civil  rights  bill.  All 
this  furnishes  ammunition  for  the  use  of  opportunistic  leaders. 

The  clearest  rejection  of  the  "hate-white"  doctrine  of  these  so-called 
Moslems  is  to  be  found  in  the  new  states  of  Africa  where  leaders 
recognize  the  need  for  cooperation  with  white  nations  and  with  their 
economies. 

Prime  Minister  Nkrumah  of  Ghana  cannot  build  the  Volta  Dam  with 
hot-air  hatred  from  American  Negro  cultists.15 


148  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

The  most  comprehensive  statement  on  the  Muslims  issued 
by  an  NAACP  official  was  made  by  Derrick  Bell,  Executive  Secre- 
tary of  the  Pittsburgh  Branch,  in  a  radio  address  over  station 
KDKA.  Mr.  Bell  addressed  himself  principally  to  certain  "sincere 
individuals"  who  had  advised  that  the  NAACP  "must  denounce 
the  Muslims  in  no  uncertain  terms"  and  suggested  "full  page  ads 
in  the  local  newspapers"  for  the  purpose.  Many  concerned  per- 
sons had  offered  money  to  finance  such  an  advertisement.  Others 
called  for  a  condemnation  of  the  Pittsburgh  Courier  for  publishing 
Muhammad's  column.  In  answer,  Mr.  Bell  said  in  part: 

I  question  the  wisdom  of  either  of  these  proposals  .  .  .  not  because 
either  the  NAACP  or  I  agree  with  the  ...  Muslims.  On  the  contrary 
we  could  not  disagree  more.  We  are  convinced  that  .  .  .  racial  su- 
periority is  just  as  wrong  when  preached  by  black  men  as  by  white 
men.  Those  who  have  .  .  .  watched  the  NAACP's  struggle  for  free- 
dom .  .  .  will  not  likely  confuse  the  NAACP  with  the  Muslims  merely 
because  there  are  Negroes  in  both  groups.  .  .  .  [Further]  to  urge 
the  Courier  to  discontinue  a  column  which  thousands  of  its  readers 
find  of  interest  [is  not  the  remedy].  The  Muslims  would  simply  find 
another  medium  to  disseminate  the  same  material.16 

Thurgood  Marshall,  chief  legal  counsel  for  the  NAACP, 
was  less  diplomatic  and  considerably  more  direct.  In  an  address 
at  Princeton  University,  Marshall  denounced  the  Muslims  as  "run 
by  a  bunch  of  thugs  organized  from  prisons  and  jails,  and  financed, 
I  am  sure,  by  Nasser  or  some  Arab  group."  He  called  the  Mus- 
lims "vicious"  and  a  real  threat  to  the  FBI,  the  NAACP  and  all 
state  law-enforcement  agencies.17 

The  Muslims  then  fought  back.  Malcolm  X  referred  to 
Marshall  as  a  "twentieth  century  Uncle  Tom"  and  declared  that 
Muhammad  was  "too  busy  to  worry  about  the  envious  yapping 
of  every  jealous  dog  that  is  paid  to  bark  at  him."  The  Los  Angeles 
Herald-Dispatch  devoted  its  editorial  columns  to  a  discussion  of 
"The  Ugly  American" — that  is,  "the  American  Negro  who  has 
made  a  career  of  being  a  good  Uncle  Tom."  Yet  the  Dispatch 
offered  Marshall  an  excuse  by  blaming  "Zionism"  for  the  state- 
ment he  had  made  at  Princeton: 

Marshall  is  a  competent  attorney  who  has  consciously  or  uncon- 
sciously accepted  Zionism  as  his  philosophy.  While  speaking  at 
Princeton  University  to  a  group  of  white  Americans,  he  denounced  the 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  149 

followers  of  the  Islamic  faith  as  "a  bunch  of  thugs  financed  by  Nasser 
or  some  Arab  group."  This  is  Zionist  ideology  at  its  ugliest.  .  .  .  The 
Zionists  are  the  most  subtle,  successful,  and  insidious  [hate  group]  .  .  . 
and  have  injected  their  poison  into  the  ugly  American,  the  Uncle 
Tom.18 

The  Jews,  said  the  Dispatch,  have  infiltrated  the  NAACP,  whose 
primary  function  is  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  Jews  in  the 
guise  of  helping  the  Negro. 

In  the  early  thirty's,  a  large  percentage  of  European  Jews  were  en- 
gaged in  trade,  living  in  the  rear  of  stores,  markets  and  generally 
making  their  living  from  the  Negro  in  the  Negro  community.  Thus 
they  had  an  excellent  opportunity  to  study  the  habits  and  weaknesses 
of  the  Negro.  The  depression  of  the  30's,  through  the  activities  of 
the  Communist  Party,  allowed  the  Jews  to  further  intrench  them- 
selves into  the  community,  to  infect  his  thinking  to  the  extent  that 
by  1940  the  Negro  was  almost  entirely  dependent  upon  the  Jews  and 
had  accepted  the  thinking  and  ideology  of  the  Jewish  people.  In  the 
late  30's  and  by  the  early  50's  the  Jews  had  finally  gained  control  of 
the  NAACP.19 

The  NAACP  has  permitted  itself  to  be  sidetracked  by  the  Jews 
into  a  struggle  for  integration.  But  integration  is  a  stratagem  of 
the  Jews  "to  divert  the  Negro  from  basic  economic  problems  by 
keeping  him  chasing  butterflies,"  while  the  Jew  works  feverishly 
to  establish  himself  economically  at  the  Negro's  expense.  Each 
time  the  Black  Man  tries  to  establish  his  own  leadership,  he  is 
blocked  by  the  Jews,  who  fear  an  ultimate  economic  loss  if  the 
Negro  takes  over  his  own  destiny. 

Our  main  task  then  in  1960  is  to  rid  ourselves  of  this  phony  Jewish 
leadership,  to  work  and  cooperate  with  all  groups  but  as  equals  and 
not  to  permit  ourselves  to  be  dominated  by  any  of  them.20 

As  if  to  prove  their  willingness  to  forget  past  differences  with 
the  NAACP,  the  Muslims  opened  1960  with  a  significant  gesture. 
Wallace  D.  Muhammad,  26-year-old  son  of  Elijah  and  minister  of 
the  Philadelphia  Temple,  helped  to  launch  an  NAACP  fund  drive 
on  behalf  of  Mrs.  Daisy  Bates,  NAACP  regional  executive,  and 
her  husband,  who  had  lost  their  newspaper  and  their  personal 
fortune  because  of  their  activities  in  the  integration  crisis.  Young 
Muhammad  contributed  fifty  dollars  with  the  assurance  that: 


150  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

We  Muslims  have  always  admired  Mrs.  Daisy  Bates  for  her  strong 
courage  in  the  face  of  great  odds  in  the  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  situ- 
ation. And  since  our  organization,  under  the  leadership  of  Mr.  Elijah 
Muhammad  is  striving  for  the  same  goal  as  the  NAACP  in  their 
fight  for  our  people's  rights  in  this  country,  we  feel  that  Mrs.  Bates 
is  more  than  deserving  of  this  small  contribution.  .  .  .21 

This  overture  was  a  significant  reversal  of  the  behavior 
charged  to  Muslims  in  New  York  less  than  two  months  earler. 
At  a  reception  given  in  Harlem  for  President  and  Mrs.  Seku 
Toure  of  the  Republic  of  Guinea,  L.  Joseph  Overton,  president 
of  the  New  York  branch  NAACP,  was  so  roundly  booed  that  he 
was  unable  to  perform  his  scheduled  function  as  master  of  cere- 
monies. Overton  is  popular  with  Harlem's  black  nationalists;  his 
NAACP  is  not.  The  Muslims  had  not  sponsored  the  reception, 
but  they  were  present  in  force,  and  they  were  accused  by  their 
critics  of  starting  the  demonstration  against  the  NAACP,  which 
then  became  "spontaneous." 

Malcolm  X  categorically  denied  this  accusation.  He  warned 
that  the  Negro  masses  are  unsympathetic  to  any  Negro  leader 
"handpicked  by  the  white  man,"  but  he  denounced  this  act  of 
discourtesy  as  "a  terrible  thing."  James  Lawson,  president  of  the 
United  African  Nationalist  Movement,  who  had  directed  the 
reception,  supported  Malcolm's  position.  He  insisted  that  the 
booing  had  not  been  organized.  Rather,  he  said,  it  was  "sponta- 
neous and  unanimous,"  for  "the  name  'NAACP'  is  tantamount  to 
waving  a  red  flag  in  front  of  a  bull."  The  common  people,  Lawson 
said,  remember  the  NAACP  as  "the  enemy  of  Marcus  Garvey  and 
Booker  T.  Washington,  and  they  did  not  want  the  mention  of  that 
group  on  any  program  honoring  the  African  Chief  of  State." 

Whatever  the  Muslims'  share  of  responsibility  for  the  demon- 
stration, Mr.  Overton — whom  the  Harlem  Muslims  call  "one  of 
the  few  NAACP  leaders  who  knows  anything  at  all  about  what 
the  common  people  are  thinking" — seems  to  have  remained  un- 
perturbed. The  New  York  Times  later  reported: 

Despite  his  unpleasant  experience  at  the  reception  for  President 
Tour£,  Mr.  Overton  was  moved  in  a  recent  interview  to  praise  the 
Temple  of  Islam  [i.e.,  the  Black  Muslims].  Since  his  work  for  the 
NAACP  is  in  Harlem,  this  may  be  an  indication  of  the  movement's 
strength. 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  151 

"I  daresay  there  is  no  group  with  higher  moral  standards,"  Mr.  Over- 
ton  commented.  "Many  vices  have  been  dominated;  mutual  love  has 
been  cultivated." 

Mr.  Overton  expressed  confidence  that  his  type  of  "grassroots  lead- 
ership" would  lead  to  a  measure  of  understanding  with  Malcolm  X 
and  his  followers.22 

In  return,  Malcolm  X  has  said  that  "Overton  is  out  there  in  the 
street  with  the  rest  of  us.  He's  got  some  idea  of  what  the  Black 
Man  wants — what  he's  thinking.  It's  not  so  with  the  others.  Every 
time  I've  seen  Roy  Wilkins  he's  been  at  the  Waldorf,  or  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Waldorf.  I  have  never  seen  him  with  black  people 
unless  they  were  looking  for  white  people!" 

In  short,  those  NAACP  leaders  who  live  closest  to  the  expe- 
riences of  the  Muslim  class  seem  to  have  a  more  sympathetic 
understanding  of  the  Movement.  They  do  not  condone  the  Mus- 
lims' extremist  policies,  nor  do  they  share  the  Muslims'  extreme 
antipathy  for  and  distrust  of  the  white  man.  But  they  can  appre- 
ciate the  individual  Muslim's  sense  of  futility — his  awareness  that 
he  is  hemmed  in  by  immense  forces  which  are  brutally  indifferent 
to  his  sense  of  dignity  and  personal  worth. 

The  Muslims  look  upon  the  National  Urban  League,  like 
the  NAACP,  as  "controlled  by  white  men,  for  its  existence  is 
dependent  upon  white  philanthropy."  Like  the  NAACP,  it  is  no 
more  than  a  way  station:  "It  is  not  the  answer." 

Because  of  the  nature  of  its  program,  the  Urban  League 
has  not  been  brought  into  direct  conflict  with  the  Movement. 
Some  league  officials,  however,  have  expressed  concern  about  the 
negative  publicity  they  feel  the  Muslims  have  brought  upon  the 
whole  Negro  community.  Executive  Secretary  Lester  B.  Granger 
concedes  that  the  Muslims  have  momentarily  caught  the  public 
attention,  but  he  insists  that  they  are  only  a  temporary  symptom 
of  the  present  crisis  in  race  relations.  "These  racist,  hate  move- 
ments," he  believes,  appear  at  intervals  of  crisis,  spend  themselves 
and  fade  into  oblivion,  while  the  truly  significant  improvements  in 
the  Negro's  status  are  being  made  through  patient  cooperation  of 
Negroes  and  whites,  working  together  in  the  common  interest. 

The  Urban  League  has  issued  no  official  statement  regarding 


152  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

the  Muslims.  Asked  about  this  apparent  lack  of  official  concern, 
Mr.  Granger  explained: 

It  is  true  that  there  has  been  expressed  a  great  deal  of  interest  in 
this  variant  among  Negro  protest  expressions.  However,  my  own 
feeling  is  that  the  discussion  has  been  out  of  all  proportion  to  the 
significance  of  the  movement  whether  one  gauges  that  significance  in 
the  relationship  to  the  number  it  involves  or  the  historical  record  of 
similar  movements  that  have  regularly  occurred  over  a  period  of  more 
than  40  years. 

In  short,  I  do  not  believe  that  any  good  purpose  is  served  by  having 
an  organization  such  as  mine  make  an  official  expression  of  opinion 
in  view  of  the  many  truly  significant  developments  with  which  we  are 
concerned.23 

Not  all  of  the  Urban  League's  executives  in  the  local  offices 
across  the  country  share  Mr.  Granger's  detached  aloofness.  In 
Ohio,  for  example,  Andrew  G.  Freeman,  executive  director  of  the 
Columbus  Urban  League,  felt  constrained  to  sound  a  public  note 
of  warning: 

The  basic  faiths  with  which  we  are  familiar  meet  the  needs  of  all 
men.  Our  philosophy  of  government  is  based  on  the  belief  in  the 
brotherhood  of  man  under  God.  Any  teaching  contrary  to  this  prin- 
ciple is  extremely  dangerous  and  should  be  viewed  with  concern.24 

Edwin  C.  Berry,  director  of  the  Chicago  Urban  League,  was  more 
emphatic,  perhaps  because  his  work  brings  him  into  more  personal 
contact  with  the  average  Negro.  In  an  informal  statement  that 
has  been  widely  quoted  in  the  national  press,  Berry  said:  "A  guy 
like  this  Muslim  leader  makes  more  sense  than  I  do  to  the  man  on 
the  street  who's  getting  his  teeth  kicked  out.  I  have  a  sinking 
feeling  that  Elijah  Muhammad  is  very  significant."25 

The  Black  Muslims  are  emphatically  opposed  to  passive  re- 
sistance as  it  has  been  expressed  by  the  followers  of  Martin 
Luther  King,  Jr.,  and  in  the  wave  of  "sit-ins"  conducted  by  college 
students  across  the  country.  They  oppose  King  because  he  empha- 
sizes the  Christian  principle  of  loving  the  oppressor  rather  than 
retaliating  against  him.  This  is  precisely  the  "slave  philosophy" 
the  Muslims  have  sought  to  escape  in  their  repudiation  of  Christi- 
anity. Hence,  King  represents  to  the  Muslims  a  capitulation  to 
the  cunning  Christian  strategy  of  the  white  man.  "How  long  do 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  153 

you  think  we'd  last,"  asked  a  Muslim  leader,  "if  the  white  man 
thought  we'd  all  bow  our  heads  and  present  our  necks  to  the  axe? 
About  long  enough  for  him  to  get  the  axe!" 

The  Muslims  score  King  for  having  "turned  many  potential 
freedom-fighting  Negroes  into  contented,  docile  slaves,"26  and  his 
"fitness  to  lead  American  Negroes"  is  questioned.  His  decision  to 
leave  Montgomery  to  become  associate  minister  at  his  father's 
church  in  Atlanta  brought  a  bitter  denunciation  from  the  Los 
Angeles  Herald-Dispatch: 

In  February,  this  same  Reverend  Martin  Luther  King,  the  Darling 
of  the  South,  Honey  Boy  of  the  North,  is  now  moving  his  headquarters 
from  the  increasingly  hostile  atmosphere  of  Alabama  to  the  more 
lucrative  haven  of  Atlanta.  Is  this  a  retreat  from  the  bloody  racial 
struggle  soon  to  erupt  in  Alabama?  Has  his  philosophy  developed 
from  "turn  the  other  cheek"  to  "turn  and  run  away"? 

If  all  of  us  are  going  to  die  and  go  to  heaven  as  the  Negro  Christian 
ministers  have  been  preaching,  why  must  Reverend  King  flee  the 
"portals  of  death"  in  Alabama,  conveniently  seeking  safer  refuge 
among  the  wealthier  Negroes  of  Atlanta?  .  .  . 

Reverend  Martin  Luther  King  could  clear  his  conscience  simply  by 
taking  a  firm  stand  on  the  side  of  TRUTH.  Tell  the  Negroes  in 
America  the  TRUTH — that  they  will  never  get  anything  up  in  the 
sky  after  they  die,  nor  will  they  ever  get  anything  here  on  earth 
either  until  they  are  ready  and  willing  to  shed  blood  or  die  fighting 
for  it.27 

Dr.  King  did  not  reply  to  this  attack;  but  in  an  earlier  address 
before  the  National  Bar  Association,  meeting  in  Milwaukee,  he 
had  cited  the  Muslims  as  "one  of  the  hate  groups  arising  in  our 
midst  which  would  preach  a  doctrine  of  black  supremacy,"  a  new 
kind  of  bigotry  as  bad  as  the  old  one  of  white  supremacy. 

The  Muslims  ridicule  the  charge  that  teaching  the  Negro 
to  defend  his  person  and  his  dignity  has  anything  to  do  with  black 
supremacy.  The  Black  Man  is  by  nature  peaceful  and  respectful, 
but  it  is  also  the  nature  of  a  man  to  fight  to  protect  himself.  The 
so-called  Negro,  however,  has  been  so  psychologically  paralyzed 
by  the  black  preachers  and  their  religion  that  he  is  no  longer  a 
man. 

No  one  can  react  to  persecution  like  this  but  the  Negro,  and  he  does 
it  under  the  counseling  of  the  Negro  preacher.  .  .  .  Were  it  not  for 


154  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

the  Negro  pastor,  our  people  would  be  just  like  the  Hungarians,  we'd 
be  fighters.  .  .  .  The  Negro  is  a  fighting  man  all  right.  He  fought  in 
Korea;  he  fought  in  Germany;  he  fought  in  the  jungles  of  Iwo  Jima. 
But  that  same  Negro  will  come  back  here,  and  the  white  man  will 
hang  his  mother  on  a  tree,  and  he  will  take  the  Bible  and  say,  "For- 
give them  Lord,  for  they  know  not  what  they  do."  This  Negro 
preacher  makes  them  that  way.  .  .  .  Where  there  is  a  slave  like  that, 
why  you  have  a  slave-making  religion.28 

Nothing  short  of  "an  eye  for  an  eye"  will  have  a  lasting  impression 
upon  the  white  man,  for  he  "has  never  stolen  an  acre  of  land  or 
chained  a  single  black  to  be  his  slave  without  force."  Hence 
Malcolm  urges  the  Black  Man  to  "be  peaceful  and  loving.  Agree 
with  everyone,  but  if  anyone  comes  to  take  advantage  of  you,  do 
the  same  thing  the  white  man  does;  lay  down  your  life!  and  the 
Black  Man  will  be  respected  all  over  the  planet  Earth."29 

Passivity,  say  the  Muslims,  robs  the  Negro  of  his  only 
weapon.  This  is  especially  true  in  America,  where  the  white  men 
are  morally  indifferent  and  the  Negroes  are  a  numerical  minority. 
One  Muslim  brother  explained:  "When  the  Ghanaians  got  ready 
for  the  British  to  go,  they  told  the  British  to  'get  out!'  and  the 
British  got  out.  The  same  was  true  of  the  Belgians — and  when 
they  were  a  little  slow,  why  the  Congolese  helped  them  to  go. 
But  the  Ghanaians  and  the  Congolese  were  at  home  and  in  the 
majority.  When  the  South  Africans  get  ready  for  the  white  man 
to  go,  why  they  can  just  all  sit  down,  and  the  white  man  has  to  go 
or  starve.  It's  not  so  here.  When  the  white  man  here  gets  tired  of 
your  'sitting  down'  or  'sitting  in,'  you  know  what  he's  going  to  do." 

Martin  Luther  King  was  challenged  by  Malcolm  X  to  "come 
to  Harlem  and  prove  that  'peaceful  suffering'  is  the  solution  to  the 
atrocities  suffered  daily  by  Negroes  throughout  America."30  Dr. 
King  did  not  respond.  The  Muslims  then  announced  that  they 
would  hold  a  rally  in  Atlanta  to  demonstrate  that  Southern  Ne- 
groes were  "tired  of  suffering,  peacefully  or  otherwise." 

The  sit-ins  are  denounced,  not  for  passivity,  but  for  aggres- 
sively "going  into  these  stores  where  we  are  neither  wanted  nor 
invited."  Instead  of  pointlessly  jeopardizing  their  lives,  Negroes 
are  urged  to  "ignore  the  whites  and  develop  [their]  own  business 
as  [the  whites]  have."  Separatism,  the  Muslims  point  out,  hits 
the  white  man  where  it  hurts.  The  whites  have  begun  a  nation- 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  155 

wide  campaign  against  Muhammad  as  a  "hate  teacher"  because 
he  excludes  whites  from  his  temples  "on  the  same  basis  that 
Negroes  are  excluded  from  white  churches."  This  is  proof  that  if 
Negroes  want  the  white  man's  respect,  they  need  only  turn  the 
white  man's  policy  against  him. 

The  sit-ins  are  described  as  being  led  by  CORE  (Committee 
on  Racial  Equality),  "an  organization  with  headquarters  in  New 
York  on  Park  Row.  ...  Its  policies  have  been  .  .  .  supported  by 
the  usual  phony  Negro  leadership,  such  as  Jackie  Robinson,  Roy 
Wilkins  and  Martin  Luther  King."31  These  leaders  are  accused 
of  putting  the  lives  of  Negro  children  on  the  line  "while  they  sip 
cocktails  in  the  lounges  of  Fifth  Avenue."  The  Muslim  leaders,  in 
contrast,  do  not  "send  our  women  and  children  into  the  lair  of  the 
beast.  We  go  ourselves,  but  not  just  to  sit  beside  him  or  to  eat  in 
his  presence." 

For  the  most  part,  Dr.  King  and  other  leaders  associated 
with  the  nonviolent  approach  to  America's  racial  problem  have 
either  ignored  the  Muslims  or  deplored  their  publicly-expressed 
"invitation  to  annihilation"  (as  one  Southern  professor  termed  it). 
Those  who  guide  the  passive  resistance  movements  feel  they  have 
nothing  important  to  gain  from  answering  the  Muslims'  charges 
and  that  they  stand  almost  no  chance  of  enlisting  the  Muslims' 
support.  No  constructive  communication  can  take  place  between 
the  two  groups  until  one  or  the  other  is  ready  to  modify  substan- 
tially its  point  of  view.  This  accommodation  seems  hardly  likely 
to  occur. 


The  Negro  Christian  Churches 

At  first  the  Negro  churches  were  inclined  to  accept  the  Black 
Muslims  as  another  Christian  denomination,  and  in  at  least  one 
instance  a  Muslim  minister  is  said  to  have  belonged  to  a  local 
Pastor's  Alliance.  The  report  is  not  incredible,  for  the  Muslim 
ministers  tend  to  be  young  and  personable,  and  not  much  attention 
is  paid  to  the  nature  of  a  church  in  the  average  American  com- 
munity. Further,  the  range  of  religious  beliefs  and  affiliations 
among  Negroes  in  the  large  cities  tends  to  be  quite  wide;  in  the 
pastors'  organizations,  the  behavior  and  presentability  of  the  min- 


156  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

ister  is  often  the  chief  criterion  of  acceptability.  What  a  man 
preaches  in  his  own  church  is  not  usually  open  to  question,  and 
few  of  his  colleagues  would  inquire  into  it.  A  Muslim  minister, 
therefore,  would  be  accepted  without  question  so  long  as  no  spe- 
cific complaint  was  raised.  And  this  leniency  is  not  unusual;  it  is 
true  of  nearly  all  community  organizations.  It  is  a  matter  of 
record,  for  example,  that  a  Troy  (N.Y.)  Muslim  was  a  prominent 
Mason  and  NAACP  president,  as  well  as  a  scoutmaster  and  a 
member  of  the  Advisory  Council  of  the  Juvenile  Court.32 

During  the  period  of  the  Movement's  recent  growth,  (that  is, 
from  about  1955),  Muslim  ministers  frequently  addressed  Chris- 
tian congregations.  Although  such  occurrences  are  considerably 
less  frequent  now,  they  are  by  no  means  rare.  One  interesting 
recent  development  in  invitations  to  the  Muslim  minister  is  a  shift 
away  from  the  lower-class  pulpits,  which  once  welcomed  him,  and 
toward  various  organizations  (such  as  men's  groups)  in  the  upper- 
class  churches,  whose  curiosity  has  been  aroused. 

Before  the  summer  of  1959,  Christian  churches  rarely  denied 
the  Black  Muslims  the  use  of  their  churches  for  meetings  and 
special  services.  The  traditional  spirit  of  helpfulness  was  extended 
to  the  Muslims  quite  as  readily  as  to  any  other  religious  group. 
After  the  Muslims  were  discovered  by  the  national  press,  this 
practice  was  sharply  curtailed,  and  it  became  increasingly  difficult 
for  the  Muslims  to  obtain  any  accommodations  in  Christian 
churches  in  most  cities.  The  following  incident,  reported  in  the 
Indianapolis  Times,  is  a  case  in  point: 

A  rally  by  an  extremist  Negro  cult  was  cancelled  yesterday  when  a 
Methodist  Church  locked  the  group  out  of  the  church  sanctuary. 
About  50  followers  of  Elijah  Muhammad,  self-styled  "messenger  of 
Allah,"  milled  around  outside  the  Gorham  Methodist  Church,  llth 
and  Missouri,  after  the  church's  board  of  trustees  decided  at  the  last 
minute  to  deny  them  use  of  the  sanctuary. 

The  meeting  was  switched  to  Greater  Zion  Baptist  Church,  701  N. 
Tremont,  but  then  was  cancelled  because  of  the  large  number  of 
police  and  newspaper  reporters  present.  .  .  . 

The  Reverend  G.  N.  Hardin,  pastor  of  the  Methodist  Negro  Church 
[sic],  said  his  group  decided  to  bar  the  cultists,  because  "the  Moslems 
are  not  Christian  as  we  see  it.  We  do  not  know  that  what  is  printed 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  157 

[about  the  Moslems]  is  true,  but  it  doesn't  appear  they  are  a  Christian 
group."33 

The  Muslims  chide  the  Negro  ministers  for  bowing  to  the 
white  man  in  denying  the  Muslims  use  of  their  sanctuaries.  Why 
should  Negro  Christians,  who  themselves  are  not  permitted  to 
worship  in  the  white  churches,  let  the  white  man  tell  them  whom 
they  may  have  as  guests  in  their  own  sanctuaries?  Yet  even  when 
the  Muslims  were  welcomed,  they  subjected  their  hosts  to  a  con- 
stant and  embarrassing  criticism.  For  example: 

Speaking  for  more  than  2,000  Moslems  and  non-Moslems  last  Tues- 
day, Elijah  Muhammad  told  his  enthusiastic  audience,  "I  will  gladly 
go  to  prison,  sacrifice  my  very  life  itself,  for  the  freedom  and  rights 
of  the  17,000,000  Negroes  in  America." 

The  spacious  King  Solomon's  Baptist  Church,  6124  14th  Street 
[Detroit],  was  packed  to  capacity  with  an  overflow  crowd  of  Negro 
Christians  and  Moslems,  many  of  whom  had  taken  off  from  their  jobs 
to  see  and  hear  the  noted  spiritual  leader.  .  .  . 

[Said  Muhammad:]  "Since  the  Negro  Church  has  failed  to  do  that 
which  we  are  doing,  the  Negro  Church  should  be  glad  to  join  in 
and  work  with  us." 

He  called  on  the  Negro  pastors  to  accept  Islam  and  unite  with  the 
Moslems.  "Let  us  use  the  Moslem  Crescent,  which  is  the  sign  of 
LIFE  .  .  .  instead  of  the  white  man's  cross,  which  is  the  sign  of 
slavery,  suffering  and  death.  Tell  the  white  man  that  since  he  has 
not  given  the  Negro  Christians  justice  in  his  Christian  religion,  you 
are  now  going  back  to  the  Islamic  religion  of  your  foreparents  .  .  . 
a  religion  of  TRUTH,  in  which  we  get  freedom,  justice  and  equal- 
ity. ...  A  religion  that  gives  us  dignity,  unity,  and  makes  us 
FEARLESS.  .  .  ."34 

On  another  occasion,  in  Los  Angeles,  three  Negro  ministers 
were  described  as  having  "hot-footed  it  out  of  a  meeting"  at  which 
Malcolm  X  blamed  the  Negro  clergy  for  "the  Negro's  deplorable 
economic  condition"  and  charged  them  with  helping  the  white 
man  to  keep  the  Negro  Christian  in  poverty: 

He  said  $90,000,000  is  spent  annually  in  Los  Angeles  in  upkeeping 
Negro  preachers  and  churches,  while  [only]  $60,000,000  is  spent  for 
houses  and  furniture  combined.  .  .  .  Malcolm  X  then  pleaded  with 
the  Negro  preachers  to  return  to  their  churches  and  put  their  mem- 


158  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

bers'  money  to  work  "for  the  members"  .  .  .  building  factories  and 
supermarkets  instead  of  [more]  churches.35 

Some  churches  have  found  themselves  picketed,  in  effect,  by 
pairs  of  quiet  young  Muslims  who  pass  out  literature  near  their 
doors  on  Sunday  morning.  Police  in  Springfield,  Massachusetts, 
patrolled  the  areas  around  three  Negro  churches  after  the  pastors 
complained  of  such  activities,36  and  there  have  been  similar  com- 
plaints from  other  parts  of  the  country. 

The  ministers  themselves,  like  Christianity  and  the  churches, 
have  been  the  target  of  direct  and  vicious  attacks.  Muslim  leaders 
urge  the  Negro  laity  to  "pay  no  more  attention  to  [these]  black 
friends  of  the  white  Slavemasters  [for]  they  have  not  been  able  to 
help  you  in  all  these  years."37 

The  ignorant,  greedy  Negro  preachers  .  .  .  are  the  willing  tools  of  the 
very  ones  who  are  responsible  for  our  people's  miserable  plight.  .  .  . 
[The  white  man]  has  trained  these  ignorant,  greedy  Negro  preachers 
to  parrot  his  religious  lies  to  us,  a  pacifying  religion  that  was  skil- 
fully designed  to  brainwash  us  and  keep  us  in  "our  place."38 

On  the  whole,  the  Christian  ministers  have  responded  with 
restraint.  They  have  typically  deplored  the  Movement's  extremism 
and  its  flagrant  attacks  on  Christianity.  Yet,  because  of  wide- 
spread segregation  and  other  signs  of  racial  bias  within  the  church 
and  throughout  the  Christian  world,  many  ministers  feel  vulner- 
able. They  cannot  in  good  conscience  flatly  reject  the  Black  Mus- 
lim position  as  a  whole.  Most  have  taken  a  position  similar  to  that 
of  The  Reverend  William  M.  James,  Minister  of  the  Metropolitan 
Community  Methodist  Church  in  Harlem,  who  repudiated  black 
racism  as  unjustifiable  and  unavailing  but  pointed  out  that  it  is 
rooted  in  the  persecution  and  the  denial  of  common  opportunities 
to  American  Negroes.  "Social  disease  breeds  diseased  leadership," 
he  asserted  and  urged  those  interested  in  eliminating  Muslim-type 
movements  to  help  the  Negro  break  out  of  his  "ghetto  encircle- 
ment."39 

The  Muslims  have  also  exhibited  some  ambivalence — or  at 
least  a  willingness  to  work  with  Negroes  who  refuse  to  give  up 
their  Christian  faith.  Even  while  denouncing  the  value  of  Chris- 
tianity, Muhammad  pleads  for  the  cooperation  of  Christians  and 
Muslims  in  their  areas  of  mutual  concern. 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  159 

Let  us  lay  aside,  for  the  moment,  our  differences  of  faith  and  remem- 
ber that  we  are  members  of  the  same  [Black]  Nation  regardless  of 
religious  beliefs.  Let  us  think  of  the  condition  of  the  world  and  of 
our  future  as  a  people.  We  can  no  more  depend  on  the  future  of  the 
white  race,  for  they  have  no  future.  The  time  is  far  spent,  and  their 
sun  is  set.40 

But  this  expediency  is  temporary.  Muhammad's  long-range  goal 
is  to  win  all  Negro  Christians  to  Islam.  Some  Christians  are 
receptive,  and  the  Movement  keeps  growing,  but  nearly  all  defec- 
tions thus  far  have  been  individual.  There  have  been  almost  no 
mass  defections  as  far  as  is  known. 

Perhaps  the  only  known  case  of  a  wholesale  transfer  of 
religious  loyalties  was  that  of  a  Baptist  church  in  Richmond, 
which,  after  two  addresses  by  a  Muslim  minister,  voted  to  become 
a  Muslim  temple.  Thereupon  the  minister  dropped  his  "slave 
name"  and  became  David  X.  It  may  be  significant  that  this 
church  was  won  to  Muhammad  during  a  period  of  extreme  racial 
unrest,  when  Virginians  had  closed  their  schools  rather  than  admit 
Negroes  and  had  set  up  segregated  schools  for  white  children  in 
the  Christian  churches. 

The  Negro  Man  in  the  Street 

In  his  current  struggle  for  social  dignity  and  a  larger  share 
in  the  common  values  of  the  community,  the  American  Negro  is 
generally  ambivalent  about  means.  Should  he  merely  support  his 
leaders,  or  should  he  take  direct  action  on  his  own  initiative? 
Increasingly  he  does  both,  for  the  man  in  the  street,  whether 
white-collar  or  in  overalls,  is  generally  impatient  with  the  progress 
his  leaders  are  making.  Mrs.  Rosa  Parker,  the  gentle  and  un- 
assuming seamstress  who  created  the  "Montgomery  situation"  by 
asserting  her  right  to  sit  where  she  chose  on  a  public  bus,  is  a 
vivid  illustration  of  this  attitude.  Mrs.  Parker  believed  in  and 
supported  the  Negro  leadership  in  Montgomery;  but  her  soul 
was  as  tired  as  her  feet,  and  she  could  not  wait  any  longer  for 
deliverance  at  their  hands. 

In  Memphis,  sometime  before  the  public  busses  were  de- 
segregated, a  Negro  laborer  boarded  a  bus  in  an  outlying  Negro 
section  during  the  evening  rush  hour.  Two  Negro  women  who  had 


160  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

boarded  earlier  were  seated  midway  in  the  bus.  As  the  bus 
approached  the  downtown  area  and  more  whites  began  to  come 
aboard,  the  Negro  women  were  required  two  or  three  times  to 
give  up  their  seats  and  move  farther  back.  Finally  the  Negro 
laborer  could  stand  it  no  longer.  Taking  an  old  linoleum  knife 
from  the  bag  of  tools  he  was  carrying,  he  rushed  up  to  where  the 
women  were  now  sitting.  "Ladies,"  he  said,  with  tears  streaming 
from  his  face,  "don't  y'all  move  back  no  doggone  more!  If  you  do, 
I'm  going  to  have  to  hurt  you.  And  if  anybody  on  here  tries  to 
make  y'all  move  just  one  more  time,  then  my  life  ain't  worth  a 
quarter.  We  done  moved  back  enough,  and  ain't  none  of  us  gon' 
move  no  further!"41 

When  the  local  Negro  leadership  in  Memphis  could  not 
wrest  a  guarantee  from  management  that  Negro  women  would  be 
extended  the  same  courtesies  in  the  downtown  department  stores 
as  were  white  patrons,  the  women  began  canceling  their  accounts 
on  their  own  accord.  Thereafter,  those  who  could  afford  to  do  so 
did  their  shopping  in  periodic  trips  to  cities  as  far  away  as  St. 
Louis  and  Chicago.  "If  I  can't  be  'Mrs.'  and  have  the  use  of  a 
dinky  dressing  room  on  Main  Street  in  Memphis,"  said  one  indig- 
nant Negro  matron,  "I  can  be  'Madame'  in  a  State  Street  salon  in 
Chicago." 

The  college  sit-ins  are  yet  another  illustration  of  the  Negro's 
ambivalence  toward  his  established  leadership — and,  perhaps,  of 
the  leadership's  misjudgment  of  the  prevailing  mood  in  the  Negro 
community.  The  college  students  had  long  been  among  the  most 
ardent  supporters  of  the  relatively  conservative  protest  organiza- 
tions, such  as  the  NAACP.  Yet  the  sit-ins  took  the  NAACP  by 
surprise,  as  they  did  the  rest  of  the  established  Negro  leadership. 

The  man  in  the  street  is  waiting  and  pushing  and  hoping; 
but  he  is  also  looking  around  for  alternatives.  The  disease  of 
racial  discrimination  has  been  with  us  longer  than  is  reasonable 
to  expect  in  an  enlightened  society;  and  in  an  atomic  age,  the 
traditional  remedies  make  haste  too  slowly.  The  Negro  wants  to 
be  first  class  now.  Anyone  who  fails  to  understand  this  has  seri- 
ously misjudged  the  temper  of  the  times. 

Among  the  Negroes  of  the  middle  class,  Muhammad's  call 
for  a  united  front  is  not  wholly  devoid  of  appeal.  There  has  been 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  161 

a  common  notion  that  the  Negroes'  vulnerability  has  stemmed,  at 
least  in  part,  from  their  own  apparent  inability  to  stand  together 
and  make  a  common  cause  in  the  fight  against  discrimination. 
The  superstition  that  "Negroes  cannot  stick  together,  especially  in 
a  crisis,"  has  long  been  accepted  as  a  fact.  The  "Great  Walk"  at 
Montgomery  and  the  more  recent  sit-ins  in  various  communities 
have  done  much  to  disprove  this  superstition  and  to  make  the 
average  Negro  more  receptive  to  proposals  for  group  protest. 
Most  middle-class  Negroes,  however,  are  determined  to  keep 
within  the  broad  limits  of  the  "democratic"  and  "American"  tra- 
dition. They  are  drawn  to  the  idea  of  a  united  front  but  repelled 
by  the  idea  of  a  black  front.  Similarly,  the  Negro  middle  class 
shares  the  increasing  race-consciousness  of  the  entire  Negro  com- 
munity; but  it  interprets  this  as  a  unity-in-determination  to  resist 
oppression,  rather  than  as  an  aggressive  "front." 

Muhammad's  Movement  is  one  of  rigid  discipline,  aimed  at 
controlling  the  total  behavior  of  the  individual.  This  factor  alone 
is  sufficiently  repulsive  to  dissuade  the  majority  of  the  middle  class 
from  any  "committed"  participation,  for  while  the  middle  class  is 
highly  conformist,  it  is  oriented  toward  the  prevailing  values  and 
taboos  of  the  general  society.  The  middle-class  Negro  also  refuses 
to  identify  with  the  Muslims,  by  and  large,  because  he  associates 
them  with  potential  violence  or  because  "the  government  is  after 
them."  (Some  non-Muslims  report  that  a  visit  to  one  of  the 
temples  has  been  followed  by  a  visit  from  the  FBI.)  But  above 
all,  the  middle-class  Negro  is  loath  to  add  a  new  philosophy  of 
racial  subordination  to  that  already  imposed  by  the  white  majority. 
While  acknowledging  his  latent  hostility  to  the  white  man,  he  is 
not  willing  to  give  over  his  entire  life  to  a  fanatic  hatred.  He  is  in 
search  of  freedom,  not  vengeance. 

Nevertheless,  some  small  businessmen  and  tradesmen  have 
been  forced  to  the  reluctant  conclusion  that  they  must  support  a 
movement  like  Muhammad's  or  perish.  Faced  with  the  choice, 
they  have  joined  the  Movement.  Muhammad  has,  ironically,  pre- 
dicted that  this  would  happen.  He  has  insisted  that  the  white 
man  will  not  do  business  with  Negroes  and  that  integration  can 
only  weaken  the  Negro  businessman's  support  in  the  black  com- 
munity. Only  race  pride,  he  has  said,  and  a  determination  to 


162  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

"support  your  own  kind"  can  save  the  Negro  businessman  from 
extinction. 

But  even  among  those  who  have  joined  or  who  favor  the 
Movement,  sympathy  is  generally  focused  not  on  the  doctrine  of 
racial  hostility  but  on  the  issues  of  economic  policy,  race  pride 
and  moral  uplift.  Such  expressions  as  the  following  are  not  infre- 
quent among  the  middle  class  (and  they  have  their  corollaries 
among  the  more  economically  and  socially  depressed  Negroes  in 
the  slums  and  on  the  street  corners) : 


One  Chicago  businessman  said,  "When  Mr.  Muhammad  urges  Negroes 
to  build  up  solid  economic  holdings  in  the  community,  I  agree  with 
him  100  per  cent.  But  I  can't  go  along  with  some  of  his  other  ideas." 

A  Philadelphia  lawyer's  comment  was,  "He's  merely  trying  to  give 
the  Negro  the  education  and  understanding  strictly  from  an  economic 
point  of  view,  that  the  Jew  has  been  getting  and  using  for  centuries. 
It  would  be  a  tough  job,  but  organizing  the  Negro's  financial  intelli- 
gence into  one  solid  buying  power  would  be  a  good  thing.  We  don't 
stick  together  and  pool  our  capital  as  other  groups  do." 

In  Los  Angeles,  a  real  estate  broker's  comment  was,  "I  don't  know 
too  much  about  the  other  things  they  want,  but  if  they  can  get  col- 
ored people  to  support  colored  business  100  per  cent,  I  wouldn't  be 
able  to  count  all  the  money  I'd  make  selling  houses." 

A  Hartford,  Conn.,  man  said  ".  .  .  if  .  .  .  [Negroes]  want  better 
schools,  good  jobs  and  homes  they  should  follow  the  leadership  of 
Elijah  Muhammad.  We  need  to  turn  to  Elijah  Muhammad,  for  he  is 
telling  the  Negro  to  unite  because  unity  is  the  key  to  their  freedom."42 

Finally,  the  chance  to  identify  with  an  organization  that 
boldly  attacks  social  and  religious  conventions  is  for  some  middle- 
class  Negroes  an  irresistible  challenge.  This  is  especially  true  of 
a  handful  of  young  "rebels"  who  resent  the  contemporary  empha- 
sis on  conformity  in  general  and  who  particularly  resent  the  idea 
of  conforming  to  a  social  status  that  implies  docility  and  an  ad- 
mission of  inferiority.  The  few  college  students  who  have  joined 
the  Movement  are  of  this  class,  as  are  many  of  the  Muslim  veter- 
ans of  the  armed  services,  who  nurse  their  resentment  of  the  "re- 
ward" they  received  for  defending  the  nation  against  its  enemies. 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  163 

The  lower-class  man  in  the  street  has  more  immediate  moti- 
vations for  his  attitude  toward  the  Movement.  In  the  crowded 
slums  of  the  big  cities,  it  is  difficult  to  find  anyone  who  has  not 
heard  of  Muhammad  and  his  Black  Muslims.  Even  among  those 
who  have  not  joined  the  Movement,  there  is  a  strong  admiration 
for  the  Muslim  leadership  and  often  an  openly  expressed  identifi- 
cation with  most  of  what  they  stand  for.  Typical  is  the  statement 
by  a  Detroit  youth  that  Mister  Muhammad  and  Minister  Malcolm 
are  "telling  the  truth  if  they  get  killed  for  it,"  while  the  other 
Negro  leaders  "keep  on  messing  around  with  The  Man  (i.e.,  the 
white  man),  when  they  know  he  ain't  going  to  ever  act  right."  In 
the  pool  halls,  the  barber  shops,  the  taverns  and  cafes  and  on  the 
street  corners,  Muhammad  is  an  inevitable  topic  of  conversation; 
and  more  often  than  not,  his  defenders  are  in  the  majority. 

To  many  who  have  despaired  of  ever  seeing  American 
democracy  become  "color-blind,"  Muhammad  represents  the  only 
available  alternative.  The  emotions  of  the  disprivileged  lie  close 
to  the  surface;  and  the  church,  which  managed  for  so  long  to  sub- 
limate the  Negro's  resentments,  finds  its  task  increasingly  difficult. 
Even  the  store-front  "shouting"  missions  have  lost  much  of  their 
attraction  for  the  Negro  whose  frustrations  are  choking  him.  The 
Muslims  are  saying  bluntly  many  of  the  words  he  wants  to  hear. 
And  the  Muslims  symbolize  action. 

Like  their  counterparts  in  the  middle  class,  the  Negroes 
furthest  down  are  impatient  with  the  techniques  of  "education  and 
negotiation."  They  cannot  see  why  people  as  well-educated  as  the 
white  man  is  alleged  to  be  "can't  tell  the  difference  between  right 
and  wrong."  It  seems  to  them  obviously  wrong  that  people  who 
are  not  white  should  be  treated  differently  from  those  who  are, 
especially  in  a  country  where  all  are  supposed  to  be  equal  under 
the  laws  of  the  land.  They  reject  the  Negro  leadership's  involved 
explanations  about  "white  moderates"  and  "men  of  good  will." 
They  do  not  understand  how  "a  handful  of  Ku  Klux  congressmen 
from  Georgia  and  Mississippi  can  make  the  North,  the  East,  the 
West,  the  Mid- West  and  all  the  rest  of  the  country"  conform  to 
what  is  obviously  an  unjust  position.  They  are  inclined  to  doubt 
the  alleged  "good  will"  of  any  white  man,  and  they  tend  to  be 
ready  to  accept  Muhammad's  allegation  that  the  white  man's 


164  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

"tricknology"  has  brainwashed  the  Negro  leaders  and  bought  them 
out  with  "iced  tea  and  worthless  promises." 

The  followers  of  Marcus  Garvey  are  represented  in  the 
Muslim  temples  in  substantial  numbers,  as  are  the  Moorish  Sci- 
entists. But  there  are  also  thousands  of  Muslims  who  have  had  no 
previous  contact  with  black  nationalism.  What  they  have  had  is 
an  unfortunate  contact  with  the  enduring  corrosion  of  prejudice 
and  discrimination — and  they  are  looking  for  a  way  out. 

Some  potential  converts  in  the  lower  class  reject  the  Move- 
ment because  of  its  spartan  requirements.  Women  tend  to  object 
to  the  Muslim  ban  on  cosmetics  and  to  various  other  restrictions 
pertaining  to  dress.  The  requirement  of  strict  sexual  morality  and 
the  categorical  prohibition  of  alcohol  and  tobacco  alienate  many 
young  men  for  whom  the  Muslims'  religious  and  racial  teachings 
are  not  a  formidable  barrier.  Those  who  join  the  Movement  tend 
to  have  been  so  impressed  with  the  futility  of  established  tech- 
niques for  improving  their  lot  that  they  are  willing  to  make  the 
required  adjustments  in  personal  behavior  in  exchange  for  a  new 
emotional  outlook. 

And  those  who  do  not  become  members  may  have  guilt 
feelings  because  they  are  not  in  the  Movement!  In  Chicago,  for 
example,  a  young  deliveryman  was  asked  if  he  were  a  Muslim. 
"No  sir,"  he  replied,  "but  God  knows  I  ought  to  be.  I  guess  I 
just  ain't  got  guts  enough."  Respectable  Negro  leadership  knows 
that  Muhammad's  solution  to  the  race  problem  is  not  viable,  but 
the  lower-class  man  in  the  street  is  far  from  certain.  For  him  it  is 
a  question  of  "guts,"  his  own  guts.  He  seems  to  take  for  granted 
that  the  Muslims'  courage  is  superior  to  his  own. 

Yet  this  is  not  the  whole  story.  Sometimes  it  is  easier  to  call 
oneself  a  coward  than  it  is  to  call  oneself  a  fool.  Even  in  the  lower 
class,  the  man  in  the  street  is  loath  to  give  up  his  belief  that  the 
American  Creed  will  one  day  be  realized,  but  his  continuing  faith 
has  exposed  him  only  to  fresh  disappointments  and  ridicule.  In 
his  most  bitter  moments,  he  may  accuse  himself  of  lacking  the 
courage  to  give  up  a  dream  that  will  never  come  true.  He  has 
not  yet  capitulated.  But  his  faith  is  sorely  tested;  and  if  racial 
oppression  is  allowed  to  persist  in  America,  only  the  Muslims 
stand  to  gain. 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  165 

II.    THE  JEWISH  COMMUNITY 

The  Black  Muslims  deny  that  they  have  a  special  antipathy 
for  Jews,  and  the  Muslim  leaders  have  been  unable  to  discover  a 
significant  reservoir  of  hatred  for  Jews  as  Jews  among  the  rank 
and  file.  There  is  latent  admiration  for  the  Jewish  "psychology" 
and  for  the  Jew's  alleged  business  acumen,  and  there  is  great 
sympathy  for  the  Jews  as  a  minority  group  who  "were  roasted  like 
peanuts  by  the  white  man  in  Europe."  On  the  other  hand,  some 
Muslims  openly  detest  Jews  as  renegade  Black  Men  and  as  leeches 
on  the  so-called  Negro  community. 

Among  the  Muslim  leaders  and  influential  laymen,  there 
appears  to  be  some  ambivalence  about  classifying  the  Jews  as 
white.  There  is  a  feeling  in  some  quarters  that  the  Jews,  as 
Semites,  are  "not  quite  white"  and  should  be  grouped  with  the 
Arabs  as  members  of  the  Black  Nation.  "How  can  we  be  accused 
of  being  anti-Semitic,"  one  Muslim  minister  asked,  "when  our 
Arab  brothers  are  Semitic?"  For  those  who  accept  this  implica- 
tion, the  Jews  are  traitors:  Black  Men  who  reject  their  true 
identity,  scorn  their  black  brothers  and  pass  themselves  off  as 
white. 

This  attitude,  however,  is  quite  rare.  The  Muslim  laity  tends 
simply  to  dismiss  the  Jews  as  white,  without  making  further  dis- 
tinction. "The  Jew  is  a  white  man.  He  is  accepted  as  a  white 
man,  and  that  is  how  he  wants  it.  He  can  go  places  we  can't  go." 
Jews  may  live  in  ghettos,  but  their  ghettos  are  in  white  neighbor- 
hoods, "except  when  they  are  complete  parasites  upon  the  Black 
community."  Even  when  a  Jew  lives  above  his  own  store  in  a 
black  ghetto,  he  is  not  really  part  of  the  black  community,  for  he 
fraternizes  with  black  men  only  so  far  as  is  necessary  to  promote 
his  business.  The  Jew  clings  to  his  white  identity  even  though  he 
is  persecuted  by  other  white  men.  "The  Anglo-Saxons  look  down 
on  the  Jew.  The  Jew  hates  the  Anglo-Saxon  but  considers  himself 
better  than  a  Black  Man." 

But  there  are  differences  among  white  men,  and  generally 
you  find  them  in  certain  kinds  of  activities.  For  example,  "the 
Anglo-Saxons  are  diplomats  and  statesmen;  the  Italians  are  crimi- 
nals and  racketeers;  the  stupid  Irishmen  are  cops;  the  Germans 


166  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

are  good  scientists;  the  Jews  are  the  brains  of  the  white  race." 
They  are  the  thinkers  and  the  writers,  and  they  are  shrewd  enough 
to  manipulate  the  rest  of  the  whites — to  say  nothing  of  the  so- 
called  Negroes.  "Every  Jew  is  a  born  psychologist,"  and  he  uses 
his  "psychology"  to  accomplish  his  ends.  The  so-called  Negro 
begs  for  what  he  wants,  or  relies  on  the  white  man's  "Christian 
spirit."  The  white  man  tries  to  buy  his  way  with  money.  "The 
Jew  wastes  neither  his  love  nor  his  money:  he  'psyches'  his  way 
to  the  top.  One  Jew  is  smarter  than  a  roomful  of  'white  men.'  He 
can  spend  a  quarter  and  make  a  million  dollars;  or  he  can  rob  you 
blind  while  he's  telling  you  a  funny  joke." 

The  Jews  are  believed  to  have  a  stranglehold  on  public 
opinion  through  their  control  of  mass  communication.  They  are 
said  to  own  the  radio  and  television  stations,  along  with  many 
magazines  and  newspapers.  They  hire  gentiles  to  "front"  for 
them  so  as  not  to  antagonize  the  public;  but  on  crucial  issues, 
such  as  the  Suez  Canal,  they  control  the  thinking  of  the  people. 
And  they  use  this  power  to  forward  the  Zionist  cause.  Malcolm  X 
declares: 

We  make  no  distinction  between  Jews  and  non-Jews  so  long  as  they 
are  all  white.  To  do  so  would  be  to  imply  that  we  like  some  whites 
better  than  others.  This  would  be  discrimination,  and  we  do  not 
believe  in  discrimination.  However,  the  Jews,  with  the  help  of  Chris- 
tians in  America  and  Europe,  drove  our  Muslim  brothers  (i.e.,  the 
Arabs)  out  of  their  homeland,  where  they  had  been  settled  for  cen- 
turies, and  took  over  the  land  for  themselves.  This  every  Muslim 
resents. 

In  America,  the  Jews  sap  the  very  life-blood  of  the  so-called  Negroes 
to  maintain  the  state  of  Israel,  its  armies  and  its  continued  aggression 
against  our  brothers  in  the  East.  This  every  Black  Man  resents. 

The  European  and  American  Christians  helped  to  establish  Israel 
in  order  to  get  rid  of  the  Jews  so  that  they  could  take  over  their 
businesses  as  they  did  the  American  Japanese  during  the  war.  The 
scheme  failed,  and  the  joke  is  on  the  white  man.  The  American  Jews 
aren't  going  anywhere.  Israel  is  just  an  international  poor  house 
which  is  maintained  by  money  sucked  from  the  poor  suckers  in 
America.43 

Muslims  are  especially  resentful  of  Jews  who  live  in  the 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  167 

Negro  community.  "The  Jew  comes  in  and  brings  his  family. 
He  opens  a  business  and  hires  his  wife,  his  mother-in-law,  all  his 
brothers-in-law,  and  then  he  sends  to  the  old  country  to  get  his 
father  and  mother,  sisters  and  brothers — even  his  uncles — and  he 
hires  all  of  them.  Meanwhile,  the  so-called  Negroes  are  footing 
the  bill,  but  there  isn't  a  black  face  behind  a  single  counter  in 
the  store."  Soon  the  Jew  will  open  another  business — a  laundro- 
mat, perhaps.  He  will  then  shift  some  of  his  relatives  there.  Still 
later  he  will  open  a  liquor  store,  "because  by  now  he's  got  enough 
money  to  buy  off  the  crooks  downtown."  Soon  he  follows  his 
Negro  customer  home  and  buys  the  flat  he  lives  in.  By  that  time, 
the  Jew  is  providing  the  Negro  with  his  food,  his  clothes,  his 
services,  his  home  and  the  whiskey  he  has  to  have  to  keep  from 
hating  himself.  "But  the  Jew  doesn't  live  above  the  business  any 
more.  He's  moved  on  out  to  the  suburbs  and  is  living  in  the  best 
house  black  money  can  buy." 

To  the  Negro  in  the  black  ghetto,  the  Jew  is  as  highly  "visi- 
ble" as  are  the  handful  of  Negroes  who  escape  the  ghetto  and 
penetrate  the  white  communities.  Consequently,  the  negative 
image  of  the  Jewish  merchant  is  likely  to  be  extremely  exag- 
gerated. The  Jew's  presence  among  the  Negroes — and  his  racial 
and  social  separation  from  them — make  him  a  readily  available 
scapegoat,  an  easy  target  for  the  pent-up  frustrations  engendered 
by  the  "place"  the  Negroes  have  been  assigned  by  the  larger 
society. 

The  Jew  not  only  dominates  the  Black  Man  economically, 
the  Muslims  aver;  he  manipulates  the  Negro  organizations  as  well. 
The  NAACP,  for  example,  is  the  Jews'  "tiger,"  and  from  time  to 
time  they  unleash  it  on  the  prejudiced  Christians.  But  for  all 
practical  purposes,  the  NAACP  is  a  "paper  tiger,"  since  every 
law  enforcement  agency  in  the  country  is  in  the  hands  of  the 
white  man.  The  Jew  knows  this,  but  he  keeps  the  so-called 
Negroes  agitated  about  such  nonsense  as  sitting  beside  a  white 
man  on  a  bus,  thus  keeping  them  too  busy  to  think  about  building 
supermarkets  and  department  stores.  Meanwhile,  the  white  man 
is  so  busy  trying  to  segregate  the  Negroes  in  the  back  of  the  bus 
that  he  has  no  time  for  business.  The  Jew  then  steps  in  and  pro- 
vides the  food,  clothes  and  services  for  both  contestants.  He  may 


168  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

even  provide  the  bus!  And  he  is  certain  to  provide  the  Negro 
with  enough  money  to  keep  the  fight  going. 

If  the  Jew  wants  the  so-called  Negroes  to  attack  a  white 
man,  he  circulates  the  rumor  that  the  white  man  is  prejudiced — 
a  fact  that  every  Negro  with  any  sense  knows  to  begin  with.  If 
the  Jew  wants  to  get  rid  of  a  troublesome  Negro  leader,  the  Jew 
does  not  attack  him  directly.  Instead,  he  invites  a  second  Negro 
to  dinner,  lets  the  Negro  shake  hands  with  his  wife  and  assures 
the  Negro  that  everybody  is  equal.  "Hearing  that  kind  of  talk 
and  being  treated  like  that  by  a  white  man,  the  second  Negro 
gets  so  'hopped  up'  he  will  not  only  go  out  and  organize  a  cam- 
paign against  the  Negro  the  Jew  doesn't  like,  but  he  will  kill  his 
own  mother  if  she  gets  in  his  way  before  that  'fix'  he  got  from 
being  invited  out  by  the  white  folks  wears  off!"  Meanwhile,  the 
Jew  sits  back  and  enjoys  the  show,  while  remaining  a  "friend"  to 
everybody. 

These,  then,  are  the  prevailing  attitudes  the  Black  Muslims 
have  adopted  toward  the  Jews.  Some  of  the  beliefs  are  stereo- 
types held  in  common  with  the  white  community;  some  are  en- 
demic in  the  general  Negro  community;  some  are  uniquely  Mus- 
lim. But  none  of  the  beliefs  are  more  virulent  than  those  held 
about  the  white  man  in  general.  The  Jews  have  not  been  singled 
out  as  a  special  target  of  a  concentrated  attack.  Such  an  emphasis 
might  easily  occur,  however,  as  the  Black  Muslims  cement  their 
identification  with  Afro-Asian  Islam. 

The  Jews,  for  their  part,  have  paid  little  official  attention 
to  the  Muslim  movement,  but  they  do  have  an  intelligent  aware- 
ness of  its  existence.  So  long  as  the  Muslims  remain  a  local  sect 
without  the  official  recognition  of  international  Islam,  the  Ameri- 
can Jew  sees  no  reason  to  be  concerned.  Negro  sects  and  cults 
abound,  and  while  they  are  often  given  to  much  sound  and  fury, 
they  have  seldom  been  a  real  threat  to  any  other  minority.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  American  Jews  are  not  unaware  of  the  pres- 
sures of  international  Islam  on  the  national  state  of  Israel,  nor  of 
the  attempts  of  some  segments  of  international  Islam  to  enlist 
anti- Jewish  support  wherever  it  may  be  found. 

At  least  one  United  States  Senator  has  seen  enough  evidence 
of  anti-Semitism  in  the  Black  Muslim  movement  to  warrant  bring- 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  169 

ing  the  organization  to  the  attention  of  Congress.  Senator  Ken- 
neth B.  Keating  of  New  York,  a  Presbyterian,  deplored  this 
"anti- Jewish  propaganda": 

A  very  disturbing  development  has  been  the  emergence  of  a  new 
hate  group  in  the  United  States  which  call  themselves  "Moslems." 
[Their]  leader  preaches  a  cult  of  racism  for  Negroes  and  extreme 
anti-Semitism.14 

Surprisingly,  Mr.  Keating  saw  the  Muslims  as  reflecting  "a  new 
trend  in  Moscow,"  rather  than  domestic  competitions  or  the 
machinations  of  international  Islam.  He  emphasized  that  "the 
name  adopted  by  the  fanatical  organization"  insulted  the  members 
of  the  Moslem  faith;  and  he  was  careful  to  point  out  that  orthodox 
Moslems  have  "absolutely  no  relationship  to  this  group,"  whereas 
"it  obviously  serves  the  Communist  interests  to  promote  dissen- 
sions among  Negroes  in  this  country  and  to  incite  hatred  against 
Americans  of  Jewish  faith." 


III.    THE  AMERICAN  ISLAMIC  COMMUNITY 

The  Black  Muslims  are  almost  unanimously  rejected  by  the 
orthodox  Moslem  groups  in  America.  Race  is  probably  not  a 
major  factor  in  this  rejection:  there  is  a  marked  clannishness 
among  American  Moslems  of  European  descent,  but  some  of 
the  earliest  Moslem  converts  in  America  were  Negro  followers 
of  Soufi  Abdul-Hamid,  an  American  Negro  who  embraced  Islam 
during  his  travels  in  Asia,45  and  Negro  Moslems  remain  scattered 
about  the  country  in  small  numbers.  The  rejection  is  based, 
rather,  on  Muhammad's  extreme  racial  views,  his  emphatic  mili- 
tancy and  his  unhistoric  teachings  about  the  Black  Nation.  Ameri- 
can Moslems  do  not  wish  to  be  identified  with  such  doctrines. 

The  Black  Muslims,  in  return,  assert  that  whatever  the 
white  man  touches,  he  taints.  Just  as  the  so-called  Negroes,  in 
their  attempts  to  appropriate  the  white  man's  culture,  have  been 
corrupted  by  its  disvalues,  so  the  American  Moslems  have  suf- 
fered the  corrosive  influences  of  white,  Western  Christianity.  In 
their  yearning  to  gain  the  white  man's  approval,  they  sometimes 
behave  suspiciously  like  the  blue-eyed  devils  themselves.  "No 
Muslim  will  reject  another  Muslim,"  Malcolm  X  argues,  "except 


170  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

where  the  devils  have  made  him  forget  who  he  is."  The  American 
Moslems  who  join  the  white  man  in  denouncing  the  Black 
Muslims  are  little  better  than  the  so-called  Negroes  who  have 
been  "Tom-ing"  for  generations.  When  they  finally  see  the  Move- 
ment through  their  own  Muslim  eyes,  rather  than  through  the 
distorted  lenses  of  the  white  Christians,  they  will  rally  to  Muham- 
mad and  recognize  him  as  the  true  Messenger  of  Allah  Himself. 
The  Federation  of  Islamic  Associations  is  the  official  Mos- 
lem organization  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  However, 

...  the  Negro  society  in  Chicago  led  by  Elijah  Muhammad  is  not 
affiliated  and  it  is  not  recognized  as  truly  Moslem.  Although  he  con- 
ducts the  largest  Arabic  school  in  the  United  States,  and  claims  to  use 
the  Qur'an  as  the  basis  for  his  teachings,  the  Federation  officers  .  .  . 
have  remained  suspicious  of  him.46 

Some  Moslem  leaders,  such  as  Jamil  Diab  of  Chicago,  have 
issued  statements  dissociating  themselves  and  their  followers  from 
the  Black  Muslims.  Diab  denounced  the  Muslims  as  "a  cult 
totally  lacking  in  the  requisites  which  constitute  any  Moslem 
Group."  He  asserted  that  they  have  "penetrated  into  the  Afro- 
American  society  .  .  .  [where]  they  propagate  their  views  in  the 
name  of  Islam.  They  start  controversies  everywhere  .  .  .  [and 
carry  on]  propaganda  in  an  aggressive  manner."  Because  of  them, 
"an  insidious  stigma"  has  become  attached  to  all  Islamic  societies 
in  America. 

Muhammad  smiles  mysteriously  when  Shaikh  Diab's  criti- 
cisms are  laid  before  him,  for  it  is  rumored  that  the  Shaikh  (who 
is  a  Palestinian  Arab)  was  once  a  close  adviser  to  the  Messenger 
and  that  he  taught  Arabic  for  several  years  at  the  University  of 
Islam  in  Chicago.  Muhammad  and  Diab  are  said  to  have  split 
over  questions  of  ritual.  The  Shaikh  apparently  sought  to  form 
the  Muslims  into  an  orthodox  Moslem  organization,  but  prac- 
tically none  of  the  rank  and  file  followed  his  lead. 

Another  challenger  to  Muhammad's  religious  authenticity 
and  to  his  leadership  of  Americans  in  the  Islamic  movement  is 
Talib  Ahmad  Dawud,  bearded  leader  of  the  Muslim  Brotherhood, 
USA.  Dawud,  who  was  converted  by  Gulam  Yaslum,  an  Ahma- 
diyya  missionary  from  India,  has  described  Muhammad  as  "plain 
Elijah  Poole  of  SandersviUe,  Georgia,"  and  "no  Muslim."  In 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  171 

an  abortive  bid  for  the  Black  Muslim  leadership,  Dawud  lent  his 
name  to  a  series  of  articles  in  a  Chicago  newspaper  aimed  at 
exposing  Muhammad  and  discrediting  him  with  his  followers. 
Mr.  Dawud,  who  had  just  returned  from  his  pilgrimage  to  Mecca, 
based  his  arguments  against  Muhammad's  authenticity  primarily 
upon  an  assertion  that  the  Hajj  Committee,  which  rules  on  the 
acceptability  of  Moslem  pilgrims,  would  not  admit  the  self-styled 
Messenger  to  the  Holy  City.  Muhammad  was,  in  fact,  received 
in  Mecca  a  few  weeks  later,  and  Dawud  was  badly  trounced. 

Actually,  it  never  seemed  likely  that  the  Imam  would  make 
any  serious  inroads  on  the  Black  Muslim  membership.  His  own 
brotherhood  has  only  a  few  hundred  members,  many  of  whom 
are  popular  entertainers  or  musicians — Dawud's  wife  is  jazz  singer 
Dakota  Staton — and  they  seem  to  have  none  of  the  fanatical 
devotion  to  their  leader  that  the  Muslims  show  for  Muhammad. 
Nor  does  Dawud  enjoy  unqualified  recognition  as  a  leader  in 
the  American  Moslem  community. 

Most  of  the  authentic  Moslem  groups  in  this  country  have 
stood  back  from  the  fray,  and  their  aloofness  has  strengthened 
rather  than  weakened  the  strategy  of  the  Black  Muslim  leaders. 
Left  to  his  own  devices,  Muhammad  is  able  to  exert  a  kind  of 
papal  absolutism  in  the  direction  and  development  of  his  Move- 
ment. At  the  same  time,  he  has  been  able  to  cultivate  the  good 
will  and  respect  of  a  significant  corps  of  informal  representatives 
of  Afro-Asian  Islam.  His  temples  are  often  visited  by  Moslem 
students  studying  in  America,  some  of  whom  address  his  fol- 
lowers or  participate  in  the  temple  affairs. 

In  Harlem,  an  organization  called  Asian-African  Drums 
serves  as  an  important  liaison  between  the  Black  Muslims  and 
various  Moslem  nationals  from  Asia  and  Africa,  particularly  Arab 
nationals.  The  Muslims  do  no  proselytizing  at  the  Drums  meet- 
ings, which  are  kept  on  the  level  of  friendly  contact.  The  Drums 
organization  is  headed  by  Abdul  Basit  Naeem,  a  Pakistani  Mos- 
lem, who  has  served  as  Muhammad's  chief  apologist  and  inter- 
preter to  the  world  of  orthodox  Islam.  To  Mr.  Naeem,  Muham- 
mad is  "the  humblest  of  all  important  black  men  alive  ...  ex- 
tremely gentle,  very  courteous  and  kind  .  .  .  [and]  the  core  of  Mr. 
Elijah  Muhammad's  teachings  is,  of  course,  the  faith  of  Islam.  .  .  . 


172  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

The  book  of  Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad  is  the  book  of  ALL  Muslims, 
known  as  the  Holy  Qur'an."  Further,  "his  work  and  teachings  are 
not  entirely  unknown  to  other  Moslems  .  .  .  including  the  beloved 
president  of  the  United  Arab  Republic,  Gamal  Abdel  Nasser."47 

Mr.  Naeem,  an  ardent  supporter  of  the  Movement,  is  a 
Pakistani  journalist  and  lecturer  with  twelve  years'  residence  in 
the  United  States.  He  is  a  graduate  of  a  Midwestern  university 
and  the  publisher  of  a  Moslem  magazine  called  The  Moslem 
World  and  the  U.S.A. 

Not  all  the  contacts  with  extranational  Moslems  in  America 
have  been  through  Black  Muslim-sponsored  organizations.  The 
Black  Muslims  have  participated  in  various  Moslem  affairs  held 
on  the  campuses  of  some  American  universities,  such  as  the 
celebration  of  Pakistan  Independence  Day  at  the  University  of 
Southern  California  in  1958,48  and  they  have  been  represented 
at  conferences  concerned  with  the  interests  of  various  Moslem 
states.  At  one  such  conference,  held  in  Hollywood  in  1958  and 
sponsored  by  Dr.  Mohammad  T.  Mehdi  of  the  Arab  Information 
Center  in  San  Francisco,  Malcolm  X  boldly  demanded  attention 
for  the  Black  Muslims  as  a  potential  power  in  the  sphere  of  inter- 
national politics.  "The  Arabs,  as  a  colored  people,"  he  said, 
"should  and  must  make  more  effort  to  reach  the  millions  of  col- 
ored people  in  America  who  are  related  to  the  Arabs  by  blood. 
These  millions  of  colored  peoples  would  be  completely  in  sym- 
pathy with  the  Arab  cause!"49 

IV.    THE  WHITE  COMMUNITY 

One  might  expect — from  the  Muslims'  diatribes  against  the 
white  man  and  from  their  commitment  to  retaliation — that  there 
would  be  constant  open  conflict  between  the  Muslims  and  the 
white  community.  But  few  open  battles  have  been  joined  thus 
far.  The  Black  Muslims  do  not  pretend  to  love  the  white  man, 
but  they  avoid  overt  antagonism.  They  shun  the  white  community 
entirely,  except  for  requisites  of  work  or  business,  and  they  do 
not  seek  the  white  man's  social  acceptance.  Muslim  women  par- 
ticularly are  forbidden  contact  with  either  sex  of  the  white  race, 
on  the  theory  that  "no  white  man  has  honorable  intentions  toward 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  173 

any  black  woman"  and  that  white  women  are  "immoral  by 
nature."  The  white  women  are  said  to  corrupt  the  minds  of  the 
black  women,  who  then  try  to  imitate  them  by  "displaying  their 
bodies,  neglecting  their  children  and  abandoning  their  men." 

In  his  communication  with  the  white  man,  the  Muslim  tends 
to  be  both  polite  and  direct,  a  technique  which  helps  to  avoid 
tension  and  misunderstanding.  Speaking  to  a  white  group,  Mal- 
colm X  declared: 

I  don't  want  you  to  think  I'm  being  disrespectful  to  you  as  white 
people.  I  am  being  frank,  and  I  think  a  frank  statement  will  give 
you  a  better  insight  into  the  mind  of  the  Black  Man  than  statements 
you  get  from  people  who  call  themselves  "Negroes,"  and  who  usually 
tell  you  what  they  want  you  to  hear  ...  [in  the  interest  of  creating] 
a  better  possibility  of  getting  some  of  the  crumbs  you  may  let  fall 
from  your  table.  Well,  I  am  not  looking  for  crumbs,  so  I  am  not 
trying  to  disillusion  you.  .  .  .  Diplomacy  fools  people.  Diplomacy 
misleads  people.  It  is  better  to  be  frank.  .  .  .50 

The  white  community  is  constantly  assured  that  the  Mus- 
lims are  not  anti-white  simply  "because  they  tell  you  what  they 
think,  nor  anti-American  because  they  say  that  America  made 
our  fathers  slaves  and  refuses  to  give  us  civil  rights."  Malcolm 
assures  the  white  man  that  "you  can  go  anywhere  among  us  and 
receive  more  courtesy  and  real  respect  than  you  can  among  the 
so-called  Negro  leaders  who  lick  your  hand  for  crumbs."  But 
the  white  man  must  wake  up,  for  "the  Negro  you  used  to  know 
is  dead." 

According  to  Malcolm  X,  much  of  the  white  man's  ignor- 
ance of  the  Black  Man's  true  nature  results  from  his  habit  of 
picking  Negro  leaders  who,  "since  their  jobs  depend  upon  his 
pleasure,  only  report  to  him  what  will  make  him  happy.  But 
these  leaders  don't  have  things  under  control.  And  they  can't 
control  this  generation  with  anything  less  than  freedom  and 
justice."  The  white  man's  educational  system  also  contributes  to 
his  unrealistic  view  of  things. 

The  educational  system  ...  is  designed  to  make  you  think  you  are 
God.  .  .  .  There  is  no  one  else  like  you  and  everyone  else  is  below 
you.  .  .  .  You  can't  blame  the  American  [man  in  the  street]  for  look- 
ing down  on  the  Black  Man  when  every  day  he  is  brainwashed  by 
the  movies,  the  television,  radio  and  the  newspapers.  ...  He  is  taught 


174  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

in  school  that  he  is  the  best,  and  that  anyone  not  as  white  as  you 
cannot  be  on  your  level.51 

The  white  man  is  urged  to  treat  the  Negro  with  respect  and 
to  provide  an  opportunity  for  him  to  learn  "something  about  him- 
self." Only  then  can  there  be  any  hope  of  peace  between  the 
races.  When  the  Negro  learns  the  truth  about  himself,  he  will 
not  seek  integration  with  the  white  man;  he  will  be  proud  to  asso- 
ciate with  his  own  kind.  When  this  happens,  the  white  man  will 
no  longer  have  to  worry  about  the  Negro  becoming  his  "brother- 
in-law,"  and  each  race  will  respect  the  other  for  wanting  to  main- 
tain racial  purity.  As  things  are  now,  the  Negro  has  not  been 
educated:  he  has  been  trained. 

He  is  like  a  dog — a  watchdog.  You  don't  give  him  credit  for  intel- 
ligence, you  give  him  credit  for  being  well-trained.  You  sic  him  on 
the  Japanese  and  tell  him  to  bite  them,  and  he  will  run  out  and  bite 
the  Japanese.  You  tell  him  to  bite,  and  he  will  bite  the  Germans,  the 
Koreans.  He  will  bite  anyone  you  say  bite.  Now  you  don't  give  him 
any  credit  for  having  done  a  good  job.  You  give  yourself  credit  for 
having  trained  him  so  well.  Now  when  he  comes  back  from  biting 
the  Germans  and  the  Japanese,  you  can  hang  his  mother  on  a  tree 
and  have  his  wife  before  his  eyes  and  he  will  stand  there  whimpering 
with  his  knees  knocking  and  his  tail  between  his  legs.  Why?  Because 
he's  waiting  for  you  to  say  "sic  'em!"  That's  what  he's  been  trained 
to  do.52 

The  white  men  in  America  are  like  diners  at  a  banquet 
table.  The  Negro  is  there,  too,  but  the  white  men  pass  the  dishes 
back  and  forth  in  front  of  him  without  ever  letting  him  be  served. 
The  Negro  is  not  a  diner;  he  is  simply  at  the  table  looking  on. 
The  white  men  think  he  should  be  satisfied  with  being  present: 
"To  be  in  the  presence  of  so  many  fine  people  who  are  enjoying 
themselves  at  such  a  sumptuous  feast — you'd  think  he  would  be 
grateful."  But  the  Negro  has  got  knots  in  his  stomach  because 
he  is  hungry;  and  since  he  helped  to  kill  the  game,  he  thinks  it's 
his  right  to  eat.  Now. 

In  the  same  way,  the  white  man  tries  to  pacify  the  Negro 
by  telling  him  that  he  is  a  citizen.  But  the  Negro  is  waking  up 
to  that.  He  has  learned  that  he  is  a  full-fledged  citizen  in  wartime 
and  at  taxtime,  but  at  no  other  time. 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  175 

They  tell  us  that  we  are  all  citizens,  that  we  were  born  in  this  coun- 
try. Well,  a  cat  can  have  kittens  in  an  oven  but  that  doesn't  make 
them  biscuits!  The  Black  Man  in  America  can  never  be  called  an 
American  until  he  is  enjoying  what  America  is  offering  to  everybody 
else.  .  .  .  Twenty  million  black  people  here  in  America  today  are  called 
"second-class"  citizens.  We  don't  accept  that.  You  are  either  a  citizen 
or  you  are  not  a  citizen.  No  country  has  citizenship  by  degrees.53 

In  the  summer  of  1960,  Muhammad  broke  precedent  and 
allowed  whites  to  attend  some  of  his  public  rallies.  Until  then, 
no  whites  had  been  admitted  to  any  group  addressed  by  the  Mes- 
senger; and  whites  are  still  barred  from  the  temples  themselves. 
The  sudden  change  in  policy  was  partly  inspired  by  criticism  which 
likened  the  "crepe-black"  Muslim  organization  to  the  "lily-white" 
white  citizens  councils.  But  it  was  equally  inspired  by  Muham- 
mad's certainty  of  mass  support  from  the  Negroes  of  Chicago  and 
Harlem,  and  his  desire  to  demonstrate  his  strength  to  any  whites 
who  cared  to  come. 

In  Harlem,  where  one  of  the  "open"  rallies  was  held,  Mal- 
colm X  announced  that  "because  of  the  grave  race  crisis  that 
faces  the  Western  world  [and]  to  which  white  America  is  trying 
to  blind  itself,  these  white  people  need  someone  to  tell  them  what 
time  it  is."  In  the  audience  of  seven  thousand  people  was  a 
sprinkling  of  whites,  scattered  throughout  the  hall.  Some  of  these 
whites  joined  in  the  Muslim  prayers,  facing  east  with  their  palms 
upraised,  and  some  even  applauded  parts  of  Muhammad's  ad- 
dress. Most,  however,  simply  sat  and  took  notes  or  stared  in 
unbelief. 

While  the  white  man  in  the  street  has  not  commented,  the 
Movement  has  often  excited  his  attention.  On  learning  of  its 
existence  (but  almost  never  with  any  detailed  knowledge),  some 
individuals  and  groups  have  regarded  it  with  a  degree  of  approval. 
A  white  woman  in  Boston  applauded  Malcolm  X's  extended 
interview  on  radio  station  WMEX  and  opined  that  "this  Move- 
ment will  do  more  for  the  Negro  and  the  whole  country  than 
anything  the  Negroes  have  tried  so  far."  A  well-known  Texas 
millionaire,  perhaps  not  unsympathetic  to  Muhammad's  advocacy 
of  racial  separation,  is  alleged  to  have  shown  his  approval  of 
the  Movement  by  an  outright  gift  of  several  thousand  dollars. 
But  most  white  people  who  learn  of  the  Movement  tend  to  con- 


176  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

sider  it  a  preternaturally  extreme  and  dangerous  social  aber- 
ration. They  are  anxious  to  be  reassured  that  it  "has  reached  its 
peak"  and  that  "most  Negroes  do  not  really  feel  like  that." 

The  Movement  has  caught  the  attention  of  researchers  in 
colleges  and  universities  across  the  country.  Professors  and  gradu- 
ate students  in  such  widely  separated  schools  as  Harvard,  Rad- 
cliffe,  Union  Theological  Seminary  and  the  Universities  of  Chi- 
cago, Missouri  and  Michigan  are  now  studying  the  Black  Muslims. 
Law  enforcement  agencies  and  their  libraries  in  many  cities  across 
the  country  are  amassing  data  on  the  Movement. 

The  tendency  in  the  white-controlled  mass  media  until  very 
recent  times  was  to  ignore  the  Movement,  but  its  importance  in 
the  current  racial  crisis  has  warmed  the  microphones  and  loosened 
the  typewriter  keys.  Apparently  these  media  now  feel  that  the 
people  have  a  right  to  know  about  the  Muslims,  who  are  un- 
doubtedly the  fastest-growing  movement  in  the  country  and 
potentially  one  of  the  most  dangerous.  Since  1959,  extensive 
coverage  has  been  given  the  Muslims  in  Time,  The  New  York 
Times,  The  Christian  Science  Monitor,  Reader's  Digest,  The  Re- 
porter, U.  S.  News  and  World  Report,  Chicago's  American,  Provi- 
dence Bulletin,  The  Denver  Post,  Chicago  Sun-Times,  Springfield 
(Massachusetts)  Daily  News,  Columbus  (Ohio)  Dispatch,  New 
York  Post,  The  Detroit  Free  Press,  The  Boston  Herald,  The  Min- 
neapolis Tribune,  The  Boston  Globe  and  many  other  newspapers 
and  periodicals. 

What  do  they  say,  the  writers  in  these  "white"  media,  which 
mold  opinion  for  millions  of  Americans?  What  is  their  image  of 
the  Black  Muslims?  Most  of  the  news  stories  are  essentially 
descriptive;  almost  all  turn  hopefully  to  the  established  Negro 
leadership  for  interpretation  of  the  Movement.  However,  some 
eidtorial  comment  has  appeared. 

Time  refers  to  Elijah  Muhammad  as  a  "scowling,  incendiary 
speaker  .  .  .  pouring  out  his  scorn  upon  all  'white  devils,'  'satis- 
fied black  men,'  the  'poison'  Bible,  Christianity's  'slavemaster  doc- 
trine,' and  America's  'white  for  white'  justice."  Time  considers 
Muhammad  to  be  a  "purveyor  of  ...  cold  black  hatred  .  .  . 
calmly  feeding  the  rankling  frustration  of  urban  Negroes."  The 
Muslim  leader  is  held  to  be  "well  beyond  the  run-of-the-street 


Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement  177 

crackpot  Negro  nationalist  groups  .  .  .  [and]  of  rising  concern  to 
respectable  Negro  civic  leaders,  to  the  [NAACP],  to  police  de- 
partments in  half  a  dozen  cities,  and  to  the  FBI."54 

The  Christian  Science  Monitor  is  more  positive  in  its  views. 
While  finding  that  "Mr.  Muhammad's  counsel  is  not  entirely  free 
of  animosity,"  it  suggests  that  out  of  Muhammad's  guidance 
"appears  to  have  come  an  environment  which  .  .  .  has  made 
possible  a  degree  of  middle-class  respectability  for  many  Negroes 
whose  lives  before  had  been  crude  at  best."  Yet  the  Monitor 
recognizes  the  Black  Muslims  as  "one  of  the  most  controversial 
and  curious  organizations  of  Negroes"55  and  generously  estimates 
that  the  Movement  has  gathered  "some  200,000  of  the  20,000,000 
non-whites  into  its  fold  in  the  last  three  years."56 

"It  was  inevitable,"  says  The  Denver  Post  "that  some  Ne- 
groes would  prove  unable  to  keep  their  heads  as  the  struggle  [over 
racial  discrimination]  continued."  And  it  warns  that  "the  excesses 
of  a  Negro  hate  group  can  poison  the  whole  integration  move- 
ment in  the  United  States  and  jeopardize  the  progress  that  has 
already  been  made."57  The  Providence  Bulletin  observes  that 
"thousands  of  Negroes  are  turning  their  backs  on  Christianity 
and  embracing  a  highly  nationalistic  religion  that  takes  Islam 
for  its  spiritual  basis."  The  Bulletin  believes  that  "the  Movement 
has  weight"  and  that  "Muhammad  cannot  be  laughed  at  as  Father 
Divine  has  been.  .  .  .  The  Black  Muslim  Movement  is  a  force 
to  take  seriously,  .  .  .  [for]  the  Messenger  isn't  just  a-whistling 
'Dixie.'  "58 

In  Boston,  the  Herald  deplores  Muhammad's  "black  su- 
premacy" doctrines  and  declares  them  to  be  "as  disgraceful  and 
inflammatory  as  those  of  the  Ku  Klux  Klan."  It  points  out  that 
"on  a  Harlem  street  corner  where  a  member  of  the  Temple 
harangues  a  group  it  is  wise  for  a  white  man  to  pass  by  quickly" — 
a  circumstance  which  is,  "of  course,  deplored  by  the  best  Negro 
civic  leaders."59  The  Detroit  Free  Press  asks  "Is  the  [Muslim] 
cult  dangerous?"  and  then  assures  its  readers  that  "Detroit  police 
keep  an  eye  on  it.  State  Police  routinely  pick  up  lists  of  students 
attending  the  University  of  Islam.  The  FBI  watches."60 

On  September  3,  1959,  Bill  Stout  of  CBS-TV  in  Los  An- 
geles reported  that  "the  Negro  group  called  Moslems,  a  religious 


178  Tensions:    Outside  the  Movement 

sect  dedicated  to  black  supremacy  and  the  destruction  of  the  white 
race,"  had  mushroomed  from  300  members  to  "more  than  3,000" 
in  Los  Angeles  in  six  months.  He  quoted  "a  Los  Angeles  leader 
of  the  Moslem  group  [as  saying]  at  a  recent  meeting,  4No  torture 
of  the  whites — just  annihilation.'  "  The  TV  newscaster  called 
the  Los  Angeles  temple  "the  biggest  in  the  country,"  and  he  mar- 
veled that  there  had  been  "no  public  notice  of  the  Moslem  sect 
in  this  area."  What  Mr.  Stout  probably  did  not  know  is  that  in 
Los  Angeles,  as  in  many  other  cities,  there  is  (or  was)  a  tacit 
agreement  between  law  enforcement  officials  and  the  major  news 
media  to  bar  publicity  about  the  Movement.  Without  the  aid 
of  the  press,  it  was  hoped,  the  movement  would  soon  wither. 

That  hope  persists,  and  The  Reporter  magazine  finds  it 
"difficult  to  see  how  a  militant  movement  like  the  Temples  of 
Islam  can  attract  a  wide  following."  It  quotes  with  apparent 
finality  the  sentiments  of  a  Negro  integration  leader  who  told  that 
magazine  "I  don't  think  they'll  get  much  stronger,"  but  who  then 
immediately  asserted  that  "We  [Negroes]  have  a  right  to  our 
crackpots  as  you  do  to  yours."  The  Reporter  predicts  that  "Mal- 
colm X  may  yet  be  an  executive  in  the  Urban  League,  but  Elijah 
Muhammad  is  more  likely  to  end  as  Marcus  Garvey  did — with 
little  left  but  pictures  of  himself  addressing  huge  crowds  years 
before."61  However,  Pulitzer  Prizewinner  Harry  Ashmore,  writing 
in  The  Boston  Globe,  tempers  his  similar  optimism.  The  Mus- 
lims, he  feels,  "are  not  themselves  going  anywhere.  But  as  long 
as  they  are  around  and  talking  it  is  a  reasonable  assumption  that 
the  great  mass  of  American  Negro  people  are  not  going  to  be 
content  to  stand  still."62 


7    Tensions: 

Inside  the  Movement 


For  the  time  being,  the  Black  Muslims  are  presenting  a 
monolithic  face  to  the  outside  world.  They  are  on  the  upswing, 
rapidly  gaining  membership  and  power  and  their  resultant  excite- 
ment and  self-confidence  breed  a  natural  sense  of  unity.  They 
feel  beset  by  a  powerful  enemy — a  supposed  threat  which  impels 
them  to  minimize  internal  conflicts  and  pull  together.  And  they 
are  genuinely  unified  in  their  dedication  to  Elijah  Muhammad, 
the  Messenger,  whose  force  of  personality  overrides  any  divisive 
tensions. 

Yet  some  tensions  are  already  perceptible  within  the  Move- 
ment, and  these  seem  likely  to  increase  with  time.  There  are 
problems  both  of  definition  and  of  control.  As  the  Movement 
solidifies,  it  will  have  to  make  more  and  more  explicit  its  rela- 
tionship to  both  the  white  American  and  the  international  Islamic 
worlds.  For  the  moment,  the  Muslim  leaders  are  purposefully 
vague  on  these  points.  When  they  must  declare  themselves,  the 
present  quiet  disagreements  within  the  leadership  will  most  likely 
become  sharp  and  bitter  factionalism.  And  as  the  Movement 
grows  in  size  and  influence,  it  will  become  more  and  more  a 
tempting  prize  for  those  who  covet  power.  Rivalries  within  the 
leadership  already  exist,  as  well  as  a  latent  reliance  on  force. 
These  rivalries  may  erupt  quickly  when  Muhammad  dies. 

The  future  of  the  Movement — and  of  the  world  on  which 
it  has  an  impact — will  be  greatly  affected  by  these  internal  ten- 
sions. They  are,  of  course,  extremely  difficult  to  pin  down  pre- 
cisely; they  are  the  Movement's  best-guarded  secrets.  But  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  information  is  available,  and  from  this  a  broad 
outline  of  the  internal  tensions  can  be  fairly  accurately  sketched. 

179 


180  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

I.    THE  CONCENTRATION  OF  POWER 

The  Long  Road  from  Sandersville 

"And  after  these  things  I  saw  another  angel  come  down 
from  heaven,  having  great  power;  and  the  earth  was  lightened 
with  his  glory.  And  he  cried  mightily  with  a  strong  voice,  saying, 
Babylon  the  great  is  fallen,  is  fallen,  and  is  become  the  habitation 
of  devils,  and  the  hold  of  every  foul  spirit.  .  .  ." 

The  Supreme  Wisdom,  sacred  text  of  the  Black  Muslim 
Movement,  teaches  that  this  angel  having  great  power  (mentioned 
in  the  eighteenth  chapter  of  Revelation)  was  "no  other  than 
Master  W.  F.  Fard  Muhammad,  the  Great  Mahdi."  The  Mahdi 
came  for  the  express  purpose  of  enlightening  the  so-called  Negroes 
and  pronouncing  judgment  on  the  white  devils,  who  had  enslaved 
the  Black  Nation  and  still  hold  them  in  "mental  slavery."  The 
Great  Mahdi  "announced  the  immediate  doom  of  America,"  for 
"America  committed  suicide  when  she  brought  the  so-called 
Negroes  into  slavery."  He  urged  all  Black  Men  to  resume  their 
true  religion,  Islam,  and  their  true  identity.  Each  Black  Man  who 
took  this  momentous  step  he  blessed  with  a  holy  name  of  Allah's 
— on  written  application  and  for  a  ten-dollar  fee.  This  name  was 
the  applicant's  "true  name,"  concealed  from  him  by  the  Slave- 
masters  and  restored  through  Fard's  divine  knowledge.  The 
restoration  of  this  true  name  at  once  identified  the  Muslim  with 
the  Black  Nation  and  provided  him  with  an  Afro-Asian  history. 
"The  name,"  the  Muslims  say,  "is  everything." 

Among  those  blessed  by  the  Mahdi  during  his  sojourn  in 
the  Wilderness  of  North  America  was  the  son  of  a  Georgia 
preacher  for  whom  the  devil-ridden  city  of  Detroit  had  proved 
to  be  less  than  the  Promised  Land.  This  convert's  "slave  name" 
had  been  Elijah  Poole;  the  Great  Mahdi  rechristened  him  Elijah 
Karriem  and  later,  to  show  his  increasing  favor,  Elijah  Mu- 
hammad. 

Poole  (who  has  also  been  known  as  Gulam  Bogans,  Mu- 
hammad Rassouli,  Elijah  Muck  Muhd  and  various  other  aliases) 
was  born  in  Sandersville,  Georgia,  a  rural  hamlet1  midway  between 
Macon  and  Augusta,  on  October  7,  1897.  He  is  one  of  thirteen 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  181 

children  born  to  Wall  and  Marie  Poole.  His  father  was  a  Baptist 
preacher — a  fact  which  is  doubtless  reflected  in  Elijah's  charis- 
matic gifts — and  both  parents  had  been  slaves  of  a  white  family 
of  the  same  surname.  Elijah  completed  the  fourth  grade.  At  six- 
teen he  left  home.  Ten  years  later,  in  1923,  he  and  his  wife 
Clara  (Evans),  with  their  two  children,  moved  to  Detroit.  Poole 
had  heard  rhapsodic  praise  of  the  city  from  Negroes  of  his  own 
home  town  who  had  moved  there  after  the  end  of  World  War  I, 
but  the  rhapsodies  turned  out  to  have  been  exaggerated.  He 
worked  in  factories,  holding  several  different  jobs,  until  the 
Depression  set  in  late  in  1929.  A  year  or  so  later  he  came  under 
the  spell  of  Fard,  who,  he  recalls  gratefully,  took  him  "out  of 
the  gutter  in  the  streets  of  Detroit  and  in  three  and  a  half  years 
taught  [him]  the  knowledge  of  Islam." 

From  the  start,  Muhammad's  relationship  with  Fard  seems 
to  have  been  a  close  one.  One  old-timer  remembers  Muhammad 
as  "doing  errands  for  the  Prophet"  (as  Fard  himself  was  then 
known)  and  helping  him  "put  out  some  kind  of  paper."  In  1932, 
Muhammad  established  the  Southside  Mosque — later  called  Tem- 
ple No.  2 — in  Chicago  and  apparently  ran  it  for  some  time.  The 
following  year,  when  Fard  was  trying  to  elude  the  police,  he 
sought  refuge  with  Muhammad  in  Chicago.  A  Detroit  Muslim 
had  been  convicted  in  1932  of  a  sacrificial  killing  of  one  of  his 
"brothers."2  Thereupon,  says  Muhammad: 

He  [Fard]  was  persecuted,  sent  to  jail  in  1932,  and  ordered  out  of 
Detroit,  Michigan,  May  26,  1933.  He  came  to  Chicago  in  the  same 
year,  [was]  arrested  almost  immediately  and  placed  behind  prison 
bars.  He  submitted  himself  with  all  humility  to  his  persecutors.  Each 
time  he  was  arrested  he  sent  for  me  that  I  may  see  and  learn  the 
price  of  truth  for  us  (the  so-called  Negroes).3 

Muhammad's  willingness  to  conceal  Fard  and  brave  the  law  for 
his  sake  must  have  cemented  their  mutual  trust  and  respect. 
Muhammad  soon  became  Fard's  chief  minister  and  gradually  took 
over  the  leadership  of  the  Detroit  temple.  Before  long,  he  was 
charged  by  Fard  with  full  administrative  responsibility  for  the 
Movement  and  was  being  groomed  as  Fard's  successor. 

Not  all  of  the  Black  Nation  in  Detroit  took  kindly  to  Mu- 
hammad's favored  position  with  the  Mahdi.  Some  of  his  antag- 


182  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

onists  rejected  his  second  rechristening  (from  Elijah  Karriem  to 
Elijah  Muhammad).  When  Fard  disappeared  in  June  1934,  with 
Muhammad  as  his  logical  successor,  they  immediately  spread 
rumors  that  Muhammad  had  induced  Fard  to  offer  himself  as  a 
human  sacrifice.  Fard  was  still  considered  a  prophet,  not  an 
incarnation  of  Allah  and  it  was  a  common  belief  among  his  fol- 
lowers that  a  Muslim  who  immolated  himself  could  become 
"Savior  of  the  world."  The  rumors  were  never  substantiated, 
of  course,  and  they  do  not  square  with  anything  that  is  known 
about  the  relationship  between  the  two  men.  Still,  it  is  interesting 
to  note  that  Fard  is  honored  by  Muslims  everywhere  as  the 
"Savior"  and  is  celebrated  as  such  every  year  on  his  birthday, 
February  26. 

Whatever  its  merits,  this  unsparing  hostility  to  Muhammad 
split  the  Movement  into  factions.  After  Fard's  disappearance, 
Muhammad  withdrew  to  Chicago  and  designated  Temple  No.  2 
as  the  new  headquarters  of  the  Movement.  His  faction  became 
known  as  the  "Temple  People"  and  their  meeting  places  as 
"Muhammad's  Temples  of  Islam."  Fard  was  deified  and  was 
thenceforth  referred  to  as  Allah;  Muhammad  took  upon  himself 
the  mantle  of  Prophet  and  presented  himself  as  the  sole  Messenger 
of  Allah.  Human  sacrifice  was  never  again  mentioned  as  a  Mus- 
lim doctrine.  But  the  most  important  change  was  an  expansion 
of  the  horizon  of  ambition:  Muhammad  was  determined  to  bring 
into  the  light  of  the  divine  knowledge  every  Black  Man  in 
America. 

As  his  chief  minister — a  post  roughly  analogous  to  the  one 
he  had  held  under  Fard — Muhammad  appointed  a  Haitian,  Theo- 
dore Rozier,  who  had  never  known  Fard.  The  dissident  factions 
repudiated  Rozier  on  the  ground  that  he  "never  saw  the  Savior" 
and  that  his  "second-hand  revelation"  was  not  sufficient  qualifi- 
cation for  the  role.  Their  real  objection,  however,  seems  to  have 
been  to  Muhammad's  audacity,  for  he  was  already  beginning  to 
identify  himself  as  the  only  channel  through  which  Fard's  "truth" 
could  be  brought  to  the  sleeping  Black  Nation.  In  any  case, 
Rozier  was  not  a  successful  proselytizer;  he  could  not  capture 
the  imagination  of  the  people.  Muhammad  gradually  won  back 
most  of  the  dissidents — his  own  brother,  Wilfred  X,  is  now  minis- 


Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement  183 

ter  of  the  Detroit  temple — but  the  Movement  made  only  small 
inroads  on  the  Negro  community.  Not  until  the  late  1940s,  when 
"the  Big  X"  became  the  right  hand  of  the  Messenger,  did  the 
Movement  begin  to  catch  fire. 

Muhammad's  association  with  Fard,  "the  Supreme  Being 
among  all  Black  Men,"  invests  him  with  a  status  and  power  that 
have  never  been  successfully  challenged.  The  Muslim  lay  brother 
often  expresses  the  wish,  gravely  and  wistfully,  that  he  might  have 
seen  Allah  (that  is,  Fard),  much  as  the  devout  Christian  wishes 
he  might  have  known  Jesus  when  he  was  on  earth.  But  Muham- 
mad proclaims  in  The  Supreme  Wisdom:  "I  know  Allah,  and  I 
am  with  him."  And  in  Chicago  he  informed  some  ten  thousand 
followers  and  curiosity  seekers: 

I  am  not  trembling.  I  am  the  man,  I  am  the  Messenger.  ...  I  came 
directly  from  God.  I  am  guided  by  God.  I  am  in  communication 
with  God,  and  I  know  God.  If  God  is  not  with  me  ...  protecting 
me,  how  can  I  come  and  say  things  no  other  man  has  said  and  get 
away  with  it?4 

The  Messenger  assures  his  listeners  that  the  world  will  soon  know 
who  sent  him,  and  he  admonishes  the  Negro  Christians  that  "God 
is  here  in  person;  so  stop  looking  for  a  dead  Jesus  and  pray  to 
HIM  .  .  .  who  is  ALIVE  and  not  a  spook."5 

Muhammad  is  known  not  only  as  "Messenger"  and 
"Prophet"  but  also  as  "Spiritual  Head  of  the  Muslims  in  the 
West,"  "Divine  Leader"  and  "The  Reformer."  His  ministers  most 
often  refer  to  him  as  "The  Honorable  Elijah  Muhammad"  or  as 
"The  Messenger  of  Allah  to  the  Lost-Found  Nation  of  Islam  in 
the  Wilderness  of  North  America."  Occasionally  the  less  formal 
reference  "Brother  Elijah  Muhammad"  is  used. 

Muhammad  is  a  slight,  brown,  quickly  energetic  man  of 
about  sixty-three.  He  often  works  an  eighteen-hour  day,  pausing 
for  his  one  daily  meal  at  six  in  the  evening.  In  his  private  life  he 
is  calm  and  temperate — a  sharp  contrast  to  his  writings  and  to  the 
fanatical  intensity  he  inspires  in  the  tens  of  thousands  who  call 
him  the  Messenger.  His  face  is  rather  lean  and  angular,  although 
his  receding  hairline  broadens  his  forehead  in  a  suggestion  of 
strength  and  intelligence.  His  lips  are  thin;  his  eyes  quick  and 


184  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

penetrating.  He  has  no  features  that  are  pronouncedly  within  the 
Negro  stereotype.  One  recent  writer  has  described  him  as  "a 
slight  man  with  a  zealot's  intense  solemnity  .  .  .  [and]  a  quick, 
intuitive  intelligence."6  He  lives  on  Chicago's  South  Side  and  has 
an  unusually  large  family,  six  sons  and  a  daughter. 

For  the  most  part,  Muhammad  speaks,  writes  and  directs 
the  activities  of  his  burgeoning  movement  from  his  Chicago  head- 
quarters, Muhammad's  Temple  of  Islam  No.  2.  Administrative 
policy  has  been  set  chiefly  through  written  directives  and  confer- 
ences in  Chicago  and  enforced  through  a  few  lieutenants  of  dem- 
onstrated loyalty.  But  as  the  Movement  has  gathered  momentum, 
the  Messenger  himself  has  had  to  travel  more  and  more.  The 
response  his  presence  evokes  in  the  black  masses  is  phenomenal, 
especially  in  the  light  of  his  barely  literate  oral  delivery.  Wherever 
he  has  gone,  his  visits  have  been  followed  by  spurts  in  the  temple 
membership. 

The  announcement  that  the  Messenger  is  to  visit  a  particular 
temple  is  a  signal  for  feverish  activity  on  the  part  of  the  members. 
Cleanliness,  always  emphasized  in  the  teachings  at  the  temple,  is 
given  additional  stress.  In  the  Muslim  homes,  the  best  furnishings 
and  utensils  are  brought  from  under  wraps  and  put  on  display. 
The  Muslim  restaurants  and  other  businesses  are  given  new  coats 
of  paint,  and  pictures  of  the  Messenger  are  prominently  displayed. 
All  this  despite  the  fact  that  Muhammad  rarely  sees  the  results. 
He  almost  always  remains  in  seclusion  at  his  hotel  or  in  the  home 
of  the  host  minister  until  it  is  time  for  his  address,  and  he  seldom 
misses  the  first  flight  available  after  his  public  appearance. 

Several  days  before  the  Messenger  is  scheduled  to  arrive, 
members  of  the  FOI  security  corps  cover  every  inch  of  the  route 
he  is  to  travel  from  the  airport  to  the  temple.  On  the  day  of  his 
arrival,  Muslim  guards  are  posted  at  strategic  points  along  his 
route  several  hours  in  advance.  Each  guard  is  briefed  as  to  pre- 
cisely what  he  should  do  in  the  event  of  an  emergency.  The 
penalty  for  carelessness  or  error  is  severe. 

The  Messenger  always  travels  with  a  personal  security  force, 
comprised  of  three  or  four  members  of  the  FOI  from  Temple 
No.  2.  This  guard  is  often  headed  by  Supreme  Captain  Raymond 
Sharrieff  in  person.  When  Muhammad  deplanes,  he  is  always  pre- 


Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement  185 

ceded  and  covered  from  behind  by  this  personal  guard.  As  soon  as 
he  is  on  the  ground,  the  local  security  force  takes  over.  The  Mes- 
senger is  immediately  surrounded  by  a  force  of  from  twelve  to 
twenty  men,  and  other  Muslims  are  scattered  "inconspicuously" 
among  the  crowds  at  the  airport.  An  additional  force  in  several 
automobiles  takes  over  as  he  leaves  the  airport,  some  preceding 
and  others  following  the  car  in  which  the  Messenger  is  riding.  The 
FOI  captain  of  the  local  temple,  riding  in  one  of  the  lead  cars,  ex- 
changes signals  with  individual  guards  previously  stationed  along 
the  way.  Should  the  guard  not  return  the  proper  signal,  the  entire 
force  is  put  on  "emergency  alert"  and  an  alternate  route  is  chosen. 

Muhammad's  arrival  at  the  temple  or  auditorium  causes 
much  excitement.  The  crowds  usually  begin  arriving  two  or  three 
hours  in  advance.  By  the  time  Muhammad  arrives,  those  who  can 
be  accommodated  in  the  hall  have  been  searched  and  seated — 
men  to  the  right,  women  to  the  left.  The  Muslim  women  march 
in  as  a  separate  group  and  occupy  a  section  of  the  hall  reserved  for 
them.  They  are  dressed  in  flowing  white  gowns  and  shawls,  and 
wear  no  makeup.  Scores  of  Muslim  brothers  are  on  security  duty 
inside  the  building — at  the  doors  and  in  the  restrooms  and  hall- 
ways. The  hall  will  have  been  thoroughly  searched  at  least  twice 
before  the  public  is  admitted,  and  roving  patrols  are  constantly 
on  the  lookout  for  trouble.  As  many  as  a  hundred  men  may  be 
assigned  the  task  of  securing  the  inside  of  the  building  and  search- 
ing each  member  of  the  audience. 

Outside,  Muslims  are  on  constant  patrol  on  foot  or  in  cars, 
ranging  several  blocks  around  the  area.  In  a  meeting  held  in 
Atlanta  in  September  1960,  the  FOI  even  placed  a  patrol  on  the 
roof  of  the  Magnolia  Ballroom,  where  the  Prophet  was  to  speak. 
In  Boston,  a  few  months  earlier,  the  FOI  set  up  a  counterwatch 
on  what  they  took  to  be  "agents"  watching  them  from  an  office 
building  across  the  street  from  the  John  Hancock  Hall,  where 
Muhammad  was  speaking. 

When  the  Messenger  finally  arrives  outside  the  hall,  an 
Honor  Guard  escorts  him  along  the  sidewalk  down  a  double  row 
of  Muslims  and  so  into  the  building.  (At  a  meeting  held  in  the 
Uline  Arena  in  Washington,  D.  C,  in  the  summer  of  1959, 
Muhammad  marched  from  his  car  down  an  aisle  of  eight  hundred 


186  Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement 

Black  Muslims,  standing  shoulder  to  shoulder  all  the  way  from 
the  street  to  the  rostrum.)  As  he  enters  the  hall  and  comes  before 
his  audience,  there  is  a  quiet  stir,  an  excitement  compounded  of 
awe,  pride  and  reverence.  This  decorous  intensity  of  response  is 
maintained  throughout  his  speech,  punctuated  only  by  the  usual 
affirmations:  "That's  right!  That's  right!"  But  the  Messenger's 
charismatic  presence  seems  to  cause  a  vibrancy  in  the  air — a 
vibrancy  that  lingers  long  after  he  has  finished  his  speech  and 
departed,  quickly  and  quietly,  from  the  hall. 

In  the  informality  of  his  home,  Muhammad  conveys  the 
impression  of  an  almost  wistful  gentility  and  kindness,  and  the 
visitor  is  immediately  impressed  by  his  deep  feeling  of  responsi- 
bility for  "his  people."  He  is  peculiarly  sensitive  to  attacks  by 
Negro  leadership  and  is  perplexed  that  "the  educated  ones  who 
should  know  more  than  the  rest  of  us  cannot  see  the  truth  of  what 
I  am  teaching."  He  attempts  to  avoid  controversy  with  other 
Negro  leaders,  believing  that  eventually  all  will  recognize  that  "the 
salvation  of  the  so-called  Negro  in  this  country  depends  upon  the 
unity  of  all  Black  Men"  and  that  this  unity  can  come  only  when 
Negroes  are  willing  to  "see  the  white  man  for  what  he  is"  and 
reject  him. 

Muhammad  has  a  personal  antipathy  toward  white  domina- 
tion that  borders  on  the  pathological,  and  it  is  almost  exclusively 
in  this  reference  that  his  passions  are  likely  to  escape  restraint. 
Yet  he  denies  teaching  hatred. 

They  say  that  I  am  a  preacher  of  racial  hatred,  but  the  fact  is  that  the 
white  people  don't  like  the  truth,  especially  if  it  speaks  against 
them.  ...  It  is  a  terrible  thing  for  such  people  ...  to  charge  me  with 
teaching  race  hatred  when  their  feet  are  on  my  people's  neck  and 
they  tell  us  to  our  face  that  they  hate  the  black  people.  .  .  .  Remember 
now,  they  even  teach  you  that  you  must  not  hate  them  for  hating 
you.7 

Muhammad  enjoins  his  followers  never  to  initiate  violence 
but  to  retaliate  if  they  are  attacked.  He  ridicules  the  whites  for 
demanding  that  Black  Men  turn  the  other  cheek,  when  they  them- 
selves will  kill  even  without  provocation. 

It  is  against  the  law  of  nature.  The  Christian  government  of  America 
can't  do  it.  The  Pope  of  Rome  can't  do  it.  If  you  and  I  don't  wake 


Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement  187 

up  to  that  knowledge  and  execute  the  law  of  an  eye  for  an  eye,  we 
might  as  well  be  dead  and  forgotten.8 

The  white  man's  greatest  fear,  Muhammad  believes,  is  that 
the  Black  Man  will  know  the  truth  about  him  and  will  unite 
against  him.  As  a  result,  the  white  community  slanders  the  Mus- 
lims and  treat  them  like  criminals.  The  white  men  "claim  the  truth 
to  be  subversive  and  hate-teaching.  .  .  .  They  tap  our  telephones, 
eavesdrop  and  follow  us  around  .  .  .  use  tape-recording  machines 
[and]  the  hypocrites  and  stool  pigeons  among  us  to  keep  up  to 
date  on  what  we  say  and  do.  They  are  even  bold  enough  to  ask 
[our  own]  relatives  to  help  them  do  [us]  evil!"9  This  accusation 
is  only  slightly  if  at  all  exaggerated.  The  FBI  and  local  police  do 
keep  Muhammad  and  his  Movement  under  close  scrutiny,  from 
outside  and  probably  also  from  within. 

Muhammad  seems  to  live  comfortably  in  this  atmosphere  of 
hostility  and  counter-hostility,  but  he  is  rarely  without  an  aware- 
ness of  danger.  He  observes  characteristically: 

I  have  it  from  the  mouth  of  God  that  the  enemy  had  better  try  to 
protect  my  life  and  see  that  I  continue  to  live.  Because  if  anything 
happens  to  me,  I  will  be  the  last  one  that  they  murder.  And  if  any 
of  my  followers  are  harmed,  ten  of  the  enemy's  best  ones  will  be 
killed.10 

The  Messenger  has  already  tangled  twice  with  the  law — and 
lost.  In  1934,  when  he  refused  to  transfer  his  child  from  a  Uni- 
versity of  Islam  to  a  public  school,  he  was  found  guilty  of  con- 
tributing to  the  delinquency  of  a  minor  and  was  placed  on  six 
months'  probation.  In  1942  he  was  arrested  by  federal  authorities 
in  Chicago  and  this  time  was  obliged  to  serve  time  in  prison.  In 
a  story  headlined  "12  Negro  Chiefs  Seized  by  FBI  in  Sedition 
Raid,"  the  Chicago  Tribune  gave  the  following  account: 

Arrest  of  more  than  80  Negroes,  members  and  leaders  of  three 
organizations,  on  charges  of  sedition,  conspiracy,  and  violation  of 
the  draft  laws  was  announced  by  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation 
here. 

Twelve  of  those  arrested  are  considered  leaders  in  the  groups.  They 
were  charged  with  .  .  .  conspiracy  to  promote  the  success  of  the 
enemy,  making  false  statements  to  those  about  to  be  inducted  into 
the  armed  forces,  [and]  disrupting  morale  and  causing  mutiny. 


188  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

.  .  .  The  three  organizations  are  known  as  "The  Peace  Movement  of 
Ethiopia,"  .  .  .  "The  Brotherhood  of  Liberty  for  Black  People  of 
America,"  and  an  organization  known  as  "The  Temple  of  Islam."  .  .  . 
Elijah  Poole,  who  calls  himself  Elijah  Muhammad,  was  [among  those] 
arrested.  .  .  .  Elijah  is  also  known  as  Elijah  Muck  Muhd,  and  is 
known  as  "The  Prophet."11 

Arrested  with  Muhammad  was  Lenzie  Karien,  identified  as 
one  of  the  Ministers  of  Islam.  Both  Muhammad  and  Karien  ad- 
mitted sympathy  for  Japan,  but  Chicago  FBI  Chief  Johnson  said 
"no  definite  connection  had  been  found  by  his  men  between  Negro 
organizations  and  Japanese  activity  in  this  country."12  Nonethe- 
less, indictments  were  drawn  on  the  ground  that  the  three  organi- 
zations were  "alleged  to  have  taught  Negroes  that  their  interests 
were  in  a  Japanese  victory,  and  that  they  were  racially  akin  to 
the  Japanese.  .  .  .  J.  Albert  Woll,  U.  S.  District  Attorney,  .  .  . 
said  the  defendants  made  statements  'as  vicious  as  any  ever  un- 
covered by  a  grand  jury.'"13  For  these  "vicious"  statements, 
Muhammad  went  to  federal  prison  at  Milan,  Michigan,  until  1946. 
He  apparently  was  able  to  direct  the  Movement  even  while  in  jail, 
for  it  gained  strength  during  those  years. 

After  his  release,  Muhammad  repeated  and  elaborated  on  the 
sentiments  that  had  brought  him  to  jail.  He  taught  that  the  white 
man  is — and  has  been  since  his  creation — the  oppressor  of  all 
who  are  not  white;  and  he  asserted  that  all  who  are  not  white  are, 
by  the  white  man's  own  social  definition,  black.  Consequently, 
he  reasoned,  it  made  little  sense  for  Negroes  in  this  country  to 
fight  against  the  Japanese,  who  are  equally  victims  of  the  white 
man's  hatred  and  color  prejudice.  World  War  II  was  not  a  battle 
in  which  the  American  Negro  ought  to  have  been  forced  to  par- 
ticipate. The  Black  Man's  war  is  "the  Battle  of  Armageddon," 
which  will  be  fought  "in  the  wilderness  of  North  America."  It  is, 
in  Muhammad's  words,  "a  battle  for  freedom,  justice  and  equality 
— to  success  or  to  the  death." 

Muhammad  is  ostensibly  not  troubled  about  what  direction 
the  Movement  will  take  when  he  returns  to  Allah,  or  about  who 
will  succeed  him.  "Allah  will  see  that  the  work  is  carried  on,"  he 
insists  with  conviction.  Yet  Muhammad,  more  than  anyone  else, 
must  recall  the  schisms  that  rent  the  Movement  after  Fard  disap- 
peared in  1934,  and  it  would  be  hazardous  to  take  his  apparent 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  189 

naivete  at  face  value.  He  must  sense,  as  many  observers  do,  that 
the  struggle  for  succession  is  already  on  and  that  the  image  of  the 
united  front  that  the  Black  Nation  has  labored  so  hard  to  build 
will  once  again  be  fractured  when  the  Messenger's  voice  is  heard 
no  more.  It  will  be  interesting  to  see  who,  if  anyone,  will  be  able 
to  pick  up  the  pieces  and  fit  them  together  again. 

Malcolm  X:  First  Plenipotentiary 

No  one  man  could  carry  alone  Muhammad's  immense  bur- 
den of  responsibility.  In  directing  the  complex  affairs  of  the 
rapidly  growing  Black  Nation — coordinating  its  program,  manag- 
ing its  economic  enterprises,  founding  new  temples,  and  so  on — 
he  relies  heavily  on  the  closely  knit  inner  circle  of  Muslim  leaders. 
Foremost  of  these  is  his  chief  aide,  Minister  Malcolm  X  Shabazz, 
minister  of  the  powerful  Temple  No.  7  in  Harlem  and  one  of  the 
few  ministers  granted  an  "original"  (that  is,  an  Arabic)  surname.14 
One  recent  observer  has  described  Malcolm  as  "the  best  thing 
that  ever  happened  to  Muhammad."15 

Malcolm  is  an  indefatigable  organizer  and  speaker.  Whereas 
Muhammad  speaks  almost  exclusively  to  the  black  masses,  Mal- 
colm frequently  appears  at  colleges  and  universities,  and  he  is  a 
popular  radio  and  television  discussant.  He  also  visits  temples  in 
every  part  of  the  country  with  the  regular  frequency  of  a  salesman. 
He  organizes  new  temples,  pumps  spirit  and  encouragement  into 
the  missions  or  newly  founded  cell  groups,  conducts  rallies  and 
fund-raising  campaigns  and  serves  as  Muhammad's  general  trou- 
ble-shooter and  spokesman. 

The  New  York  minister  is  a  tall,  powerfully  built,  light- 
skinned  Negro.  Much  of  his  youth  was  spent  on  the  streets  of 
Harlem  as  "Big  Red" — a  nickname  he  earned  during  a  career  of 
petty  hoodlumism,  which  he  blandly  attributes  to  his  early  training 
as  a  Christian  and  to  the  white  man's  habit  of  making  it  difficult 
for  the  so-called  Negro  to  earn  a  decent  living  in  a  respectable 
way. 

Like  Muhammad,  Malcolm  has  had  his  difficulties  with  the 
police,  though  for  different  reasons.  He  explains  with  great  bitter- 
ness that,  since  his  delinquency  as  a  youth  was  caused  by  social 


190  Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement 

conditions  for  which  the  white  man  is  responsible,  the  white  man 
should  thank  him  for  trying  to  change  those  conditions  now. 
While  in  prison,  he  was  attracted  to  the  daring  "disclosures"  in 
Muhammad's  teachings,  became  a  Muslim  and  turned  back  from 
his  criminal  career.  Malcolm  credits  his  rehabilitation  entirely  to 
the  "knowledge  of  self" — and  its  corollary,  "the  truth  about  the 
white  man" — as  taught  him  by  Elijah  Muhammad. 

All  I  have  learned  has  been  from  the  Islamic  influence  of  Mr.  Muham- 
mad. ...  I  am  what  you  would  call  an  ex-convict.  I  am  not  ashamed 
of  this  because  it  was  all  done  when  I  was  a  part  of  the  white  man's 
Christian  world.  As  a  Muslim,  I  would  never  have  done  these  awful 
things  that  caused  me  to  go  to  prison.16 

Malcolm  X  was  born  Malcolm  Little  in  Omaha,  Nebraska, 
about  1925.  He  was  one  of  eleven  children  and,  like  his  acknowl- 
edged master,  the  son  of  a  Baptist  minister.  While  he  was  very 
young,  the  family  moved  to  Lansing,  Michigan,  where  the  father 
— Malcolm  calls  him  "a  race  man"  and  "a  little  too  outspoken 
for  Lansing" — soon  incurred  the  hostility  of  the  whites.  When 
Malcolm  was  only  six,  the  family  home  was  burned  by  the  Ku 
Klux  Klan.  "The  firemen  came  and  just  sat  there  without  making 
any  effort  to  put  one  drop  of  water  on  the  fire.  The  same  fire  that 
burned  my  father's  home  still  burns  my  soul."  But  the  worst  was 
yet  to  come.  "A  typical  Garveytte,"  the  father  "was  making  his 
first  step  toward  economic  independence  by  building  his  own  store. 
At  the  time  we  were  the  only  Negroes  in  the  block."  His  initiative 
drew  a  swift  reprisal — "my  father  was  found  with  his  head  bashed 
and  his  body  mangled  under  a  streetcar."  Malcolm  is  certain  that 
this  was  a  calculated  murder. 

The  bitterness  over  his  father's  troubles  with  the  white  people 
of  Lansing  has  never  left  Malcolm  X.  On  the  contrary,  he  seems 
to  have  nurtured  and  fed  it,  so  that  it  now  structures  and  orients 
most  of  his  interpersonal  and  professional  relations.  "There  is  no 
white  man  a  Muslim  can  trust."  Yet,  ironically,  it  was  a  white 
woman  whose  kindness  Malcolm  remembers  most  vividly. 

After  his  father's  death,  the  Little  family  fell  upon  evil  days. 
His  mother  boiled  dandelion  greens  every  day  to  try  to  keep  the 
children  from  starving  to  death.  "We  stayed  dizzy  and  weak  be- 
cause we  stayed  hungry,"  Malcolm  recalls.  What  he  and  his 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  191 

brothers  could  pilfer  augmented  the  wild  greens  his  mother  picked 
along  the  roadsides.  They  fought  desperately  to  remain  together; 
but  eventually  the  family  broke  up,  and  Malcolm  was  sent  to  an 
institution  for  boys.  There,  he  recalls  with  a  rare  touch  of  tender- 
ness, "when  everybody  else  at  that  school  was  kicking  me  around, 
the  housemother  took  up  for  me.  She  was  good  to  me,  and  I 
followed  her  around  like  a  puppy.  I  was  a  kind  of  mascot."  Soon 
it  was  arranged  for  Malcolm  to  attend  a  nearby  school.  He  was 
the  only  Negro  at  the  school,  and  he  stood  first  in  his  class  often 
enough  to  incur  resentment  from  teachers  and  pupils  alike. 

He  was  asked  in  the  eighth  grade  what  he  wanted  to  become.  He 
preferred  law  but  was  told  that  law  was  not  a  suitable  profession  for 
a  Negro  and  that  instead  he  should  think  of  a  trade  such  as  car- 
pentry.17 

"This,"  said  Malcolm,  "was  the  turning  point  in  my  thinking." 
Eventually  he  left  the  school  and  moved  East  to  what  be- 
came a  life  of  juvenile  delinquency.  "By  his  late  teens,  Malcolm 
was  operating  successfully  on  the  fringes  of  the  Harlem  under- 
world."18 

Admitted  to  the  underworld's  fringes,  sixteen-year-old  Malcolm 
absorbed  all  he  heard  and  saw.  He  swiftly  built  up  a  reputation  for 
honesty  by  turning  over  every  dollar  due  his  boss  ("I  have  always 
been  intensely  loyal").  By  the  age  of  18,  Malcolm  was  versatile 
"Big  Red."  He  hired  from  four  to  six  men  variously  plying  dope, 
numbers,  bootleg  whiskey  and  diverse  forms  of  hustling.  Malcolm 
personally  squired  well-heeled  white  thrill-seekers  to  Harlem  sin  dens, 
and  Negroes  to  white  sin  downtown.  "My  best  customers  were 
preachers  and  social  leaders,  police  and  all  kinds  of  big  shots  in  the 
business  of  controlling  other  people's  lives."19 

Malcolm  sometimes  earned  as  much  as  $2,000  a  month.  He  "paid 
off  the  law  from  a  $1,000  roll  from  the  pockets  of  his  $200  suits." 
But  eventually  a  less  susceptible  "law"  caught  up  with  him,  and 
"Big  Red"  went  to  prison — not  once,  but  several  times. 

In  1947,  while  in  the  maximum-security  prison  at  Concord, 
Massachusetts,  Malcolm  was  converted  by  one  of  his  brothers  who 
had  become  a  member  of  the  Detroit  Temple.  Since  then,  the 
Movement  has  claimed  all  his  energies  and  all  his  loyalties.  His 
personal  loyalty  to  Muhammad,  in  particular,  seems  to  be  un- 


192  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

shakable,  despite  his  own  popularity  with  Muslims  across  the 
country  and  abroad.  In  1959,  for  example,  he  visited  several  of 
the  Moslem  states  in  the  Middle  East  as  Muhammad's  emissary. 
He  was  the  guest  of  minor  officials  of  several  governments,  but 
refused  the  invitations  of  those  of  higher  rank  on  the  grounds  that 
such  honors  should  be  reserved  for  Muhammad  himself.  On  the 
other  hand,  Malcolm's  impatience  with  some  of  the  older  minis- 
ters' "softness"  towards  the  white  man  is  seldom  disguised. 

Malcolm  X  is  undeniably  brilliant.  His  formal  schooling 
ended  at  the  eighth  grade,  but  experience  has  taught  him  since 
then.  He  has  more  than  held  his  own,  in  numerous  radio  and 
television  appearances,  against  men  with  far  better  formal  educa- 
tions. In  the  Massachusetts  prison,  the  minister's  son  read  "thou- 
sands of  books  because  I  wanted  to  know  what  made  people  the 
way  they  are."  He  is  clearly  superior  to  Muhammad  in  intellect, 
yet  he  credits  Muhammad  with  "everything  I  know  that's  worth- 
while." Whether  he  is  addressing  the  masses  on  a  Harlem  street 
corner,  the  Muslim  faithful  gathered  in  any  one  of  the  Messenger's 
scattered  temples  or  a  university  seminar,  his  important  statements 
are  inevitably  prefaced  with  "The  Honorable  Elijah  Muhammad 
teaches  us.  .  .  ."  And  there  is  pride  and  confidence  in  his  voice. 

The  onetime  hoodlum  considers  himself  "completely  re- 
formed, for  knowing  the  truth,  I  don't  need  the  crutches  I  used  to 
think  I  had  to  have.  When  I  was  in  the  world  of  the  Christians, 
I  behaved  as  they  did;  I  did  what  the  white  man  did  because,  like 
everybody  else,  I  thought  this  was  the  best  thing  possible  to  do." 
His  popularity  in  Harlem  is  such  that  in  recent  months  he  has 
been  mentioned  as  a  possible  candidate  for  Adam  Clayton  Powell's 
seat  in  the  United  States  Congress.  To  this  suggestion  Malcolm 
replies:  "Why  should  I  oppose  Powell?  He  is  a  Black  Man. 
There  are  plenty  of  devils  up  there  whose  seats  we  could  use." 

Near  the  Center 

So  far  as  is  known,  the  Muslims  do  not  have  a  rigid  hier- 
archical structure  of  administration.  Muhammad  is  the  "Messen- 
ger" by  reason  of  having  caught  the  mantle  from  Fard,  founder 
of  the  Movement.  But  apart  from  Muhammad,  no  one  has  an 


Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement  193 

inherent  claim  to  any  office.  Malcolm  serves  as  Muhammad's 
aide  at  the  Messenger's  pleasure;  by  the  same  token,  Muhammad 
could  summarily  banish  him  to  outer  darkness.  Presumably  the 
same  is  true  of  Raymond  Sharrieff,  who  is  Muhammad's  son-in- 
law  and  the  Supreme  Captain  of  the  secret  paramilitary  organiza- 
tion, the  Fruit  of  Islam.  Sharrieff  has  long  been  a  Muslim,  but  he 
is  hardly  known  outside  of  the  organization.  Even  the  Muslims 
know  little  about  him  except  that  he  is  Muhammad's  chief  aide  in 
managing  the  sect's  commercial  enterprises  and  overseeing  the 
FOI.  Some  police  authorities  suggest  that  Sharrieff  also  collects 
tithes  from  delinquent  members  and,  through  a  hand-picked  corps 
of  lieutenants,  effectively  silences  any  defectors  from  the  Move- 
ment who  may  wish  to  cooperate  with  the  police  in  exposing  its 
secrets.  The  Muslims  say  only  that  Sharrieff  "sees  that  the  wishes 
of  the  Messenger  are  carried  out." 

Also  near  the  power  center  of  the  Movement  is  Minister 
Louis  X  of  the  Boston  Temple  No.  11.  He  is  closely  associated 
with  Malcolm  X,  having  come  into  the  Movement  through  Mal- 
colm's New  York  Temple  No.  7.  Louis  has  produced  and  starred 
in  his  play  Orgena  in  several  of  the  major  cities  where  the  Muslims 
have  temples;  and  in  recent  times  he  has  appeared  with  Malcolm 
X  as  a  principal  speaker,  on  the  same  program  with  the  Messenger 
himself.  Like  nearly  all  Muslim  ministers,  Louis  seems  indefat- 
igable. On  one  occasion  he  returned  home  from  a  speaking  en- 
gagement in  New  York  to  find  that  one  of  his  five  children  was 
seriously  ill.  He  took  the  child  to  the  hospital  and  returned  at 
once  to  his  work.  Asked  how  he  could  concentrate  on  his  tasks 
without  apparent  concern,  he  explained,  "Mr.  Muhammad  teaches 
us  not  to  grieve  over  what  we  can  do  nothing  about.  I  have  prayed 
to  Allah.  If  Allah  takes  my  son,  it  is  because  Allah  is  wiser  than  I 
and  he  knows  better  than  I  whether  he  should  continue  to  live. 
But  whether  or  not  my  son  lives,  the  Messenger's  work  must  still 
be  done."  Louis  (a  former  Episcopalian)  and  his  wife  (an  ex- 
Catholic)  have  been  Muslims  for  six  years.  He  is  in  his  late 
twenties,  and  his  Boston  temple  is  one  of  the  fastest  growing  in 
the  organization. 

Of  Muhammad's  six  sons,  five  are  now  close  to  the  adminis- 
trative center  (though  not  necessarily  to  the  power  center)  of  the 


194  Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement 

Movement.  Wallace  D.  Muhammad  travels  extensively  in  the 
interest  of  the  Movement.  Herbert  is  its  public  relations  director, 
and  Akbar  is  secretary  of  Temple  No.  2.  Elijah,  Jr.,  is  second  in 
command  of  the  FOI.  Wallace  D.  is  the  minister  of  the  Philadel- 
phia temple;  in  1960  he  was  sentenced  to  serve  three  years  in 
prison  for  refusing  to  bear  arms  in  the  service  of  the  United 
States,  but  was  freed  pending  appeal. 

Others  near  the  center  of  the  Movement  are  ministers  Lucius 
X  of  Washington,  D.  C.;  Isaiah  Karriem  of  Baltimore;  and  one  of 
Muhammad's  brothers,  Wilfred  X,  of  the  Detroit  Temple  No.  1. 
(Another  of  the  Big  X's  brothers,  Philbert  X,  is  minister  of  the 
temple  in  Lansing,  Michigan.) 

Lucius  X  was  previously  an  elder  in  the  Seventh  Day  Ad- 
ventist  Church  and  had  the  oversight  of  several  churches  of  that 
denomination  in  the  Chicago  area.  He  went  to  Muhammad's 
temple  to  challenge  the  Muslim  teachings  and  stayed  on  to  be- 
come a  member  of  the  Black  Nation  of  Islam.  His  experience  in 
the  Christian  ministry  undoubtedly  makes  him  one  of  the  better 
prepared  leaders  in  the  Movement.  From  Chicago,  Lucius  was 
sent  to  the  strategic  Temple  No.  4  in  Washington,  where  he  re- 
cently built  a  $100,000  temple — the  first  new-from-the-ground-up 
mosque  in  the  Movement.  (All  other  temples  meet  in  older 
buildings,  such  as  churches  and  halls,  which  have  been  converted 
into  mosques.)  Lucius'  neighbor,  Isaiah  Karriem,  is  now  building 
a  $60,000  community  center  adjoining  his  Baltimore  temple  "to 
get  black  children  off  the  street." 

Perhaps  the  most  important  woman  in  the  sect  is  Lottie  X 
of  Chicago,  who,  as  head  of  the  Muslim  Girls  Training  Class 
(MGT),  is  the  counterpart  of  Raymond  Sharrieff.  Sisters  Thelma 
X  and  Tynetta  X  write  for  various  Muslim  publications. 

Trouble  on  the  Horizon 

Elijah  Muhammad  is  a  hale,  energetic  and  mentally  vigorous 
man,  capable  of  sustaining  a  grueling  workday  under  very  nearly 
spartan  self-discipline.  He  celebrated  his  sixty-third  birthday  in 
1960  and  seems  likely  to  remain  in  firm  control  of  his  Black 
Nation  for  many  years  to  come.  While  he  does  so,  any  aspirant 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  195 

to  power  within  the  Movement  must  be  immensely  cautious  and 
far-sighted,  for  rivalry — or  even  open  disagreement — with  the 
Messenger  is  not  tolerated. 

Muhammad  does  not  proclaim  himself  divine,  but  he  is 
invested  with  quasi-divinity  as  one  who  knew  Allah  (W.  D.  Fard) 
and  has  carried  Allah's  revelation  down  the  years  and  across  the 
continent.  Muhammad's  people  know  well  that  he  has  raised  them 
from  a  small  cult,  nearly  shattered  by  police  harrassment  and 
factional  in-fighting,  to  a  powerful  force  in  America's  social  and 
political  economy.  Their  unquestioning  devotion  to  Muhammad 
is  further  intensified  by  the  unique  emotional  cathexis  of  the  true 
believer.  And  Muhammad  himself  does  not  discourage  this  triple 
flow  of  gratitude  and  adoration.  In  the  early  years  after  Fard's 
death,  he  asserted  his  claim  as  the  sole  Messenger  of  Allah,  in 
whom  the  Movement  must  thenceforth  be  concentered.  There 
is  no  evidence  that  he  has  ever  seen  reason  to  abate  that  claim. 

Yet  flesh  is  mortal;  and  even  to  the  Messenger  of  Allah, 
death  must  one  day  come.  So  far  as  is  known,  Muhammad  has 
not  yet  named  his  successor,  and  we  may  assume  that  a  struggle 
for  that  honor  is  already  under  way.  The  two  leading  contenders 
would  logically  be  Malcolm  X  and  Raymond  Sharrieff  (though  one 
of  Muhammad's  sons,  Wallace  D.,  is  also  mentioned  as  a  possible 
heir-apparent).  Malcolm  is  Muhammad's  chief  lieutenant  in  the 
open  affairs  of  the  Movement  and  his  emissary  to  the  Islamic 
nations  of  Africa  and  Asia.  He  is  its  most  articulate  spokesman 
and  its  most  indefatigable  organizer,  infused  with  the  Messenger's 
authority  and  admired  by  the  ministers  and  the  laity  alike.  Ray- 
mond, on  the  other  hand,  is  Muhammad's  son-in-law  and  his  chief 
lieutenant  in  the  secret  affairs  of  the  Movement,  manager  of  its 
business  enterprises  and  Supreme  Captain  of  the  secret  army,  the 
Fruit  of  Islam.  Malcolm  is  undeniably  the  more  popular  con- 
tender: he  would  certainly  win  a  resounding  mandate  in  an  elec- 
tion by  the  Muslim  faithful.  But  Muslim  affairs  are  not  settled  by 
elections. 

At  the  moment,  few  observers  doubt  that  Malcolm  X  will  be 
Muhammad's  successor  and  that  he  will  bring  quick  intelligence 
and  vision  to  the  post.  For  Malcolm,  the  Movement  has  not  yet 
begun  to  Realize  its  potential,  either  as  a  local  movement  or  as  a 


196  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

unit  of  international  Islam.  Under  his  leadership,  it  would 
doubtless  continue  to  expand  its  membership  base,  and  it  would 
probably  soon  adopt  many  of  the  ritualistic  requirements  of 
orthodox  Islam,  so  that  it  might  be  officially  and  universally 
recognized  as  Moslem.  But  Malcolm  has  never  seen  Allah;  like 
Rozier  before  him,  his  revelation  is  second-hand.  Even  if  he 
accedes  smoothly  to  the  throne — even  if  he  is  chosen  for  that 
honor  by  Muhammad  himself — he  will  not  be  considered  quasi- 
divine,  and  he  will  not  reign  unchallenged.  On  the  day  that  the 
Messenger  "returns  to  Allah,"  the  now  capped  volcano  of  rivalry 
and  dissension  is  likely  to  erupt. 

By  the  time  of  Muhammad's  death,  the  Black  Muslim  Move- 
ment will  presumably  have  increased  to  some  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  members.  What  with  active  tithing  and  the  establishment 
of  Muslim  commercial  enterprises,  there  will  be  a  wealthy  empire 
at  stake.  The  political  force  of  the  Movement  will  also  be  a  rich 
prize — not  to  mention  the  immense  personal  prestige  and  sense  of 
command  that  will  be  inherent  in  the  position  of  leadership  of  so 
potent  and  monolithic  an  organization. 

During  the  intervening  years,  at  least  two  large  factions  are 
almost  certain  to  have  appeared.  As  the  Movement  gains  vested 
interests — real  estate  and  commercial  enterprises,  as  well  as  eco- 
nomic and  political  weight  in  the  Negro  and  white  communities — 
one  bloc  of  the  Muslim  leadership  will  become  increasingly  con- 
servative. It  will  urge  the  case  for  maintaining  a  stable  status  quo, 
rather  than  risk  the  loss  of  so  much  that  will  have  been  so  ardu- 
ously gained.  This  bloc  will  very  quickly  realize  that  the  Muslim 
gains  can  be  protected  only  while  there  is  a  fairly  stable  white 
society  in  America.  Racial  separation — and  especially  an  eco- 
nomic or  political  weakening  of  the  dominant  white  community — 
would  place  severe  strains  on  the  Muslims'  dependent  economy 
and  would  render  meaningless  their  political  balance  of  power. 
This  bloc  will  probably  also  tend  to  seek  a  status  quo  in  revela- 
tion, asserting  that  Fard's  original  divine  knowledge  has  been 
given  its  perfect  and  ultimate  expression  by  his  Messenger,  Elijah 
Muhammad. 

A  successful  Movement,  however,  is  certain  to  have  attracted 
more  and  more  true  believers,  and  a  second  bloc  within  the  leader- 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  197 

ship  will  inevitably  share  their  fiery,  aggressive  spirit.  This  second 
bloc  will  be  scornful  of  mere  material  and  negotiable  gains.  Cling- 
ing to  the  spirit  of  the  original  revelation  and  holding  it  capable  of 
continual  renewal  in  each  generation,  it  will  demand  a  relentless 
war  on  the  detested  status  quo,  with  its  entrenched  white  domina- 
tion. Given  sufficient  time  and  numbers,  this  bloc  may  split  fur- 
ther into  purists,  who  abide  by  Muhammad's  injunction  to  shun 
violence,  and  radicals,  who  demand  war  and  victory  at  any  cost. 
To  both  these  sub-blocs,  however,  the  conservative  position  will 
be  equally  abhorrent. 

A  ruler  who  is  not  considered  divine.  A  rich  prize  for 
anyone  who  succeeds  in  wresting  the  position  of  command  away 
from  the  incumbent.  And  built-in  tensions  that  must  create  con- 
flicting blocs,  each  of  which  will  feel  morally  impelled  to  control 
the  course  of  the  Movement.  .  .  .  How  can  there  help  but  be  bitter 
and  vicious  struggles  for  power?  Even  the  sense  of  a  common 
enemy  will  not  rule  out  such  struggles,  as  the  history  of  the 
Russian  Communist  movement  shows  all  too  well. 

Indeed,  the  struggle  for  succession  that  will  erupt  at  the 
Messenger's  death  is  already  in  progress.  Evidence  is  sparse  and 
at  times  ambiguous,  for  the  Muslims'  central  organizational  prob- 
lems are  closely  guarded  secrets.  (Even  the  few  ex-Muslims  who 
can  be  found  are  very  reluctant  to  discuss  this  aspect  of  Muslim 
affairs.)  But  occasionally  a  development  becomes  known  which 
casts  a  penetrating  light  into  the  darkness  in  which  these  rivalries 
and  power-plays  are  wrapped.  One  such  development,  which 
occurred  in  Atlanta  within  the  last  few  years,  is  doubly  significant. 
It  suggests  (1)  the  pivotal  power  that  Malcolm  X  now  holds  in 
the  ministerial  organization  and  (2)  the  fact  that  he  feels  con- 
strained to  use  that  power  to  strengthen  his  own  position  in  the 
Movement  as  a  whole. 

This  revealing  development  is  the  banishment  from  the 
Atlanta  Temple  No.  15  of  the  popular  Minister  James  and  his 
replacement  by  Jeremiah  X,  hand-picked  for  this  new  assignment 
by  Malcolm  X.  No  one  outside  the  Movement  knows  what  sin 
James  committed  to  incur  the  displeasure  of  his  superiors;  he 
simply  disappeared  suddenly  from  Atlanta,  and  his  name  became 
taboo  throughout  the  Muslim  brotherhood.  He  was  no  longer  even 


198  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

mentioned  by  anyone  in  the  Movement;  any  reference  to  him  was 
(and  still  is)  met  with  stony  silence  or  an  adroit  shifting  of  the 
conversation  to  some  other  subject.  At  last  report,  James  was 
living  quietly  in  Houston,  either  under  lengthy  suspension  or 
actually  expelled  from  the  Black  Nation. 

One  can  speculate  that  James'  popularity  with  non-Muslims 
in  Atlanta,  and  the  failure  of  the  Atlanta  temple  to  develop  as 
rapidly  as  so  large  a  concentration  of  Negroes  would  seem  to 
augur,  got  him  into  serious  difficulties.  Then,  too,  James  was 
possibly  the  best  educated  Muslim  in  the  Movement  until  very 
recent  times.  He  was  fluent  in  several  languages,  played  several 
musical  instruments  and  was  highly  articulate.  Was  he  a  potential 
challenge  to  Malcolm's  lieutenancy?  Did  he  spend  too  much  time 
fraternizing  with  Protestant  clergy  and  the  college  crowd  in 
Atlanta?  Or  was  he  set  on  building  a  personal  empire  at  Temple 
No.  15?  No  one  can  be  certain,  but  it  is  worth  noticing  that  the 
hard-driving  Jeremiah,  who  was  brought  in  to  replace  him,  is  his 
opposite  number  in  almost  every  respect.  Under  Jeremiah,  temple 
membership  has  increased,  and  he  has  categorically  ignored  all 
but  the  most  depressed  elements  in  Atlanta's  Negro  community. 
The  temple  no  longer  rents  quarters  in  the  heart  of  the  Negro 
business  district  on  Auburn  Avenue.  Instead,  it  has  moved  into 
a  "walk-up"  hall  on  the  edge  of  the  slums.  James  and  some  of 
his  aides  had  maintained  living  quarters  in  an  Atlanta  hotel;  Jere- 
miah lives  in  a  modest  apartment  on  the  edge  of  a  redevelopment 
area,  scarcely  two  blocks  from  some  of  the  worst  slums  to  be 
found  in  the  South. 

Minister  Jeremiah  works  hard — and  he  gets  results.  Already 
he  has  been  made  organizer  and  overseer  for  the  entire  Southeast, 
in  which  capacity  he  reports  to  Malcolm  X.  Jeremiah  is  also  an 
important  anchor-man  in  the  East  Coast  chain  of  temples.  The 
nerve  center  of  the  East  Coast  is  Malcolm  X's  own  Temple  7  in 
New  York.  Louis  X  of  Boston,  trained  and  placed  by  Malcolm, 
anchors  the  New  England  end  of  the  line.  Jeremiah,  another 
protege  of  Malcolm's,  now  controls  Atlanta  and  directs  the  Move- 
ment in  Jacksonville,  Miami,  Birmingham,  Chattanooga  and  the 
other  large  cities  in  the  Southeast.  Only  the  temple  in  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  is  headed  by  a  potential  counterforce — Lucius  X, 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  199 

whom  many  of  his  colleagues  believe  to  have  ambitious  of  his 
own.  Could  it  then  be  accidental  that  Wallace  D.  Muhammad,  one 
of  the  Messenger's  ablest  sons,  was  sent  out  from  Chicago  to  man 
the  nearby  Philadelphia  temple?  It  would  hardly  seem  so! 

II.    THE  SECRET  ARMY 

The  Black  Muslim  leadership  is  uncompromising  in  its  atti- 
tude toward  the  white  community.  It  is  waging  an  economic  and 
ideological  war  that  will  not  end,  it  insists,  until  the  white  race 
has  disappeared.  There  has  as  yet  been  no  physical  conflict 
(except  for  one  flare-up  in  a  Chicago  courtroom  and  another  in 
Detroit  in  the  early  1930s,  before  Muhammad's  command  of  the 
Movement  was  consolidated),  and  Muhammad  urges  his  followers 
never  to  initiate  a  battle.  But  every  Muslim  is  expected  to  fight  if 
attacked  and  to  lay  down  his  life,  if  necessary,  for  the  Black 
Nation.  The  entire  Movement  is,  in  short,  a  kind  of  reserve  fight- 
ing corps — a  potential  phalanx  of  Black  Men  ready  to  wage  open 
war  against  the  entire  white  community  in  case  of  white  provoca- 
tion. 

The  nucleus  of  this  force — its  vanguard  or  officer  cadre — 
is  the  secret  army  known  as  the  Fruit  of  Islam,  which  was  estab- 
lished as  a  protective  unit  in  the  early  years  of  the  Movement. 
Beynon  reported  laconically  in  1937: 

Fear  of  trouble  with  the  unbelievers,  especially  with  the  police,  led 
to  the  founding  of  the  Fruit  of  Islam — a  military  organization  for 
the  men  who  were  drilled  by  captains  in  military  tactics  and  the  use 
of  firearms.20 

Since  then,  the  FOI  has  flexed  its  muscles  and  become  probably 
the  most  powerful  single  organization  within  the  Movement.  It 
now  has  a  "section"  in  every  temple,  and  its  local  officers  report 
not  to  the  minister  but  to  the  Supreme  Captain  of  the  FOI,  Ray- 
mond Sharrieff,  at  the  Movement's  headquarters  in  Chicago.  This 
virtually  autonomous  body  is  an  elite  group,  carefully  chosen, 
rigorously  trained,  aware  of  its  own  distinction  and  responsibilities, 
admired  (and  very  likely  feared)  by  the  rest  of  the  Muslim  broth- 
erhood. It  is  entrusted  with  top  security  assignments  and  remains 
on  constant  alert.  Most  ominous  of  all,  it  shrouds  its  activities  in 


200  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

nearly  absolute  secrecy — a  tactic  that  has  aroused  the  deepest 
suspicions  of  observers  as  experienced  and  sophisticated  as  the 
FBI. 

The  most  significant  change  in  the  role  of  the  Fruit  of  Islam, 
however,  has  recently  become  known.  Its  functions  have  not  only 
expanded  outward  but  have  also  doubled  back  upon  the  Move- 
ment itself.  The  FOI  no  longer  dedicates  itself  solely  to  guarding 
the  Black  Nation  against  "trouble  with  the  unbelievers,  especially 
with  the  police."  It  now  acts  also  as  a  police  force  and  judiciary 
— or,  more  exactly,  a  constabulary  and  court-martial — to  root  out 
and  punish  any  hint  of  heterodoxy  or  any  slackening  of  obedience 
among  the  Muslims  themselves.  Whether  this  enforcement  of 
internal  discipline  has  become  the  FOFs  primary  function,  no 
observer  is  yet  able  to  say. 

The  Fruit  of  Islam  is  comprised  of  the  best  physically  and 
psychologically  conditioned  males  in  the  Black  Muslim  Move- 
ment, though  the  criteria  for  admission  vary  slightly  to  meet  local 
conditions.  In  some  of  the  larger  temples,  only  the  best  qualified 
men  under  the  age  of  thirty  are  admitted.  In  some  small  temples, 
every  male  Muslim  is  considered  eligible.  (Obviously  each  section 
is  urged  to  reach  a  specified  minimum  size,  even  at  a  possible 
sacrifice  in  quality.)  A  few  temples  have  as  many  as  three  distinct 
FOI  groups:  a  Junior  FOI  for  youths  up  to  sixteen,  a  prime  group 
for  men  sixteen  to  thirty-five,  and  a  third  group  for  men  over 
thirty-five.  No  reliable  estimate  of  the  total  membership  of  the 
FOI  is  available. 

The  chain  of  command  is  simple  and  strictly  maintained. 
The  FOI  sections  are  divided  into  squads,  each  of  which  is  under 
the  command  of  a  lieutenant.  The  lieutenants  of  each  section 
report  to  a  captain,  who  heads  the  section  and  reports  (according 
to  informants)  "directly  to  Muhammad."  In  practice,  the  captains 
undoubtedly  report  to  Muhammad's  deputy  in  this  area,  the 
Supreme  Captain  of  the  FOI,  Raymond  Sharrieff .  One  of  Muham- 
mad's sons,  Elijah,  Jr.,  is  second  in  command  and  serves  as  captain 
of  the  FOI  section  in  Temple  No.  2,  the  Chicago  headquarters 
temple,  from  which  Muhammad's  personal  security  force,  or  honor 
guard,  is  drawn. 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  201 

As  part  of  their  tactic  of  respectability,  the  Muslim  leaders 
present  the  FOI  as  an  ordinary  physical  training  program,  like 
those  of  "the  YMCA,  CYO,  Masons  or  Boy  Scouts."  Its  mem- 
bers do,  indeed,  engage  in  "body-building  and  physical  hygiene" 
activities.  Unlike  most  Boy  Scout  troops,  however,  they  also  re- 
ceive training  in  judo,  military  drill  and  the  use  of  knives  and 
blackjacks.  There  is  no  evidence  that  the  FOI  sections  still  receive 
small-arms  training — as  Beynon  reported  in  1937 — or  that  the 
FOI  high  command  is  gathering  an  armory  for  emergency  use. 
Such  activities  are  not  unlikely,  however,  for  the  FOI  looks  for- 
ward to  playing  an  heroic  role  in  the  impending  "Battle  of  Arma- 
geddon." 

The  FOFs  present-day  duties  fall  under  two  broad  headings, 
security  and  discipline.  As  a  security  force,  the  FOI  stands  guard 
in  the  temples,  checks  visitors  at  all  Muslim  meetings  and  provides 
a  personal  guard  for  all  ministers  and  traveling  officials,  including 
the  Messenger  and  Malcolm  X.  As  a  disciplinary  force,  it  super- 
vises the  "trials"  of  Muslims  charged  with  such  offenses  as  adul- 
tery, the  use  of  narcotics,  misuse  of  temple  funds,  not  attending 
meetings,  sleeping  during  meetings,  failing  to  bring  "Lost-Pounds" 
(visitors)  to  meetings,  reporting  temple  activities  to  outsiders, 
using  unbecoming  language  before  female  Muslims,  eating  or  sell- 
ing pork,  failing  to  pay  extra  dues  for  being  overweight,  allowing 
anyone  to  enter  the  temple  under  the  influence  of  liquor  or  stating 
an  unwillingness  to  die  for  Allah. 

At  the  "trial,"  the  offending  Muslim  is  placed  in  the  custody 
of  the  temple's  FOI.  The  proceedings  are  conducted  jointly  by  the 
FOI  captain  and  the  minister,  with  the  entire  FOI  section  in 
attendance.  (In  the  case  of  lesser  infractions,  all  regular  members 
of  the  temple  may  be  admitted.)  The  defendent  is  not  allowed  to 
offer  any  defense:  the  charges  against  him  are  read,  and  the  ver- 
dict is  thereupon  pronounced — by  the  minister  in  case  a  religious 
issue  is  involved,  by  the  FOI  captain  in  all  other  cases.  This 
verdict  is  final;  there  is  no  appeal. 

At  least  three  types  of  sentence  are  known  to  be  imposed  as 
the  result  of  these  FOI  trials.  For  minor  violations  there  is  a 
"Class  C"  sentence,  under  which  the  convicted  Muslim  is  required 


202  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

to  perform  labor  at  the  temple  or  some  other  designated  place  for 
a  period  of  time.  A  more  serious  but  not  infrequent  punishment 
is  the  "Class  F"  sentence,  or  suspension,  under  which  the  convict 
is  isolated  from  all  Muslim  contacts  for  a  period  of  time  ranging 
from  ninety  days  to  five  years.  During  this  time  he  is  barred  from 
all  Muslim  temples,  enterprises  and  businesses;  and  other  Muslims 
are  forbidden  to  talk  with,  visit  or  otherwise  associate  with  him. 
The  most  serious  sentence — and  it  is  apparently  rarely  invoked — 
is  formal  and  permanent  expulsion  from  the  Movement. 

Recruits  to  the  FOI  are  carefully  screened  before  admission, 
for  they  are  expected  to  set  the  highest  possible  standards  of 
character  and  dedication.  Each  candidate  is  required  to  pass  oral 
examinations  on  certain  levels  of  "knowledge"  about  the  Move- 
ment and  its  history — examinations  in  which  the  candidate  must 
recite  long  memorized  passages  verbatim,  without  a  single  error. 
Candidates  are  also  required  to  take  a  secret  oath  on  admission. 

From  that  point  on,  the  men  and  officers  are  held  rigorously 
to  the  most  demanding  Muslim  ideals,  for  the  Fruit  of  Islam  are 
considered  the  living  exemplars  of  the  Black  Nation.  They  must 
be  "absolutely  independent  in  every  respect" — a  grandiose  phrase 
which  actually  means  only  that  they  must  be  self-reliant  and  able 
to  protect  themselves  against  any  form  of  attack.  They  must  be 
perfectly  obedient  to  all  constituted  authority,  black  or  white,  and 
they  must  promote  complete  unity  and  harmony  within  the  group. 
They  must  respect  and  protect  black  womanhood;  there  can  be  no 
deviation,  for  the  "era  of  disgrace"  for  the  black  woman  has  come 
to  an  end,  "even  if  it  costs  her  life  and  the  lives  of  her  defenders." 
They  must  reassume  the  position  of  leadership  and  guidance  in 
their  own  homes.  And  they  must  examine  and  question  everything 
they  see  and  hear,  accepting  nothing  as  sacred  or  certain  except  on 
its  intrinsic  merits — another  Muslim  ideal  that  in  practice  means 
somewhat  less  than  it  says. 

As  a  result  of  its  power  and  secrecy,  its  high  standards  and 
strict  discipline,  the  FOI  has  drawn  about  itself  an  especially 
glamorous  aura.  Its  military  aspect  appeals  directly  to  the  pent-up 
militancy  of  the  true  believer;  and  many  Muslims  who  may  not 
join  the  FOI  act  out  their  militancy  by  adulating  it.  To  these  true 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  203 

believers,  the  FOI  is  the  vanguard  of  Muslim  destiny,  the  glorious 
army  of  the  Black  Man's  revolution  that  is  now  gathering  its 
strength.  But  the  FOI  also  has  a  certain  mystical  status.  "Fruit," 
the  Muslims  explain,  is  the  "final  product  of  any  tree";  it  is  the 
purpose  for  which  the  tree  exists.  Yet  in  the  fruit  is  the  seed:  the 
beginning  of  a  new  tree.  The  Black  Muslims  see  themselves  as 
the  fruit  of  the  American  system  of  slavery  and  oppression,  bear- 
ing within  themselves  the  seed  of  the  coming  Black  Nation.  The 
Fruit  of  Islam,  therefore,  symbolizes  the  inner  meaning  of  the 
Movement  as  a  whole. 

Yet  the  structure  and  role  of  the  FOI — indeed,  its  very 
existence — suggest  that  it  may  soon  become  the  focus  of  profound 
tensions  inside  the  Movement.  For  example,  when  a  struggle  for 
succession  breaks  out  at  Muhammad's  death,  as  it  inevitably  must, 
to  whom  will  the  FOI  throw  its  support?  And  if  the  FOI  is  recog- 
nized as  a  key  weapon  in  that  struggle,  will  there  not  be  increas- 
ingly tense  intrigues  among  the  leadership  for  control  of  the  secret 
army?  Surely  it  is  no  accident  that  Muhammad  has  appointed,  as 
the  two  chief  officers  of  the  FOI,  his  son-in-law  and  his  son. 

Again,  the  FOI  trials  reveal  clearly  that  discipline  in  the 
Muslim  ranks  is  less  than  perfect.  The  Muslim  leadership  has 
chosen  to  notice  even  minor  infractions  and  to  punish  them 
through  the  FOI.  But  if  "loyalty"  and  "obedience"  are  so  nar- 
rowly defined,  they  cannot  be  maintained;  and  if  the  inevitable 
infractions  are  punished  highhandedly,  the  Muslims'  spontaneous 
loyalty  and  obedience  to  the  Movement  must  eventually  give  way 
to  resentment  and  rebellion.  In  that  case,  the  FOI  might  easily 
degenerate  into  a  strong-arm  elite  keeping  a  restive  people  in  line. 
Such  a  development  would  mean  trouble  not  only  within  the 
Movement  but  also  between  the  Muslims  and  the  white  commu- 
nity. 

Above  all,  there  is  the  curious  paradox  that  a  divine  Black 
Nation,  outraged  by  the  injustices  of  a  class-structured  white 
society,  has  now  deliberately  created  an  elite  of  its  own.  How  will 
the  mass  of  Muslims  react  as  they  come  to  realize  that,  after  all 
the  bright  promises,  they  are  second-class  citizens  again,  even  in 
the  Black  Nation  of  Islam? 


204  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

IH.    THE  SEARCH  FOR  RESPECTABILITY 

Violence  and  the  Christian  Tradition 

The  private  image  of  the  Movement  has  changed  consider- 
ably since  the  days  of  Wallace  Fard,  and  it  continues  to  be  modi- 
fied as  the  Muslims  search  for  respectability  and  acceptance. 

The  Detroit  Muslims  of  the  1930s  had  a  number  of  bizarre 
excesses  charged  against  them,  including,  as  we  have  seen,  human 
sacrifice. 

On  November  21,  1932,  the  people  of  Detroit  became  conscious  of 
the  presence  of  the  cult  through  its  first  widely  publicized  human  sac- 
rifice. A  prominent  member,  Robert  Harris,  renamed  Robert  Karriem, 
erected  an  altar  in  his  home  at  1249  Dubois  Street  and  invited  his 
roomer,  John  J.  Smith,  to  present  himself  as  a  human  sacrifice,  so  that 
he  might  become,  as  Harris  said,  "the  Savior  of  the  World."  Smith 
agreed,  and  at  the  hour  appointed  for  the  sacrifice — 9:30  a.m. — Harris 
plunged  a  knife  into  Smith's  heart.21 

Other  reports  of  sacrifices  or  attempted  sacrifices  were  current  in 
Detroit  as  late  as  1937. 

In  Chicago  in  1935,  two  hundred  Muslims  rioted  in  a  court- 
room and  attempted  to  storm  the  bench  while  one  of  their  mem- 
bers was  on  trial.  Before  the  melee  was  over,  one  policeman  was 
dead  and  eleven  had  been  injured.  Two  of  the  Muslims  were  shot 
in  the  clash,  and  forty  were  sent  to  prison.22  As  recently  as  1958, 
Muhammad  made  a  special  trip  to  Detroit  to  quiet  his  followers, 
who  were  having  trouble  with  the  police.23 

In  1960,  in  a  case  involving  Muslims  in  New  York  City,  the 
presiding  judge  cleared  the  courtroom  before  the  jury's  verdict 
was  read,  fearing  that  "the  Muslim  followers  who  packed  the  hall 
every  day  of  the  seven-day  trial  might  demonstrate  if  a  verdict  of 
guilty  were  issued."24  The  Muslim  defendants  had  been  charged 
with  assaulting  two  policemen  who  entered  their  homes  without  a 
warrant;  they  were  found  not  guilty,  and  the  anticipated  trouble 
did  not  develop.  The  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch  reported,  how- 
ever, that  fifty  Muslims,  "led  by  Minister  Malcolm  X,  silently 
patrolled  the  corridor  of  the  court  building  while  the  jury  carried 
on  its  deliberations"  and  that  "outside  the  court  building  in  a 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  205 

small  park  across  the  street,  some  400  male  followers  of  the  Mus- 
lim faith  were  gathered.  They  were  silent,  well-disciplined,  omi- 
nous." Malcolm  X  was  described  as  "a  disturbingly  intent  figure 
as  he  sat  on  a  corridor  bench  munching  dried  raisins  .  .  .  ponder- 
ing the  explosive  factors  largely  in  his  command."25 

Such  incidents  are  isolated,  however,  for  Muhammad  pre- 
fers to  disassociate  his  Movement  from  violent  activity  of  any 
kind.  His  followers  are  forbidden  to  carry  weapons,  and  they  are 
cautioned  not  to  carry  any  instrument  that  might  conceivably  be 
considered  even  a  potential  weapon,  should  they  be  searched  by 
an  over  zealous  police  officer.  But  the  Muslim  leader  is  caught 
on  the  horns  of  a  dilemma,  for  he  has  taught  his  followers  not 
only  to  avoid  precipitating  violence  but  also  to  defend  themselves 
and  each  other  if  they  are  assaulted. 

We  must  take  things  into  our  own  hands.  We  must  return  to  the 
Mosaic  law  of  an  eye  for  an  eye,  and  a  tooth  for  a  tooth.  What  does 
it  matter  if  10  million  of  us  die?  There  will  be  7  million  of  us  left, 
and  they  will  enjoy  justice  and  freedom.20 

The  constant  threat  of  violence  is  implicit  in  the  basic  doctrines 
of  the  Movement,  and  this  fearlessness  before  the  white  man  is 
one  of  the  Movement's  strongest  appeals. 

Much  is  made  of  the  "Battle  of  Armageddon"  that  is  ex- 
pected to  take  place  in  North  America.  But  this  battle — until 
recently  a  prominent  feature  in  Muslim  literature  and  teachings — 
is  carefully  relegated  to  the  realm  of  the  eschatological,  where 
such  battles  usually  are  fought.  It  belongs  to  a  future  in  which 
the  present  believers  are  not  likely  to  participate.  Unanticipated 
violence,  on  the  other  hand,  may  occur  at  any  moment.  The 
Muslims  display  a  kind  of  contained  aggressiveness,  which  may 
occasionally  provoke  violence  without  actually  initiating  it. 

Muhammad  does  not  wish  to  alter  the  self-image  of  the 
Muslims  as  "men  among  men."  Yet  he  does  wish  his  followers  to 
be  accepted  as  peaceful,  law-abiding,  religious  individuals.  There 
may  be  no  logical  inconsistency  here,  but  there  are  serious  emo- 
tional obstacles  which  prevent  the  Negro  community  at  large  from 
accepting  him  and  his  Movement  on  the  terms  of  his  stated  pro- 
posals. First  of  all,  American  Negroes  have  known  no  religion 
other  than  Christianity,  and  the  Christian  faith — with  its  emphasis 


206  Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement 

on  charity  and  long-suffering — has  perhaps  been  more  meaningful 
to  them  than  to  many  who  have  not  been  the  victims  of  social 
rejection.  Consequently,  any  new  religion  not  strongly  interlaced 
with  at  least  lip-service  to  the  Christian  traditions  of  meekness 
and  love  may  expect  to  find  the  Negro  masses  generally  unre- 
ceptive. 

Again,  Muhammad's  peculiar  brand  of  Islam  at  once 
snatches  away  the  comforts  of  heaven,  which  have  been  earned 
at  so  great  a  price  on  earth,  and  substitutes  a  Supreme  Black  Man 
for  the  sure  and  comforting  presence  of  an  omnipotent  Father. 
Those  educated  in  the  Christian  spirit  believe  that  patience  and 
loving-kindness  on  earth  will  earn  the  sweetest  of  all  rewards: 
eternal  life  in  a  kingdom  where  all  men  love  their  brothers  and 
live  as  equals  in  the  nearness  of  God.  In  exchange  for  this  gentle 
faith,  the  Muslims  offer  the  Negro  Christian  only  the  taste  of 
violence — the  chance  to  vent  his  most  acrid  hostilities  here  on 
earth  and  then  to  die  forever.  This  exchange  is  not  generally 
palatable  to  even  the  most  humiliated  and  resentful  Negro  Chris- 
tians. 

In  an  attempt  to  bridge  the  gap,  Muhammad  has  recently 
modified  and  hushed  some  of  the  Movement's  most  strident  as- 
saults on  Christianity  itself.  The  "debunking"  of  the  virgin  birth 
of  Jesus,  for  example,  was  a  standard  dramatic  feature  of  every 
temple  lecture  a  few  years  ago.  Today  it  is  seldom  mentioned 
unless  the  issue  is  raised  by  a  non-Muslim.  The  Muslim  denuncia- 
tion of  the  Bible  as  a  "poison  book"  has  been  radically  reinter- 
preted. The  Bible,  the  ministers  now  say,  is  both  true  and  accurate 
when  "correctly  interpreted."  It  was  "poisoned"  by  the  white 
man,  who  wished  to  use  it  to  justify  his  wicked  behavior.  Finally, 
Negroes  are  cordially  invited  to  attend  lectures — and  even  for- 
mally to  join  the  Movement — while  remaining  active  members  of 
the  Christian  church. 

The  Muslims  have  thus  softened  their  derision  of  Christian 
symbols  but  not  their  contempt  for  the  Christian  faith.  They  are 
clearly  gambling  that  the  symbols  have  become  empty  of  meaning, 
that  the  Negro  clings  to  them  only  because  they  are  familiar  and 
comfortable  and  a  badge  of  religious  respectability.  The  Muslims 
are  willing  to  let  the  Negro  cherish  these  meaningless  symbols,  at 


Tensions:    Inside  the  Movement  207 

least  for  a  while,  if  he  will  become  a  Black  Muslim  at  heart.  And 
many  recent  developments  in  the  Negro  Christian  community 
seem  to  be  nurturing  this  prospect.  The  earthly  rewards  of  meek- 
ness and  a  gentle  faith  are  slow  in  coming,  perhaps  too  slow  for 
the  prevailing  mood  of  urgency.  Negro  Christians,  like  white  ones, 
are  rapidly  learning  to  modify  their  faith  wherever  secular  advan- 
tage is  at  stake.  Even  among  the  devoted  cadres  of  the  new  non- 
violence movement,  Christian  love  may  at  times  become  a  tech- 
nique rather  than  a  way  of  life. 

A  new  aggressive  spirit  is  undeniably  taking  possession  of 
America's  Negro  youth.  But  the  Muslims  have  erred  badly  in 
mistaking  this  aggressive  spirit  for  a  spirit  of  aggression.  Starting 
from  his  present  ground  of  oppression  and  enforced  humility,  the 
Negro  can  go  a  long,  long  way  toward  asserting  himself  without 
crossing  the  border  into  violence.  There  are  inescapable  signs 
that  the  Negro  is  abandoning  Christian  love  as  an  effective  agent 
of  social  change.  But  his  purpose  is  still  to  enlighten  the  white 
man,  not  to  annihilate  him.  Moreover,  the  goal  of  this  new  aggres- 
sive spirit  is  flatly  opposed  to  Muslim  separatism.  Negro  youth  do 
not  want  a  Black  Nation.  They  want  their  fair  share  of  what  this 
society  has  to  offer,  and  they  are  convinced  that  it  can  be  had 
without  a  resort  to  violence. 

The  young  Negroes  who  are  now  flocking  to  the  Black 
Muslims  are  dissidents  who  know  only  how  to  hate  because  they 
have  been  surrounded  by  the  symbols  of  hatred  all  their  lives  long. 
They  are  of  serious  concern  to  our  society,  which  has  created 
them,  but  they  are  far  from  representing  a  sizable  portion  of  the 
Negro  community  as  a  whole. 

The  open  bid  for  respectability  which  has  tended  to  charac- 
terize the  Black  Muslim  Movement  in  recent  years  is  largely  trace- 
able to  Malcolm  X,  and  it  is  he  who  may  be  hung  on  the  horns  of 
the  dilemma.  In  order  to  broaden  the  scope  of  the  Movement,  to 
facilitate  its  appeal  to  the  entire  Negro  community,  he  has  been 
willing  to  make  a  superficial  peace  with  the  conservative  Negro 
leadership  and  to  make  room  in  the  Muslim  mythology  and  serv- 
ices for  Christian  symbols.  But  to  achieve  the  respectability  he 
desires,  he  must  compromise  still  further.  Until  the  Muslims  at 
least  talk  in  terms  of  peace  and  love,  they  will  generally  be  con- 


208  Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement 

sidered  unrespectable,  and  a  firm  ceiling  will  remain  on  the  Move- 
ment's potential  for  growth.  If  he  leads  the  Muslims  down  this 
path,  however,  he  will  weaken — perhaps  irreparably — the  dynamic 
of  hatred  which  is  the  Movement's  vital  force. 

In  the  long  run,  therefore,  Malcolm  must  abandon  either  the 
purity  of  Muslim  dogma  or  his  dream  of  respectability  and  massive 
expansion.  He  must  either  remain  a  Muslim  in  the  tradition  of 
Muhammad  or  become,  in  the  eyes  of  his  followers,  just  another 
of  the  "Uncle  Toms"  he  has  so  long  denounced. 

The  Race  Issue 

The  Black  Muslim  leadership's  search  for  respectability — a 
concomitant  of  its  desire  for  rapid  growth — may  also  force  an 
internal  showdown  on  the  vehemence  and  bitterness  with  which 
the  race  issue  is  to  be  pressed.  At  the  moment,  Muhammad  still 
openly  denounces  the  white  man — the  entire  white  race,  without 
exception — in  the  most  scathing  language  ever  heard  in  the  white- 
dominated  nations  of  the  world.  These  denunciations  attract  and 
delight  the  true  believer,  but  they  repel  most  Negroes,  who  them- 
selves are  daily  victims  of  extreme  and  irrational  racial  generaliza- 
tions. The  average  Negro  feels  that  anyone  who  publicly  partici- 
pates in  the  categorical  denunciation  of  any  race  must  be  either 
insane  or  a  troublemaker  or  both. 

Yet  Muhammad  is  aware  of  the  paradox  that  the  less  respec- 
table he  is,  the  more  he  is  respected.  His  boldness  in  "saying  for 
millions  what  millions  fear  to  say  for  themselves"  may  elevate 
him  to  a  recognized  position  of  leadership  in  the  Negro  commu- 
nity. Even  more  important,  he  feels,  it  may  earn  him  the  respect 
of  the  white  man,  who  admires  solidarity  and  determination.  And 
the  respect  of  the  white  man  is  the  key  to  respectability  among 
American  Negroes,  for  "whom  the  white  man  respects,  the  Negro 
hastens  to  embrace."  Thus,  ironically,  Muhammad  may  win  by 
demagogy  a  seal  of  approval  that  he  could  never  win  by  modera- 
tion. 

In  playing  this  gamble,  Muhammad  risks  incurring  the  fate 
that  befell  Marcus  Garvey:  tagged  as  a  hate-monger,  Garvey 
could  not  consolidate  the  Negro  masses  under  his  standard  and 


Tensions:   Inside  the  Movement  209 

so  was  easily  toppled  by  a  combined  action  of  white  and  Negro 
leaders.  Perhaps  for  this  reason,  Muhammad  is  especially  dis- 
tressed by  charges  that  he  is  hate-mongering.  He  asserts  that  hate 
would  be  morally  justified,  for  "the  white  man  has  hated  the 
Negroes  .  .  .  ever  since  they  have  been  on  this  planet  earth,"27  and 
that  hate  is  given  divine  approval  in  the  Christians'  own  Bible: 

God,  Himself,  hates:  see  Malachi  1:2-3:  "Was  not  Esau  Jacob's 
brother?  saith  the  Lord:  yet  I  loved  Jacob  and  I  hated  Esau.  .  .  ." 
St.  Luke  14:26,  no  man  could  be  the  disciple  of  Jesus  unless  he  hated 
his  father,  mother,  wife,  children.  .  .  ,28 

Yet  his  own  racial  teachings,  he  insists,  are  not  hate  but  the  simple 
truth. 

I  am  here  with  the  truth  for  you  to  accept  or  be  the  losers.  I  am 
not  afraid  to  speak  the  truth  regardless.  .  .  .  Let  those  who  accuse  me 
of  teaching  hate  point  out  that  portion  of  my  teaching  which  consti- 
tutes hate.  .  .  .  Is  it  hate  to  call  upon  you  to  unite?29 

Muhammad  presents  himself  as  a  man  who  is  dispassionately 
revealing  the  truth  about  an  enemy — an  absolutely  ruthless  enemy, 
who  has  skillfully  camouflaged  his  character  by  distorting  the  facts 
of  history  and  intimidating  all  who  are  unwilling  to  accept  the 
distortion.  The  Messenger  claims  to  preach  not  hate  but  simply 
"the  truth  which  is  capable  of  setting  the  Black  Man  free." 

If  this  gamble  pays  off,  Muhammad  may  gain  respectability 
for  his  Movement  without  retreating  an  inch  on  the  race  issue  and 
without  internal  dissensions.  If  it  fails,  the  result  may  be  a  tug-of- 
war  between  those  who  cling  to  respectability  and  those  who  cling 
to  hatred.  In  either  case,  the  Messenger  has  made  his  own  position 
clear:  "I  will  never,  after  having  knowledge,  love  nor  befriend  the 
enemies  of  ...  my  Black  Nation,  whether  my  people  believe  as  I 
do  or  not."80 


8    The  Black  Muslims  and 
Orthodox  Islam 


A  major  goal  of  the  present  Muslim  leadership  is  to  achieve 
general  acceptance  of  the  Movement  as  a  legitimate  religion — 
specifically,  as  a  legitimate  sect  of  orthodox  Islam.  This  is  not  an 
internal  necessity:  the  Muslims'  self-respect  does  not  hinge  on  such 
acceptance.  Muhammad  has  stated  that  the  Muslims  are  legitimate 
and  Islamic,  and  so  far  as  the  Muslims  themselves  are  concerned, 
this  settles  the  matter.  Nor  is  it  an  expedient  directed  at  the  Negro 
community,  for  the  aegis  of  orthodox  Islam  means  nothing  in 
America's  black  ghettos.  So  long  as  the  Movement  keeps  its  color 
identity  with  the  rising  "black"  peoples  of  Africa  and  Asia,  it 
could  discard  all  its  Islamic  attributes — its  name,  its  prayers  to 
Allah,  its  citations  from  the  Quran,  everything — without  risking 
in  the  smallest  degree  its  appeal  to  the  black  masses. 

In  pressing  their  demand  for  complete  acceptance  as  a  legiti- 
mate religion  and  a  Moslem  sect,  the  Muslims  have  their  eye 
primarily  on  the  white  community.  In  many  ways,  America  does 
live  up  to  its  surpassing  democratic  ideal,  pre-eminently  in  the 
elaborate  safeguards  it  provides  for  freedom  of  worship.  Religious 
groups  in  America  are  unfettered;  only  in  the  most  extreme  cases 
is  certain  quasi-secular  behavior  in  the  name  of  religion  construed 
as  against  public  policy  and,  as  such,  prohibited.1  The  Black 
Muslims  know  well  that,  as  they  prosper,  they  will  encounter  in 
the  white  community  a  pressure  for  the  most  stringent  repressions 
and  reprisals.  The  more  swiftly  and  securely  they  can  become 
acknowledged  as  a  legitimate  religion,  the  more  securely  they  can 
rely  upon  the  counterpressures  of  democratic  toleration  and  con- 
stitutional immunity. 

The  Muslims  have  generally  been  given  the  benefit  of  the 
doubt  thus  far.  They  have  been  treated,  if  only  provisionally,  as  a 
legitimate  religion.  Except  in  prisons,  their  meetings  have  never 

210 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          211 

been  barred  by  any  agency  of  the  government.  The  Universities  of 
Islam  are  legally  approved  as  parochial  schools.  And  the  temples 
and  school  properties  are  tax-exempt  in  all  states  where  they  exist, 
under  the  same  regulations  that  govern  the  church  properties  of 
all  other  religious  bodies. 

Even  this  provisional  acceptance,  however,  is  far  from  com- 
plete. The  FBI,  for  example,  keeps  the  Movement  under  as  close 
surveillance  as  it  would  a  political  terrorist  organization.  And  in 
some  instances,  the  Muslims'  status  as  a  religion  has  been  flatly 
denied  by  government  officials.  Perhaps  the  most  significant  of 
these  denials  to  date  have  occurred  in  prisons,  which  are  among 
the  Muslims'  most  fertile  recruiting  grounds.  In  some  prisons,  the 
Muslims  are  permitted  to  hold  services,  but  in  others  they  are 
denied  the  right  of  assembly.  A  case  in  point  is  Clinton  State 
Prison  at  Utica,  New  York,  where  four  Negro  inmates  were 
allegedly  placed  in  solitary  confinement  when  they  sought  to 
practice  their  new  faith.  (The  warden  described  three  of  the 
prisoners  as  "Protestants  a  year  ago";  the  fourth  had  been  a 
Catholic.)  Prison  officials  did  not  dispute  that  discipline  improves 
markedly  among  those  converted  to  Islam,  but  they  protested  that 
the  Muslims  have  "ulterior  motives,"  aimed  at  "forcing  supremacy 
over  whites,  although  they  do  not  express  it."2 

To  defend  themselves  against  such  harassments,  now  and 
in  the  future,  the  Muslims  are  pressing  hard  for  complete  recogni- 
tion as  a  legitimate  religion,  on  equal  terms  with  the  reigning 
triumvirate  of  Protestants,  Catholics  and  Jews.  At  Utica,  for 
example,  a  suit  was  entered  on  behalf  of  the  four  converts,  and  a 
federal  court  judge  granted  service  of  a  summons  on  the  prison 
warden  as  defendant. 

Muhammad's  insistence  on  his  Movement's  Islamic  identity 
has  much  the  same  immediate  purpose.  Complete  acceptance  as 
a  legitimate  religion  would  give  the  Muslims  a  degree  of  security 
but,  in  view  of  the  antagonism  they  will  arouse,  perhaps  not 
enough.  As  a  mere  private  cult,  they  would  still  be  vulnerable  to 
unofficial  but  damaging  molestation.  If  they  can  entrench  them- 
selves as  a  Moslem  sect,  however,  they  will  be  very  nearly  immune 
to  overt  white  hostility,  for  the  international  political  implications 
of  the  suppression  or  harassment  of  Moslems  in  the  United  States 


212          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

would  be  extremely  grave.  Muhammad  craves  this  immunity  and 
the  resultant  freedom  of  maneuver,  and  except  for  his  crucial 
doctrine — denunciation  of  the  white  race  "and  all  that  race  goes 
for" — he  seems  ready  to  moderate  his  program  to  achieve  this  end. 
At  the  moment,  orthodox  Islamic  groups  in  the  United 
States  do  not  acknowledge  the  Black  Muslims  as  in  any  way 
related  to  world-wide  Islam.  The  response  from  Arab  and  other 
Moslem  nations  is  more  ambiguous.  There  seems  good  reason  to 
believe  that  the  Black  Muslims  will  soon  be  officially  sheltered  in 
the  community  of  international  Islam. 

A  Legitimate  Religion? 

The  line  that  separates  a  purely  social  organization  from  a 
purely  religious  communion  is  seldom  well  defined.  Religion  is,  in 
part,  a  facet  of  man's  social  life;  and  social  concerns  are  at  times 
invested  with  an  almost  religious  aura.  Some  great  religious 
movements  developed  originally  out  of  social  concerns  (Method- 
ism is  a  well-known  example),  and  social  movements  ranging 
from  communism  to  the  Townsend  Plan  have  exhibited  marked 
religious  overtones.3  An  incipient  mass  movement  such  as  the 
Black  Muslims,  therefore,  may  be  both  "social"  and  "religious," 
though  its  emphasis  will  be  weighted  in  one  direction  or  the  other. 

America  has  always  been  wary  of  definitions  which  claim  to 
draw  a  precise  line  between  the  religious  and  the  secular.  Such 
definitions  tend  to  be  either  too  nebulous  or  too  subjective;  in 
either  case,  they  are  unreliable  guides  for  a  democracy  intent  on 
safeguarding  an  absolute  freedom  of  worship.  The  American 
public,  as  a  result,  eschews  all  rigid  criteria  of  orthodoxy  and 
maintains  an  historically  unique  tolerance  of  religious  deviation. 
Americans  may  reject  and  even  combat  an  organization  which 
claims  to  be  a  religion,  but  they  are  not  likely  to  deny  that  it  is  a 
religion. 

Within  the  American  tradition,  then,  it  is  not  necessary  for 
the  Black  Muslims  to  prove  that  they  are  a  valid  religious  com- 
munion. The  question  is  whether  it  can  be  proved  that  they  are 
not.  If  the  negative  cannot  be  proved,  a  general  acceptance  of  the 
Movement  as  a  legitimate  religion  is  assured. 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          213 

Emile  Durkheim,  one  of  the  most  critical  observers  and 
students  of  the  sociology  of  religion,  insists  that  any  attempt  at  a 
definition  of  religion  must  derive  from  the  existential  phenomenon, 
from  "the  reality  itself  .  .  .  for  religion  cannot  be  defined  except 
by  the  characteristics  which  are  found  wherever  religion  itself  is 
found."4  At  an  irreducible  minimum,  he  suggests,  these  charac- 
teristics are  beliefs  and  rites. 

Religious  phenomena  are  naturally  arranged  in  two  fundamental 
categories:  beliefs  and  rites.  The  first  are  states  of  opinion,  and  con- 
sist in  representations;  the  second  are  determined  modes  of  action.5 

A  religious  rite  is  distinguished  from  its  secular  counterpart  by  the 
sacred  nature  of  its  object.  A  moral  rule  or  a  legal  statute,  for 
example,  may  prescribe  behavior  identical  to  that  of  a  religious 
rite;  but  the  religious  prescription  refers  to  a  different  class  of 
objects.  The  religious  object  is  "sacred";  the  secular  object,  even 
when  of  the  highest  social  value,  is  "profane."  There  is  no  neces- 
sary relationship,  however,  between  the  sacred  and  either  "deity" 
or  the  "supernatural."  Neither  the  divine  nor  the  supernatural  is 
necessary  to  a  religion. 

The  circle  of  sacred  objects  cannot  be  determined  .  .  .  once  for  all. 
Its  extent  varies  infinitely,  according  to  the  different  religions.  That 
is  how  Buddhism  is  a  religion:  in  default  of  gods,  it  admits  the 
existence  of  sacred  things,  namely,  the  four  noble  truths  and  the 
practices  derived  from  them.6 

Indeed,  the  "circle  of  sacred  objects"  cannot  be  rationally  defined 
at  all.  That  is  sacred  which  the  believers  of  a  particular  faith  feel 
is  sacred.  And  this  feeling  is  at  once  the  most  subjective  and  most 
widespread,  the  most  familiar  and  most  elusive  of  phenomena.  It 
evades  definition,  yet  its  presence  is  the  identifying  mark  of  a 
legitimate  religion.  In  pragmatic  terms,  wherever  a  body  of  men 
shares  the  feeling  that  a  specific  group  of  objects  is  sacred  and 
has  elaborated  this  feeling  into  specific  beliefs  and  rites,  there  a 
religion  must  be  said  to  exist. 

It  must  be  granted,  then,  that  the  Black  Muslim  Movement 
constitutes  a  legitimate  religion  within  the  definition  of  the  soci- 
ology of  religion.7  But  there  are  many  kinds  of  religion;  and  while 
all  enjoy  a  nearly  unrestricted  freedom  of  worship  in  America, 


214          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

they  are  not  all  granted  equal  deference  and  respect  by  the  com- 
munity at  large.  Mere  cults,  for  example,  like  the  followers  of 
Father  Divine  and  "Daddy  Grace,"  are  not  taken  as  seriously  as 
Presbyterians,  say,  or  as  Jews.  But  the  Black  Muslims  want  and 
are  determined  to  achieve  the  respect  of  all  Americans,  even  of 
the  doomed  "blue-eyed  devils."  Their  success  will  depend,  in  large 
part,  on  the  kind  of  religion  they  are — that  is,  on  the  degree  of 
religious  stability  and  respectability  they  can  be  said  to  have 
achieved. 

Perhaps  the  best  known  analysis  of  religious  groups  into 
broad  categories  is  that  developed  by  Ernst  Troeltsch  and  refined 
by  J.  Milton  Yinger.  This  system  of  categories,  like  all  others 
familiar  to  Americans,  is  based  on  Christian  groups,  and  there  is 
no  real  assurance  that  it  is  valid  when  applied  to  non-Christian 
religions  such  as  the  Black  Muslims.  It  is,  nevertheless,  the  system 
by  which  the  Muslims  will  be  evaluated  by  most  Americans;  it  is 
the  scale  against  which  the  Muslims  will  actually  be  measured  in 
their  demand  for  deference  and  respect. 

Troeltsch  divides  religious  groups  into  two  types:  the  church 
and  the  sect.  The  leader  of  a  church  is  characteristically  a  "priest"; 
the  leader  of  a  sect  is  characteristically  a  "prophet."  In  broader 
terms: 

The  Church  is  that  type  of  organization  which  is  overwhelmingly 
conservative,  which  to  a  certain  extent  accepts  the  secular  order,  and 
dominates  the  masses;  in  principle,  therefore,  it  is  universal;  i.e.,  it 
desires  to  cover  the  whole  life  of  humanity.  The  sects,  on  the  other 
hand,  are  comparatively  small  groups;  they  aspire  after  personal 
inward  perfection,  and  they  aim  at  a  direct  personal  fellowship 
between  the  members  of  each  group.  .  .  .  Their  attitude  towards  the 
world,  the  State,  and  Society  may  be  indifferent,  tolerant,  or  hostile 
since  they  have  no  desire  to  control  and  incorporate  these  forms  of 
social  life;  on  the  contrary,  they  tend  to  avoid  them;  their  aim  is 
usually  either  to  tolerate  their  presence  alongside  of  their  own  body, 
or  even  to  replace  these  social  institutions  by  their  own  society.8 

The  church,  in  short,  attempts  to  include  the  whole  society 
in  its  outlook  and  thus  inevitably  becomes  an  integral  part  of  the 
social  order.  It  may  even  become  a  determining  force,  providing 
stability  and  sanction;  but  to  the  same  extent  it  becomes  a  captive 
of  the  upper  classes  and  dependent  on  them.  The  church  may 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          215 

thus  defeat  its  own  ends,  for  as  the  lower  classes  find  themselves 
abandoned,  schisms  will  occur,  and  the  social  order  will  again  be 
threatened.  New  religious  groups,  or  sects,  will  then  coalesce  in 
response  to  various  middle-  and  lower-class  needs  not  met  by  the 
church — needs  which  center  at  times  on  theological  or  ritual  disa- 
greements but  more  often  on  questions  of  economic  or  political 
enfranchisement,  racial  or  ethnic  status,  social  mobility  or  social 
change.  The  church,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  a  balance  wheel  of  the 
status  quo,  is  impotent  to  cope  with  such  revolutionary  tensions. 

The  sect,  by  contrast,  draws  primarily  upon  the  disinherited, 
the  unchampioned  and  those  opposed  to  the  existing  social  order. 
It  repudiates  the  compromises  the  church  has  made  with  secular 
institutions,  and  it  resents  the  church's  failure  to  assert  itself 
against  social  abuses.  The  sect  may  respond  to  worldly  evil  by 
withdrawing  from  society,  hoping  to  avoid  present  injustice  and 
ultimate  perdition,  or  by  embracing  a  radicalism  intended  to  estab- 
lish in  the  social  order  its  own  ideals  and  sense  of  justice. 

Not  all  sects  (as  Yinger  points  out)  originate  in  the  lower 
classes.  The  Methodist  movement,  for  example,  "remained 
throughout  its  history  in  the  control  of  men  who  had  been  born 
and  bred  in  the  middle  class,"9  although  it  was  substantially  a 
lower-class  movement  until  recent  times.  The  Bahais,  Christian 
Scientists,  Theosophists  and  numerous  other  familiar  sects  have 
been  predominantly  middle-class  from  their  inception.  Middle- 
class  sects  are  not  characteristically  in  protest  against  the  social 
order,  for  they  have  usually  been  favored  by  it.  They  are  more 
often  disenchanted  with  the  institutionalized  churches,  which  seem 
to  them  to  be  neglecting  essential  human  values. 

Lower-class  sects,  on  the  other  hand,  are  most  often  spawned 
in  poverty,  disprivilege,  depression  and  despair.  They  are  the 
refuge  of  those  who  are  without  power  and  who  lack  even  an 
effective  advocate  in  the  circles  where  power  resides.  The  existing 
society  has  been  unjust  to  them,  so  they  will  reorganize  the  social 
order — usually  along  lines  that  those  in  power  construe  as  "radi- 
cal." But  sects  of  this  type  tend  to  elicit  concerted  opposition  and 
are  thus  predisposed  to  failure.  They  incur  the  hostility  not  only 
of  the  power  elite  but  also  of  the  less  radical  sects,  which  are 
potentially  more  mobile  and  which  stand  to  suffer  if  the  power 


216          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

structure,  feeling  threatened,  becomes  more  rigidly  exclusive.  The 
usual  history  of  a  radical  sect  is  therefore  short. 

The  Black  Muslim  Movement  is  clearly  a  sect,  in  Troeltsch's 
broad  definition  of  that  term.  Appealing  to  an  almost  exclusively 
Christian  Negro  community,  the  Movement  repudiates  the  Chris- 
tian church  not  only  in  particulars  but  in  toto.  It  insists  upon  the 
separation  of  Black  Men  from  white  society,  leaving  that  corrupt 
edifice  to  crumble  under  the  weight  of  its  own  iniquity.  And 
where  the  Movement  is  forced  into  contact  with  the  white  com- 
munity, it  reacts  with  a  radicalism  which  is — from  the  Muslim 
point  of  view,  at  least — idealistic  and  just.  But  to  categorize  the 
Muslims  as  a  sect  is  not  quite  so  simple  as  Troeltsch's  terms 
suggest,  for  Yinger's  modification  introduces  a  new  element  that 
must  be  carefully  reckoned  with. 

As  part  of  his  refinement  of  Troeltsch's  categories,10  Yinger 
points  to  the  existence  of  a  third  type  of  religious  group  which, 
while  it  somewhat  resembles  the  sect,  is  in  fact  quite  dissimilar. 
This  type  is  the  cult,  a  small  group  of  people  unrelated  to  any 
other  religious  institution  and  "tied  together  only  by  common 
religious  emotions  and  needs."11  Yinger  seems  to  consider  the 
Black  Muslims  a  cult,  pure  and  simple: 

Pure  cult  types  are  not  common  in  Western  society;  most  groups  that 
might  be  called  cults  are  fairly  close  to  the  sect  type.  Perhaps  the 
best  examples  are  the  various  Spiritualist  groups  and  some  of  the 
"Moslem"  cults  among  American  Negroes.12 

The  cult,  as  Yinger  defines  it,  is  characteristically  organized 
around  a  charismatic  leader  (such  as  Muhammad),  in  whom  are 
centered  the  loyalties  of  the  rank  and  file.  As  a  result,  the  cult 
usually  is  confined  to  a  small  area  and  dies  with  its  founder: 
problems  of  succession  are  not  effectively  anticipated,  and  the 
bereaved  cult  disintegrates  into  splinter  groups,  which  eventually 
fade  into  oblivion.  But  while  it  exists,  the  cult  deviates  even  more 
sharply  than  the  sect  from  the  dominant  church  and  the  estab- 
lished social  order,  and  its  "implications  for  anarchy  are  even 
stronger."13  It  takes  individual  problems,  especially  the  "search 
for  a  mystic  experience,"14  as  its  total  concern  and  shows  little  or 
no  interest  in  problems  of  social  justice.  Cult  members  are  typi- 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          217 

cally  indifferent  to  their  status  and  prospects  in  the  enveloping 
society. 

On  the  surface,  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  might  seem  to 
merit  Yinger's  designation  of  it  as  a  cult.  It  is  (1)  a  relatively 
small  group  of  people  (2)  under  strong  charismatic  leadership, 
(3)  deviating  sharply  from  the  established  social  order  and  (4) 
diverging  absolutely  from  the  dominant  church  of  its  society.  But 
on  close  inspection,  a  number  of  significant  differences  appear. 
(These  differences  were  perhaps  not  familiar  to  Yinger  when  he 
wrote  in  1957,  for  there  has  been  no  serious  published  study  of 
the  Black  Muslims  in  almost  twenty-five  years.) 

The  Muslims  originated  as  a  small,  local  group,  but  in  recent 
years  their  membership  has  spiraled  to  at  least  100,000 — some 
estimates  would  triple  that  figure — with  more  than  fifty  temples  in 
major  cities  from  Boston  and  Miami  to  San  Diego.  While  still 
relatively  small  compared  to  the  nation's  major  religious  bodies, 
they  are  larger  than  most  American  denominations,  sects  and  cults. 
More  than  fifty  Protestant  denominations,  for  example,  have  fewer 
than  ten  congregations  each,  and  more  than  half  the  sects  in  the 
nation  have  only  7,000  members  or  less.15 

The  impressive  cohesion  of  the  Black  Muslim  Movement 
today  is  certainly  due  to  the  charismatic  leadership  of  Elijah 
Muhammad.  True,  he  is  not  the  founder  of  the  Movement  but 
only  the  Messenger  of  Allah;  the  Muslims  passed  through  their 
first  crisis  of  succession  when,  under  extremely  divisive  conditions, 
the  mantle  was  passed  down  from  Wallace  Fard  to  Muhammad. 
Yet  the  Muslims'  absolute  loyalty  to  Muhammad  and  their  un- 
critical faith  in  his  wisdom  and  leadership  suggest  a  simple  con- 
tinuity of  charisma,  which  has  postponed  the  problem  of  succes- 
sion without  really  solving  it.  On  the  other  hand — and  perhaps  of 
decisive  importance — the  Movement  is  rapidly  developing  a  firm 
organizational  structure.  Under  the  direction  of  an  aggressive 
clergy  and  inner  council,  the  Movement  continues  to  expand 
vigorously  in  all  parts  of  the  country  without  the  immediate 
charismatic  presence  of  the  Messenger. 

The  Muslims  do  deviate  sharply  from  the  established  social 
order,  and  their  call  for  separation  in  some  ways  resembles  the 
withdrawal  characteristic  of  the  cult.  The  Muslims  consider  futile 


218          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

any  attempt  to  reform  American  society;  they  plan  simply  to 
retire  from  it,  cultivate  the  Black  Nation  and  wait.  The  white 
devils,  lacking  black  victims,  will  then  presumably  turn  on  each 
other  and  destroy  themselves,  and  the  Black  Man  will  inherit  the 
earth.  Yet  the  driving  force  of  the  Movement  is  not  separatism 
but  hatred;  and  the  torrent  of  racial  condemnation  which  fills  its 
sermons  and  publications  is  undeniably  social  protest,  all  the  more 
so  for  its  bitter  rejection  of  any  hope  for  reform.  There  is  no 
trace  among  the  Muslims  of  that  mystical  absorption  and  indiffer- 
ence to  social  injustice  which  mark  a  cult. 

Finally,  the  Muslims  are  unequivocal  in  their  repudiation  of 
the  dominant  church  in  American  society.  Their  beliefs  and  rites 
are  almost  totally  deviant  from  those  of  the  Christian  tradition, 
and  within  this  frame  of  reference  a  case  might  be  made  for 
labeling  them  a  cult.  But  the  Muslims  do  not  claim  to  be  a  Chris- 
tian sect.  They  have  declared  themselves  an  integral  part  of  Islam, 
which  they  consider  the  church  of  the  Black  Nation.  Muslim 
leaders  are  now  working  skillfully  and  hard  to  establish  the  Move- 
ment's authenticity  as  a  legitimate  Moslem  sect.  If  they  succeed — 
and  it  seems  virtually  certain  that  they  will — the  last  realistic 
argument  that  would  relegate  the  Movement  to  the  status  of  a  cult 
will  have  been  answered. 

The  massive  weight  of  all  available  evidence,  in  short,  sug- 
gests that  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  is  not  a  cult  but  a  sect.16 
It  is  not  local,  ephemeral  or  isolated;  it  will  not  collapse  at  Mu- 
hammad's death,  and  it  may  soon  be  able  to  draw  upon  the  vast 
prestige  and  power  of  international  Islam  to  defend  it  in  case  of 
harassment  by  the  white  community.  To  shrug  it  off,  in  the 
manner  of  some  observers,  as  "just  another  cult"  would  be  a 
tragic  error.  The  Muslims  today  are  powerless  children  of  despair 
and  poverty  in  revolt  against  a  social  order  they  have  found  unjust. 
But  they  will  not  remain  powerless,  and  it  is  likely  that  they  will 
be  with  us  for  a  long  time  to  come. 

A  Moslem  Sect? 

The  Muslim  dream  is  to  have  a  solid  Black  Muslim  com- 
munity in  the  United  States,  recognized  and  supported  by  Moslems 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          219 

throughout  the  world  as  an  integral  part  of  Islam.  This  is  not 
sheer  expediency:  from  the  earliest  days  of  the  Movement,  the 
Black  Muslims  have  considered  themselves  devout  adherents  of 
the  Moslem  faith.  They  recognize  Allah  as  the  one  true  God 
(though  they  see  Him  not  as  a  unique  deity  but  as  the  Supreme 
Black  Man  among  Black  Men,  all  of  whom  are  divine).  They 
base  their  services  on  both  the  Quran  and  the  Bible,  and  they  are 
learning  Arabic  so  as  to  be  able  to  rely  entirely  on  the  original 
Quran.  They  observe  the  classic  Moslem  prayer  ritual  and  dietary 
laws,  and  they  hold  in  high  esteem  the  traditional  pilgrimage  to 
Mecca. 

On  certain  fundamental  points  of  doctrine,  however,  the 
Black  Muslims  have  departed  widely  from  the  orthodox  Moslem 
tradition.  Partly  for  this  reason,  and  partly  from  an  instinctive 
militancy  toward  newcomers,  the  official  representatives  of  ortho- 
dox Islam  in  the  United  States  have  refused  any  recognition  of  the 
Black  Muslims.  The  Movement  has  not  been  admitted  as  an 
affiliate  of  the  official  Federation  of  Islamic  Associations  in  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  nor  has  it  been  recognized  as  legitimate 
by  any  affiliate  of  the  federation.  It  has,  in  fact,  been  vigorously 
denounced  by  several  Moslem  groups,  including  the  rival  Muslim 
Brotherhood  of  America. 

Muhammad  readily  admits  that  some  of  the  teachings  and 
practices  of  his  Movement  are  at  variance  with  those  of  other 
Moslem  groups,  but  he  presents  these  as  differences  of  interpreta- 
tion within  a  unity  of  belief.  American  Negroes,  he  argues,  have 
been  the  victims  of  a  harsh  and  cynical  oppression,  and  the  Islamic 
faith  in  its  pure  orthodox  form  is  not  appropriate  to  their  needs: 

My  brothers  in  the  East  were  never  subjected  to  the  conditions  of 
slavery  and  systematic  brainwashing  by  the  Slavemasters  for  as  long 
a  period  as  my  people  here  were  subjected.  I  cannot,  therefore,  blame 
them  if  they  differ  with  me  in  certain  interpretations  of  the  message  of 
Islam.17 

He  is  not  troubled  by  the  rejection  of  the  handful  of  orthodox 
Moslems  in  the  United  States;  his  hopes  are  staked  on  recognition 
by  the  more  important  (and  more  flexible)  officials  in  the  Moslem 
nations  of  Africa  and  Asia. 


220          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

Two  of  the  Black  Muslims'  basic  doctrines  are  at  the  heart 
of  the  controversy:  their  insistence  that  the  Black  Man  must  sepa- 
rate himself  from  the  abhorrent  and  doomed  white  race,  and  their 
belief  that  it  is  the  manifest  destiny  of  the  Black  Nation  to  inherit 
the  earth.  These  doctrines  are  in  flagrant  contrast  to  the  orthodox 
Moslem  ideal  of  an  all-embracing  brotherhood  of  man.  Moslems 
have,  throughout  their  history,  shown  a  rare  and  admirable  indif- 
ference to  boundaries  of  race;  and  any  tinge  of  racial  bigotry  in  an 
acknowledged  Moslem  group  would  cause  the  orthodox  acute 
embarrassment  and  anguish.  The  Black  Muslims,  however,  refuse 
absolutely  to  moderate  or  compromise  their  racist  doctrines. 
Muhammad  is  convinced  that  a  belief  in  pan-racial  brotherhood 
would  leave  his  followers  with  no  more  dignity  and  hope  than  they 
can  now  find  in  the  Christian  church. 

Are  these  contradictions  so  extreme  that  the  Black  Muslims 
must  be  said  to  have  excluded  themselves  from  Islam?  The  ques- 
tion will  have  to  be  answered,  of  course,  by  Moslem  theologians, 
but  it  seems  likely  that  they  will  find  the  Black  Muslims  to  be 
within  the  pale — a  legitimate  if  somewhat  heretical  Moslem  sect. 
Every  faith  has  its  deviates,  and  every  international  faith  makes 
broad  allowances  for  interpretations  of  doctrine  to  fit  local  condi- 
tions. The  fact  that  orthodox  Moslems  in  America  reject  the 
Movement  has  no  real  significance:  most  Christian  sects  and  de- 
nominations were  likewise  spurned  by  the  orthodox  in  their  found- 
ing years.  And  a  clear  precedent  exists  in  Islam  itself  for  the 
ultimate  recognition  of  heretics  as  a  sect  despite  major  doctrinal 
differences.  This  precedent  is  the  Ahmadiyah  movement,  a  small 
Moslem  group  in  India  and  Pakistan.18 

The  "prophet"  of  the  movement  was  the  pious  Mirza  Ghulam  Ahmad 
(1839-1908),  .  .  .  [who]  was  accepted  by  many,  including  orthodox 
religious,  as  a  great  [Moslem]  reformer.  Suddenly,  in  1889,  his  popu- 
larity gave  place  to  extreme  denunciation,  when  he  announced  that 
he  had  received  a  revelation  authorizing  him  to  receive  men's  allegi- 
ance as  the  promised  Messiah  and  Imam  Mahdi;  that  is,  Jesus  returned 
to  earth  and  the  apocalyptic  saviour  who  [Moslem]  tradition  has  held 
will  appear  at  the  last  day.  The  general  [Moslem]  community,  and 
particularly  the  divines,  outraged  by  this  blasphemy,  attacked  him 
relentlessly.  .  .  .  Despite  intense  persecution,  the  community  grew, 
in  numbers  and  in  faith.19 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          221 

There  are  still  intermittent  quarrels  between  the  Ahmadiyah  and 
the  orthodox,  but  the  Ahmadiyah  are  now  generally  accepted  as  a 
legitimate  sect  of  Islam. 

The  open  assertion  by  the  Black  Muslims  that  it  is  their 
destiny  to  inherit  the  earth  and  that  the  present  rulers  of  this 
world  will  soon  fall  upon  evil  days  is  certainly  not  unique  in  the 
history  of  religions.  Such  a  religious  philosophy  is  at  least  as  old 
as  the  ancient  Hebrews  and  at  least  as  recent  as  the  newest  ad- 
ventist  Christian  sect.  The  characteristic  orientation  of  all  re- 
ligions has  been  the  expectation  that  God's  first  pleasure  is  His 
own  elect,  the  elect  being  those  who  are  pure  in  doctrine,  correct 
in  ritual  and,  oftentimes,  racially  select.  The  multiple  fractures 
within  the  Catholic  and  Protestant  communions  respectively,  and 
the  sects  which  elaborate  every  other  major  religion,  provide  ample 
if  disheartening  evidence  of  this  universal  assumption. 

Islam  itself,  although  it  has  no  significant  racial  bias,  does 
share  this  pronounced  intolerance  for  the  nonbeliever.  To  this 
extent,  the  ground  is  prepared  for  orthodox  Moslem  acceptance, 
under  certain  conditions,  of  the  Black  Muslims'  racial  hatred.  One 
Christian  writer,  while  praising  Islam's  record  of  racial  inclusive- 
ness,  has  suggested  that  racial  lines  might  be  drawn  and  held  even 
by  orthodox  Islam,  "if  it  got  a  foothold  in  Europe  or  America, 
where  the  deeper  racial  prejudices  seem  most  to  flourish."  He 
cites  the  case  of  a  Moslem  missionary  in  this  country  meeting 
separately  with  white  and  Negro  faithful  "because  of  the  Christian 
background  of  the  white  people."20 

Racial  hatred,  wherever  it  is  taught  or  practiced,  reflects  a 
social  depravity.  It  debases  the  hater,  alienates  the  hated  and 
usually  impairs  the  creative  capacities  of  both.  Yet  history  offers 
almost  no  instance  of  a  religious  sub-group  being  expelled  from 
the  parent  communion  because  it  teaches  hatred  of  the  outsider. 
The  Christian  church,  for  example,  was  divided  in  its  early  years 
over  the  issue  of  whether  to  admit  gentiles;  today  it  is  in  contro- 
versy over  the  status  of  its  Negro  members.  Yet  never,  in  all  its 
turbulent  history,  has  the  church  developed  a  tradition  of  exclud- 
ing those  whose  racial  views  are  repugnant  to  the  mainstream  of 
Christian  thought.  Instead,  the  church  has  sought  to  preserve  its 


222          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

ties,  hoping  that  time  and  circumstance,  interpreted  through  the 
spiritual  emphases  of  the  church,  might  work  reform. 

The  most  pertinent  example,  perhaps,  is  the  split  within 
American  Protestantism  over  the  question  of  slavery.  The  South- 
ern churches  taught — and  many  still  teach — that  some  races  are 
superior  to  others  and  that  men's  social  destinies  are  divinely 
predetermined  by  race.  These  churches  formally  withdrew  from 
communion  with  the  Northern  churches  when  they  could  reach  no 
agreement  on  the  slavery  issue,  yet  their  status  as  Christian 
churches  was  never  in  dispute.  Even  today,  a  number  of  Southern 
Protestant  churches  proclaim  the  inferiority  of  the  Negro,  whose 
role  as  a  "hewer  of  wood  and  drawer  of  water"  is  said  to  be  pre- 
ordained by  God  Himself;  and  in  the  Mormon  Church,  racial  bias 
categorically  excludes  the  Negro  from  full  membership.  Yet  these 
churches  have  not  been  expelled  from  the  Christian  communion, 
nor  are  they  even  held  in  suspicion  of  heresy  by  their  brothers  in 
Christ.  Shall  we  expect  any  other  religion,  even  Islam,  to  be  more 
insistent  on  brotherly  love  than  we  are  ourselves? 

In  1959,  Malcolm  X  made  a  special  trip  to  Egypt  and  other 
Moslem  countries  to  test  the  acceptability  of  the  Black  Muslim 
Movement  abroad.  He  was  received  cordially  as  a  "Moslem 
brother."  Later  that  year,  Muhammad  and  two  of  his  sons  made 
a  tour  of  several  Moslem  countries.  The  Messenger  was  recog- 
nized as  an  important  leader  and  was  permitted  to  make  the  tradi- 
tional Moslem  pilgrimage  to  Mecca.  He  wrote  to  his  followers  in 
the  United  States: 

On  my  arrival  in  Jeddah,  Arabia,  December  23,  1959,  it  was  almost  a 
necessity  that  I  go  to  Mecca.  The  next  day  ...  the  authorities  made 
ready  a  car  to  take  me  and  my  two  sons  over  the  forty-mile  distance 
from  Jeddah  to  that  ancient  city  which  is  the  glory  of  the  Muslim 
world  of  Islam.21 

In  Cairo,  Muhammad  reported  that: 

Here  ...  I  met  the  Great  Imam.  He  invited  me  to  visit  him,  and  I 
have  experienced  great  happiness  .  .  .  with  him.  He  is  over  all  the 
Imams  in  ...  Egypt.  He  placed  a  kiss  upon  my  head,  and  I  placed 
a  kiss  on  his  hand.22 

Back  in  the  United  States,  the  Muslim  leader  described  his  Islamic 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam  223 

tour  to  some  ninety-five  hundred  Negroes  who  gathered  to  hear 
him  in  Los  Angeles.  In  Boston  and  New  York,  meanwhile, 
Malcolm  X  announced  that  the  question  of  the  Muslims'  ortho- 
doxy is  "a  closed  issue,"  because  "those  who  are  not  orthodox  do 
not  go  to  Mecca." 


The  Political  Implications 

Like  Christianity  and  Judaism,  Islam  is  more  than  a  religion: 
it  has  served  also  as  a  political  force,  drawing  together  coalitions 
of  states  for  various  purposes  at  various  times.  Today  it  is  dynami- 
cally important  in  shaping  political  alignments  among  Moslem 
nations  from  Morocco  to  Indonesia — that  is  to  say,  across  the 
entire  span  of  the  African-Asian  land  mass.  If  these  states  could 
establish  a  large  and  influential  Moslem  bloc  in  the  United  States, 
their  coalition  would  circle  the  earth. 

Apart  from  the  followers  of  Muhammad,  there  are  scarcely 
33,000  Moslems  in  the  whole  of  North  America — compared  with 
345,000  in  South  America,  12^  million  in  Europe  and  more  than 
400  million  in  Africa  and  Asia.  This  disproportion  is  due  not  so 
much  to  the  vitality  of  the  Christian  church  as  to  America's 
immigration  policies,  which  discriminate  against  Africans  and 
Asians.  To  build  an  effective  bloc  in  the  United  States,  therefore, 
the  Moslem  states  would  have  to  convert  large  numbers  of  Ameri- 
can citizens  to  Islam — and  this  the  Black  Muslims  are  doing  with 
amazing  success.  The  orthodox  Moslem  bodies  in  America  are 
rapidly  being  dwarfed,  and  their  cries  of  protest  are  likely  to  fall 
upon  apathetic  ears  in  the  important  Islamic  capitals  of  the  East. 

Much  has  been  made  of  an  alleged  link  between  the  Black 
Muslims  and  the  United  Arab  Republic.  The  Muslims  are  accused 
of  accepting  financial  support  from  the  Egyptians  and  of  being 
"pro-Nasser."  There  is  no  evidence  to  support  the  allegation  of 
financial  support,  and  Muhammad  has  vigorously  denied  these 
allegations: 

Now  it  has  been  charged  that  I  am  receiving  aid  from  some  alien 
government  or  ideology.  These  charges,  of  course,  come  from  those 
who  resent  the  progress  we  have  made  toward  enlightening  our 
people.  I  want  to  say  here  and  now  that  these  charges  are  absolutely 


224          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

false.  I  do  not  receive  any  aid  from  the  United  Arab  Republic;  I  do 
not  receive  aid  from  the  Communist  party;  there  is  not  one  dime 
that  comes  to  us  from  any  source  other  than  our  own  followers.23 

But  political  favors  do  not  always  turn  on  money.  The  UAR  has 
shown  little  public  recognition  of  the  Movement,  but  Muslim 
leaders  have  been  welcomed  enthusiastically  abroad,  and  the 
Movement  has  received  important  encouragement  and  advice  from 
Egyptian  nationals  in  this  country.  The  Muslims  have  responded 
by  considering  themselves  specifically  "anti-Zionist"  rather  than 
"anti-Semitic,"  and  they  are  proud  to  identify  themselves  with 
President  Nasser,  whose  picture  graces  the  walls  of  many  Muslim 
homes  and  temples. 

Malcolm  X  has  made  a  frank  bid  for  UAR  support,  offering 
the  growth-potential  of  the  Movement  as  a  prime  incentive.  "The 
Arabs,"  he  asserts,  "as  a  colored  people,  should  make  more  effort 
to  reach  the  millions  of  colored  people  in  America  who  are  related 
to  the  Arabs  by  blood."  The  Arab  leaders'  response  to  this  appeal 
is  not  known.  But  Malcolm's  pledge  that  "these  millions  of  col- 
ored peoples  would  be  completely  in  sympathy  with  the  Arab 
cause"  was  undoubtedly  received  with  quiet  appreciation. 

In  January  1958,  Muhammad  sent  the  following  cablegram 
to  President  Nasser,  who  was  then  host  to  the  Afro-Asian  Con- 
ference: 

Lt.  President  Gamal  Abdel  Nasser 
President  of  the  Egyptian  Republic,  and 
Host  to  the  A  fro- Asian  Conference 

In  the  name  of  Allah,  The  Beneficent,  The  Merciful. 
Beloved  Brothers  of  Africa  and  Asia: 

As-Salaam-Alaikum.  Your  long  lost  Muslim  Brothers  here  in  America 
pray  that  Allah's  divine  presence  will  be  felt  at  this  historic  African- 
Asian  Conference,  and  give  unity  to  our  efforts  for  peace  and  brother- 
hood. 

Freedom,  justice  and  equality  for  all  Africans  and  Asians  is  of  far- 
reaching  importance,  not  only  to  you  of  the  East,  but  also  to  over 
17,000,000  of  your  long-lost  brothers  of  African-Asian  descent  here 
in  the  West.  .  .  .  May  our  sincere  desire  for  universal  peace  which 
is  being  manifested  at  this  great  conference  by  all  Africans  and 


The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam          225 

Asians,  bring  about  the  unity  and  brotherhood  among  all  our  people 
which  we  all  so  eagerly  desire. 

All  success  is  from  Allah. 

As-Salaam-Alaikum: 

Your  Long-Lost  Brothers  of  the  West 
Elijah  Muhammad 

Leader,  Teacher  and  Spiritual  Head  of 
The  Nation  of  Islam  in  the  West.  .  .  .2* 

The  Pittsburgh  Courier  carried  President  Nasser's  purported  reply: 

Mr.  Elijah  Muhammad: 

Leader,  teacher  and  spiritual  head  of  the  Nation  of  Islam  in  the  West. 

I  have  received  your  kind  message  expressing  your  good  wishes  on 
the  occasion  of  the  African-Asian  Conference.  1  thank  you  most 
heartily  for  these  noble  sentiments. 

May  Allah  always  grant  us  help  to  work  for  the  maintenance  of  peace, 
which  is  the  desire  of  all  peoples.  I  extend  my  best  wishes  to  our 
brothers  of  Africa  and  Asia  living  in  the  West. 

(Signed)  Gamal  Abdel  Nasser25 

In  the  summer  of  1959  came  Malcolm  X's  visit  to  the  United 
Arab  Republic.  The  invitation  was  originally  extended  to  Mu- 
hammad, who  then  appointed  Malcolm  to  make  a  preliminary 
tour  as  his  emissary.  Malcolm  was  warmly  received  in  Cairo  and 
Saudi  Arabia  by  Arab  officialdom,  and  he  met  all  of  the  important 
people  in  the  Moslem  Congress,  thus  insuring  Muhammad's  im- 
pending visit  against  embarrassment.  The  Black  Muslims  were 
taken  as  Moslems,  and  the  Egyptians  were  delighted  by  the 
throngs  of  black  worshipers  they  saw  on  the  11"  x  20"  photo- 
graphs Malcolm  carried  in  his  briefcase.  They  were  also  properly 
appalled  at  his  descriptions  of  the  oppression  of  the  Black  Man  in 
America. 

During  his  tour,  Malcolm  found  that: 

The  people  of  Arabia  are  just  like  our  people  in  America  .  .  .  ranging 
from  regal  black  to  rich  brown.  But  none  are  white.  It  is  safe  to 
say  that  99  per  cent  of  them  would  be  jim-crowed  in  the  United 
States  of  America.26 

From  Africa,  he  wrote: 

Africa  is  the  land  of  the  future  .  .  .  definitely  the  land  of  tomorrow, 


226          The  Black  Muslims  and  Orthodox  Islam 

and  the  African  is  the  man  of  tomorrow.  .  .  .  Africa  is  the  New 
World,  a  world  with  a  future  ...  in  which  the  so-called  American 
Negroes  are  destined  to  play  a  key  role.  .  .  .  Like  the  Asians,  all 
Africans  consider  America's  treatment  of  Negro  Americans  the  best 
yardstick  by  which  to  measure  the  sincerity  of  America's  offers  on 
this  continent.  .  .  .  The  veil  of  diplomatic  art  does  not  obscure  the 
vision  of  African  thinkers  when  abuse  of  black  Americans  still 
obtains.27 

A  few  months  later,  Elijah  Muhammad  went  to  Cairo  and 
thence  to  the  Holy  City.  (Strangely  enough,  Muhammad  is  not 
fluent  in  Arabic.  On  the  counsel  of  his  advisors,  he  learned  the 
various  Moslem  prayers  and  creedal  affirmations  before  setting 
out  on  his  trip.)  On  his  return  to  America,  he  declared:  "The 
whole  world  of  Islam  is  behind  me.  I  was  received  as  a  brother 
and  a  leader.  I  did  not  have  to  ask  for  a  visa  to  make  the  Hajj 
[pilgrimage]  to  Mecca,  the  Holy  City.  They  asked  me  to  go."28 

That  these  visits  of  top  Muslim  leaders  to  the  Islamic  coun- 
tries have  political  implications  is  taken  for  granted  by  most  ob- 
servers. The  precise  weight  of  these  implications  remains  open  to 
speculation.  However,  it  is  reasonable  to  conclude  that  the  con- 
troversial Muslim  leader  could  hardly  have  been  admitted  to 
Mecca  in  the  face  of  the  opposition  of  American  Moslems  unless 
he  had  powerful  friends  abroad  to  sponsor  and  receive  him. 
Because  of  his  heterodoxy,  that  sponsorship  is  unlikely  to  have 
been  primarily  religious.  It  seems  possible  that  some  Moslem 
leaders,  at  least,  found  the  political  possibilities  sufficiently  impres- 
sive to  overbalance  the  religious  risk. 


9    The  Meaning  for  America 


The  American  conscience  is  like  a  Georgia  mule  drowsing 
under  a  mulberry  tree:  it  will  twitch  where  the  fly  bites,  now  here, 
now  there,  and  so  to  sleep  again. 

This  lethargy  is  the  problem  of  America.  She  is  neither 
more  evil  nor  more  immoral  than  any  other  nation,  but  she  has  a 
jaded  social  consciousness  that  has  not  been  truly  alerted  since  the 
time  of  the  abolitionists.  The  1954  school  desegregation  decisions 
and  the  student  sit-ins  have  troubled  her  sleep,  but  they  have  not 
yet  awakened  her.  She  has  not  been  stung  in  a  tender  enough 
spot  in  recent  times.  Perhaps  the  Black  Muslims  will  find  such  a 
spot;  if  they  do,  and  if  they  sting  hard  enough,  we  may  all  be 
benefited  by  the  smarting. 

I.  THE  SPECTRUM  OF  NEGRO  PROTEST 

A  Vestige  of  Faith 

The  American  Negro  does  not  truly  hate  the  white  man. 
Not  yet.  For  a  long  time,  Negroes  have  tried  to  convince  them- 
selves that  the  white  man's  resistance  to  social  change  derives  not 
from  a  sense  of  racial  superiority  but  from  a  twisted  nationalism. 
Some  Negroes,  at  least,  are  still  willing  to  believe  that  the  white 
man  behaves  as  he  does  because  he  is  American. 

For  most  of  us,  there  is  no  value  quite  so  exalted  as  that 
implicit  in  being  "American."  All  other  values  are  subsidiary — 
religion,  political  affiliation,  even  moral  consciousness.  To  be  an 
American  means  to  be  associated  with  a  great  civilization,  a 
unique  civilization.  We  may  share  certain  values  with  the  rest  of 
the  world — values  of  religion  and  art,  for  example — but  only  we 
are  Americans.  We  are  the  founders  and  developers  of  and  heirs 
to  the  mightiest  nation  on  earth,  with  a  heritage  unduplicated 

227 


228  The  Meaning  for  America 

anywhere  else  in  the  world.  But  "American"  also  has  an  implica- 
tion of  color.  Few  of  us  have  really  lost  the  feeling  that  this  is  a 
"white  man's  country"  and  that  all  other  races  enjoy  it  by  the 
white  man's  sufferance.  We  do  not  say  this  bluntly:  it  is  consid- 
ered in  poor  taste  and,  if  quoted  abroad,  not  in  the  national  inter- 
est. But  we  act  as  if  we  were  certain  of  its  truth  and  validity.  Our 
textbooks,  mass  media  and  community  behavior  confirm  this  white 
nationalism  everywhere. 

A  diminishing  number  of  Negroes,  therefore,  believe  that  the 
Negro  is  rejected  in  America  not  primarily  because  of  his  race  but 
because  he  is  "not  truly  American."  The  Negro,  they  believe,  is 
considered  an  alien,  an  outsider,  for  whom  special  adjustments 
must  be  made  in  law  and  custom.  His  color  merely  identifies  him 
and  serves  to  warn  "real  Americans"  of  his  presence.  The  imme- 
diate result,  of  course,  is  the  same:  the  Negro  is  barred  from  full 
participation  in  the  values  of  citizenship.  But  the  long-range 
prospect  for  a  solution  would  be  vastly  different.  If  discrimination 
is  based  on  pure  racial  antagonism,  the  white  man  will  have  to 
change  his  prejudice,  for  the  Negro  cannot  change  his  skin.  But 
if  discrimination  is  based  on  national  sentiment,  the  white  man 
need  not  revise  his  thinking  so  drastically.  He  can  still  draw  the 
comforting,  sharp  line  between  "American"  and  "not  American"; 
he  need  only  realize  that  his  Negro  neighbors  are  on  the  "Ameri- 
can" side  of  the  line.  From  there  it  would  be  a  short  step  to 
accepting  the  Negro  as  an  equal. 

Sophistry?  Perhaps — a  sophistry  encouraged  by  the  Negro's 
desperate  wish  for  a  peaceful  way  out  of  his  second-class  prison. 
And  like  his  more  naive,  more  pathetic  trust  in  the  white  man's 
ultimate  "good  intentions,"  it  has  been  all  but  completely  shat- 
tered. A  vestige  of  faith  remains — but  for  how  long?  If  the  white 
man's  conscience  remains  drugged,  the  flood  of  disillusion  will 
soon  sweep  even  this  last  frail  hope  away. 

From  time  to  time,  the  trusting  Negro  has  sought  to  prod 
the  white  man's  moral  sense  indirectly — through  the  churches,  the 
labor  unions  and  various  interracial  organizations — and  by  per- 
sonal appeal.  Always  there  has  been  a  willingness  to  give  the 
white  man  the  benefit  of  every  doubt.  But  nothing  changed;  and 
after  a  hundred  years  of  waiting  and  hoping,  the  Negro  finally 


The  Meaning  for  America  229 

went  to  court.  Where  he  had  been  willing  to  accept  "considera- 
tion," he  now  began  demanding  his  rights — his  rights  to  work, 
vote,  buy  a  home,  eat  a  meal,  see  a  movie,  worship  in  a  church, 
ride  a  bus,  sit  in  a  public  park  and  send  his  children  to  school  on 
the  same  terms  as  all  of  America's  other  first-class  citizens.  But 
the  courts  are  slow;  litigation  is  expensive;  and  the  implementation 
of  court  rulings  seems  to  be  peculiarly  uncertain  in  the  area  of 
civil  rights. 

So  there  has  developed,  in  the  last  decade,  a  wide  and  dra- 
matic spectrum  of  extralegal  Negro  protest.  The  passive  Negro, 
who  trusts  that  God  and  the  NAACP  will  salvage  his  dignity  while 
he  concentrates  on  avoiding  trouble,  is  rapidly  becoming  extinct. 
Those  Negroes  (most  of  them  young)  who  still  believe  in  the 
possibility  of  peaceful  change  have  developed  a  bold  but  gentle 
technique  to  quicken  the  white  man's  conscience.  They  simply 
ignore  restrictive  laws  and  go  wherever  they  know  they  have  a 
moral  right  to  be — on  trains  and  busses,  in  restaurants  and  stores, 
public  beaches  and  houses  of  God.  These  are  not  "angry  young 
men";  they  are  not  "bitter."  They  are  just  tired  of  waiting. 

At  the  opposite  end  of  the  spectrum  are  the  Black  Muslims. 
They  are  angry;  they  are  bitter;  and  they  are  also  tired  of  waiting. 
Their  response  to  white  nationalism  is  extreme,  and  their  militancy 
is  barely  restrained.  But  America  can  benefit  from  the  lesson  they 
seem  intent  upon  teaching. 

Group  Identification:  The  Corporate  Response 

In  Chapter  II,  we  noted  three  types  of  response  to  pressure 
and  discrimination:  avoidance,  acceptance  and  aggression.  These 
represented  the  attempts  on  the  part  of  individuals  to  adjust  to 
social  hostilities  directed  against  them.  These  same  channels  of 
response  may  also  find  a  corporate  expression. 

People  organize  in  the  face  of  a  persistent  threat.  The  plan- 
tation "folk  Negro"  is  adjusting  to  social  hostility  when  he  goes 
out  alone  to  steal  the  white  boss's  com  or  potatoes  on  Saturday 
night.  He  is  no  less  adjusting  when  he  loses  himself  "beyond  the 
Jordan"  in  company  with  his  neighbors  on  Sunday  morning.  One 
response  is  a  personal  expression  of  resentment  and  aggression; 


230  The  Meaning  for  America 

the  other  is  a  corporate  escape.  Each  kind  of  response,  personal 
and  corporate,  has  its  special  advantages  in  relation  to  the  situa- 
tion that  excites  it. 

Minorities  are  created  by  pressures  exerted  by  the  majority. 
If  the  majority  did  not  choose  to  exclude  a  group,  the  group 
would  not  be  a  minority;  it  would  be  an  indistinguishable  part  of 
the  whole  social  body.  In  the  same  way,  the  sense  of  unity  and 
cohesion  which  we  call  group  identification  develops  in  response 
to  outside  pressures.  It  is  a  way  of  ensuring  not  identity  (the 
majority  has  seen  to  that)  but  the  survival  of  the  members  and 
their  most  cherished  values. 

Professor  Arnold  Rose  believes  that  "group  identification  is 
the  minority's  major  defense  against  discrimination  and  prejudice 
from  the  majority."1  This  major  defense  seems  to  be  clearly 
effective.  Wherever  men  have  exhibited  a  corporate  unity  in  the 
face  of  social  oppression,  they  have  had  respect  and  ofttimes  an 
abatement  of  persecution.  The  recent  desegregation  of  eating 
facilities  in  the  South  is  a  classic  example.  In  six  months  of  con- 
certed effort,  Negro  students  (supported  by  some  whites)  caused 
the  desegregation  of  lunch  counters  in  about  seventy  Southern 
communities.2  To  be  sure,  organized  resistance  seldom  maintains 
the  "good  will"  of  the  prejudiced  majority;  but  only  a  diseased 
good  will  is  linked  with  discrimination  for  its  very  existence. 
Indeed,  the  very  presence  of  social  abuse  is  de  facto  evidence  of 
the  absence  of  a  healthy  good  will.  What  the  minority  group 
loses  by  organization  is  not  so  much  "good  will"  as  an  artificially 
maintained  rapprochement. 

But  group  identification  also  has  its  hazards. 

Group  identification  .  .  .  may  create  foolhardiness  and  a  tendency 
to  martyrdom  without  securing  the  gain  that  risk-taking  can  secure. 
It  creates  a  group  pride  that  may  become  satisfied  with  mediocrity. 
It  frequently  promotes  chauvinism  and  nationalism,  which  volun- 
tarily separates  the  group  from  the  broader  opportunities  and  contacts 
that  it  presumably  is  fighting  to  secure.3 

It  may,  in  short,  militate  against  the  very  aims  it  seeks  to  achieve. 
A  group  which  becomes  enamoured  of  its  own  achievements,  real 
or  mythological,  or  which  blinds  itself  to  the  accomplishments  of 
other  groups  closes  the  door  to  its  own  improvement.  And  the 


The  Meaning  for  America  231 

image  it  presents  to  others  may  be  so  threatening  as  to  increase 
tensions  or  cause  outright  alarm. 

Most  ethnic  minorities  in  the  United  States  can  look  forward 
to  eventual  assimilation,  for  their  distinguishing  characteristics  are 
cultural  rather  than  biological.4  Consequently,  their  organizations 
tend  to  exist  primarily  for  sociability  rather  than  for  defense  or 
protest.  Such  organizations  came  into  being  as  temporary  expedi- 
ents, until  the  organizational  life  of  the  majority  is  opened  to  their 
members,  and  the  least  severely  excluded  minorities  show  the  least 
incidence  of  in-group  associations.  European  immigrants,  for 
example,  have  a  very  low  incidence  of  such  associations  (except 
those  related  to  their  churches),  while  American  Negroes  probably 
have  more  in-group  organizations  than  all  other  minorities  com- 
bined. A  few  years  ago  the  Common  Council  for  American  Unity 
estimated  that  there  are  only  155  fraternal  organizations,  with 
fewer  than  3  million  members,  for  all  the  different  nationality 
groups  in  the  United  States.5  But  this  figure  did  not  include  racial 
groups.  It  would  probably  have  been  doubled  by  the  inclusion  of 
Negro  fraternal  groups  alone,  not  to  mention  the  Negro  defense 
and  protest  organizations,  which  span  the  entire  spectrum  from 
the  ultra-radicalism  of  the  Black  Muslims  to  the  ultra-conservatism 
of  the  National  Urban  League. 

Jews,  like  Negroes,  have  developed  a  large  number  of  vol- 
untary associations,  though  most  Jews  do  not  belong  to  them.0 
"When  Jews  find  themselves  unwanted  in  fraternities,  country 
clubs,  and  other  sociable  organizations,  they  form  their  own  in 
great  numbers  to  'demonstrate'  that  they  can  enjoy  themselves 
without  benefit  of  admission  to  the  majority's  sociable  groups."7 
Neither  group  does  so  without  resentment;  but  the  Jew,  who  has 
a  unique,  well-defined  and  clearly  remembered  cultural  heritage  to 
sustain  him,  probably  suffers  less  from  exclusion  from  the  common 
life  of  the  majority  group  than  does  the  Negro,  who  has  adopted 
the  cultural  heritage  of  the  group  which  excludes  him. 

Moreover,  some  Jews  can  and  do  pass  into  the  dominant 
white  group,  often  through  the  simple  expedient  of  changing  their 
names.  Like  Negroes,  some  may  pass  temporarily  in  order  to 
enjoy  advantages  or  avoid  discrimination  in  business  or  social  life. 
In  a  New  York  suburb,  for  example,  there  is  a  Jew  whose  legal 


232  The  Meaning  for  America 

name  is  John  Smith;  and  as  Dr.  John  Smith  he  has  a  good  dental 
practice.  How  he  would  fare  if  he  practiced  as  Jacob  Goldstein 
is  problematic.  Dr.  Smith  himself  has  no  doubt  but  that,  in  the 
community  where  he  lives,  there  is  a  considerably  larger  practice 
available  to  Dr.  Smith  than  there  would  be  to,  say,  Dr.  Goldstein. 

America  has  never  been  a  land  of  unlimited  opportunity  for 
Jews.  As  soon  as  they  arrived  on  our  shores,  they  found  them- 
selves confronted  with  the  same  bigotry  and  hatred  that  had  driven 
them  from  Spain,  from  Russia,  from  every  corner  of  the  globe. 
But  the  Jews  fought  back.  They  organized  for  the  protection  of 
the  group.  First,  the  Independent  Order  B'nai  B'rith,  or  "Sons  of 
the  Covenant,"  was  founded  in  New  York  City  in  1843.  Three 
quarters  of  a  century  later,  in  1913,  the  Anti-Defamation  League 
was  organized  as  a  unit  of  B'nai  B'rith  specifically  for  the  purpose 
of  combating  anti-Semitism.  It  does  so  primarily  by  investigating 
and  exposing  anti-Semitic  groups. 

The  American  Jewish  Committee,  the  American  Jewish  Con- 
gress (which  uses  legal  action,  educational  propaganda  and  social 
research  as  weapons  against  bigotry),  the  Jewish  War  Veterans, 
the  Jewish  Labor  Committee — these  and  a  substantial  number  of 
other  national,  state  and  local  organizations  serve  the  Jewish 
community  in  two  ways.  They  stand  guard  against  prejudice  and 
discrimination,  keeping  a  watchful  eye  on  such  areas  as  civil 
rights,  immigration  laws,  American  foreign  policy  in  the  Middle 
East,  politics  and  interfaith  relations.  And  they  caution  the  Jewish 
community  itself  against  yielding  blindly  to  a  false  acceptance.  In 
many  communities,  Jews  can  be  accepted  warmly  by  the  majority 
if  they  will  simply  give  up  their  Jewish  identity  and  cultural  values. 
This  is,  of  course,  an  indirect  anti-Semitism,  and  the  organizations 
seek  to  meet  it  by  acting  as  rallying  points  for  the  preservation  of 
Jewish  values. 

Except  for  these  Jewish  groups  and  the  comparable  Negro 
groups,  there  are  in  America  few  widely  known  minority  protest 
or  protective  organizations.  Perhaps  the  only  such  organizations 
exist  among  the  Japanese-Americans,  who,  like  Negroes,  suffer 
from  high  social  visibility.  Most  Japanese-American  groups  are 
social  and  mutual  aid  societies  (such  as  the  kenjinkai,  or  organi- 
zations of  families  originating  in  the  same  ken,  or  prefecture). 


The  Meaning  for  America  233 

For  many  years,  however,  the  Japanese  Association  of  North 
America  sought  to  protect  Japanese-Americans  from  discrimina- 
tion and  was  active  in  many  legal  cases  on  their  behalf.  Unfor- 
tunately, unlike  its  counterpart,  the  NAACP,  the  JANA  was 
neither  broadly  based  nor  successful:  all  its  members  were  Japa- 
nese, most  of  them  alien,  and  the  group  lost  nearly  every  case  it 
entered.  Eventually  it  confined  its  activities  to  promoting  social 
welfare  and  Americanization  among  its  members. 

A  far  more  effective  social  action  group,  the  Japanese- 
Americans  Citizenship  League,  developed  out  of  the  old  JANA. 
Unlike  the  parent  organization,  the  JACL  admits  only  American 
citizens  to  membership.  It  has  an  able  and  energetic  leadership, 
and  like  many  Negro  organizations,  it  has  the  support  of  some 
liberal  whites.  The  JACL  is  both  a  political  and  a  community 
service  organization;  it  has  entered  the  courts  in  a  number  of  cases 
with  conspicuous  success. 

Spanish-speaking  Americans,  the  second  largest  unassimi- 
lated  ethnic  group  in  the  country,8  have  organized  a  number  of 
local  or  regional  groups  which  concern  themselves  with  problems 
arising  from  discrimination.  The  largest  of  these  is  the  United 
League  of  Latin  American  Citizens,  commonly  known  as 
ULLAC.9  Most  of  the  3Y2  million  Spanish-speaking  minority, 
however,  is  concentrated  in  the  Southwest  (almost  a  third  of  them 
in  Texas),10  and  ULLAC  necessarily  confines  its  major  activities 
to  state  and  regional  problems. 

It  is  the  Negroes,  then,  more  than  any  other  minority,  who 
find  a  corporate  release  in  social,  protective  and  protest  organiza- 
tions. It  is  the  Negroes  who  give  decidedly  the  most  emphasis  to 
protest  organizations  and  whose  protest  finds  the  widest  range  of 
corporate  expression.  But  all  Negro  protest  groups,  across  the 
entire  spectrum,  have  one  thing  in  common:  a  new  sense  of 
urgency,  which  sets  them  sharply  apart  from  the  comparable 
groups  of  other  minorities. 

Every  Negro  protest  organization  today  is,  in  its  own  way, 
impatient.  Each  is  learning  to  seize  the  moral  initiative.  Each  is 
preparing  to  force  America  to  a  showdown.  And  sooner  or  later, 
America  will  have  to  yield — if  not  to  the  soft-spoken,  reasonable 
demands  of  the  conservative  organizations,  then  to  the  strident, 


234  The  Meaning  for  America 

extreme  and  vengeful  demands  of  the  black  nationalists.  For  the 
moment — a  brief  and  fateful  moment — the  choice  is  still  in  our 
hands. 


II.    SEPARATIST  ORGANIZATIONS 

Most  Negro  organizations  are  restricted  in  membership  to 
Negroes  alone.  This  is  not  entirely  a  matter  of  choice:  white 
separatism  rules  out  any  realistic  alternative,  except  in  organiza- 
tions whose  sole  interest  is  civil  rights.  A  few  white  men  are  will- 
ing to  work  with  the  Negro  on  strictly  racial  matters;  almost  none 
are  willing  to  relax  with  him,  pray  with  him  or  work  with  him  on 
issues  other  than  civil  rights.  On  the  other  hand,  Negro  organiza- 
tions of  a  separatist  nature — that  is,  of  deliberate  in-group  mem- 
bership— are  seriously  hampered  by  their  very  exclusiveness  in 
such  civil-rights  activities  as  they  do  undertake. 

Making  a  virtue  of  necessity,  the  Negro  turns  to  these  or- 
ganizations primarily  for  a  sense  of  group  identification,  which 
serves  him  as  an  important  bastion  against  feelings  of  inferiority 
and  helplessness.  In  such  groups  he  discovers  (in  Lloyd  Warner's 
words)  "a  focal  point  of  organization  and  ...  the  necessary 
feelings  of  strength  and  security." 

Until  fairly  recent  times,  the  Negro's  church  was  the  most 
important  organization  standing  between  him  and  the  unremitting 
pressures  of  our  caste-oriented  society.  To  a  great  extent,  the 
church  was  escapist.  E.  Franklin  Frazier  observes  that  it  "has  two 
roots:  one  in  the  efforts  of  the  free  Negroes  in  the  North  to  escape 
from  their  inferior  position  in  white  churches  and  assert  their 
independence,  and  the  other  in  what  has  been  aptly  called  the 
'invisible'  institution  on  the  plantations  during  slavery."11  Benja- 
min Mays  concludes  that  "if  the  Negro  had  had  greater  freedom 
in  the  social,  economic,  and  political  spheres,  fewer  Negroes  would 
have  been  'called'  to  preach,  and  there  would  have  been  fewer 
Negro  churches."12 

Indeed,  in  one  large  biracial  denomination  today,  the  Negro 
leadership  is  said  not  merely  to  tolerate  but  to  endorse  the  con- 
tinuance of  separate  congregations,  with  the  "inferiority"  of  the 
Negro  membership  accepted  in  exchange  for  the  "equality"  of  the 


The  Meaning  for  America  235 

Negro  clergy  and  other  church  officials.  A  national  news  maga- 
zine reports: 

Racial  segregation  should  be  continued  in  the  Methodist  Church  for 
the  foreseeable  future  ...  a  Methodist  Commission  reported  last 
week.  There  was  no  minority  dissent  to  the  report.  .  .  .  Moreover, 
leaders  of  the  360,000  Methodist  Negroes  .  .  .  agreed  with  the  de- 
cision. The  reason  for  this  extraordinary  state  of  affairs  [is  that]  .  .  . 
this  segregation  [has]  brought  some  advantages  for  Negro  Methodist 
in  terms  of  representation  and  influence  in  the  Church.  .  .  .  There  are 
four  Negro  Methodist  bishops  in  the  [all  Negro]  Central  Jurisdiction, 
for  instance,  while  the  theoretically  non-segregated  Protestant  Epis- 
copal Church  in  the  U.S.A.  has  none  at  all  in  the  continental  U.S.13 

The  participants  to  this  arrangement  do  not  wholly  agree  with  the 
popular  interpretation  of  it,  but  that  interpretation  suggests  a 
widespread  feeling  in  the  Negro  community  that  the  church  has 
withdrawn  from  any  effective  interest  in  social  action. 

The  Negro  church  has  not,  of  course,  been  entirely  escapist: 

The  [Negro]  churches  have  sometimes  been  charged  with  providing 
an  escapist  philosophy  and  so  diverting  the  Negro  protest.  There  is, 
no  doubt,  considerable  truth  in  this  charge,  especially  with  respect 
to  the  revivalist  churches  to  which  many  lower-class  Negroes  belong. 
But  the  all-Negro  church  was  probably  the  very  first  protest  organi- 
zation under  slavery,  and  .  .  .  many  Negro  ministers  [today]  take  their 
texts  from  those  sections  of  the  Bible  which  favor  equality  and  fra- 
ternity.14 

It  remains  true,  nevertheless,  that  the  Negro  church  has  never  been 
a  significant  instrument  of  effective  protest.  Furthermore,  the 
Negro  clergy  has  yielded  a  considerable  amount  of  its  influence  in 
recent  years  to  business  and  to  other  professions.  Only  lately  are 
there  some  indications  of  a  renaissance  in  clerical  leadership;  and 
even  now,  the  most  significant  social  leadership  is  offered  by  those 
denominations  that  lack  institutionalized  hierarchy.  "For  the  most 
part,  Negro  churches  have  contributed  to  the  perpetuation  of  the 
American  racial  system  through  the  reinforcement  of  the  extant 
mores."15  In  spite  of  its  estimated  10  million  members,16  the 
Negro  church  has  sponsored  comparatively  few  programs  against 
the  discrimination  it  exemplifies.17 

The  Negro  has  traditionally  relied  upon  various  types  of  fra- 
ternal organizations  to  assure  him  comfort  and  companionship 


236  The  Meaning  for  America 

while  he  lives  and  often  to  bury  him  (or  at  least  to  dignify  his 
funeral)  when  he  dies.  His  lodges  and  orders  have  frequently 
been  the  only  arena  in  which  he  could  exercise  his  political  inter- 
ests; and  in  many  communities,  except  for  his  churches,  they  have 
been  the  only  social  and  recreational  outlets  available  to  him.  In 
recent  years  the  fraternal  orders  have  diminished  in  importance, 
yet  even  today  one  rarely  encounters  a  Negro  community  without 
at  last  an  order  of  Masons  or  Elks.  The  latter  organization,  under 
the  leadership  of  such  astute  politicians  as  Republican  George  W. 
Lee  of  Memphis,  has  long  been  an  important  factor  in  national 
politics.  As  a  general  rule,  however,  neither  politics  nor  social 
protest  has  been  a  prime  concern  of  the  fraternal  orders,  and  they 
have  had  little  influence  on  the  lightening  of  the  Negro's  racial 
burdens. 

Negro  fraternal  organizations  date  back  to  1775,  at  least, 
for  on  March  6  of  that  year,  fifteen  Negroes  were  initiated  into  a 
British  lodge  of  Freemasons  at  Boston.  After  the  Revolution,  the 
white  American  Masons  refused  their  Negro  brothers  permission 
to  set  up  a  lodge,  but  the  Negroes  applied  directly  to  the  Grand 
Lodge  of  England  and  were  immediately  granted  a  charter.  The 
first  Negro  lodge  was  established  in  Boston  in  1787.  Through 
much  the  same  procedure,  the  Odd  Fellows  were  chartered  in 
New  York  City  in  1843  under  direct  warrant  from  England. 

The  Colored  Knights  of  Pythias  was  probably  unique  in  its 
origin.  In  1870,  a  group  of  Negro  citizens  petitioned  the  Supreme 
Lodge  for  membership.  When  the  petition  was  denied,  several 
fair-skinned  Negroes,  passing  as  white,  infiltrated  the  order  and 
learned  its  ritual.  They  then  set  up  a  Supreme  Council  and 
organized  a  lodge  of  their  own  in  Vicksburg,  Mississippi.  It  is 
ironic  that  the  order  from  which  they  were  excluded  had  itself 
been  created  "to  extend  friendship,  charity,  and  benevolence 
among  men."  Negro  lodges  were  soon  organized  throughout  the 
country. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  of  the  older  fraternal  and 
benevolent  associations  is  the  Improved  Benevolent  and  Protective 
Order  of  Elks,  founded  in  Cincinnati  in  1898.  By  1946  the  Elks 
had  a  half  million  members  and  owned  property  and  U.  S.  War 
Bonds  worth  more  than  $50  million.  The  Order  had  given 


The  Meaning  for  America  237 

$500,000  in  scholarships  to  Negro  college  students  through  its 
Grand  Commissioner  of  Education  and  had  contributed  important 
equipment  to  Meharry  and  Howard  University  medical  schools. 
Its  Civil  Liberties  Department  has  been  active  in  civil  rights  litiga- 
tion on  behalf  of  Negroes. 

Eight  college-based  Greek  letter  societies  for  Negroes  repre- 
sent a  membership  of  almost  135,000  men  and  women.18  These 
societies,  like  the  older  fraternal  organizations,  grew  out  of  the 
exclusion  of  Negroes  from  participation  in  the  normal  social  life 
of  the  community  to  which  education  and  status  would  have  nor- 
mally entitled  them. 

The  first  Negro  fraternity — not  a  college  society — was  or- 
ganized by  a  group  of  men  of  similar  interests  and  social  status  in 
Philadelphia  in  1904.  Sigma  Pi  Phi,  now  more  commonly  referred 
to  as  "the  Boule"  has  traditionally  conceived  itself  as  an  "aristoc- 
racy of  talent"  and  has,  in  fact,  included  among  its  members  some 
of  America's  most  distinguished  Negroes.  E.  Franklin  Frazier 
describes  it  as  apparently  "governed  still  by  that  [outlook]  of  the 
'isolated  aristocracy  of  talent'  which  comprised  its  membership  40 
or  more  years  ago.  .  .  .  But  the  spirit  of  social  exclusiveness  has 
persisted  while  the  emphasis  on  intellectual  and  professional  at- 
tainment has  disappeared."19  In  recent  years,  the  Boule  has  waned 
in  prestige  and  membership,  for  the  college  fraternities  are  more 
attractive  to  the  "talent"  that  used  to  embellish  its  rolls. 

The  first  Negro  college  fraternity,  Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  was 
organized  at  Cornell  University  in  1906,  when,  "because  of  race 
prejudice  these  students  were  not  eligible  for  membership  in  white 
fraternities  and  were  excluded  from  general  participation  in  the 
social  activities  of  the  University."20  Five  years  later,  the  same 
experience  gave  birth  to  a  second  fraternity,  Kappa  Alpha  Psi. 
Two  others  followed  at  Negro  colleges  in  1911  (Omega  Psi  Phi) 
and  1914  (Phi  Beta  Sigma),  as  did  four  sororities  during  the 
same  general  period. 

Unlike  the  Boule,  the  college  fraternities  (mainly  through 
their  graduate  chapters)  have  participated  vigorously  in  the  fight 
for  full  citizenship  and  have  shown  a  constructive  over-all  concern 
for  the  welfare  of  the  Negro  community.  For  several  years,  these 
organizations  jointly  supported  the  American  Council  on  Human 


238  The  Meaning  for  America 

Rights  (ACHR),  a  Washington-based  organization  concerned  with 
minority-group  protection.  One  sorority,  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha, 
maintained  a  lobby  in  Washington  to  influence  legislation  affecting 
Negroes;  it  has  also  spent  thousands  of  dollars  sponsoring  an 
extended  Health  Project  to  provide  medical  and  dental  care  for 
Negroes  in  several  Mississippi  counties.  Another,  Delta  Sigma 
Theta,  has  a  comprehensive  program  including  support  of  child 
welfare  and  aid  to  delinquent  girls.  The  fraternity  Kappa  Alpha 
Psi  has  an  extensive  "Guide  Right"  program  for  counseling  Negro 
high  school  youths  and  encouraging  them  to  prepare  themselves 
for  creative  participation  in  American  vocational  and  professional 
life.  All  the  Greek  letter  societies  have  contributed  important 
financial  support  to  the  NAACP. 

In  the  Negro  community,  these  societies  have  a  community- 
wide  responsibility  that  is  not  paralleled  by  their  white  counter- 
parts. They  began  as  social  clubs,  and  they  remain  so;  but  their 
very  existence  is  a  sobering  reminder  of  the  unusual  responsibilities 
that  devolve  upon  educated  Negroes  in  terms  of  leadership  and 
example.  The  societies  are  controlled  by  Negro  intellectual  and 
professional  leaders,  rather  than  being  centered  on  the  college 
campuses;  and  while  they  represent  a  certain  exclusiveness  (only 
college  men  and  women  of  acceptable  academic  performance  may 
become  members),  they  are  dedicated  to  a  creative  concern  for 
the  entire  racial  group. 


III.     INTEGRATIVE  ORGANIZATIONS 

Most  Negro  organizations  are  separatist  in  membership;  only 
a  few  find  it  advisable  or  necessary  to  invite  white  participation. 
There  are  two  main  reasons.  First,  a  biracial  invitation  involves, 
for  the  Negro,  the  risk  of  a  humiliating  rebuff.  Second,  each 
member  of  a  biracial  group  must  forego  the  sense  of  strength  and 
security — a  counterbalance  to  his  individual  weakness — that 
comes  with  racial  solidarity.  This  is  true  even  though  the  massive 
proportion  of  the  membership  might  be,  in  fact,  of  the  same  race. 
No  organization  would  expose  its  members  to  such  risks  if  it  did 
not  consider  integration  itself  an  issue  of  extreme  importance.  It  is 
not  surprising,  therefore,  that  the  few  integrative  (not  racially 


The  Meaning  for  America  239 

exclusive)  organizations  which  do  exist  in  the  Negro  community 
have  integration  as  their  fundamental  purpose  for  being. 

Since  the  term  "integration"  produces,  in  many  people,  an 
excruciating  anxiety,21  a  few  definitions  may  be  in  order.  Integra- 
tion,  for  our  present  purposes,  refers  to  the  freedom  of  a  minority 
to  participate  in  the  total  life  of  the  community  without  necessarily 
merging  with  the  majority  group.  In  an  integrated  society,  each 
minority  is  assured  of  this  freedom  by  specific  laws,  a  tradition  of 
justice  and  a  prevailing  sense  of  respect  for  human  dignity  and 
aspiration.  It  is  also  free,  however,  to  retain  its  own  identity  and 
cultural  values.  Assimilation,  on  the  other  hand,  refers  to  the 
merging  of  a  minority  into  the  general  community  and  the  gradual 
disappearance  of  its  identity  and  its  unique  cultural  values.  In  an 
assimilated  society,  a  minority  group  does  not  cling — and  is  not 
forced  to  cling — together.  Its  members  flow  into  the  general  com- 
munity, accepted  and  fully  mobile  in  every  area  of  social  and 
cultural  intercourse.22 

Unlike  the  Jew,  the  Negro  need  not  be  troubled  by  the  possi- 
bility of  assimilation  into  the  mainstream  of  American  life.  Even 
those  Negroes  who  consider  it  desirable  know  that  it  is  not  soon 
to  be  achieved.  "Assimilation,"  Gunnar  Myrdal  has  warned,  "is 
likely  to  occur  only  when  the  majority  accepts  the  idea."  Other 
observers  are  more  specific:  "When  the  combined  cultural  and 
biological  traits  are  highly  divergent  from  those  of  the  host  society, 
the  subordination  of  the  group  will  be  very  great,  their  subsystem 
strong,  the  period  of  assimilation  long,  and  the  process  slow  and 
painful."23  The  American  Negro  does  not  seriously  address  either 
his  efforts  or  his  hopes  to  such  a  goal. 

But  if  he  is  unexcited  about  assimilation,  he  is  intensely 
serious  about  integration,  and  an  increasing  number  of  his  organi- 
zations are  devoting  themselves  energetically  to  that  end. 

Probably  the  best-known  organization  commonly  associated 
with  Negroes  is  the  National  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Colored  People.  The  NAACP  was  created  by  liberal  whites  and 
militant  Negroes,  largely  in  response  to  the  increasing  outrages 
against  Negroes  in  the  South  early  in  this  century.  J.  Saunders 
Redding  reports  that: 

In  the  first  decade  of  the  [present]  century,  nearly  a  thousand  of 


240  The  Meaning  for  America 

them  [Negroes]  were  lynched  in  public  spectacles  that  outmatched 
the  Roman  circus  for  savagery  and  obscenity.  No  appeal  to  con- 
science was  effective.  Civil,  legal,  and  moral  rights  meant  nothing.24 

White  supremacy  and  a  white  disposition  to  violence  followed  the 
Negroes  as,  in  terror  and  despair,  they  migrated  north  and  west. 
In  the  summer  of  1908,  a  race  riot — precipitated  by  a  false  accu- 
sation of  rape,  and  led  by  a  white  woman,  who  was  already  under 
indictment  as  a  criminal  and  out  of  jail  on  bond — focused  the 
attention  of  the  nation  on  Springfield,  Illinois.  "Here  in  the  home 
of  Abraham  Lincoln,  a  mob  containing  many  of  the  town's  best 
citizens  raged  for  two  days,  killed  and  wounded  scores  of  Negroes, 
and  drove  thousands  from  the  city."25  In  the  wake  of  the  riot,  the 
city  of  Springfield  discharged  more  than  fifty  Negro  employees, 
although  their  efficiency  and  fidelity  were  not  in  doubt.  The  state 
of  Illinois  dismissed  still  others.  A  thousand  disheartened  Negroes, 
"many  of  them  substantial  and  respected  citizens,  left  the  city  for 
parts  unknown." 

It  was  against  this  background  that  the  NAACP  came  into 
being.  In  an  article  in  the  Independent,  the  prominent  Southern 
journalist  William  English  Walling  declared: 

Either  the  spirit  of  the  abolitionists,  of  Lincoln  and  Lovejoy,  must 
be  revived  and  we  must  come  to  treat  the  Negro  on  a  plane  of  abso- 
lute political  and  social  equality,  or  [Southern  demagogues]  will  soon 
have  transferred  the  race  war  to  the  North.26 

Walling  was  moved  not  so  much  by  the  riot  itself  as  by  the  impli- 
cations of  such  terror  for  the  national  welfare.  If  unchecked,  such 
behavior  could  destroy  the  political  democracy  and  the  unity  of  a 
nation  only  two  generations  emerged  from  civil  strife.  "Who 
realizes  the  seriousness  of  the  situation,"  he  appealed,  "and  what 
large  and  powerful  body  of  citizens  is  ready  ...  to  aid?" 

As  a  result  of  Walling's  article — and  through  the  good  offices 
of  Mary  White  Ovington,  a  wealthy  white  social  worker  in  New 
York  City — a  call  "for  a  national  conference  on  the  Negro  ques- 
tion" was  issued  on  Lincoln's  birthday  of  the  following  year.  The 
response  was  indicative  of  the  concern  of  men  and  women  of 
stature  over  the  unhappy  state  of  affairs.  To  the  meeting  came 
such  notables  as  W.  E.  B.  DuBois,  Jane  Addams,  John  Dewey, 
Moorefield  Storey,  Oswald  Garrison  Villard,  Rabbi  Stephen  Wise, 


The  Meaning  for  America  241 

William  Lloyd  Garrison  and  J.  G.  Phelps  Stokes.  Fifty-three 
persons  signed  the  statement,  and  the  NAACP  was  formally  in- 
corporated in  1910,  committed  to  an  uncompromising  policy  of 
racial  equality. 

The  NAACP  today  "is  a  large  membership  organization, 
with  some  350,000  members  located  in  almost  every  state.  .  .  . 
More  than  50  percent  of  the  members  are  in  the  17  southern  and 
border  states.  Both  the  membership  and  the  national  staff  of  90 
persons  are  multiracial,  with  an  estimated  8  to  12  percent  of 
whites  among  the  members."27  All  presidents  of  the  NAACP 
have  been  white,  as  are  twelve  of  the  forty-eight  members  of  the 
present  board  of  directors.  The  executive  secretary,  Roy  Wilkins, 
and  the  chief  legal  counsel,  Thurgood  Marshall,  are  Negroes.  The 
treasurer  is  Allan  Knight  Chalmers,  a  white  professor  at  the 
Boston  University  School  of  Theology. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  included  such  well  known  per- 
sons as  Walter  Reuther,  Ralph  Bunche,  Mrs.  Eleanor  Roosevelt, 
Benjamin  Mays,  Herbert  H.  Lehman  and  Judge  William  H.  Hastie. 
Among  the  vice  presidents  (the  association  has  twenty-one)  have 
been  Norman  Cousins,  Senator  Wayne  Morse,  Rabbi  Judah  Cohn, 
Oscar  Hammerstein  II,  Bishop  W.  J.  Walls,  Eric  Johnston  and 
A.  Philip  Randolph. 

In  the  fifty  years  of  its  existence,  the  NAACP  has  done  much 
to  loosen  the  collar  of  caste  that  has  chafed  the  Negro's  neck  for 
so  long.  It  has  made  a  triple-threat  attack — legal,  legislative  and 
educational — against  disprivilege  and  discrimination.  Its  legal 
efforts  have  included  forty-six  appeals  to  the  United  States  Su- 
preme Court;  it  has  won  all  but  four.  Among  the  victories  have 
been  court  rulings  that  racial  segregation  is  unconstitutional  in 
public  schools  and  colleges,  in  public  parks  and  playgrounds,  in 
intrastate  busses  and  in  interstate  travel  accommodations  of  all 
kinds.  The  NAACP  has  won  Supreme  Court  decisions  invalidat- 
ing the  enforcement  of  racially  restrictive  covenants  in  housing;  it 
has  more  firmly  established  the  Negro's  right  and  opportunity  to 
vote;  it  has  enabled  him  to  escape  the  indignity  of  eating  in  segre- 
gated dining  rooms  or  waiting  in  segregated  waiting  rooms  when 
he  travels  beyond  the  borders  of  his  state.  It  has  been  a  major 
factor  in  the  passage  of  fair  employment  legislation  in  fifteen 


242  The  Meaning  for  America 

states  and  has  been  successful  in  its  efforts  to  eliminate  discrimina- 
tion in  public  housing  in  at  least  eight  states.  It  has  championed 
the  student  sit-in  movement  and  provided  expert  counsel  for  stu- 
dents who  have  been  jailed  in  the  course  of  such  demonstrations. 

The  effectiveness  of  the  NAACP  can  perhaps  be  seen  most 
clearly  through  the  attempts  that  have  been  made  to  destroy  it. 
In  1956  alone,  Louisiana,  Alabama  and  Texas  banned  the  organi- 
zation by  court  decree,  and  the  Virginia  legislature  moved  to  halt 
its  activities  in  that  state.  Several  Southern  states  have  laws  which 
make  it  impossible  for  public  servants  such  as  teachers  to  belong 
to  the  organization  and  still  retain  their  jobs.  The  list  goes  on  and 
on,  for  the  NAACP  has  made  more  important  enemies  than  any 
other  organization  with  which  Negroes  have  ever  been  associated 
in  their  journey  along  "the  lonesome  road."  This  could  well  be 
the  best  index  of  its  success. 

Like  the  NAACP,  the  Urban  League  is  meticulously  bi- 
racial.  Of  its  executive  board  of  fifteen  members,  eight  are  white 
and  seven  are  Negroes.  The  league  has  always  had  a  white  presi- 
dent and  a  Negro  executive  secretary.  And  like  the  NAACP,  the 
league  looks  to  the  combined  efforts  of  Negroes  and  whites  to 
find  some  workable  solutions  for  the  country's  racial  problems. 
The  Reverend  J.  A.  McDaniel,  executive  secretary  of  the  Memphis 
Urban  League,  interprets  the  philosophy  of  the  national  organiza- 
tion as  follows: 

The  Urban  League  is  an  interracial  organization,  and  it  strives  to 
work  within  the  framework  of  interracial  cooperation.  We  [Negroes 
and  whites]  are  interdependent — one  upon  the  other.  We  of  the 
Urban  League  do  not  believe  that  the  Negro  can  resolve  his  problems 
alone;  nor  can  the  white  man  [resolve  his]  alone.  But  working  to- 
gether in  the  American  philosophy  of  teamwork,  we  can  resolve  our 
differences  and  our  problems.28 

But  here  the  similarity  between  these  organizations  ends. 

"If  the  NAACP  was  too  radical  to  merit  the  support  of  the 
philanthropists  who  gave  to  Negro  causes,"  observes  J.  Saunders 
Redding,  "the  National  Urban  League  was  not."29  In  this  dis- 
tinction lies  the  answer  to  much  of  the  present  confusion  about 
the  roles  of  these  organizations.  The  NAACP  receives  the  greater 
part  of  its  financing  from  membership  fees,  individual  contribu- 


The  Meaning  for  America  243 

tions  and  foundation  grants.  The  Urban  League  is  dependent 
almost  entirely  upon  local  resources,  such  as  community  chests. 
The  league's  program  and  philosophy,  therefore,  must  remain 
within  certain  conservative  limits;  it  must  remain  acceptable  to  its 
local  sources  of  support.  Yet  the  league  is  governed  by  national 
policies;  its  program  emphases  vary  according  to  local  needs  and 
conditions,  but  even  in  the  South  it  hews  closely  to  its  founding 
commitments. 

The  league  was  born  as  a  coalition  of  three  social  agencies 
in  New  York  City  in  1910.  Around  1905  or  1906  two  interracial 
groups — the  Committee  for  Improving  the  Industrial  Conditions 
of  Negroes  in  New  York  City  and  the  League  for  the  Protection 
of  Colored  Women — were  organized  by  certain  white  philanthro- 
pists in  an  attempt  to  ameliorate  social  conditions  among  Negroes 
in  New  York.  In  1910  a  similar  group,  the  Committee  on  Urban 
Conditions  Among  Negroes,  made  its  debut.  In  1911  these  three 
organizations  merged  to  become  the  National  League  of  Urban 
Conditions  Among  Negroes  (later  abbreviated  to  National  Urban 
League),  espousing  the  theme  that  the  Negro  needs  "not  alms  but 
opportunity — opportunity  to  work  at  the  job  for  which  the  Negro 
[is]  best  fitted,  with  equal  pay  for  equal  work,  and  equal  oppor- 
tunity for  advancement."  This  has  remained  the  league's  con- 
trolling philosophy,  and  "jobs  for  Negroes"  has  received  its  major 
program  emphasis,  although  other  services  are  frequently  made 
available. 

The  league  today  maintains  fifty-eight  branches  in  twenty- 
nine  states,  with  twelve  affiliates  in  the  South.  (Its  executive 
offices,  like  those  of  the  NAACP,  are  in  New  York  City.)  Along 
with  screening,  training  and  selling  of  Negro  labor,  most  local 
affiliates  offer  a  multitude  of  other  services.  They  may  operate 
day  nurseries  and  baby  clinics,  promote  health  weeks,  find  homes 
for  wayward  girls,  provide  individual  testing  and  counseling  serv- 
ices, serve  as  clearinghouses  for  information  about  Negroes  or 
advise  government  or  municipal  agencies  on  matters  affecting  the 
Negro  community.  But  the  primary  concern  of  every  local  Urban 
League  is  to  find  jobs,  more  jobs  and  better  jobs  for  Negro  citizens. 

Like  the  NAACP,  the  National  Urban  League  has  been  criti- 
cized by  members  of  both  races  as  being  "too  radical"  or  "too 


244  The  Meaning  for  America 

conservative."  It  is  probably  fairer  to  say  that  each  local  league 
moves  as  rapidly  as  local  conditions  warrant.  Sometimes  it  moves 
slightly  in  advance  of  the  community  it  has  undertaken  to  serve, 
but  it  never  moves  so  far  ahead  as  to  isolate  itself  and  its  program 
from  the  good  will  and  financial  support  of  its  interracial  sup- 
porters. In  contrast  to  the  NAACP,  the  National  Urban  League 
pioneers  without  being  adventurous,  and  the  type  of  interracial 
rapport  it  seeks  to  establish  could  hardly  be  accomplished  in  any 
other  way.  Its  services  and  methods,  though  unspectacular,  are 
very  important,  for  through  its  program  the  conditions  that  pro- 
duce potential  Black  Muslims  are  being  quietly — though  slowly — 
eliminated. 

As  Gunnar  Myrdal  has  suggested,  no  single  organization  can 
be  effective  alone  in  combating  racial  prejudice,  for  no  single 
organization  can  work  simultaneously  through  speed  and  gradual- 
ness,  through  assertiveness  and  compromise.  A  variety  of  spe- 
cialized groups  concentrating  on  limited  and  particular  problems 
is  far  more  successful  than  any  multifaceted,  monolithic  organiza- 
tion could  be — far  more  capable  of  exciting  the  imagination  and 
eliciting  the  support  of  major  segments  of  the  general  population. 

For  this  reason,  a  number  of  Negro  (or  Negro-oriented) 
antisegregation  organizations  have  come  into  being  or  become 
prominent  since  1954,  when  the  Supreme  Court  rejected  the 
""separate  but  equal"  doctrine  for  public  schools.  Perhaps  the 
most  famous  of  these  groups  is  the  Montgomery  Improvement 
Association,  organized  in  1955  by  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King  and 
his  associates  in  Montgomery,  Alabama.  The  MIA  grew  out  of 
a  protest  against  segregated  seating  on  the  Montgomery  city 
busses.  It  eventually  won  the  support  of  most  of  the  50,000 
Negroes  in  that  city  and  of  thousands  of  people  of  every  race 
throughout  the  world.  For  more  than  a  year,  the  Negroes  of 
Montgomery  walked  to  their  jobs,  to  school  and  to  church,  rather 
than  submit  any  longer  to  the  indignities  and  abuse  of  segregated 
seating  on  public  busses.  Eventually,  segregation  on  the  busses 
was  outlawed,  as  it  has  been  in  many  another  city  since.  Dr.  King 
moved  to  Atlanta  to  continue  his  work  as  president  of  a  new 
organization,  the  Southern  Christian  Leadership  Conference, 
which  stresses  nonviolent  action  as  a  technique  for  effecting  social 


The  Meaning  for  America  245 

change.  But  the  MIA  remains  as  an  organ  of  protest  and  a  symbol 
of  the  Montgomery  Negroes'  determination  to  be  "first  class." 

For  a  number  of  years,  the  Atlanta-based  Southern  Regional 
Council  has  worked  quietly  behind  the  scenes  to  keep  open  the 
channels  of  communication  between  Negroes  and  whites  in  the 
South.  The  biracial  council  does  not  consider  itself  a  "race-rela- 
tions" organization  in  the  strictest  sense  of  that  word;  it  works 
toward  equal  opportunities  for  both  races  as  a  means  to  a  higher 
standard  of  well-being  for  all  men.  The  council  operates  in  twelve 
Southern  states.  It  compiles  data  and  statistics,  provides  informa- 
tion on  racial  frictions  and  interracial  achievements,  and  strives  to 
reduce  conflict  while  producing  equality  of  opportunity.  Its  sev- 
eral agencies  are  professionally  staffed  with  social  scientists  and 
experts  in  human  relations. 

The  student  sit-in  movement  has  introduced  more  direct 
action,  though  it  has  pledged  itself  to  techniques  of  nonviolence. 
This  movement  began  as  a  spontaneous  rejection  of  segregation 
on  February  1,  1960,  when  four  Negro  students  who  had  been 
shopping  at  a  Woolworth  store  in  Greensboro,  North  Carolina, 
sat  down  at  the  lunch  counter  and  requested  service.  They  were 
refused  but  continued  to  wait  patiently — a  gesture  that  fired  the 
popular  imagination  and  was  quickly  imitated  elsewhere.  The 
movement  spread  rapidly  throughout  the  South;  and  in  less  than 
a  year,  some  eating  facilities  in  about  a  hundred  cities  had  been 
desegregated.  In  Atlanta,  the  sit-ins  crystallized  into  a  structured 
organization  with  a  permanent  headquarters.30  Scores  of  students 
have  been  arrested  and  jailed,  but  there  is  no  sign  of  abatement  in 
the  protests  of  the  Negro  students  and  their  white  allies.  They 
remain  undaunted,  even  in  the  face  of  repeated  demonstrations  by 
the  once-dreaded  Ku  Klux  Klan. 

Numerous  other  direct-action  groups  have  also  appeared, 
some  in  specific  localities  and  others — such  as  the  Committee  on 
Racial  Equality  (CORE)— with  nationwide  interests.  As  the 
crisis  becomes  more  acute,  new  groups  will  doubtless  arise  and 
take  their  places  beside  them.  For  the  widespread  fear  and  intimi- 
dation, which  characterized  the  illiterate  Negroes  of  another  age, 
is  gone  forever.  Today's  generation  of  Negro  youth  are  not  afraid. 
They  are  determined  to  change  the  Negro's  status  now — by  non- 


246  The  Meaning  for  America 

violent  action,  if  nonviolence  will  work.  So  long  as  they  have  a 
vestige  of  faith  in  the  white  man's  latent  decency,  their  strength 
will  be  exerted  through  integrative  organizations  to  shape  an  inte- 
grated society.  But  if  that  flickering  faith  is  allowed  to  perish, 
black  nationalism  may  feed  sumptuously  on  their  despair. 


IV.    THE  BLACK  MUSLIM  MOVEMENT 

The  Black  Muslims  constitute  a  unique  movement:  a  dy- 
namic social  protest  that  moves  upon  a  religious  vehicle.  The 
Movement's  main  emphases  are  upon  social  action.  Yet  it  is  none 
the  less  essentially  a  religion — a  religion  of  protest. 

Religion  addresses  itself  to  the  ultimate  problems  of  human 
life.  "It  is  the  refusal  to  capitulate  to  death,  to  give  up  in  the  face 
of  frustration,  to  allow  hostility  to  tear  apart  one's  human  associa- 
tions."31 It  gives  meaning  and  depth  to  life  in  the  face  of  experi- 
ences that  appear  meaningless  and  shallow.  But  it  may  also  con- 
centrate the  strength  of  the  individual  or  community  for  an  imme- 
diate challenge  to  intolerable  injustice  or  repression. 

The  beliefs  and  rites  that  make  up  a  religion  are  the  expressions  of 
those  who  have  felt  the  problems  most  intensively,  who  have  been 
most  acutely  sensitive  to  the  tragedies  of  death,  the  burdens  of  frus- 
tration, the  sense  of  failure,  the  disruptive  effects  of  hostility.  Pow- 
ered by  the  strength  of  their  feelings,  .  .  .  religious  innovators  have 
created  "solutions"  appropriate  to  the  enormity  of  the  problems  .  .  . 
[which]  have  brought  their  adherents  some  relief.  Thus  religions  are 
built  to  carry  the  "peak  load"  of  human  emotional  need.  .  .  . 

In  this  sense,  religion  can  be  thought  of  as  a  kind  of  residual  means 
of  response  and  adjustment.  It  is  an  attempt  to  explain  what  cannot 
otherwise  be  explained;  to  achieve  power,  all  other  powers  having 
failed  us;  to  establish  poise  and  serenity  in  the  face  of  evil  and 
suffering  that  other  efforts  have  failed  to  eliminate.32 

It  is  within  this  frame  of  reference  that  the  Black  Muslim  Move- 
ment must  be  evaluated. 


The  Edge  of  the  Spectrum 

The  spectrum  of  Negro  protest  organizations  covers  a  wide 
span,  from  the  most  reticent  separatist  groups  to  the  most  deter- 


The  Meaning  for  America  247 

mined  integrative  movements.  At  what  point  on  this  span  are  the 
Black  Muslims  to  be  found? 

On  the  surface,  the  Movement  seems  to  be  unequivocally 
separatist,  with  a  restricted  membership  and  an  overwhelming 
dedication  to  group  identification,  racial  solidarity  and  mutual  aid. 
But  the  membership  is  not  restricted  to  Negroes;  it  is  restricted 
to  Black  Men,  who  comprise  all  mankind  except  the  white  race. 
The  Movement  is  thus  highly  integrative  in  intent.  Yet  whites  and 
Negroes  account  for  very  nearly  the  entire  population  of  America, 
so  the  Movement  is  clearly  separatist  in  effect. 

As  a  separatist  group,  the  Muslims  might  be  expected  to 
show  a  strong  awareness  of  group  solidarity,  backed  by  a  generous 
program  of  mutual  aid.  And  so  they  do.  Like  other  Negro 
separatist  groups,  they  might  also  be  expected  to  pay  only  casual 
attention  to  racial  tensions  and  the  prospect  of  integration  in 
America.  The  Muslims,  however,  are  obsessed  with  this  issue. 
They  reject  and  detest  the  very  idea  of  integration,  but  discussion 
of  it  dominates  all  their  preachings  and  publications.  In  this  focus 
of  attention  they  seem  to  range  themselves  as  an  integrative  group 
— turned  inside  out. 

Indeed,  in  their  whole  sphere  of  social  concerns,  the  Black 
Muslims  are  a  paradox.  They  are  obsessed  with  the  humiliation 
of  white  supremacy,  yet  they  scorn  any  gesture  toward  civil  rights. 
And  they  respond  to  racial  tensions  in  all  three  basic  ways:  by 
aggression,  avoidance  and  acceptance.  Their  aggression  is  ex- 
treme; their  vilification  of  the  white  man  is  impassioned  and  caus- 
tic, with  its  cardinal  tenet  the  white  man's  imminent  doom.  This 
aggression  has  thus  far  fallen  short  of  physical  violence;  but  few 
observers  doubt  that  the  Muslims,  if  they  were  physically  har- 
assed, would  hesitate  to  retaliate  in  kind.  At  the  same  time,  the 
Muslim  doctrines  of  religious  and  economic  separation  are  a  model 
of  avoidance.  And  the  Muslim  dogma  of  absolute  hostility  be- 
tween the  Black  Man  and  the  white  "devil"  is  simply  an  acceptance 
of  the  dogma  of  the  white  supremacists,  made  palatable  by  revers- 
ing the  values  held  to  be  inherent  in  "black"  and  "white."  The 
Muslim  dogma  is  thus,  in  great  part,  a  lightly  disguised  rationaliza- 
tion of  things  as  they  are,  though  the  Muslims  declare  that  their 
destiny  is  to  change  the  social  order  rather  than  to  accept  and 
reinforce  it. 


248  The  Meaning  for  America 

As  a  religion,  the  Movement  is  also  a  paradox.  It  is  a  legiti- 
mate Islamic  sect;  yet  it  teaches  from  the  Bible,  and  it  rejects 
certain  of  the  cardinal  Moslem  doctrines,  notably  those  of  pan- 
racial  brotherhood  and  the  unique  divinity  of  Allah.  The  Move- 
ment is  vauntedly  anti-Christian,  yet  it  taunts  the  white  man  by 
measuring  him  against  his  own  high  Christian  principles — a  tactic 
that  implies  a  strong,  though  disillusioned,  Muslim  respect  for 
Christian  ideals.  Finally,  the  Movement  is  a  religion  with  no 
distinct  God,  no  afterlife  and  no  heaven.  It  is  a  religion  of  the 
here-and-now.  In  this,  of  course,  it  somewhat  resembles  Bud- 
dhism; but  whereas  Buddhism  is  motivated  by  love,  the  Black 
Muslim  Movement  is  powered  and  energized  by  hate. 

Yet,  for  all  its  paradoxes,  the  Movement's  position  on  the 
spectrum  of  Negro  protest  is  clear.  Whether  separatist  or  integra- 
tive,  whether  aggressive  or  avoiding  or  accepting,  the  Movement 
is  temperamentally  extremist.  It  is  balanced  precariously  at  the 
very  edge  of  the  spectrum,  at  the  farthest  extreme  from  the  serene 
near-docility  of  the  Negro  Church.  If  the  Movement  becomes 
significantly  more  extreme — and  this  is  a  possibility  that  must  be 
reckoned  with — it  will  no  longer  be  expressing  simple  protest.  It 
will  have  crossed  the  line  to  open  and  violent  rebellion. 

Function  and  Dysfunction 

The  Black  Muslims,  though  they  scrupulously  obey  all  the 
laws  which  govern  American  citizens,  do  not  consider  themselves 
Americans  at  heart.  They  are  a  separate  people,  citizens  of  the 
Black  Nation,  joyously  obedient  to  the  laws  of  Allah  as  interpreted 
by  his  Messenger,  Elijah  Muhammad.  To  affirm  and  support  the 
functional  structure  of  American  society — the  fabric  of  mutual 
interrelationships  that  holds  our  many  groups  and  subgroups  to- 
gether— is  the  furthest  thing  from  their  mind.  Yet  it  is  essential 
for  us  to  evaluate  the  Movement,  at  least  tentatively,  in  terms  of 
its  impact  upon  the  organic  unity  of  our  society.  Only  in  this  way 
can  we  begin  to  understand  what  challenge  we  are  facing  and  how 
we  must  respond. 

Such  an  evaluation  can  never  be  definitive  or  precise.  For 
example,  America  is  not  perfect,  and  attempts  to  cure  its  imper- 


The  Meaning  for  America  249 

factions  may  take  the  form  of  serious  intergroup  conflict.  Is  this 
social  conflict  functional?  Robert  K.  Merton  holds  that  it  is,  so 
long  as  it  aims  at  adaptation  and  adjustment  within  the  system, 
not  apart  from  it.  This  seems  to  be  reasonable,  but  other  observ- 
ers disagree;33  and  in  any  case,  the  line  between  functional  and 
dysfunctional  social  conflict  remains  hazy.  Nor  is  this  the  only 
difficulty.  The  same  social  phenomenon  may  often  be  seen  as  both 
functional  and  dysfunctional  (that  is,  as  tending  to  shatter  the 
organic  unity  of  the  society).  To  identify  it  as  functional  or 
dysfunctional,  one  must  try  to  estimate  its  ultimate  impact  on  the 
social  fabric.  Such  a  judgment  is  hazardous  at  best.  Moreover, 
every  broad  evaluation  of  a  group  in  these  terms  is  inescapably 
subjective,  since  the  benchmark  is  the  observer's  own  perception 
of  the  nature  and  limits  of  our  society  as  an  organic  whole. 

For  all  these  reasons  and  more,  the  functional  and  dysfunc- 
tional aspects  of  the  Black  Muslim  Movement  are  not  always  easy 
to  assess.  But  an  attempt  must  be  made.  The  Muslims  are  grow- 
ing daily  in  size  and  power,  and  they  are  determined  to  have  an 
impact  on  our  entire  way  of  life. 

The  Black  Muslim  Movement  is  functional  for  its  member- 
ship, for  the  entire  Negro  community  and  for  the  society  as  a 
whole  in  its  insistence  upon  high  standards  of  personal  and  group 
morality.  It  encourages  thrift,  cleanliness,  honesty,  sexual  mor- 
ality, diet  control  and  abstinence  from  intoxicating  liquors,  and  it 
effectively  reestablishes  a  center  of  authority  in  the  home.  Mus- 
lims are  expected  to  hold  steady  jobs,  to  give  a  full  day's  work  for 
their  pay  and  to  respect  all  constituted  authority.  As  a  result,  the 
Movement  reduces  adult  and  juvenile  delinquency  and  strengthens 
its  members'  sense  of  independence  and  self-respect. 

At  a  deeper  level,  the  Movement  provides  outlets,  short  of 
physical  violence,  for  the  aggressive  feelings  roused  in  its  members 
by  the  callous  and  hostile  white  society.  Muslims  tend  to  be 
Negroes  for  whom  the  pressures  of  racial  prejudice  and  discrimina- 
tion were  intolerable,  whose  increasing  resentment  and  hatred  of 
the  white  man  demanded  release.  Unable  to  rationalize  their 
deprivations  (as  Negro  intellectuals  do)  and  unable  to  find  relief 
in  the  Christian  church  or  any  secular  institution,  they  might  well 
have  followed  the  downward  paths  open  to  the  despairing  every- 


250  The  Meaning  for  America 

where — the  paths  of  crime,  drunkenness,  dope  addiction,  prosti- 
tution and  wanton  violence,  directed  indiscriminately  against  their 
oppressors  or  displaced  senselessly  against  others  of  the  oppressed. 
As  Muslims,  however,  they  find  a  "safe"  outlet  for  their  tensions 
in  verbal  attacks  on  the  white  man  and  in  powerful  demonstrations 
of  group  solidarity.  Indeed,  the  Movement  is  most  clearly  func- 
tional in  its  regeneration  of  men  and  women  who,  having  despaired 
of  more  creative  possibilities,  found  themselves  enslaved  to  de- 
structive habits  and  lost  to  social  usefulness. 

The  religious  awakening  which  the  Movement  brings  to  its 
adherents  is  also  functional  for  the  entire  society.  Many  Muslims 
had  previously  been  affiliated  with  no  religion;  others  had  been 
Christians  but  found  their  needs  unmet  by  the  characteristic  ex- 
pressions of  the  contemporary  church.  On  the  whole,  it  is  better 
for  society  for  its  dissatisfied  elements  to  be  associated  with  some 
religion  rather  than  with  none.  (The  specific  religious  doctrines 
of  the  Movement  are,  of  course,  irrelevant  here.  The  organic 
unity  of  American  society  is  not  threatened  by  such  articles  of 
faith  as  the  Muslims'  respect  for  the  Quran  as  the  word  of  Allah 
or  their  belief  in  Fard  as  divine.) 

In  several  important  ways,  the  Muslims  tend  to  strengthen 
the  dignity  and  self-reliance  of  the  Negro  community.  They  are 
proving  dramatically  that  a  new,  positive  leadership  cadre  can 
emerge  among  American  Negroes  at  the  grass-roots  level.  The 
Muslim  schools  are  emphasizing  Negro  history,  Negro  achieve- 
ments and  the  contributions  of  Negroes  to  the  world's  great  cul- 
tures and  to  the  development  of  the  American  nation.  These  facts 
are  rarely  taught  in  public  schools,  and  the  Muslims  may  be  alone 
in  trying  to  bring  the  Negro  community  to  an  awareness  of  its 
racial  heritage.  Again,  the  Muslims'  "buy  black"  policy  is  creat- 
ing some  new  opportunities  for  Negro  business  and  professional 
men — opportunities  which  are  almost  universally  denied  them  in 
the  wider  community. 

The  Black  Muslims  do  not,  of  course,  want  the  Negro  com- 
munity to  share  its  new-found  skills  and  creative  energies  with  the 
despised  white  man.  But  their  drive  to  make  the  Negro  aware  of 
his  own  potential  is  nevertheless  functional.  Despite  the  Muslims' 
appeal  for  separation,  a  Negro  community  awakened  at  last  to 


The  Meaning  for  America  251 

dignity  and  self-reliance  will  be  ready  to  insist  upon  its  status  as  an 
equal  partner  in  the  American  democratic  enterprise. 

Finally,  the  very  existence  of  the  Muslims — their  extreme 
black  nationalism  and  their  astonishing  growth  and  vitality — is 
functional  to  the  extent  that  it  forces  the  larger,  Christian  com- 
munity to  face  the  reality  of  racial  tensions,  to  acknowledge  its 
own  malfeasance  and  to  begin  a  spiritual  and  moral  reform.  The 
Muslims'  dramatic  expression  of  racial  solidarity  may  shock  the 
white  man  into  a  realization  that  Negroes  will  no  longer  permit 
their  just  demands  to  be  casually  shrugged  aside.  Indeed,  Muslim 
extremism  may  even  rebound  and  actively  assist  the  forces  of 
integration.  It  may,  for  example,  force  a  white  reappraisal  of 
other  protest  organizations,  such  as  the  NAACP,  which  are  now 
widely  resisted  as  "too  pushy"  or  "radical."  If  these  groups  come 
to  be  seen  as  relatively  conservative,  if  they  gain  increasing  white 
support,  and  if  the  great  surge  of  Negro  protest  is  constructively 
channeled  as  a  result,  the  Muslims  will  have  proved  integrative 
despite  themselves.  But  this  possibility  hangs  upon  a  slender 
thread — the  hope  that  America  will  take  the  warning  and  act  to 
save  itself  in  time. 

The  Black  Muslims'  virulent  attacks  on  the  white  man  may 
prove  to  be  a  useful  warning,  but  they  are  deeply  dysfunctional  in 
the  most  immediate  sense.  They  threaten  the  security  of  the  white 
majority  and  may  lead  those  in  power  to  tighten  the  barriers  which 
already  divide  America.  The  attacks  create  guilt  and  defensiveness 
among  both  Negroes  and  whites,  and  offer  to  extremist  elements 
on  both  sides  a  cover  for  antisocial  behavior.  Above  all,  the 
attacks  promote  a  general  increase  in  tension  and  mutual  mistrust. 
Calm  heads  might  see  the  Muslims  as  a  timely  warning;  jittery 
and  frightened  men  are  more  likely  to  lash  back  in  an  unreasoning 
and  potentially  explosive  panic. 

These  attacks  on  the  white  man  may  also  have  tragic  conse- 
quences for  international  relations.  Americans  tend  to  take  for 
granted  that  the  rising  nations  of  Afro-Asia  are  Moslem,  but  few 
of  us  have  a  clear  knowledge  of  even  the  major  tenets  of  the 
Moslem  faith.  If  the  Black  Muslims  become  accepted  here  as  a 
legitimate  Moslem  sect,  their  doctrines — including  their  hatred  of 
the  white  man — may  well  be  mistaken  for  orthodox  Moslem  doc- 


252  The  Meaning  for  America 

trines,  at  least  by  the  rank  and  file.  In  that  case,  the  true  Moslem 
ideal  of  panracial  brotherhood  would  either  remain  generally 
unknown  or  else  be  considered  an  all-too-familiar  hypocrisy.  Such 
a  misunderstanding  might  contribute  disastrously  to  the  triggering 
of  political  tensions  as  the  Western  and  Afro-Asian  worlds  meet. 

Muslim  attacks  on  Christianity,  its  clergy  and  its  believers 
are  also  immediately  dysfunctional.  The  Muslims'  refusal  to  dis- 
tinguish the  offenses  of  individuals  from  the  principles  of  the 
Christian  religion  is  inescapably  divisive.  The  abuse  of  Negro 
women  and  the  lynching  of  Negro  men  are  not  Christian  acts.  By 
identifying  them  as  such,  the  Muslims  are  intensifying  social  dis- 
cord and  raising  still  higher  the  barriers  to  creative  social  inter- 
action. 

But  these  overt  attacks  on  the  white  man  and  his  prevailing 
religion  are,  at  least,  on  the  surface.  They  can  be  watched  care- 
fully and,  to  some  extent,  counteracted.  A  more  insidious  dys- 
function is  implicit  in  the  very  premise  of  the  Movement  and  is 
furthered  by  every  Muslim  activity,  even  by  those  activities  whose 
functional  value  must  also  command  respect.  This  dysfunction  is 
the  deliberate  attempt  to  break  all  contacts  between  the  Negro  and 
the  white  man  in  America. 

Segregation  is  not,  of  course,  a  Muslim  innovation.  It  was 
begun  and  enforced  in  America  by  the  white  man;  the  Muslims 
have  added  only  a  black  seal  of  approval.  But  a  deliberate  policy 
of  segregation  is  always  dysfunctional,  regardless  of  its  source. 

To  the  extent  that  the  Negroes  develop  peculiar  and  exclusive  insti- 
tutions, they  are  to  that  degree  isolated  from  the  only  culture  they 
may  hope  to  acquire.  The  creation  of  a  distinctive  Negro  culture  in 
the  midst  of  an  advanced  and  highly  complex  civilization  is  mani- 
festly impossible.  If,  because  of  distinctive  temperamental  traits,  the 
Negro  group  has  the  capacity  to  enrich  modern  culture  by  a  distinc- 
tive racial  contribution,  it  can  be  done  by  the  incorporation  of  the 
group  rather  than  by  their  exclusion.84 

A  functional  group  is  one  that  reinforces  not  the  status  quo, 
whatever  that  happens  to  be,  but  the  organic  unity  of  the  society. 
Segregation  is  a  dysfunctional  part  of  America's  status  quo,  though 
our  irresistible  trend  is  toward  integration.  In  siding  with  the 
disease  against  the  cure,  the  Muslims  are  profoundly  and  decisively 


The  Meaning  for  America  253 

dysfunctional,  both  to  the  Negro  community  and  to  the  society  as 
a  whole. 


V.    THE  DEEPER  CAUSE 

"Minorities,"  Gordon  Allport  has  written  with  wisdom  and 
insight,  "are  damned  if  they  seek  assimilation,  damned  if  they 
don't.  .  .  .  What  is  needed  is  freedom  for  both  assimilation  and 
pluralism  to  occur  according  to  the  needs  and  desires  of  the 
minority  group  itself."35 

The  American  Negro  has  chosen  to  be  "American"  rather 
than  "Black,"  and  all  his  energies  have  been  marshaled  to  achieve 
this  goal.  He  does  not  want  segregation  or  separation;  he  wants 
only  to  be  an  American  citizen,  with  the  rights  and  privileges  of 
every  other  citizen.  He  is  not  shaken  in  this  determination,  even 
though  he  is  receiving  no  significant  support  from  any  powerful 
factor  of  the  white  community.  His  prolonged  and  baffling  failure 
to  secure  his  rights  does,  however,  leave  him  prey  to  frustration 
and  anxiety;  and  this  anxiety  is  compounded  by  the  emergence  of 
the  "backward"  Negroes  of  Africa  into  political  independence. 
American  Negroes  are  horrified  to  know  that  they  may  soon  be  the 
only  victims  of  racial  subordination  left  in  the  civilized  world. 

There  is  general  agreement  among  American  Negroes  that 
the  white  man  has  failed  to  demonstrate  any  real  capacity  for 
genuine  brotherhood  and  equal  justice.  There  is  a  widespread 
belief  that  the  white  man  will  never  of  his  own  accord  accept  non- 
whites  as  his  equals  in  status  and  opportunity,  in  America  or  else- 
where. There  is  a  surprisingly  broad  conviction  that — as  the 
Muslims  insist — the  white  man  has  deliberately  "written  the  Negro 
out  of  history,"  refusing  to  recognize  the  Black  Man's  contribution 
to  the  great  Afro-Asian  civilizations  and,  especially,  to  the  devel- 
opment of  America.  The  educated  Negro  is  aware  that  little 
popular  recognition  is  given  to  his  forefathers  in  the  stories  of  "the 
men  who  made  America."  Of  this  cultural  snub,  whether  inten- 
tional or  not,  he  is  increasingly  resentful.  He  has  contributed  to 
the  making  of  America,  first  as  a  slave  and  then  as  a  citizen,  and 
he  wants  the  recognition  and  unrestricted  citizenship  that  are  his 
due. 


254  The  Meaning  for  America 

The  Negro  community  is  not  willing  to  repudiate  the  Chris- 
tian faith,  as  the  Muslims  demand.  But  there  is  a  significant  if 
silent  reservoir  of  sympathy  for  the  Muslims'  racial  doctrines. 
There  is  among  American  Negroes  an  increasing  hostility  for  the 
white  man — a  hostility  born  of  despair.  The  world  around  us  is  in 
cataclysm.  It  is  hard  to  wait  until  tomorrow  for  what  everyone 
else  has  today,  especially  in  an  atomic  age,  when  tomorrow  may 
never  arrive.  The  Black  Muslim  Movement  represents  one  attempt 
to  break  out  of  this  bondage  of  discrimination  and  despair,  which 
now  threatens  the  peace  and  casts  a  dark  shadow  over  the  happi- 
ness and  prosperity  of  all  America. 

Very  many  people  believe  with  Harry  Ashmore  that  "the 
Muslims  are  not  themselves  going  anywhere."30  Many  others  take 
comfort  in  a  belief  that  the  Movement  has  reached  the  zenith  of 
its  membership  and  influence.  Perhaps  it  has.  But  the  Muslims 
are  embarrassing  to  both  the  white  and  the  Negro  communities: 
they  call  attention  to  a  situation  so  irrational  and  so  ugly  that 
neither  side  wants  to  face  it  squarely.  It  is,  therefore,  only  to  be 
expected  that  many  people  wish  the  Muslims  would  simply  fold 
their  tents  and  go  away,  and  that  they  will  try  to  hex  them  away 
by  refusing  to  admit  that  they  really  exist. 

But  the  Muslims  do  exist.  They  do  attract  the  support  of 
the  masses  and  of  a  small  but  increasing  number  of  intellectuals. 
And  they  will  continue  to  expand  as  long  as  racial  tension  is  per- 
mitted to  flourish  in  America.  True,  the  Movement  in  its  present 
form  may  be  crushed  by  an  embarrassed  and  apprehensive  citi- 
zenry, white  or  black.  It  can  be  stopped  today — and  it  should  be, 
if  it  seriously  threatens  the  peace  and  security  of  the  nation.  But 
in  shattering  the  Movement  we  shall  not  eliminate  the  tension  and 
the  need  which  created  and  catapulted  it  to  its  present  momentum. 
Out  of  the  ashes  of  the  Black  Muslims,  another  "black"  specter 
will  inevitably  rise  to  challenge  us,  for  we  can  destroy  the  Muslim 
organization  but  not  the  Negro's  will  to  freedom.  The  essence  of 
the  Black  Muslim  Movement  will  endure — an  extreme  expression 
of  the  American  Negro's  rising  dissatisfaction  with  the  way  things 
are,  and  his  deepening  conviction  that  this  is  not  the  way  things 
have  to  be. 


The  Meaning  for  America  255 

The  meaning  for  America  is  clear.  We  must  attack  the 
disease,  not  its  symptoms.  We  must  confront  the  issue  of  racism 
and  discrimination.  When  we  have  done  so  with  the  determination 
and  moral  conviction  so  brutal  a  problem  deserves,  there  will  be 
no  Black  Muslims.  There  will  be  no  need  for  them.  And  America 
will  be  a  better  place  for  us  all 


Notes 


Preface 

1.  See  Erdmann  D.  Benyon,  "The  Voodoo  Cult  Among  Negro  Mi- 
grants in  Detroit,"  The  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XLI1I,  No.  6  (May 
1938),  894. 


Chapter  1 

1.  Mike  Wallace  and  Louis  Lomax,  "The  Hate  that  Hate  Produced," 
Newsbeat.    New  York:  WNTA-TV,  July  10,   1959.    This  excerpt  is  from 
the  unpublished  typescript  of  the  television  documentary. 

2.  The  author  of  The  Trial  is  Louis  X,  a  talented  and  versatile  young 
Bostonian.    Before  joining  the  Muslims,  Louis  (whose  Christian  name  was 
Gene  Walcott)  had  been  a  popular  calypso  singer  and  musician,  and  had 
attended  college  in  North  Carolina.    He  is  now  Minister  of  the  Boston 
Temple  of  Islam.    He  and  his  family  were  previously  Episcopalians;  his 
wife  is  a  former  Roman  Catholic. 

3.  A  companion  piece,  also  by  Louis  X,  is  Orgena,  which  seems  to 
be  "A  Negro"  spelled  backwards.    Orgena  satirizes  "Americanized"  Negroes 
in  such  stereotyped  roles  as  dope  addicts,  alcoholics,  flashily  dressed  busi- 
nessmen, educators  and  the  "400  set."    This  is  what  the  white  man  has 
made  of  them  since  "kidnapping  them  from  their  ancient  cultures  three 
hundred  years  ago."   Near  the  end  of  the  play,  the  Muslim  faith  and  the 
teachings  of  Elijah  Muhammad  restore  to  the  Black  Man  the  traditional 
dignity   and   intelligence  he   once   enjoyed   in   his   own   great   civilization. 
Orgena  and  The  Trial  are  usually  staged  on  a  single  bill. 

4.  Malcolm  X,  "The  Truth  About  the  Black  Muslims."    An  address 
at  the  Boston  University  School  of  Theology,  May  24,  1960.    Italics  sup- 
plied. 

5.  Time,  August  10,  1959. 

6.  From  a  series  of  street  interviews  by  the  author. 

7.  Nat  HentofT,  The  Reporter,  August  4,  1960,  p.  40. 

8.  Arnold  J.  Toynbee,  A  Study  of  History  (2d  ed.;  London:  Oxford 
University  Press,  1935),  I,  224. 

9.  W.  Lloyd  Warner  and  Leo  Srole,  The  Social  Systems  of  American 
Ethnic  Groups  (New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1945),  p.  285. 

10.  Mike  Wallace  and  Lou  Lomax.    "The  Hate  that  Hate  Produced" 
Newsbeat.    New  York:  WNTA-TV,  July  10,  1959.    [Typescript  of  a  tele- 
vision documentary.] 

11.  See  George  E.  Simpson,  "Recent  Political  Developments  in  Race 
Relations,"  The  Phylon,  Second  Quarter  (Summer  1958),  p.  209.   Cf.  Listen 
Pope,  The  Kingdom  Beyond  Caste  (New  York:  Friendship  Press,   1957), 
pp.  64-68. 

12.  The  rejoicing  at  the  Supreme  Court's  overturning  of  legalized 
segregation  in  American  schools  was  not  quite  universal.   Says  Liston  Pope, 
"Even  the  Afrikaans-language  press  in  the  Union  of  South  Africa  gave 

257 


258  Notes 

extensive  attention  to  it,  while  generally  denying  that  the  situation  in  the 
Union  permitted  movement  in  any  similar  direction."   Op.  cit.,  p.  11. 

13.  "Every  part  of  the  United  States  comes  under  federal  executive 
orders  that  forbid  discrimination  on  some  jobs.    Fifteen  states  have  laws 
against  discrimination  on  most  jobs.    Thirty-seven   cities,   many   of  them 
outside  these  fifteen  states,  have  city  ordinances  against  discrimination  on 
most  jobs."  Quoted  from  Your  Rights  Under  State  and  Local  Fair  Employ- 
ment  Practice    Laws    (American    Federation   of   Labor    and   Congress   of 
Industrial  Organizations  Publication  No.  23   [Washington:    1956]),  p.  2. 

14.  See  William  Peters,  The  Southern  Temper  (New  York:   Double- 
day  &  Co.,  1959),  pp.  225-227.   Quoting  from  the  Harvard  Business  Review 
(1957),  Peters  points  out  inter  alia  that  "The  median  income  of  all  United 
States  Negro  families   is   56   percent  of  the   income  of  white  families — 
$2,410  a  year  as  opposed  to  $4,339.    In  the  South,  where  conditions  are 
worse,  the  median  income  of  Negro  families  is  only  about  49  percent  of 
what  white  families  take  in."  See  also  Mr.  Peters'  discussion  on  the  dearth 
of  Negroes  in  federal  employment  in  the  South,  pp.  241-266.    In  spite  of 
federal  safeguards  against  discrimination,  Peters  finds  that  ".  .  .  with  rare 
exceptions,   Negroes   are  not   employed   above  the   level  of  janitorial   and 
labor  services  by  federal  agencies  in  the  South."  Cf.  The  New  York  Times, 
November  16,   1959,  p.   1:   "A  Presidential  committee  has  made  what   it 
considers  'significant  breakthroughs'  in  obtaining  skilled  jobs  for  Negroes 
in  the  South.  .  .  .  Instead  of  asking  contractors  for  a  generalized  and  prac- 
tically unenforceable  commitment  not  to   discriminate,   the  committee   is 
now  seeking  a  specific  promise  to  hire  Negroes  for  new  jobs   immedi- 
ately. .  .  .  The  committee's  new  policy  has  also  had  results  in  Border  and 
Northern  areas  where  Negroes  had  had  a  hard  time  breaking  out  of  menial 
factory  work.   .   .   .    [But]   no  one  on  the  committee  suggests  that  these 
[cited]  cases  are  enough  to  make  a  fundamental  change  in  job  opportuni- 
ties for  large  numbers  of  Negroes." 

15.  See  Ebony,  Sept.  1960. 

16.  For  several  years,  the  reported  number  of  lynchings  has  declined. 
However,  the  infamous  lynching  of  Emmett  Till,  a  Negro  boy  visiting  in 
Mississippi  in  1955,  and  the  lynching  of  Mack  Parker,  another  Negro  in 
Mississippi,  in  April  1959  have  again  focused  international  attention  upon 
the  continuing  tenuousness  of  civil  security  for  Negroes  in  parts  of  this 
country.   The  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation,  called  into  the  Parker  case 
at  the  request  of  the  Mississippi  governor,  spent  $80,000  in  an  extended 
investigation  of  the  lynching.    The  U.  S.  Attorney  General  described  the 
case  as  "one  of  the  most  complete  investigations  I've  ever  seen  conducted." 
The  FBI  report  was  turned  over  to  a  Mississippi  grand  jury,  which  declined 
to  call  a  single  FBI  witness  and  adjourned  without  returning  any  indictment 
whatever.    See  The  New   York  Times,  November   18,    1959,  p.    1.    Many 
Negroes  consider  the  Parker  lynching  to  be  little  more  than  "official  mur- 
der."  Parker  was  left  in  an  unguarded,  small-town  jail  under  circumstances 
which  seemed  to  invite  his  abduction  and  murder.   However,  killings  in  this 
category  are  often  at  the  hands  of  the  arresting  or  detention  officials  them- 
selves, who  find  it  necessary  to  shoot  their  unarmed  prisoners  "in  self- 
defense"  or  "to  prevent  escape."    See  Peters,  The  Southern  Temper,  pp. 
214-218,  for  a  description  of  a  double  "self-defense"  killing  by  a  Southern 
sheriff. 

17.  "The  campaign  of  the  whites  for  'white  supremacy'  has,  on  the 
whole,  been  successful.    That  is,  the  Negro  has  been  put  and  kept  in  a 
subordinate  status.   The  actual  story  of  the  Negro  since  slavery  is  the  story 
of  this   attitude   in  practice."    Abram   Kardiner  and   Lionel   Ovesey,   The 
Mark  of  Oppression  (New  York:  W.  W.  Norton  &  Co.,  1951),  p.  61. 

18.  The  Christian  Science  Monitor  (Boston),  January  27,  1960,  p.  4. 


Notes  259 

19.  Ibid. 

20.  E.  D.  Beynon,  "The  Voodoo  Cult  Among  Negro  Migrants  in 
Detroit,"   The  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XLIII   (July,   1937 — May, 
1938),   896.    Nadim   Makdisi,   editor  of  the  Voice  of  America's  Arabic 
service,  points  out  that  the  second  largest  Moslem  community  in  America 
is  concentrated  in  the  Detroit-Dearborn  area. 

21.  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  895.    From  an  interview  with  Sister  Denke 
Majied,  formerly  Mrs.  Lawrence  Adams. 

22.  Ibid. 

23.  Ibid.,  p.  895. 

24.  Ibid.,  p.  896.   From  an  interview  with  Brother  Challar  Sharrieff. 

25.  Ibid.   From  an  interview  with  Sister  Carrie  Mohammad. 

26.  Ibid. 

27.  Ibid.,  p.  897. 

28.  The  New  Crusader  (Chicago),  August  15,  1959,  p.  1. 

29.  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  899. 

30.  Ibid.,  p.  902 

31.  Ibid.,  p.  901. 

32.  Ibid.,  p.  897. 

33.  Ibid.,  p.  904. 

34.  "The  Truth  about  the  Black  Muslims."  An  address  at  the  Boston 
University  School  of  Theology,  May  24,  1960. 

35.  New  York  Courier,  August  6,  1960. 

36.  See  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  897. 

37.  Ibid.,  p.  898. 

38.  Temples  or  missions  have  also  been  reported  in  Cuba,  Hawaii 
and  Jamaica,  but  the  report  is  unconfirmed. 

39.  As  indicated,  this  sampling  may  not  be  a  completely  reliable 
index.    In  the  first  place,  it  is  too  small,  and  the  ecological  distribution  of 
the  respondents  (Atlanta,  34;  Chicago,  111;  Boston,  183;  New  York,  133) 
does  not  present  an  adequate  relation  to  the  distribution  of  the  Muslim 
membership.    Secondly,  the  sampling  was  done  piecemeal  over  an  extended 
period;  and  since  names  or  other  positive  identification  could  not  be  used, 
it  is  possible  that  some  persons  responded  more  than  once. 

40.  Beynon   (op.  cit.,  898),  asserts  that  "practically  none  of  them 
[the  Muslims]  had  been  in  the  North  prior  to  the  collapse  of  the  Marcus 
Garvey  movement."   But  there  are  certainly  a  number  of  ex-Garveyites  in 
the  movement  today,  perhaps  as  many  as  10,000-15,000. 

41.  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  905. 

42.  Ibid. 

43.  Ibid. 

44.  Ibid. 

45.  E.  Franklin  Frazier,  Black  Bourgeoisie  (Glencoe,  111.;  The  Free 
Press,  1957),  p.  120. 

46.  The  Chicago  Sun,  October  24,  1942. 

47.  From  a  series  of  interviews  with  Muslim  leaders  in  Chicago  and 
New  York. 

48.  Color  and  Conscience  (New  York:  Harper  and  Brothers,  1946), 
p.  191. 

49.  Malcolm  X,  "The  Truth  About  the  Black  Muslims"  (Supra  34). 

50.  Malcolm    X    at    Boston    University    Human    Relations    Center, 
February  15,  1960. 

51.  James  Hicks,  editor  of  the  New  York  Amsterdam  News  and  a 
close  observer  of  the  movement,  says:   "They  have  high  regard  for  their 
women  and  fight  like  hell  for  each  other."   The  Reporter,  August  4,  1960, 
p.  39. 


260  Notes 

52.  Malcolm    X    at   Boston    University    Human   Relations    Center, 
February  15,  1960. 


Chapter  2 

1.  Edmund  D.  Cronon,  Black  Moses  (Madison:  The  University  of 
Wisconsin  Press,  1955),  p.  66. 

2.  Arnold   Rose,    The  Negro   in   America    (Boston:    Beacon   Press, 
1948),  pp.  17-18. 

3.  Ibid.,  p.  16. 

4.  Ibid.,  pp.  11-12. 

5.  E.  Franklin  Frazier,  The  Negro  in  the  United  States  (New  York: 
The  Macmillan  Co.,  1949),  p.  88.    Quoting  Lionel  Kennedy  and  Thomas 
Parker,  An  Official  Report  of  the  Trials  of  Sundry  Negroes  Charged  with 
an  Attempt  to  Raise  an  Insurrection  in  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 

6.  W.  Lloyd  Warner  and  Leo  Srole,  The  Social  Systems  of  American 
Ethnic  Groups  (New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1945),  p.  295. 

7.  Abram  Kardiner  and  Lionel  Ovesey,   The  Mark  of  Oppression 
(New  York:   W.  W.  Norton  &  Co.,   1951),  p.  39.    But  see  a  somewhat 
broader  concept  of  ethnocentrism   in   Brewton   Berry,   Race   and  Ethnic 
Relations  (Houghton,   1951),  p.  77.    Says  Berry,  "The  ethnic  group  is  a 
human  group  bound  together  by  ties  of  cultural  homogeneity.  .  .  .  Above 
all,  there  is  a  consciousness  of  kind,  a  we-feeling.    The  ethnic  group  may 
even  regard  itself  as  a  race,  but  the  fact  of  such  common  descent  is  of 
much  less  importance  than  the  assumption  that  there  is  a  blood  relationship, 
and  the  myths  of  the  group  develop  to  substantiate  such  an  assumption." 

8.  For  discussion  on  race,  see  the  following:  Ethel  Alpenfels,  Sense 
and  Nonsense  About  Race    (New  York:    Friendship  Press,    1957);  Ruth 
Benedict,   Race:   Science  and  Politics   (New  York:    Viking  Press,    1950); 
Franz  Boas,  Anthropology  and  Modern  Life  (New  York:  W.  W.  Norton  & 
Co.,   1928);  J.  Deniker,  The  Races  of  Man  (London:  Walter  Scott  Pub- 
lishers,   1913);   Oscar   Handlin,   Race   and  Nationality   in   American   Life 
(New  York:  Doubleday  &  Co.,  1957);  F.  H.  Hankins,  The  Racial  Basis  of 
Civilization  (New  York:  Alfred  Knopf,  1926);  Ben  J.  Marais,  Colour,  the 
Unsolved  Problem  of  the  West  (Capetown:  Howard  B.  Timmins,  1952); 
Simpson,  George  E.,  and  Yinger,  J.  Milton,  Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 
in  the  United  States,  1st  ed.  rev.  (New  York:  Harper  and  Brothers,  1958); 
W.  Ashley  Montague,  Man's  Most  Dangerous  Myth  (New  York:  Columbia 
University  Press,   1942);  Gordon  Allport,  The  Nature  of  Prejudice  (New 
York:  Doubleday,  1958). 

9.  "A  'stock'  may  be  defined  as  the  descendants  of  a  large  group  of 
people  who  once  lived  in  the  same  geographical  area  and  shared  certain 
physical  traits  that  are  inherited.    These  traits  set  them  apart  from  other 
groups  who  have  other  combinations  of  physical  characteristics."  Alpenfels, 
Sense  and  Nonsense  About  Race,  p.  19. 

10.  See  Gunnar  Myrdal,  "Race  and  Ancestry,"  An  American  Di- 
lemma (New  York:  Harper  &  Bros.,  1944),  pp.   113-136.    See  also  John 
Hope  Franklin,  From  Slavery  to  Freedom  (New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf, 
1956);  E.  Franklin  Frazier,  Negro  in  the  U.S.,  n6. 

11.  W.    E.    B.   Dubois,   "Three   Centuries   of   Discrimination,"   The 
Crisis,  LIV  (December  1947),  362-363.    Cf.  Melville  J.  Herskovits:  "The 
word  'Negro,'  as  employed  in  the  United  States  has  no  biological  meaning. 
...  a  social  definition  takes  precedence  over  the  biological  reality."   Man 
and  His  Works,  (New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1950),  p.  144. 

12.  Melvin  Conant,  Race  Issues  on  the  World  Scene  (Honolulu: 
University  of  Hawaii  Press,  1955),  p.  119. 


Notes  261 

13.  See  Michael  Clark's  comprehensive  article  on  the  "Rise  in  Racial 
Extremism,"  The  New  York  Times,  January  25,  1960,  p.  1. 


Chapter  3 

1.  Drew  was  born  in  1866.   For  a  description  of  his  movement,  see 
Arthur  H.  Fauset,  "Moorish  Science  Temple  of  America"  in  J.   Milton 
Yinger,  Religion,  Society,  and  the  Individual  (New  York:  The  Macmillan 
Co.,  1957),  pp.  498-507;  or  see  E.  Franklin  Frazier,  The  Negro  in  the  VS., 
pp.  358-359. 

2.  For  an  enlightening  discussion  of  this  19th-century  doctrine,  re- 
cently resurrected  by  some  American  Christians,  see  Everett  Tilson,  Segre- 
gation and  the  Bible  (Nashville:  The  Abingdon  Press,  1958),  pp.  23-26. 

3.  Arthur  H.  Fauset.    Quoted  in  Yinger,  Religion,  Society,  and  the 
Individual  p.  498. 

4.  Yinger,  op.  cit.,  p.  500. 

5.  Ibid.,  p.  504. 

6.  Ibid. 

I.  Dr.  George  W.  B  agnail  in  a  discourse  entitled,  "The  Madness  of 
Marcus  Garvey,"  quoted  in  Edmund  Cronon,  Black  Moses  (Madison:  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin  Press,  1948),  p.  107.    Cronon's  book  is  probably  the 
best  recent  study  of  the  Garvey  Movement. 

8.  J.  Saunders  Redding,  They  Came  in  Chains  (Philadelphia:  J.  B. 
Lippincott  Co.,  1950),  p.  261. 

9.  John   Hope   Franklin,   From   Slavery   to  Freedom    (New  York: 
Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1956),  p.  472. 

10.  Ibid.,  pp.  473-474. 

II.  Ibid.,  p.  471. 

12.  Cronon,  Black  Moses,  p.  16. 

13.  Ibid.,  p.  17. 

14.  Redding,  They  Came  in  Chains,  p.  259. 

15.  Cronon,  Black  Moses,  p.  41. 

16.  Garvey's  understanding  of  the  American  caste  system  was  prob- 
ably faulty.    In  his  native  Jamaica,  the  mulattoes  formed  a  more  or  less 
distinct  class  between  the  whites  and  the  unmixed  blacks.    In  America,  a 
Negro  is  commonly  identified  as  anyone  having  any  Negro  ancestry  what- 
ever; and  all  Negroes  of  whatever  color  are  relegated  to  a  common  caste. 

17.  Cronon,  op.  cit.,  p.  44. 

18.  Ibid.,  p.  47. 

19.  Ibid. 

20.  Quoted  in  ibid.,  p.  65. 

21.  Ibid.,  p.  67. 

22.  Ibid.,  p.  70. 

23.  Ibid.,  p.  185. 

24.  Ibid.,  p.  187. 

25.  Ibid.,  p.  184. 

26.  Ibid.,  pp.  124-125. 

27.  Elmer  T.  Clark,  The  Small  Sects  in  America,  p.  172. 

28.  Cronon,  op.  cit.,  p.  178. 

29.  Ibid.,  p.  179. 

30.  Ibid.,  pp.  129-132. 

31.  See  E.  Franklin  Frazier,  Black  Bourgeoisie  (Glencoe,  111.:  The 
Free  Press,  1957),  p.  123.  These  Negroes  "who  were  acquiring  middle-class 
status,"  Frazier  says,  "did  not  only  regard  his  program  as  fantastic,  but  they 
did  not  want  to  associate  with  his  illiterate  poor  black  followers,  especially 


262  Notes 

since  West  Indians  were  prominent  in  the  movement."  See  also,  J.  Saunders 
Redding,  op.  cit.,  pp.  260-261. 

32.  See  John  Hope  Franklin,  op.  cit.,  p.  482. 

33.  Frazier,  Black  Bourgeoisie,  p.  260. 

34.  Cronon,  op.  cit.,  pp.  113  ff. 

35.  Ibid.,  p.  111. 

36.  Ibid. 


Chapter  4 

1.  The  basic  doctrines  of  the  Muslims  are  laid  down  in  a  booklet 
written  by  Muhammad  and  called  The  Supreme  Wisdom.   This  is  the  pri- 
mary source  book  for  all  that  is  peculiar  to  the  Muslims  and  for  Muham- 
mad's teachings  as  they  appear  in  the  Negro  press. 

2.  Malcolm  X  at  the  Boston  University  Human  Relations  Center, 
February  15,  1960. 

3.  Supreme  Wisdom  (2d  ed.),  pp.  6-7. 

4.  Ibid.,  p.  17. 

5.  Ibid. 

6.  Ibid.,  p.  19. 

7.  Ibid.,  p.  21. 

8.  Ibid.,  p.  27. 

9.  Ibid. 

10.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  Pittsburgh  Courier,  August  15,  1959. 

11.  Malcolm    X    at   Boston    University    Human    Relations    Center, 
February  15,  1960. 

12.  Ibid. 

13.  Supreme  Wisdom  (2d  ed.),  p.  33. 

14.  From  a  typescript  of  "The  Hate  that  Hate  Produced,"  a  tele- 
vision documentary  on  the  rise  of  Black  Racism  by  Mike  Wallace  and 
Louis  Lomax.   Newsbeat  (New  York:  WNTA-TV,  July  10,  1959). 

15.  Ibid. 

16.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  Pittsburgh  Courier,  June   16,   1959. 
Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  excerpts  from  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks"  ap- 
peared in  his  column  by  that  title  in  the  Pittsburgh  Courier. 

17.  Ibid.,  May  2,  1959. 

18.  Ibid. 

19.  The  Supreme  Wisdom  (2d  ed.),  p.  39. 

20.  Ibid.,  p.  33. 

21.  Malcolm  X  on  Newsbeat. 

22.  The  Supreme  Wisdom,  p.  38. 

23.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  July  4,  1959. 

24.  Ibid.,  December  13,  1958. 

25.  Ibid.,  July  18,  1959. 

26.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  December  13,  1958. 

27.  The  Supreme  Wisdom,  p.  12. 

28.  Ibid.,  p.  13. 

29.  Ibid. 

30.  Ibid. 

31.  Ibid.,  p.  28. 

32.  Ibid.,  p.  36. 

33.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  January  17,  1959. 

34.  Ibid.,  August  9,  1958. 

35.  From  an  interview  with  Malcolm  X. 

36.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  August  22,  1959. 


Notes  263 

37.  Len   Holt,    "Norfolk   News   Beat,"   Afro-American,   August    13, 
1960. 

38.  See  The  Supreme  Wisdom,  pp.  21  and  42. 

39.  Ibid.,  p.  22. 

40.  Malcolm  X  at  the  Boston  University  Human  Relations  Center, 
February  15,  1960. 

41.  Eric   Hoffer,   The   True  Believer   (New  York:    New  American 
Library,  1951),  pp.  55-56. 

42.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  August  9,  1958. 

43.  From  an  interview  with  Elijah  Muhammad,  March  4,  1959. 

44.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  6,  1958. 

45.  Ibid.,  January  16,  1960. 

46.  Ibid.,  January  30,  1960. 

47.  Ibid.,  February  7,  1959. 

48.  Ibid.,  August  8,  1959. 

49.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  20,  1960. 

50.  Ibid. 

51.  Pittsburgh   Courier,   August    15,    1959,   quoting   U.S.  News  and 
World  Report  of  August  3,  1959. 

52.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  August  9,  1958. 

53.  Los  Angeles  Dispatch,  January  30,  1960. 

54.  Afro-American,  February  20,  1960. 

55.  Malcolm  X  on  The  Jerry  Williams  Show,  Boston:  Radio  Station 
WMEX,  April  2,  1960.   From  a  taped  transcription.  Italics  supplied. 

56.  Beynon,  pp.  905-906. 

57.  Ibid. 

58.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  August  16,  1958. 

59.  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  905. 

60.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  January  16,  1960. 

61.  The  Islamic  News,  July  6,  1959. 

62.  Chicago  Daily  Defender,  March  5,  1960.    In  a  radio  interview 
over  Boston's  station  WMEX  on  April  2,  1960,  Malcolm  X  called  for  "nine 
or  ten  states." 

63.  "Mr.   Muhammad   Speaks,"  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  July 
16,  1960. 

64.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  Pittsburgh  Courier,  August  2,  1958. 

65.  Ibid.,  October  11,  1958. 

66.  At  the  Boston  University  Human  Relations  Center,  February  15, 
1960. 

67.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  August  2,  1958. 

68.  Ibid.,  May  3,  1958. 

69.  Ibid.,  September  6,  1958. 


Chapter  5 

1.  See  Richard  T.  La  Piere,  Collective  Behavior  (New  York:  Mc- 
Graw-Hill Book  Co.,  1938),  pp.  504-510.  La  Piere  describes  a  mass  move- 
ment as  a  spatial  movement  of  a  considerable  portion  of  the  social  popula- 
tion to  some  new,  promised  land.  A  movement  built  around  some  person 
or  idea  (which  need  not  involve  spatial  relocation)  is  termed  a  "messianic 
movement."  The  messianic  movement  is  built  around  a  "miracle  man"  or 
a  "miracle  cure"  or  upon  the  idea  of  a  "political  messiah."  "The  messianic 
movement  [is]  ...  a  collective  flight  from  reality  .  .  .  following  a  new 
form  of  leadership  which  will  bring  health,  wealth  or  happiness.  The 


264  Notes 

movement  begins  with  the  idea  that  some  person  ...  is  a  messiah  who  has 
come  to  deliver  the  faithful  from  whatever  it  is  that  ails  them." 

2.  I  am  indebted  to  Eric  Hoffer,  The  True  Believer  (New  York: 
New  American  Library,  1951),  for  many  of  the  concepts  discussed  in  this 
and  the  following  sections. 

3.  Hoffer,  pp.  52-53. 

4.  Ibid.,  pp.  105-106. 

5.  Ibid.,  p.  107. 

6.  Ibid.,  p.  104.    Hoffer  quotes  John  Morley,  Notes  on  Politics  and 
History  (New  York:  Macmillan  Company,  1914),  pp.  69-70. 

7.  Ibid.t  p.  18. 

8.  Ibid.,  pp.  85-86. 

9.  Ibid.,  p.  86. 

10.  Ibid.,  pp.  93-94. 

11.  "The    Hate    That    Hate    Produced,"    Newsbeat    (New    York: 
WNTA-TV,  July  10-17,  1959). 

12.  Time,  August  10,  1959. 

13.  James  N.  Rhea,  Providence  Bulletin,  August  6,  1959. 

14.  From  an  interview  with  Malcolm  X. 

15.  See  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  The  Reader's  Digest,  March  1960. 

16.  From  a  series  of  Muslim  interviews. 

17.  See,  for  example,  Arna  Bontemps,  Story  of  the  Negro   (New 
York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1958). 

18.  From    an    interview    with    Minister    Louis    X. The    Muslim 

philosophy  is  limited,  and  the  temple  lectures  are,  without  exception,  re- 
phrasings  of  statements  already  made  in  printed  materials,  interviews  or 
public  lectures.    For  the  sake  of  documentary  accuracy,  the  quotations  in 
this  section  are  drawn  from  these  other  sources;  but  in  content  and  range 
they  faithfully  represent  the  typical — one  might  almost  say,  the  universal — 
temple  lecture. 

19.  From  an  interview  with  Malcolm  X. 

20.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  September  20,  1958. 

21.  "Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,"  June  6,  1959. 

22.  lbid.9  April  18,  1959. 

23.  Ibid.,  May  2,  1959. 

24.  Ibid. 

25.  The  Supreme  Wisdom  (2d  ed.),  p.  19. 

26.  Ibid. 

27.  From  a  series  of  interviews  with  Muslims. 

28.  The  Supreme  Wisdom,  p.  51. 

29.  A  translation  by  Maulana  Muhammed  Ali  and  one  by  Allama 
Yusuf  Ali  are  approved  for  the  followers  of  Elijah  Muhammad.    Beynon 
says  of  Fard  that  he  "used  only  the  Arabic  text  which  he  translated  and 
explained  to  the  believers   .   .   .    [thereby  making  them]   completely  de- 
pendent upon  his  interpretation."    However,  Fard  gave  his  followers  texts 
he  himself  prepared  which  were  memorized  by  all  converts,    (p.  900.) 

30.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  20,  1960. 

31.  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  903. 

32.  Detroit  Free  Press,  August  14,  1959. 

33.  Ibid. 

34.  Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,  May,  1960. 

35.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  July  16,  1960. 

36.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  13,  1960. 

37.  Ibid. 

38.  Ibid.,  January  9,  1960. 

39.  Ibid.,  July  30,  1960. 

40.  Ibid.,  January  9,  1960. 


Notes  265 


Chapter  6 


1.  New  York  Amsterdam  News,  July  30,  1960.   Reprinted  from  The 
Saturday  Review. 

2.  An  address:   "The  Truth  About  the  Black  Muslims."    May  24, 
1960. 

3.  Denver  Post,  August  13,  1959. 

4.  Malcolm   X   at   the   Boston   University   Human   Relations  Cen- 
ter, February  15,  1960. 

5.  See  Pittsburgh  Courier,  July  19,  1958.   Cf.  New  York  Amsterdam 
News,  July  12,  1958. 

6.  See  Time,  August  10,  1959. 

7.  Survey  by  the  author;  the  results  will  be  published  later  in  an 
appropriate  journal.    A  small  percentage  of  business  and  professional  men 
had  clients  or  customers  whom  they  knew  to  be  Muslims.    A  very  small 
percentage  had  Muslim  friends.   None  had  visited  a  Muslim  temple. 

8.  Sepia,  November,  1959,  p.  22. 

9.  Vol.  I,  No.  1,  1959,  pp.  20-21. 

10.  Pittsburgh  Courier,  September  12,  1959. 

11.  Ibid.,  October  24,  1959. 

12.  New  York  Amsterdam  News,  March  5,  1960. 

13.  The  New  Crusader,  August  1,  15,  22,  29;  September  5,  19,  26; 
November  28  (all  1959). 

14.  The  New  Crusader,  August  29,  1959. 

15.  Statement  issued  on  August  5,  1959. 

16.  Quoted  in  Pittsburgh  Courier,  September  5,  1959. 

17.  Chicago  Daily  Defender,  October  3,  1959. 

18.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  January  30,  1960. 

19.  Ibid.,  January  16,  1960. 

20.  Ibid. 

21.  New  Jersey  Herald  News,  January  2,  1960. 

22.  The  New  York  Times,  January  25,  1960. 

23.  Excerpt  from  a  letter  to  the  author,  dated  February  19,  1960. 

24.  Columbus  (Ohio)  Dispatch,  August  10,  1959. 

25.  Time,  August  10,  1959. 

26.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  January  9,  1960. 

27.  Ibid. 

28.  Malcolm    X    at    Boston    University    Human    Relations    Center* 
February  15,  1960. 

29.  Ibid. 

30.  New  York  Courier,  July  22,  1960. 

31.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  March  5,  1960. 

32.  New  York  Amsterdam  News,  July  16,  1960. 

33.  Indianapolis  Times,  August  10,  1959. 

34.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  June  5,  1958. 

35.  New  York  Amsterdam  News,  April  26,  1958. 

36.  The  churches  involved  were  St.  John's  Congregational,  Bethel 
AME  and  the  Third  Baptist  Church.  Police  decided  that  there  had  been  no 
breach  of  the  peace,  and  no  arrests  were  made.    The  Springfield  Daily 
News,  February  2,  1959. 

37.  Chicago's  American,  February  23,  1960. 

38.  Pittsburgh  Courier,  April  26,  1958. 

39.  The  New  York  Times,  January  25,  1960. 

40.  Pittsburgh  Courier,  March  3,  1958. 

41.  Observed  personally  by  the  author. 

42.  Sepia,  November,  1959. 

43.  From  an  interview  with  Malcolm  X. 


266  Notes 

44.  Detroit  Jewish  News,  August  21,  1959. 

45.  See  Nadim  Makdisi,  "The  Moslems  of  America,"   The  Christian 
Century,  August  26,  1959. 

46.  The  Muslim  World,  Vol.  L,  No.  1,  January,  1960. 

47.  The  (Westchester,  N.Y.)  Observer,  April  19,  1958.   See  also  The 
Moslem  World  and  the  U.S.A.,  August,  September,  1956. 

48.  New  York  Amsterdam  News,  April  4,  1958. 

49.  Ibid.   May  3,  1958. 

50.  Malcolm  X  at  the  Boston  University  Human  Relations  Center, 
February  15,  1960. 

51.  Ibid. 

52.  "The  Truth  about  the  Black  Muslims,"  an  address  by  Malcolm  X. 

53.  Ibid. 

54.  Time,  August  10,  1959,  p.  25. 

55.  The  Christian  Science  Monitor,  May  16,  1960. 

56.  Ibid.,  August  29,  1959. 

57.  The  Denver  Post,  August  13,  1959. 

58.  Providence  Bulletin,  August  6,  1959. 

59.  The  Boston  Herald,  February  8,  1960. 

60.  The  Detroit  Free  Press,  August  14,  1959. 

61.  The  Reporter,  August  4,  1960,  p.  40. 

62.  The  Boston  Globe,  May  12,  1960. 


Chapter  7 

1.  1950  population,  4,480. 

2.  Beynon,  op.  cit.,  p.  903. 

3.  Elijah  Muhammad,   The  Supreme   Wisdom:  Solution  to  the  So- 
called  Negroes'  Problem.  (2d  ed.;  Chicago:  The  University  of  Islam,  1957), 
p.   15.    This  booklet  first  appeared  as  "Volume  I"  in  1955  or  1956.    The 
initial  volume  was  revised  and  somewhat  systematized  in  a  "First  Edition" 
printed  in  February  1957.    An  identical  "Second  Edition"  was  printed  in 
April  1957. 

4.  Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,  May  1960. 

5.  The  Supreme  Wisdom,  p.  43. 

6.  Nat  Hentoff,  "Elijah  in  the  Wilderness,"  The  Reporter,  August  4, 
1960. 

7.  The  Supreme  Wisdom  (2d  ed.),  p.  21. 

8.  The  Islamic  News,  July  6,  1959. 

9.  Ibid. 

10.  Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,  May  1960. 

11.  September  22,  1942,  p.  9. 

12.  Ibid. 

13.  The  Chicago  Sun,  October  24,  1942. 

14.  Malcolm  explains  that  since  all  Black  Men  are  from  the  tribe  of 
Shabazz,  his  "Muslim"  name  is  theoretically  available  to  any  member  of 
the  sect. 

15.  Alex  Haley,  Reader's  Digest,  March  1960. 

16.  Sepia,  November  1959,  p.  26. 

17.  Nat  Hentoff,  "Elijah  in  the  Wilderness,"  The  Reporter,  August  4, 
1960,  p.  39. 

18.  Ibid. 

19.  From  unpublished  notes  by  Alex  Haley. 

20.  Beynon,  p.  902. 

21.  Ibid.,  p.  903. 


Notes  267 

22.  Chicago's  American,  January  18,  1958,  and  February  22,  1960. 

23.  The  Pittsburgh  Courier,  January  18,  1958. 

24.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  18,  1960. 

25.  Ibid. 

26.  Chicago's  American,  February  23,  1960. 

27.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  18,  1960. 

28.  Ibid. 

29.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  20,  1960. 

30.  Ibid.,  February  18,  1960. 


Chapter  8 

1.  Polygamy  and  snake-handling  are  common  examples.    Also,  the 
courts  will  usually  enforce  the  education  of  children  up  to  age  sixteen,  and 
they  have  uniformly  overridden  religious  objections  to  hospital  care  and 
such  medical   attention  as  blood  transfusions,  while  prohibiting  religious 
"healers"  from  claiming  professional  status. 

2.  See  New  York  Amsterdam  News,  Nov.  7,  1959. 

3.  Cf.  Hadley  Contril,  The  Psychology  of  Social  Movements  (New 
York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  1941).  pp.  169-210. 

4.  Emile  Durkheim,  The  Elementary  Forms  of  the  Religious  Life, 
trans,  by  Joseph  Ward  Swain  (Glencoe,  111.:  The  Free  Press,  1947),  p.  24. 

5.  Ibid.,  p.  36. 

6.  Ibid.,  p.  37.   Cf.  J.  Milton  Yinger,  Religion,  Society  and  the  Indi- 
vidual (New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company,  1957),  p.  14. 

7.  See  Durkheim,  op.  cit.,  p.  47. 

8.  Emst  Troeltsch,  The  Social  Teaching  of  the  Christian  Churches, 
trans,  by  Olive  Wyon  (London:  George  Allen  &  Unwin  Ltd.,  1931),  331. 

9.  H.   Richard  Niebuhr,   The  Social  Sources  of  Denominationalism 
(New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Company,  1929),  pp.  65-67.   Cited  in  Yinger, 
Religion,  Society  and  the  Individual,  p.  151. 

10.  Yinger  modifies  Troeltsch's  dichotomy  of  church  and  sect  into  a 
six-fold  typology:  universal  church,  ecclesia,  denomination,  established  sect, 
sect  and  cult.    The  first  five  are  merely  subdivisions  of  Troeltsch's  cate- 
gories and  are  not  substantively  significant  in  evaluating  the  Black  Muslim 
Movement. 

11.  J.  Milton  Yinger,  Religion  in  the  Struggle  for  Power  (Durham: 
Duke  University  Press,  1946),  p.  22. 

12.  Yinger,  Religion,  Society  and  the  Individual,  p.  155. 

13.  Ibid. 

14.  Ibid.,  p.  154. 

15.  See  Elmer  T.  Clark,  The  Small  Sects  in  America  (New  York: 
Abingdon  Press,  1949),  p.  14. 

16.  See  also  "The  Legalistic  or  Objectivist  Sects,"  ibid.f  p.  23-24. 

17.  The  Supreme  Wisdom,  p.  4.    See  also  the  Introduction  to  The 
Supreme   Wisdom,   in  which   a   Pakistani   Moslem   defends   Muhammad's 
brand  of  Islam  as  appropriate  for  racial  circumstances  in  this  country. 

18.  For  a  discussion  of  this  Moslem  "heresy,"  see  Charles  S.  Braden, 
"Moslem  Missions  in  America,"  Religion  in  Life,  Summer  1959. 

19.  Wilfred  Cantwell  Smith,  Modern  Islam  in  India  (London:  Victor 
Gollancz  Ltd.,  1946),  p.  299. 

20.  Braden,  op.  cit.,  supra. 

21.  There  follows  a  lengthy  description  of  the  ritual  and  ceremony 
incident  to  entering  the  Holy  City  and  of  the  Kaaba,  or  Black  Stone.   Los 
Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  January  30,  1960. 


268  Notes 


22.  Ibid.,  January  2,  1960. 

23.  The  Islamic  News,  July  6,  1959. 

24.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  2,  1958. 

25.  The  Pittsburgh  Courier,  April  15,  1958. 

26.  76/W.,  August  15,  1959. 

27.  76/W. 

28.  Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  February  20,  1960. 


Chapter  9 

1.  Arnold  and  Caroline  Rose,  America  Divided  (New  York:  Alfred 
A.  Knopf,  1948),  p.  218. 

2.  New  York  Courier,  August  20,  1960. 

3.  Arnold  and  Caroline  Rose,  p.  219. 

4.  See  Carl  Wittke,  We  Who  Built  America  (New  York:  Prentice 
Hall,  1939),  for  a  systematic  cataloguing  of  various  national  groups  in  the 
United  States,  their  newspapers  and  societies. 

5.  Arnold  Rose,  America  Divided  (New  York:   Alfred  A.  Knopf, 
Inc.,  1948),  p.  233. 

6.  Ibid. 

7.  Ibid.,  p.  234. 

8.  Paul  A.   Walter,  Jr.,  Race  and  Culture  Relations   (New  York: 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  Inc.,  1952),  p.  325. 

9.  Ibid.,  p.  338. 

10.  Ibid.,  p.  328. 

1 1 .  Black  Bourgeoisie,  p.  87. 

12.  Mays  and  Nicholson,  The  Negro's  Church.    Quoted  in  Simpson 
and  Yinger,  Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities  in  the  United  States,  p.  583. 

13.  "Relative  Route  to  Absolute,"  Time,  January  18,   I960,  p.  48. 
Cf.   Listen   Pope,   The  Kingdom  Beyond  Caste   (New  York:    Friendship 
Press,  1957),  p.  117. 

14.  Arnold  M.  Rose,  The  Negro's  Morale  (Minneapolis:  The  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota  Press,  1949),  p.  98. 

15.  Simpson   and   Yinger,   Racial   and   Cultural   Minorities   in   the 
United  States,  p.  582. 

16.  Frazier,  Black  Bourgeoisie,  p.  88. 

17.  Simpson  and  Yinger,  op.  cit. 

18.  Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  27,000;  Kappa  Alpha  Psi,  20,000;  Omega  Psi 
Phi,  20,000;  Phi  Beta  Sigma,  11,605;  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha,  20,000;  Delta 
Sigma  Theta,  21,000.    Harry  Hansen    (ed.),   The   World  Almanac  (New 
York:  New  York  World  Telegram,  1960),  pp.  489-490.    Figures  for  Zeta 
Phi  Beta  and  Sigma  Gamma  Rho  were  not  included  in  the  data  offered  by 
this  source.    The  writer  offers   15,000  as  a  minimum  estimate  based  on 
information  from  members  of  these  sororities. 

19.  Frazier,  The  Negro  in  the  United  States,  p.  382. 

20.  Ibid. 

21.  See  C.  Eric  Lincoln,  "Anxiety,  Fear  and  Integration,"  Phylon: 
Journal  of  Race  and  Culture,  September  1960. 

22.  Whether   assimilation   presupposed    amalgamation   is,   I   believe, 
purely  academic.    Amalgamation  is  a  biological  phenomenon,  and  in  the 
United  States  it  is  also  a  well  documented  social  fact.   Further,  amalgama- 
tion is  cognizant  of  neither  "integration"  nor  "assimilation";  it  is  oblivious 
of  both. 

23.  W.  L.  Warner  and  P.  S.  Lunt,  Status  System  of  a  Modern  Com- 
munity (New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1942),  pp.  285-286. 


Notes  269 

24.  J.  Saunders  Redding,  They  Came  in  Chains  (New  York:  J.  B. 
Lippincott,  1950),  p.  225. 

25.  National  Council  of  Churches  Information  Service,  February  23, 
1957,  quoting  the  Independent,  p.  2. 

26.  Redding,  op.  cit.,  p.  255. 

27.  "What  is  the  NAACP?"    Information  Service  (New  York:  The 
National  Council  of  the  Churches  of  Christ  in  the  United  States  of  America, 
February  23,  1957),  p.  1. 

28.  Interview  with  the  Reverend  Mr.  McDaniel. 

29.  Redding,  op.  cit.,  p.  229. 

30.  See  C.  Eric  Lincoln,  "The  Strategy  of  a  Sit-In,"  The  Reporter, 
January  6,  1961,  pp.  20-23. 

31.  Yinger,  Religion,  Society  and  the  Individual,  p.  9. 

32.  Ibid.,  p.  10. 

33.  For  an  informative  discussion  of  the  functional  properties  of  con- 
flict, see  Raymond  Mack  and  Richard  Snyder,  "The  Analysis  of  Social 
Conflict,"  Conflict  Resolution,  Vol.  I  (June  1957),  pp.  212-247.    See  also 
Robin  M.  Williams,  Jr.,  The  Reduction  of  Intergroup  Tensions  (New  York: 
Social  Science  Research  Council),  1947;  and  Son  J.  Hager,  "Religious  Con- 
flict,"   and   Robin   M.   Williams,   Jr.,   "Religion,   Value-Orientations,    and 
Intergroup  Conflict,"  The  Journal  of  Social  Issues,  Vol.  XII,  No.  3  (1955). 

34.  E.  B.  Reuter,  The  American  Race  Problem  (New  York:  Thomas 
Y.  Crowell,  1927),  p.  410. 

35.  The  Nature  of  Prejudice,  pp.  233-234. 

36.  The  Boston  Globe,  May  12,  1960. 


Index 


Abdul-Hamid,  Soufi,  169 

Acceptance,  38-39,  71,  229,  247 

Africa,  emergence  of  new  nations  in, 
9-10,  126,  147,  253 

African  Legion,  60 

African  Motor  Corps,  60 

African  Orthodox  Church,  62,  65 

Aggression,  39-40,  41,  229,  247;  in- 
verted, 40;  misdirected,  40,  250; 
outlets  for,  249-50 

Ahmad,  Mirza  Ghulam;  Ahmadiyah 
movement,  220-21 

Alexander,  Sanford,  130 

Allah,  belief  in,  70,  219;  Fard  iden- 
tified with,  16,  21,  72-74,  182,  195 

Allport,  Gordon,  253 

Alpha  Kappa  Alpha,  238,  268 

Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  237,  268 

American  Council  on  Human  Rights 
(ACHR),  237-38 

American  Jewish  Committee;  Amer- 
ican Jewish  Congress,  232 

"American,"  concept  of,  227-28 

Amsterdam  News  (New  York), 
142,  143-44 

Anglo-Saxon  Clubs,  60 

Anti-Defamation  League,  232 

Antisegregation  organizations,  244- 
45;  see  also  Integration 

Anti-Semitism,  168-69,  232 

Anti-Zionism,  148-49,  166,  224 

Arabic,  learning  of,  125,  127,  219 

Asceticism,  29,  91 

Ashmore,  Harry,  178,  254 

Asian- African  Drums,  171 

Assimilation,  239 

Austin,  Noel,  138 

Avoidance,  35-38,  229,  247 

Bahai,  29,  215 
Barclay,  Edwin,  61 
Bates,  Mrs.  Daisy,  149,  150 
Bell,  Derrick,  148 


Berry,  Edwin  C,  152 
Beynon,  Erdman,  23,  24,  199,  201 
Bible,  11,  13,  206,  219,  248 
Biological  distinctiveness,  46,  47 
Biological  re-purification,  89-90 
Biracial  organizations,   145-52,  238- 

46 

Black  Cross  Nurses,  60 
Black  Eagle  Flying  Corps,  60 
Black  Muslim  Movement,  4-6;  aims 
of,  27,  84-97,  98,  210;  attraction 
of,  27-32,  108-9,  113;  beginnings 
of,  10-17,  66,  72-74;  black  na- 
tionalism and,  34,  66;  commercial 
enterprises  of,  24,  60,  63,  64,  93; 
doctrines  and  mythology  of,  68- 
80,  104,  220,  247;  economic  and 
political  power  of,  17-20,  196; 
factionalism  in,  15-16,  179-209; 
foreign  contacts  of,  26,  171-72; 
functional  and  dysfunctional  as- 
pects of,  248-53;  and  international 
politics,  223-26;  and  Jewish  com- 
munity, 165-69;  as  a  mass  move- 
ment, 106-34;  media  of  communi- 
cation of,  129-34;  membership  of, 
21-27,  85,  98-101,  106,  108,  111- 
15,  126;  money  problems  of,  17- 
18,  20,  88,  90-93,  119,  123-24, 
130;  morality  of,  55,  67,  80-83, 
164;  and  the  Negro  community, 
135-64;  "open"  rallies  of,  175; 
and  orthodox  Islam,  169-72,  196, 
210-26;  schools  of,  14,  26,  32, 
126-28,  250;  as  social  and  reli- 
gious movement,  212-23,  246-53; 
temples  of,  11,  22,  24,  26,  81-82, 
107,  115-26,  181,  184,  185-186, 
194,  197,  198;  and  white  com- 
munity, 172-78 

Black  nationalism,  23,  33,  43-46, 
251;  characteristics  of,  50;  and 
social  class,  46-49;  see  also  Moor- 


270 


Index 


271 


ish  Science  movement  and  Gar- 

vey,  Marcus 

Black  Star  Steamship  Line,  60,  64 
Black  supremacy,  49,  76,  145,  147, 

153,  177 
B'nai  B'rith,  232 
Boston,  Black  Muslims  in,  129,  134, 

185;  passing  in,  36;  Temple  11  in, 

193 

Boston  Globe,  178 
Boston  Herald,  176,  177 
Boule,  the,  237 
Brotherhood,   as  a  tenet  of  Islam, 

125,  220,  252 
Brown,  Earl,  138 
Bunche,  Ralph,  88,  131,  139,  241 
Burley,  Dan,  133 
Bus  strike,  Montgomery,  Ala.,  137, 

161,  244 

Business,    Negro,    and    Black    Mus- 
lims, 140-41,  161,  162 
"Buy  black"  policy,  20,  93,  250 

Caste  society,  38,  108 

Castro,  Fidel,  18 

Chalmers,  Allan  Knight,  241 

Chicago,  commercial  enterprises  in, 
93;  Moorish  Science  movement 
in,  52;  Muslim  schools  in,  26,  32; 
proposed  Islamic  Center  in,  97, 
128;  race  riot  in,  56;  Temple  2 
in,  16,  17,  182 

Chicago  Daily  Defender,   144 

Christian  Science  Monitor,  140,  176, 
177 

Christianity,  as  counterpressure  to 
black  nationalism,  49;  modifica- 
tion of  attacks  on,  206;  and 
Moorish  Science  movement,  54; 
Negro  believers  In,  31,  67,  69-70, 
123,  205-6  (see  also  Churches, 
Negro);  Negro  clergy  and,  79-80; 
repudiation  of,  26-27,  28-29,  121, 
122-23,  132,  152,  248,  252;  and 
white  supremacy,  28,  78-80,  131 

Church,  description  of,  214-15,  267 

Churches,  Negro,  33,  62,  155-59, 163, 
207,  234-35;  white,  controversies 
in,  221-22;  white,  racial  bias  in, 
28,  114,  158,  221,  234-35 

Citizenship,  limited,  174,   175,  228; 


unrestricted,  desire  for,  253 
Clergy,  Negro,  79-80,  153-54,  155- 

58,  234-35 
Colonialism,  9,  28 
Colored  Knights  of  Pythias,  236 
Committee     on      Racial      Equality 

(CORE),   155,  245 
Communist  party,  16 
Conduct,  rules  of,  for  Black  Mus- 
lims,  29,   67,   80-83,   90-92,    105, 
128,  132,  164;  for  the  Moors,  55 
Court  cases,  Muslims,  204-5 
Cult,   216-17,   267;   Black   Muslims 
as,  106,  217;  Ras  Tafarian,  50,  58 
Cultural  heritage,  Jewish,  231;  Ne- 
gro, 48,  58,  250 

David  X,  159 

Dawud,  Talib  Ahmad,   144,   170-71 

Death,  contempt  for,  103 

Declaration  of  the  Rights  of  the 
Negro  Peoples  of  the  World,  59 

Delinquency,  absence  of,  25,  32,  115 

Delta  Sigma  Theta,  238,  268 

Denver  Post,  176,  177 

Depression,  12,  24 

Desegregation.  See  Integration 

Detroit,  Fard  in,  10-11,  72;  mi- 
grants to,  21;  Muslim  schools  in, 
32 

Detroit  Free  Press,  176,  177 

Diab,  Jamil,  26,  170 

Dietary  laws,  81,  91,  219 

Discrimination,  in  employment  and 
political  affairs,  8,  88;  in  the 
North,  21;  responses  to,  35-40, 
71,  229,  247 

Divorce,  55,  82 

"Double  duty  dollar,"  43 

Drew,  Noble  (Timothy),  13,  23,  50, 
51,  52,  53,  54,  55,  66 

DuBois,  W.  E.  B.,  45,  64,  240 

Durkheim,  Emile,  213 

Eason,  James  W.  H.,  64-65 
Economic  program,  Muslim,   17-18, 

20,  88,  90-93,  119,  123-24,  130 
Economic  separation,  20,  88,  90-93, 

247 

Elks,  Order  of,  236-37 
Equality,  of  ministers   and   "broth- 


272 


Index 


ers,"  90;  NAACP  policy  of,  241; 
of  sexes,  31-32,  83 
Ethiopia,  33-34;  interest  of,  in  Mus- 
lims, 16 

Faith,  Negro,  in  white  decency,  227- 

29,  246;  unity  through,  103-4 
Fard,   Wallace   D.,    10-14,    15,    16, 

66,  73,  106,  180,  181,  182,  183 
Federal    Bureau    of    Investigation, 

94,  187,  211 
Federation  of  Islamic  Associations, 

170,  219 

"Folk  Negroes,"  38,  229 
Fraternal  organizations,  231,  235-37 
Fraternities  and  sororities,  237-38 
Frazier,  E.  Franklin,  234,  237 
Freedom,  will  to,  161,  254 
Freeman,  Andrew  G.,  152 
Freemasonry,  13,  236 
Fruit  of  Islam,  14,  30,  82,  118,  184, 

185,  193,  199-203 
Fuller,  S.  B.,  129 

Gallagher,  Buell,  27,  28 

Garvey,  Marcus;  Garvey  movement, 
8,  23,  25,  42,  50,  56-66,  72,  94, 
164,  208 

Ghetto,  Black,  25,  37,  90,  167;  Jew- 
ish, 165 

Granger,  Lester  B.,  151,  152 

Greek  letter  societies,  237 

Group  consciousness,  34-35;  see  also 
Race  consciousness 

Group  identification,  229-34 

Group  solidarity,  247;  see  also 
Unity 

Hajj  Committee,  171 

Harlem,  18,  143,  192 

Harris,  Robert,  13,  204 

Hate  groups,  151,  153,  177 

Hatred,  as  basis  of  Muslim  move- 
ment, 67,  112,  114,  147,  207,  208, 
218,  221,  248;  denial  of  teaching 
of,  186,  209;  in  a  mass  move- 
ment, 105-6;  self,  35,  70 

Hentoff,  Nat,  134,  140 

Herald-D  is  patch  ( Los  Angeles  ) , 
129-31,  142,  143,  148,  153,  204 

History,   Negro,   emphasis  on,   32, 


120,    121,    126,   250;   reconstruc- 
tion of,  44,  58 

Hoffer,  Eric,  83,  105 

Holy  Koran,  53 

Human  sacrifice,  13,  204 

Income,  annual,  20,  258 

Independent  Episcopalian  Church, 
62 

Indian  ancestry,  46 

In-group  organizations,  231 

Integration,  of  busses  in  Montgom- 
ery, 137,  161,  244;  definition  of, 
239;  of  eating  places  in  South, 
230;  importance  of,  to  biracial 
organizations,  238-39;  Muslim  at- 
tacks on,  88-89,  124-25,  161; 
steps  toward,  7-8 

Integrative  organizations,  145-52, 
238-46,  247 

Intellectuals,  Negro,  29,  111,  139- 
40,  254 

Intermarriage,  rejection   of,   47,   89 

International  interest  in  Muslims,  16 

International  relations,  223-26,  251- 
52 

Islam,  orthodox,  144,  223;  in  Amer- 
ica, 169-72,  223;  Black  Muslims 
and,  210-26;  confusion  of  doc- 
trines of  Black  Muslims  and,  251- 
52;  international,  168,  171,  212; 
political  issues  and,  223-26;  as 
religion  of  peace,  119-20,  125;  see 
also  Black  Muslim  Movement 

Islamic  Center,  proposed,  97,  128 

Islamic  News,  133 

Israel,  96,  166,  168 

Jack,  Hulan,  138 

James,  Minister,  197-98 

James,  William  M.,  158 

Japan,  interest  of,  in  Black  Mus- 
lims, 16,  26;  Muhammad's  sym- 
pathy for,  26,  188 

Japanese- Americans,  232-33 

Jeremiah  X,  197,  198 

Jesus,  54,  74-75,  78,  123;  Black,  62 

Jews,  aggression  against,  40,  168, 
232;  associations  of,  231-232;  and 
Black  Muslims,  165-69;  cultural 
heritage  of,  231;  in  NAACP,  149, 


Index 


273 


167 

Johnson,  Gabriel,  59 
Johnson,  James  Weldon,  64 
Jones,  Eugene  Kinkle,  64 
Judaism,   attack  on,    131,    131;  see 

also  Jews 

Kappa  Alpha  Psi,  237,  238,  268 

Karriem,  Isaiah,  194 

Karriem,  Robert,  204 

Keating,  Kenneth  B.,  169 

Kilroe,  Edwin  P.,  62 

King,  Charles  D.  B.,  63 

King,  Martin  Luther,  138,  145,  152, 

153,  154,  155,  244 
Ku  Klux  Klan,   57,  60,    163,    190, 

245 

Lawson,  James,  150 

Leadership,  individual  Negro,  135- 
41,  163,  173;  institutional  Negro, 
145-55;  in  a  mass  movement, 
101-3,  105;  Negro,  Muslim  attack 
on,  131,  139 

Leavell,  Balm  L.,  Jr.,  144 

Liberia,  59,  61,  63 

Little,  Malcolm.   See  Malcom  X 

Lomax,  Louis,  134 

Los  Angeles,  5;  Black  Muslim  mem- 
bership in,  178 

Los  Angeles  Herald-Dispatch,  129- 
31,  142,  143,  148,  153,  204 

Lottie  X,  194 

Louis  X,  31,  71,  113,  193,  198 

Love,  in  Buddhism,  248;  as  Chris- 
tian principle,  152,  207;  in  Moor- 
ish Science  movement,  54;  in 
UNIA,  57 

Lower  class,  Negro,  46,  67,  163-64; 
and  black  nationalism,  48-49;  pre- 
dominance of,  among  Black  Mus- 
lims, 23-25,  85;  sects  of,  215 

Lucius  X,  194,  198-99 

Lynchings,  56,  240,  258 

McDaniel,  J.  A.,  242 
McGuire,  George  Alexander,  62 
Malcolm  X,  4,  7,  18,  19,  31,  67,  68, 
69,  71,  82,  87,  94,  95,  96,  110,  112, 
113,  115,  116,  130,  132,  134,  137, 
138-39,  141,  148,  150,  151,  154, 


157,  166,  169,  172,  173,  175,  178, 

183,    189-92,    193,    195-96,    197, 

198,  204,   205,  207-8,  222,   223, 

224,  225 
Males,  predominance  of,  in  Muslim 

membership,  23  31;  role  of,  31, 

32,  55,  82,  83 

Marshall,  Thurgood,  138,   148,  241 
Mass  movement,   83,   98-106,    108, 

212,   263-64;   Black   Muslims   as, 

106-34 

Mays,  Benjamin,  234,  241 
Mecca,  pilgrimage  to,  219,  222,  226 
Membership,  Black  Muslim,  21-27, 

85,  98-101,  106,   108;  application 

for,  109-10,   180;  recruitment  of, 

111-15,  126 
Memphis,    desegration    in,    159-60; 

passing  in,  36 
Merton,  Robert  K.,  249 
Messenger,  64,  132-33,  141 
Methodist  Church,  215,  234-35 
Middle  class,  Negro,  46,  47-48,  64, 

160-62,  215 
Ming,  Robert,  128 
Ministers,   Muslim,    14,    15,   118-26, 

156 

Minorities,  230,  253 
Miscegenation,  disdain  for,  47,  89 
Mr.  Muhammad  Speaks,  133,  134 
Mr.     Muhammad     Speaks     to     the 

Blackman,   133,   145 
Mohammad,     Farrad.      See     Fard, 

Wallace  D. 

Montgomery  Improvement  Associa- 
tion, 244-45 
Moorish  Science  movement,  26,  50, 

51-55,  164 
Morality,   personal,   55,    67,    80-83, 

164 

Mormon  Church,  222 
Moslem  World  and  the  U.S.A.,  172 
Moslems,     orthodox,     210-26;      in 

America,    169-72,   223;    see    also 

Islam 

Muhammad,  Abdul,  15,  16 
Muhammad,  Akbar,  127,  194 
Muhammad,    Elijah,    4,    6,    14-15, 
16-17,  21,  23,  55,  60,  71,  72,  75, 

77,  84,  90,  93,  94,  97,  105,  126, 

128,  137-38,  142,  145,  157,  163, 


274 


Index 


169,  175,  180-89,  192,  193,  194- 
95,  248;  and  Allah,  73;  appear- 
ance of,  183-84;  arrests  of,  94, 

127,  143,   187-88;  attitude  of,  to 
upper-class   Negroes,    85,    111-12; 
denial  of  hate-monger  ing  by,  186, 
209;    on    eating    pork,    81;    and 
Fard,    180,    181,    182,    183;   goals 
of,  86,  87,  92,  95,  96;  at  home, 
25,    112;    hostility    of,    to    white 
man,    112,    122,    136,    161,    208; 
as    leader,    106,    107,    108,    171, 
179,    217;    on    NAACP,    146-47; 
and  Nasser,  224-25;  news  column 
of,  129;  on  Original  Man,  76;  on 
orthodox    Islam,    219,    220;    pil- 
grimage of,  to  Mecca,  222,  226; 
political   power  of,    18-19;   press 
reports   on,    176,    177,    178;   pro- 
Japanese  sentiment  of,   in  World 
War  II,  26,  188;  on  regeneration, 
82,  115;  on  self-reliance,  83,  89; 
on  unity,  158-59,  162,  186 

Muhammad,  Elijah,  Jr.,  194,  200 
Muhammad,  Herbert,   194 
Muhammad,  Wallace  D.,  116,  149, 

194,  195,  199 
Muslim    Brotherhood    of    America, 

219 
Muslim    Girls   Training    Class,    14, 

128,  194 

Myrdal,  Gunnar,  239,  244 
Mythology,  Muslim,  68-80 

Naeem,  Abdul  Basit,  171-72 

Name,  changing  of,  by  Jews,  231- 
32;  by  Muslims,  109-11,  121-22; 
"slave,"  109,  110,  121 

Nasser,  Gamal  Abdel,  172,  224,  225 

National  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Colored  People 
(NAACP),  64,  65,  98,  130,  145- 
51,  160,  167,  238,  239-42,  251 

National  Movement  for  the  Estab- 
lishment of  a  Forty-Ninth  State, 
66 

National  Union  of  People  of  Afri- 
can Descent,  66 

Nationalism,  black,  see  Black  na- 
tionalism; political,  56-66;  reli- 
gious, 51-55,  61-62;  white,  228, 


229 

"Negritude,"  45 

Negro  World,  58,  63 

Negroes,  churches  of,  33,  62,  155- 
59,  163,  207,  234-35;  concern 
over  Black  Muslims  among,  135- 
64;  "folk,"  38,  229;  fraternal 
organizations  of,  231,  235-37;  fra- 
ternities and  sororities  of,  237-38; 
heritage  of,  48,  58,  250;  increas- 
ing hostility  of,  to  whites,  253-54 
(see  also  Hatred);  as  integral 
part  of  American  society,  136, 
253;  integrative  organizations  of, 
238-46;  the  man  in  the  street, 
159-64;  the  moderate,  72;  physi- 
cal traits  of,  6,  46,  47;  range  of 
protest  of,  227-34,  246-48;  sepa- 
ratist organizations  of,  234-38; 
term  "Negro"  rejected  by,  48, 
68;  will  to  freedom  of,  161,  254 

New  Crusader  (Chicago),  144-45 

New  York  City,  Garvey  movement 
in,  58,  59;  Negro  organizations 
in,  33;  Temple  7  in,  24,  198 

Nkrumah,  69,  147 

Nonviolence,  155;  in  Black  Muslim 
Movement,  4,  114,  132,  199;  in 
sit-in  movement,  245,  246 

Norris,  Frank,  13 

Odd  Fellows,  236 
Omega  Psi  Phi,  237,  268 
Orgena,  113,  193 
Original  Man,  75-76,  121 
Overton,  L.  Joseph,  150-51 
Ovington,  Mary  White,  240 
Owen,  Chandler,  64 

Pan-Islamic  movement,  27-28 

Parker,  Mrs.  Rosa,  159 

Passing,  36 

Passive  resistance,  137;  opposition 
to,  152,  155;  see  also  Nonvio- 
lence 

Pastors'  organizations,   155-56 

Peace  Movement  of  Ethiopia,  66 

Phi  Beta  Sigma,  237,  268 

Philbert  X,  194 

Pittsburgh  Courier,  106,  129,  142- 
43,  148 


Index 


275 


Political  affairs,  discrimination  in, 
8,  88 

Political  tensions,  Western  and 
Afro-Asian  worlds,  251-52 

Politicians,  Black  Muslims  and,  138- 
39 

Poole,  Elijah.  See  Muhammad,  Eli- 
jah 

Powell,    Adam    Clayton,    18,    138, 

139,  192 
Prayer,  80,  118,  219 

Press,  Negro,  106,  107,  112,  129- 
31,  141-45;  white,  106,  107-8, 

140,  176-78 

Protest  organizations,   232-33,  235, 

246-53 

Providence  Bulletin,  176,  177 
"Psychological  insulation,"   139-40 
Publications,  Black  Muslim,  132-34, 

141,  145 

Quran  (Qur'an),  11,  13,  53,  125, 
172,  219 

Race  consciousness,  9,  56,  62,  67, 
93,  161,  208-9;  lack  of,  in  Orien- 
tal religion,  51,  252 
Race  pride,  43,  56,  57,  58,  161,  162 
Race  riots,  56,  240 
Racial  dichotomy,  6-7 
Racial  equality,  NAACP  policy  of, 
241;  see  also  Integrative  organi- 
zations 

Racial  heritage,  Negro,  48,  58,  250 
Racial  purity,  nonexistence  of,  45 
Racial  solidarity.   See  Unity 
Racism,  34,  39,  151,  158,  169,  221 
Radio  programs,  134,  177-78 
Randolph,  A.  Philip,  64,  241 
Ras  Tafarian  cult,  50,  58 
Reader's  Digest,  107,  140 
"Red  Summer"  of  1919,  8,  56 
Redding,  J.  Saunders,  239,  242 
Rehabilitation,  29,  82,  111,  114-15, 

190,  250 

Religion,  246;  in  background  of 
Muslims,  26;  beliefs  and  rites  of, 
213;  in  Black  Muslim  Movement, 
212-23,  250;  freedom  of,  in 
America,  210,  212;  nationalism 
in,  51-55,  61-62;  types  of  groups 


in,  214-17 

Reporter  magazine,  140,  176,  178 
Respectability,  search  for,  200,  204- 

9,  214 
Responsibility,  emphasis  on,  30,  32, 

55;    of    Negro    fraternities    and 

sororities,  238 

Ritual  requirements,  80,  118,  219 
Robinson,  Jackie,  138,  155 
Rogers,  J.  A.,  138 
Rose,  Arnold,  230 
Rozier,  Theodore,  26,  182,  196 
Rutherford,  Joseph  F.,  13 

Salaam,   133 

"School  case"  decision,  7,  244,  257- 
58 

Schools,  Black  Muslim,  14,  26,  32, 
126-28,  211,  250 

Schuyler,  George  S.,  142 

Sect,  214,  215,  267;  Black  Muslims 
as,  218-23,  248 

Segregation,  41;  directed  at  class, 
not  individual,  47;  as  Black  Mus- 
lim policy,  252;  see  also  Integra- 
tion 

Self-assurance,  116 

Self-discipline,  91,  104,  105,  137, 
161,  194 

Self-hatred,  35,  70 

Self-image,  43,  48,  205 

Self -improvement,  37,  57 

Self-sacrifice,  103-4 

Separation,  economic,  20,  88,  90-93, 
247;  political,  4,  10,  46,  72,  88, 
94-97,  129,  137;  racial,  87-90,  196 

Separatism,  154,  174,  247;  white, 
234 

Separatist  organizations,  234-38,  247 

Sex  roles,  31,  32,  55,  82,  83;  see 
also  Males  and  Women 

Sharrieff,  Raymond,  85,  130,  133, 
184,  193,  195,  199,  200 

Sherrill,  William  L.,  65 

Sit-in  movement,  20,  79,  152,  154, 
155,  159-60,  161,  245 

Slave  insurrections,  41,  43,  44 

Slavery,  mental,  69,  122,  180 

Social  class,  black  nationalism  and, 
24,  46-49 

Social  distinctiveness,  46,  47 


276 


Index 


Social  protest,  218,  227-34,  235; 
Black  Muslims  as  vehicle  of,  246- 
53 

Sociology,  data  of,  6-7 

South,  black  nationalism  in,  33;  de- 
segragation  in,  159-60,  230;  posi- 
tion of  churches  in,  on  slavery, 
222;  violation  of  etiquette  rules 
in,  36,  40 

Southern  Christian  Leadership  Con- 
ference, 244 

Southern  Regional  Council,  245 

Spanish-speaking  Americans,  233 

Springfield,  III.,  race  riot  in,  240 

Staton,  Dakota,  171 

Steinbeck,  John,  136 

Stereotype,  41-42,  54,  119,  168 

Stone,  Chuck,  134 

Stout,  Bill,  177-78 

Supreme  Court,  NAACP  cases  in, 
241;  "school  case"  decision  of,  7, 
244,  257-58 

Supreme  Wisdom,  124,  132,  180 

Takahashi,  Major,  16,  26 
Television,  107,  134,  177-78 
Temples,  Black  Muslim,  16,  17,  22, 

24,  26,  81-82,  107,  181,  182,  184, 

185-86,    194,    197,    198;   visit   to, 

115-26 

Thelma  X,  194 
Theosophists,  215 
Time   magazine,    107,    140,    142-43, 

176 

Tobacco,  prohibition  of,  81,  164 
Toure,  President  and  Mrs.  Seku,  150 
Toynbee,  Arnold,  6 
Trial,  The,  113 
"Trials"  of  Muslims,  201 
Troeltsch,  Ernst,  214,  216 
Truman,  Harry,  42 
Tynetta  X,  194 

"Union-busting"  interest  in  Mus- 
lims, 16 

United  African  Nationalist  Move- 
ment, 50,  66,  150 

United  Arab  Republic,  223-25 

United  League  of  Latin  American 
Citizens  (ULLAC),  233 

Unity,  Black  Muslim,  27,  30,  247; 
cultural,  45;  instruments  of,  103- 
6;  of  a  mass  movement,  99, 
103-6;  of  a  minority,  230;  racial, 


70,  84-87,  92,  146,  159,  160,  186, 

238 

Universal  Negro  Improvement  As- 
sociation, 50,  56-66;  see  also  Gar- 

vey,  Marcus 
Universities  of  Islam,  14,  26,   127, 

211 

Up  From  Slavery,  57 
Upper  class,  Negro,  46-47,    111-12, 

156 
Urban  League,  64,  98,  151-52,  242- 

44 

Vesey,  Denmark,  43-44 

Visibility,  of  Japanese-Americans, 
232;  of  Jews,  among  Negroes, 
167;  of  Negroes,  36,  46,  47 

Vote,  restrictions  on,  8,  88 

Voting  behavior  of  Muslims,  18,  19 

Wallace,  Mike,  107,  134 
Walling,  William  English,  240 
Walters,  Col.,   138 
Warner,  W.  Lloyd,  6,  44,  234 
Washington,  Booker  T.,  57 
Washington,  D.  C.,  race  riot  in,  56; 

Temple  4  in,  194,  198 
Weapons,  prohibition  of,   107,   117- 

18 

White  ancestry  of  Negroes,  46,  47 
White    men,    and    Black    Muslims, 

172-78,      210;      enslavement      of 

blacks  by,  77-78;  origin  of,  76-77 
White    supremacy,    240,    258;    and 

Christian  church,  28,   78-80,    131 
Wilfred  X,  182,  194 
Wilkins,   Roy,    138,    147,    151,    155, 

241 

Williams,  Jerry,  134 
Women,     forbidden     contact     with 

whites,    172;  as   leaders  in  Black 

Muslim  Movement,  194;  role  of, 

31,32,  55,  83 
World  War  II,  188 

X  as  symbol  in  names,  1 10 

Yakub,  76,  77 

Yaslum,  Gulam,  170 

Yinger,  J.  Milton,  214, 215, 216,  217 

Young,  L.  Masco,  133 

"Young  Blacks,"  31 

Zionism,  60,  148-49,  166